Dropshipping & Shopify โ Your Interactive Learning Note
Everything from the source videos, preserved in full and reorganised for understanding. Built for someone brand-new to tech: every technical word is explained, every process is a numbered flow, and every part has one real HD screenshot with its exact timestamp.
How to use this note (click)
- Start with the ๐บ Build Journey map below to see the 6 phases and jump anywhere.
- Read top-to-bottom the first time โ scenes are reordered so each builds on the last, not raw video order.
- Each phase opens with a ๐ง concept map showing how its key ideas connect; expand it if a part feels abstract.
- ๐ฏ "Your move" boxes give the minimum real actions per chapter; tick them off in your ๐ Build Stack (bottom-right), which remembers your progress.
- Every technical word is explained inline, and gathered in the ๐ AโZ Glossary at the bottom.
- Click any screenshot to enlarge; click โถ Watch this moment to jump to that exact second on YouTube.
The Complete Dropshipping Mega-Course (Jordan's Library)
An ~18.5-hour, 42-chapter free course covering the entire dropshipping business: mindset, product research, suppliers, branding, store build, content, and paid ads (TikTok + Facebook). Processed chapter-by-chapter โ more sections are added over time.
Open full video on YouTube โ๐บ The Build Journey 42 chapters โ 6 phases. Each phase builds on the last โ click any chapter to jump.
Welcome & Course Value โ Why This Free Course Exists
๐บ Where this fits: Before you learn anything about dropshipping, Jordan is answering the meta-question: "Why should I trust and value this free course?" This is the credibility foundation for everything that follows.
- Sign up for Shopify ($1/month trial) and AutoDS (30-day trial) using Jordan's affiliate links.
- Print the commitment pledge, sign it with today's date, and pin it where you work daily.
- Write down your starting budget and decide on monthly vs annual billing for each tool.
A free course has no price tag, so students naturally assume it's low quality or a bait-and-switch. Without a reason to take it seriously, learners won't invest effort โ and won't succeed.
The free price is not a sign of low quality โ it's a deliberate business decision funded by affiliate partnerships, backed by $50k+ production cost, 3 months of filming, and 7 years of real experience. The value is real; the barrier is mental.
| Dropshipping | selling products online without ever buying or storing them yourself; a supplier ships directly to your customer when someone orders |
| E-commerce | any business that sells products or services over the internet (e.g. Amazon, Shopify stores) |
| Six/seven figure | earning $100,000โ$999,999 (six figures) or $1,000,000โ$9,999,999 (seven figures) per year in revenue or profit |
| Organic video | a free video posted on social media (not a paid ad) that reaches people naturally through the platform's algorithm |
| Paid ad | a video or image you pay a platform (TikTok, Facebook) to show to specific audiences |
| 4K content | very high-resolution video, four times sharper than standard HD |
| Kajabi | a website platform businesses use to host online courses, often used by cheap course creators as a quick plug-and-play solution |
| Funnel | a marketing strategy where free content is used to lead people toward buying a paid product later |
| Affiliate link | a unique web link; when someone signs up for a service through it, the person who shared the link earns a referral commission at no extra cost to the buyer |
| Gatekeeping | withholding information or access to maintain an advantage over others |
- Jordan states the course took 3 months of filming, multiple full-time employees, and $50,000 to produce.
- He acknowledges the psychological problem: free things feel worthless because there was no sacrifice to obtain them.
- He challenges viewers: if you've paid for a course before, buy it and compare โ he guarantees nothing comes close.
- He explains why nobody else makes truly free courses: people don't value them, so it's not commercially smart.
- He argues the real barrier is the learner's perception, not the quality of the content.
- He positions the course as a life-changing resource โ not just dropshipping, but also spirituality, mindset, journaling, vision boards, and identity building.
- He describes the support ecosystem: private community group, daily livestreams, Student Success Managers (former students who now work on his team).
โI can absolutely promise you guys from the bottom of my heart anyone that goes through this course is going to be equipped with every tool they need to completely change their life.โ
Course Structure โ The 4 Modules + Bonus Module Roadmap
๐บ Where this fits: A map of the entire learning journey. Before diving into any topic, you need to know the full territory โ what's coming, what order it arrives in, and why it's structured that way. This is the skeleton on which all future knowledge hangs.
Starting a 20-hour course without a roadmap is like being dropped in an unfamiliar city without a map โ overwhelming, disorienting, and easy to quit.
The course has a clear 4+1 module structure with a logical progression: mindset first, then research and brand strategy, then hands-on store building, then scaling with paid ads and teams. Each module builds on the last.
| Module | a major section or chapter of the course, grouping related videos together |
| Dopamine detox | a practice where you deliberately avoid pleasure-seeking activities (social media, junk food, gaming) for a period to reset your brain's reward system and improve focus |
| Vision board | a physical or digital collage of images and words representing your goals; used as a daily visual reminder of what you're working toward |
| Affirmations | short positive statements you repeat to yourself to build a new self-belief (e.g. "I am capable of building a successful business") |
| Identity | in this context, the self-concept and beliefs you hold about who you are; Jordan argues you must consciously build a new identity as an entrepreneur |
| Winning product | a product that is currently selling well online and has strong viral potential |
| Skyscraper | Jordan's metaphor for building a real brand (tall, solid, impressive) versus a flimsy generic store |
| 3PL | Third-Party Logistics; a company that stores, packs, and ships your products for you so you don't have to do it yourself |
| UGC | User-Generated Content; videos or photos made by real customers or paid creators that look authentic and organic rather than polished ads |
| Virtual assistant (VA) | a remote worker you hire to handle tasks like customer emails, order processing, and social media management |
| Facebook / TikTok ads | paid advertising systems on those platforms where you pay to show your videos to targeted audiences |
| Analytics | data about how your store and ads are performing (e.g. how many people visited, how many bought, what they clicked on) |
| SMS retargeting | sending text messages to people who showed interest in your store but didn't buy, to bring them back |
| Email flows | automated sequences of emails triggered by customer actions (e.g. abandoned cart, post-purchase follow-up) |
- Module 1 (Mindset): Dopamine detoxes, vision boards, affirmations, daily schedules โ building the psychological foundation and a new identity. PDFs provided for every video.
- Module 2 (Strategy/Research): Jordan shows his real stores, teaches winning product research (including a 1h 32min live product research session), and explains branding/storytelling. Theoretical knowledge plus demonstration.
- Module 3 (Build โ "Cutting the Tree"): Legal setup, AI tools, brand naming, logo design, store setup, website (one-click template download), apps, 3PL integration, importing products, organic content creation.
- Module 4 (Scale): Credit cards, video ad testing strategies, reading analytics, UGC creators, Facebook ads setup, virtual assistants, building a team, tracking data, legal compliance for scaling.
- Bonus Module: Firefighting โ dealing with problems and edge cases you'll encounter inside your store.
- Ongoing content: Community group feedback drives new video additions โ the course grows based on what students need.
โThis course is focused on e-commerce โ it's called Ecom with Jordan 2.0, not Dropshipping with Jordan 2.0.โ
Business Model Transparency โ How Jordan Gets Paid (Affiliate Links)
๐บ Where this fits: Understanding the incentive structure of the course before you start spending money. This builds trust and explains why Jordan recommends specific tools โ he uses them himself AND earns a commission when you sign up through his links.
If you don't understand how a "free" course makes money, you might suspect hidden motives โ that the tool recommendations are paid promotions for products that don't actually work, or that a costly upsell is coming.
Jordan earns through affiliate commissions from tools you'd need to buy anyway (like Shopify). He negotiated private deals with these companies to get you better pricing. His income is aligned with your success โ if you quit, he doesn't get paid. You pay nothing extra by using his links; in fact, you often get a discount.
| Affiliate link | a special URL that tracks sign-ups back to Jordan; when you use it, the company pays Jordan a referral fee, but your price stays the same (or is lower due to the deal he negotiated) |
| Partnership / Private partnership | a formal business agreement Jordan made directly with companies (Shopify, AutoDS, TikTok) to give his students special deals and features not available to the general public |
| Guru | in the online business space, often used sarcastically to describe people who sell expensive courses with little real experience, or who fake their results |
| Scam artist | someone deliberately deceiving others for money; Jordan accuses parts of the dropshipping education industry of this |
| Toxic industry | Jordan's description of the dropshipping course space, where he says people falsely claim to run stores actually operated by Jordan's own students |
- Jordan acknowledges the course could be sold for $3,000โ$5,000 based on its depth and production quality.
- He explains his reason for making it free: the dropshipping education industry is toxic, full of fake gurus and scammers, and he wants to make a difference.
- He describes his solution: go to the companies students need to use anyway (Shopify, AutoDS, etc.) and negotiate affiliate deals.
- Crucially, he explains: using his affiliate links costs you nothing extra, and his deals often give you better pricing than going direct.
- He also secured private features for Jordan's Library students โ e.g., AutoDS gives exclusive tools not available to regular sign-ups.
- His income model: every time a student signs up for Shopify or AutoDS through his links, those companies pay him a commission.
- He frames this as "the biggest win-win scenario" โ students get a free world-class education; Jordan gets paid by tools students use; companies get thousands of new customers.
โInstead of paying me for the information and paying these other services and companies that you have to utilize to create your brand, I went and privately made partnerships with all of the companies that you have to use anyways.โ
Getting Started โ Shopify & AutoDS Setup (Your First Two Tools)
๐บ Where this fits: The very first concrete action in the entire course. Before you learn strategy, branding, or advertising, you need the two foundational pieces of infrastructure: a store (Shopify) and a fulfillment tool (AutoDS). This is where theory becomes reality.
Knowing you need to "start a business" is overwhelming โ there are hundreds of tools out there. Without clear guidance on what to set up first and exactly how, beginners freeze and never take action.
You only need two tools to begin: Shopify (your store) and AutoDS (product fulfillment). Jordan walks through both sign-up flows step by step, explains pricing tiers, and explains why he chose these tools from personal experience โ not sponsorship.
| Shopify | an e-commerce platform (website builder + payment processor) that lets you create an online store without any coding. Think of it as "WordPress but built specifically for selling products online." |
| Dashboard | the control panel you see after logging into a platform; where you manage your store, products, orders, etc. |
| Basic plan | Shopify's entry-level paid tier ($39/month normally; $1 for first 2 months via Jordan's link); has all features a beginner needs |
| Payment processing fees | a small percentage Shopify takes from each sale (higher on cheaper plans, lower on premium plans) |
| AutoDS | a fulfillment and product research software platform. It finds suppliers for your products, automatically places orders when customers buy, and includes tools like TikTok ad spy and winning product lists |
| Fulfillment company | a business that handles the physical process of getting a product from a supplier to your customer after an order is placed |
| Cost of goods | how much you pay your supplier per product (your "buy price" before you mark it up to sell) |
| TikTok ad spy | a tool inside AutoDS that lets you browse viral TikTok videos and filter for successful paid ads, helping you find product ideas |
| Starter 500 plan | AutoDS's entry-level subscription (~$39/month or ~$360/year); "500" refers to product capacity |
| Annual vs monthly billing | paying for a full year upfront (cheaper per month, ~25% savings) versus month-to-month (more flexible but costs more overall) |
| AliExpress | a Chinese marketplace (owned by Alibaba) where many dropshippers source cheap products; Jordan explicitly says he does NOT use it, preferring AutoDS suppliers |
| Free trial | a period (30 days for AutoDS, 2 months for $1 for Shopify via Jordan's link) where you can use the platform at no or minimal cost before full billing begins |
- Go to the Shopify link below the video (Jordan's affiliate link) and enter a valid email address, then click "Start free trial."
- Skip any onboarding questions or answer quickly, then reach your Shopify dashboard.
- Click "Select a plan" โ choose the Basic plan (not Standard at $80/month or Advanced at $300/month โ those are for high-volume stores reducing payment fees).
- Choose monthly billing (not annual) for now โ more flexibility while you're just starting. Click "Confirm billing cycle" and enter your credit card. Cost: $1 for first 2 months, then $40/month.
- Next, go to the AutoDS link below the video. Enter email, full name, password, click "Join," then select "Shopify" and "Continue."
- Choose the Starter 500 plan. If you're committed to the journey, annual billing saves 25% (~$360 total vs ~$468 for monthly). Monthly is ~$39. A 30-day free trial applies first.
- Complete sign-up and explore the AutoDS dashboard: winning products section (shows what's currently selling), TikTok ad spy tool (browse viral videos, filter by 500k+ likes, filter by "advertising" to see only paid ads).
โThe first fulfillment company I used for this product was trying to charge $20 per product and when I switched over to AutoDS it was only $14.โ
Commitment Pledge & Mindset โ Making It Real Before You Begin
๐บ Where this fits: The psychological bridge between watching a video and actually doing the work. This is the final step of the Initiation chapter โ Jordan asks you to convert passive viewership into an active commitment before the real content begins.
The biggest killer of course completion is psychological distance โ watching feels like progress but it isn't. Students finish modules, take no action, and quietly give up. A free course with no financial stake makes this even easier to abandon.
A physical, signed commitment contract (printed, dated, signed, placed on your vision board or desk) creates a personal accountability mechanism. Research shows written commitments significantly increase follow-through. Jordan signs it too โ making it a mutual agreement, not just a homework assignment.
| Commitment pledge | a written document (provided as a PDF below the video) where you formally promise yourself to complete the course and take action; Jordan's signature is pre-printed on it |
| Vision board | a physical board (corkboard, poster, whiteboard) covered with images and words representing your goals and dreams; placed where you see it every day as a constant reminder |
| Accountability | taking personal responsibility for your own actions and outcomes; not blaming circumstances or other people when things go wrong |
| Discipline | doing what you need to do even when you don't feel like it; showing up consistently regardless of motivation levels |
| Limiting beliefs | negative thoughts or assumptions about yourself that prevent you from trying ("I'm not smart enough," "I don't have time," "this is too hard for me") |
| Intentional living | making deliberate, conscious choices about how you spend your time rather than drifting along reacting to whatever happens |
- Jordan asks viewers to download the commitment pledge PDF (linked below the video).
- Print it out โ digital doesn't work the same way; the physical act of printing and signing matters.
- Fill in the date and sign your name.
- Jordan's signature is pre-printed at the bottom โ this is a mutual commitment; he is pledging to you, not just the other way around.
- Place the signed pledge on your vision board or physically next to your computer screen, somewhere you will see it every single day.
- The purpose: every time you feel like skipping a lesson or procrastinating on an action, the pledge is in your line of sight as a reminder of the commitment you made.
- Jordan acknowledges this sounds silly but argues that a genuine commitment to yourself โ made formal and visible โ is one of the most powerful tools for following through.
โThis may seem silly but I promise you this is going to take things to the next level when you make a genuine commitment to yourself.โ
Dropshipping Basics โ The Core Mechanic Explained
๐บ Where this fits: The single most important definition in the entire course. If you don't understand the core dropshipping mechanic โ how money flows, who ships what, and what your actual job is โ nothing else in the course will make sense. This is the absolute foundation.
- Draw the money-flow diagram (Customer pays you โ you pay supplier โ supplier ships) until it clicks.
- Decide: will you build a branded one-product store, or a generic multi-product store? (Hint: pick brand.)
- Write down the 15-step journey and circle the step you are on right now.
The word "dropshipping" sounds technical and mysterious. Beginners imagine complex logistics, warehouses, and complicated business systems. The actual mechanic is much simpler than it sounds โ but without a clear explanation, that simplicity is hidden.
Dropshipping is a middleman model: you take the customer's money, use part of it to buy the product from a supplier at a lower price, keep the difference as profit, and let the supplier handle shipping. You never touch the physical product. Your job is purely to bring people to a website.
| Supplier | the company or person that manufactures or warehouses the product and ships it to your customer when you place an order with them |
| Inventory | physical stock of products that a business owns and stores (in dropshipping you deliberately avoid holding any) |
| Wholesale | buying large quantities of a product directly from a manufacturer at a bulk discount; the more you buy, the cheaper each unit is |
| Bulk inventory | purchasing many units of a product all at once (e.g., 1,000 units) to get a lower per-unit price; requires upfront capital and storage space |
| Profit margin | the percentage of your selling price that you keep as profit. Formula: (Sell price - Cost price) / Sell price ร 100. Jordan's example: sell for $30, cost $10, profit $20 = 67% margin |
| Markup | the dollar amount you add on top of your cost price when setting your selling price. Example: cost $10, sell for $30 = $20 markup |
| Traffic | the number of visitors coming to your website; "bringing traffic" means marketing your store so people find it |
| Fulfill / fulfillment | the process of completing an order: packaging the product and shipping it to the customer |
- You find a product you want to sell (we'll learn exactly how to find winning products in Module 2).
- You find a supplier willing to ship one unit at a time (not requiring you to buy in bulk).
- You build a website and list the product at your chosen price.
- A customer visits your site and places an order, paying you (e.g., $30).
- You take that money and order the product from your supplier at a lower price (e.g., $10), giving them the customer's shipping address.
- The supplier ships the product directly to your customer โ you never touch it.
- You keep the difference ($30 - $10 = $20 profit). Scale this to hundreds of orders and that profit multiplies accordingly.
โBasically all your job is is to bring people to a website โ essentially that's the essence of our job is to create a website and bring traffic to it and let someone else fulfill the products for us.โ
Branding Is Everything โ From Dropshipping to Real Brand (Nike + BlendJet)
๐บ Where this fits: The single most important strategic insight in this section. Dropshipping alone is a commoditized race to the bottom. The difference between a $100k store and a $10M company is branding โ the ability to sell an emotion, not just a product. This is the "why" that shapes every decision in the course.
New dropshippers think success = finding a cheap product and selling it at a markup. This works briefly, then collapses โ customers don't trust random stores, competitors undercut prices, and you're left with nothing you can sell or be proud of.
Branding (storytelling) transforms a commodity product into something people are emotionally attached to and willing to pay a premium for. Nike pays $3 to make a shoe and sells it for hundreds โ that gap is pure brand value. BlendJet started as dropshipping and evolved into a real brand worth millions. You follow the same path.
| Branding | everything that shapes how customers perceive and feel about a business: its name, logo, story, visual style, tone, values, and the emotion it evokes. In Jordan's words: "essentially just storytelling." |
| Storytelling | communicating your brand's purpose, origin, and values in a way that creates emotional connection with customers |
| Niche | a focused, specific market segment (e.g., "portable kitchen gadgets for fitness enthusiasts" rather than "kitchen products") |
| Saturated | when a market has so many sellers offering the same thing that it's very hard to stand out and win customers on price alone |
| Crappy store | Jordan's term for a generic multi-product dropshipping store with no clear identity, no brand, and no customer loyalty (example: 24decor.shop) |
| Winning product | a product with viral potential that customers are actively interested in buying, ideally something new or trending |
| Resale market | platforms like StockX or GOAT where people buy and then resell limited products (e.g., rare Nike sneakers) at higher prices than retail |
| Custom product | a product manufactured specifically for your brand, often with your logo or unique design, usually bought in bulk |
| Customized logo | your brand's logo printed or embossed on the physical product itself, making it feel premium and proprietary |
| High converting website | a website designed so that a high percentage of visitors actually make a purchase (good layout, trust signals, clear product story) |
| BlendJet | a real brand that started by dropshipping a portable blender, then evolved into a full brand with custom products, fast shipping, and accessories; Jordan uses it as the "good store" example |
| 24decor.shop | Jordan's "bad store" example: sells unrelated products (drills, vacuums, blenders, clocks) with no clear identity or branding |
- Jordan poses the Nike question: Nike pays ~$3 to make a shoe. Why do people pay hundreds, even thousands on resale markets?
- Answer: Branding. Nike sells an identity, an aspiration, a feeling โ not footwear. "Just Do It" is a life philosophy, not a shoe ad.
- Bad store example โ 24decor.shop: sells unrelated products (drills, carpets, vacuums, clocks, humidifiers), no clear story, no identity. If you want this, you go to Amazon with 2-day shipping and a trusted review system. This store can only win with a really lucky ad โ no long-term potential.
- Old dropshipping product โ a blender smoothie bottle. The bad store sells it generically with a mediocre website. Works briefly, but not memorable.
- Good store example โ BlendJet: started as a dropshipping store selling the same blender, saw success, kept going. Built a real brand: custom products with logo, extended warranties, accessories (protective sleeves, "jetpacks" โ pre-mixed smoothie pods), fast U.S. fulfillment, clean storebook-style website.
- BlendJet economics: dropping shipping the blender costs ~$15/unit. Buying custom branded units in bulk costs ~$2โ4/unit. Still sells for ~$50. The brand and custom product enable far higher margins.
- Jordan's estimate: BlendJet does $1M+/month in sales. That's the end goal of this course โ not just making money, but building something like that.
- Key rule: "The day of the crappy multi-product generic store is coming to an end." Customers now know about dropshipping, distrust unbranded stores, and require trust, quality signals, and a real story before buying.
โThe key word behind all of this is branding, which is essentially just storytelling, and your ability to execute on this topic is the difference between running a six-figure store and running a seven, eight, and even nine-figure company.โ
The 15-Step TikTok Strategy & Revenue Math โ Zero to 7 Figures
๐บ Where this fits: The complete strategic roadmap from day one to a multi-million dollar brand โ presented as a concrete 15-step sequence plus a revenue breakdown. This is the "how it all fits together" view that makes everything else in the course click into place. Every later module is teaching one or more of these steps in detail.
Without seeing the full journey mapped out, each individual skill (product research, website building, TikTok posting) feels like an isolated task. You don't know where you're going, how long it takes, or what comes next. That ambiguity kills motivation and makes it hard to prioritize.
Jordan maps the exact sequence from "scour TikTok for products" all the way to "hire a marketing agency and make $13M/year in revenue." Knowing the full roadmap means you always know where you are on the journey and what the next step is. The path feels achievable because it's broken into concrete stages.
| Spark post ad | a TikTok advertising format where you "boost" an organic TikTok video (one you've already posted for free) as a paid advertisement, preserving its organic engagement and comments |
| Organic | content posted on social media without paying for distribution; it reaches people through the algorithm naturally |
| Paid advertising / paid ads | paying a platform (TikTok, Facebook, Google) to show your content to a specific targeted audience |
| Revenue | total money coming into your business from sales, before subtracting any costs. Not the same as profit. |
| Profit | money left over after subtracting all costs (supplier cost, platform fees, ad spend, staff, etc.) from revenue |
| Industry average profit margin | across e-commerce, roughly 20% of revenue becomes profit after all costs; Jordan uses this figure throughout his math |
| Reinvest | taking your profits and putting them back into the business to grow it faster (hiring, more ads, better tools) rather than spending them personally |
| Customer support | handling questions, complaints, and issues from customers who've ordered from your store; time-consuming at scale, so you hire a virtual assistant (VA) for this |
| Virtual assistant (VA) | a remote worker hired to handle repetitive tasks (customer emails, order processing, social media scheduling) so you can focus on higher-level work |
| UGC agency | a company that connects brands with creators who film authentic-looking product videos for use in ads; more scalable than filming everything yourself |
| Influencer | a social media personality with an established audience; brands pay them to feature their products, reaching thousands or millions of followers |
| Micro influencer | an influencer with a smaller but highly engaged following (typically 10kโ100k followers); cheaper per post but still drives sales |
| Marketing agency | a company that runs your paid advertising campaigns on your behalf (TikTok, Facebook, Google ads); they take a fee or percentage of ad spend |
| Email flows / SMS retargeting | automated messages sent to people who visited your store or added a product to their cart but didn't complete the purchase; these "recover" lost sales |
| Abandoned cart | when a customer adds items to their cart but leaves without completing the purchase; industry average is 70%+ of carts abandoned |
| Warehousing | renting space in a storage facility (warehouse) where your bulk inventory is stored before being shipped to customers |
| 3PL in the US | a third-party logistics company with a warehouse in the United States; using one means your customers get fast domestic shipping (2โ5 days) instead of slow international shipping from China (2โ4 weeks) |
| Google ads | Google's paid advertising platform; your product shows up at the top of search results when someone searches related terms (e.g., "portable blender") |
| Amazon | the world's largest e-commerce company; Jordan uses it to benchmark the size of the e-commerce industry ($1.3 billion/day in revenue) |
| Trillion dollar industry | e-commerce globally generates over $5 trillion/year; Jordan's point is that even capturing a tiny fraction makes you extremely wealthy |
- Scour TikTok day and night for viral products meeting specific criteria (taught in depth in Module 2).
- When you find a strong winning product, order it from Amazon to test and film it at home.
- While waiting for delivery, build a product-specific website and create a branded TikTok account.
- Once the product arrives, film and post 2โ3 TikTok videos daily (organic โ free, no ad spend).
- When a video performs well, convert it into a "spark post" TikTok paid ad to reach a larger audience.
- With a killer product and good content, you can hit $10,000/day in revenue; at 20% margin = $2,000/day profit.
- With revenue flowing in, hire a virtual assistant (VA) to handle customer support and order fulfillment.
- Connect with a 3PL team to process orders; Jordan explicitly says he never uses AliExpress.
- Invest revenue into a UGC agency and start working with influencers โ outsource content creation so you're no longer the only person making videos.
- Hire a full marketing agency to take over TikTok paid ads and expand into Facebook and Google ads.
- Hire an email and SMS retargeting team to recover abandoned carts and re-engage past customers.
- Use growing profits to order products in bulk/wholesale with custom branding (your logo on the product).
- Set up US-based warehousing and 3PL for fast domestic shipping โ this removes the biggest customer complaint about dropshipping (slow delivery).
- At this point you are no longer dropshipping โ you are a real brand with a custom product, fast shipping, and a full team.
- Revenue math at full scale: TikTok ads = $10โ20k/day; Google ads = $10โ20k/day; email/SMS = $5k/day; influencers = $10k/day; organic TikTok = $1โ5k/day. Low-end total: ~$36k/day ร 30 days = $1.08M/month ร 12 months = ~$13M/year revenue. At 20% margin = ~$2.6M/year profit.
- Jordan's perspective check: Amazon makes $1.3 billion/day. A $13M/year store is "absolute crumbs to this trillion dollar industry." The market is not saturated โ people saying "dropshipping is dead" simply don't understand the scale of global e-commerce.
โI promise you running a 12 to 13 million a year store is not that big โ there are thousands of stores that are processing more than this each year.โ
The Inner World vs The Outer World
๐บ Where this fits: Foundation layer โ before any business tactic works, the person running the business must be understood as a system with an inner and outer dimension
- Calculate your exact daily revenue target: (monthly profit goal รท 0.20) รท 30 = daily revenue needed.
- Write your $10K/month goal as a specific number with a deadline date and put it somewhere visible.
Most people jump straight into business tactics (ads, products, websites) and wonder why results don't come โ they never examined the operator (themselves)
Your inner world (thoughts, beliefs, emotions, identity) is the only thing you fully control; it generates your outer world (car, income, freedom); cleaning it up is not soft โ it is the most strategic move
| inner world | everything inside your mind: your thoughts, feelings, beliefs, how you see yourself, your identity; nothing outside can touch it without your permission |
| outer world | everything you can physically see and touch: your bank account, your house, your relationships, your business results |
| manifesting | the idea that what you think and feel on the inside eventually shapes what appears in your outside life; not magic but a described cause-and-effect process |
| identity | the story you tell yourself about who you are; shapes every decision you make without you noticing |
- You now know what dropshipping is and what your goal is ($10K/month profit).
- The instructor shifts focus: before touching a product or a store, examine the person who will run it โ you.
- Inner world = thoughts, emotions, actions, beliefs, identity; all invisible but fully within your control.
- Outer world = physical reality; you can influence it but you are always at risk of outside forces (economy, platform changes, etc.).
- Because inner drives outer, improving your inner world is the highest-leverage first step in any business journey.
- The chapter title "Discover" = discovering your own inner landscape before building anything external.
โThe focus now shifts to ourselves โ we need to discover the inner world and most importantly we need to clean and organize it so we can create the outer world we desire.โ
The 7 Principles of the Universe
๐บ Where this fits: The "rules of the game" โ universal laws that explain why inner-world work produces outer-world results; the operating system running beneath all business activity
Business advice feels arbitrary ("just work hard," "just believe") โ there is no framework explaining WHY attitude and mindset actually produce material results
Seven named principles (from the book The Kybalion) describe how reality operates; understanding them turns vague "mindset advice" into a structured rulebook you can consciously use
| The Kybalion (the "Cabalian") | a short book published in 1908 that summarizes ancient Hermetic philosophy; presents seven laws of how the universe works; Jordan calls it required reading |
| Hermetic philosophy | an ancient system of thought that says the universe follows mental and mathematical laws; not tied to any single religion |
| Principle of Mentalism | law #1: "all is mind"; reality begins as a thought or idea before it becomes physical |
| Principle of Correspondence | law #2: "as above so below, as within so without"; what is happening inside you mirrors what appears outside you; the core reason inner work matters for business |
| Principle of Vibration | law #3: nothing is truly still; everything moves and vibrates at some frequency; modern physics (quantum mechanics) confirms particles are always in motion |
| Principle of Polarity | law #4: everything has two poles (hot/cold, success/failure, positive/negative); they are the same thing at different degrees; you can mentally shift yourself along the scale |
| Principle of Rhythm | law #5: everything swings like a pendulum โ good times follow bad times and vice versa; the swing in one direction equals the swing back; knowing this prevents panic during down periods |
| Principle of Cause and Effect | law #6: every event has a cause; what looks like random "chance" is just a law you haven't identified yet; your actions are causes that produce effects |
| Principle of Gender | law #7: everything has masculine (active, doing) and feminine (receptive, being) properties; both are needed; applies beyond biology to energy and approach |
| Nicola Tesla | famous inventor and electrical engineer (1856โ1943) who said "if you want to find the secrets of the universe, think in terms of energy, frequency and vibration" โ referenced to validate law #3 |
- Before acting in the outer world you need to understand the "rules" that govern it โ Jordan presents 7 principles.
- Law 1 (Mentalism): reality is fundamentally mental โ thought precedes form.
- Law 2 (Correspondence): inner mirrors outer โ this is the central law for this chapter.
- Law 3 (Vibration): everything vibrates at a frequency โ science-confirmed, relevant to the "tuning" metaphor later.
- Law 4 (Polarity): every quality exists on a spectrum from one extreme to the other; you can consciously move yourself along it.
- Law 5 (Rhythm): ups and downs are inevitable and predictable; do not be surprised by hard periods.
- Law 6 (Cause & Effect): nothing is random; your consistent actions are causes; results are effects.
- Law 7 (Gender): balance active effort with receptive openness โ relevant to the Gary V vs Crystal Girl discussion later.
- Recommended action: read The Kybalion to go deep on all seven.
โIf you want to win at the game of life you have to understand the rules that confine the game โ and these are the rules that confine your reality.โ
Intelligence Redefined + Breaking Down the $10K Goal
๐บ Where this fits: Connects the abstract laws to a concrete, numbered target โ converts "I want to make money" into a precise mathematical mission the mind (and universe) can lock onto
Goals like "I want to be rich" are so vague the mind cannot work toward them; people also carry false beliefs about what "intelligence" or "success" means, undermining their confidence before they start
True intelligence = ability to get what you want from life; and the $10K/month goal is not a dream โ it is a math problem with exact daily numbers you can execute
| profit | money left over after you subtract all your costs (product cost, ads, shipping, fees) from your total sales; if you earn $50K in sales and spend $40K, your profit is $10K |
| revenue | total money coming in from sales before subtracting any costs; the gross number |
| profit margin | profit expressed as a percentage of revenue; 20% margin means for every $100 in sales, $20 is profit |
| Jeff Bezos | founder of Amazon; used as a reference point: estimated to earn over $5 million per day in profit, illustrating that money is not scarce at the macro level |
- Jordan redefines intelligence: not grades or looks, but "ability to navigate reality and get what you want."
- Animals are judged by survival ability; humans should be judged by thriving ability โ same principle.
- This reframe removes the "I'm not smart enough" blocker that stops many beginners.
- The exact goal is stated: $10,000 profit per month.
- Math breakdown:
- 20% profit margin โ need $50,000/month in revenue
- $50,000 รท 4 weeks = $12,500/week in revenue
- $12,500 รท 7 days = ~$1,780/day in revenue
- Selling a $40 product โ need ~45 sales per day
- "45 people per day" is the concrete, human-scale daily mission โ suddenly feels manageable.
- The mind needs this precision to work efficiently; vague goals produce vague effort.
โThe only true test of someone's intelligence is by measuring someone's ability to get what they want out of life.โ
Setting Your Frequency โ How Manifestation Actually Works
๐บ Where this fits: The operational mechanism of the inner-outer law โ explains precisely HOW setting your internal state produces external results; bridges the "woo" language into a practical protocol
"Manifestation" sounds mystical and passive โ people either dismiss it entirely or wait for results without doing any work; neither extreme is correct
Manifestation is a two-stage mechanical process: (1) set your precise internal frequency/intention to match the goal exactly, (2) take real-world action; setting frequency completes 50% of the job; the other 50% is doing the work
| frequency | used metaphorically: the "level" or "channel" your thoughts and emotions are broadcasting at; a high frequency means your inner state matches success, confidence, and the goal; a low frequency means fear, doubt, scarcity |
| intention | a clear, committed decision about what you want; more than a wish โ it is a declared target you hold in mind consistently |
| the law of Correspondence | (revisited from Scene 10): inner world mirrors outer world; once your inner frequency matches your goal, the outer world begins to reorganize toward it |
| time illusion | Jordan's claim that time is not as fixed as it feels; the inner world and outer world run on different timelines; you can "already be there" inside before the physical reality catches up |
- The $10K goal exists at a specific "frequency" โ a precise mental and emotional state.
- Right now there is a gap between where you are and where that goal is.
- Step 1: set your internal frequency to match the goal exactly โ know the exact numbers, feel it, commit to it.
- The radio analogy: even being slightly off frequency gives you static (close but not the goal); precision matters.
- Once frequency is set, you have completed ~50% of the work โ the inner world has "agreed" to the outcome.
- The outer world then begins reorganizing (through opportunities, connections, insights) to close the gap.
- Time is the only variable โ inner reality locks in first, outer reality catches up later.
- Step 2 (the other 50%): you must still do the actual work โ frequency without action does not produce results.
โOnce you set your frequency to the exact level of this goal you begin to basically create gravity pulling that goal towards yourself.โ
The 7 Action Steps to Achieve Your Goal
๐บ Where this fits: The practical protocol layer โ converts the frequency/manifestation concept into seven numbered daily habits; the "how to execute the inner work" checklist
Even after accepting the inner-world framework, learners have no actionable list โ "work on your mindset" is too vague to do anything with
Seven specific, numbered behaviors form a daily practice that systematically raises your inner frequency and keeps it aligned with the $10K goal
| faith | not religious faith specifically; Jordan uses it to mean genuinely believing the goal is possible and that you deserve it; the opposite of doubt |
| limiting beliefs | thought patterns that quietly tell you "this is too hard," "I'm not smart enough," or "money is scarce"; they act as invisible brakes on your progress |
| success-blocking beliefs | same as limiting beliefs; internal rules you accepted (usually from childhood or failure) that filter out opportunities before you consciously see them |
| abundance mindset | the belief that resources (money, opportunity, customers) are plentiful and available to you; contrasted with scarcity mindset |
| Jeff Bezos $5M/day | statistic cited to make $10K/month feel tiny by comparison and dissolve the "that's so much money" limiting belief |
| prayer | used broadly (not just religious): the act of speaking your intention out loud; Jordan says any form of verbal declaration to the universe, a higher power, or even just yourself counts |
| self-sabotage | when your own subconscious mind blocks progress because it fears change or failure; often shows up as procrastination, avoidance, or picking fights |
- Step 1 โ Hold Faith: believe the goal is possible; feel worthy and deserving of $10K/month; fuel it with the emotion of already having it (visualize what you would do with it).
- Step 2 โ Create Precision: build an exact action plan to hit the goal (Jordan says he will provide this plan throughout the course).
- Step 3 โ Obsess Daily: keep the goal at the forefront of your mind at all times; constant planning and thinking about it speeds up inner-outer alignment.
- Step 4 โ Feel Worthy: confront and dissolve limiting/success-blocking beliefs; reference: Jeff Bezos makes $5M/day in profit โ your $10K/month is a microscopic fraction of available money; abundance is the universe's default state.
- Step 5 โ Never Succumb to Fear, Lack, or Doubt: these emotions drop your frequency sharply; manifesting from low frequency produces low results.
- Step 6 โ Ignore Negative Thoughts (do not fight them): trying to fight darkness creates more darkness; instead just "turn on a light" โ refocus on positivity and faith; negative thoughts will pass on their own.
- Step 7 โ Pray / Declare Your Intention: speak your goal out loud; verbally set your intention to the universe/higher self/God (Jordan says this works regardless of religious belief); spoken intention accelerates alignment.
โHumans don't create abundance โ they create lack. The natural state of the universe is abundance.โ
Gary V vs Crystal Girl โ The 50/50 Balance
๐บ Where this fits: The synthesis frame โ resolves the apparent contradiction between "just grind harder" culture and "just manifest it" culture; defines the optimal operating mode for this course
Students identify with either the hustle-only camp or the mindset-only camp; both extremes produce worse results than the balanced middle, but nobody names the balance clearly
Success = 50% inner work + 50% outer work; marrying both cuts the time to reach your goal in half; someone with a clean inner world reaches the same goal with half the work and half the time as someone running on brute force alone
| Gary V (Gary Vaynerchuk) | a famous entrepreneur and social media personality known for promoting extreme hard work ("hustle culture"); used here as the archetype of the pure-effort, no-mindset person |
| crystal girl | Jordan's playful label for the person who only meditates, sets intentions, and avoids doing actual work; the archetype of the pure-mindset, no-effort person |
| masculine energy | in this context: active, outward, doing, pushing, grinding; not about gender identity |
| feminine energy | in this context: receptive, inward, being, allowing, attracting; not about gender identity |
| inner-outer alignment | the state where your beliefs, emotions, and identity (inner) are pointed at the same goal as your daily actions (outer); the sweet spot |
- The Workaholics (Gary V archetype): believe sheer effort wins; they are right that work is necessary; they are wrong that work alone is optimal.
- The Crystal Girls: believe pure inner work/manifestation is sufficient; they are right that inner work speeds up results; they are wrong that it replaces effort.
- The best path = combine both; "marry these two realities."
- Practical comparison: bad inner world + maximum effort โ 6โ12 months to hit goal.
- Strong inner world + sufficient effort โ same goal in ~3โ6 months, with less effort.
- Reason: when inner laws (Correspondence, Rhythm, Cause & Effect) are on your side, the universe "assists" through opportunities, timing, and insight.
- Therefore, the course demands BOTH: clean inner world AND diligent daily action on Jordan's business strategies.
โSomeone with a solid inner world could achieve that exact same goal with half of the work and in half the time because they have the rules of nature on their side.โ
Real Student Results + Your Personal Responsibility
๐บ Where this fits: Social proof + accountability contract โ grounds the abstract principles in real outcomes and transfers ownership of results entirely to the learner
Learners can accept all the theory but still secretly wonder "will this actually work for me?" or drift into passive consumption of the course without real commitment
Real data from the first version of the course proves the framework works for those who apply it; the instructor explicitly names the exact behaviors that separate winners from quitters โ and places full responsibility on the student
| seven figures | earnings of $1,000,000 or more; used to describe top-performing students in their first year of revenue (not profit) |
| $10,000 days | making $10,000 in a single day of sales; some students hit this within their first month |
| version 1.0 of the course | the earlier edition of this same program, before the current update; used as a track record of real-world student results |
| college analogy | Jordan compares the course to college: nobody forces you to attend class; paying tuition does not equal learning; the institution will keep your money either way; responsibility is 100% yours |
| community groups | online groups (likely Discord or Facebook group) where Jordan's students support and motivate each other; mentioned as the community support layer |
- Real results from v1.0 students: some hit seven figures in revenue in year one; some hit $10K days within their first month.
- Flip side: some students paid for the course and never logged in once.
- Common failure pattern: buying the course "proves to themselves they're trying" โ then stopping; fear and doubt cause them to quit before starting.
- College comparison: no one calls you when you skip class; no one forces you to learn; the institution keeps your money regardless.
- Jordan's role: provide the exact roadmap, tools, connections, and infrastructure.
- Your role: show up, apply the material, give it your full effort.
- Track record claim: Jordan states he has never seen a student who truly applied themselves for a full year without reaching $10K profit/month.
- The only guaranteed failure condition: stopping.
- The industry context: e-commerce is a trillion-dollar industry; thousands of stores do millions per month; $10K/month is a tiny fraction of what is available.
โI have never seen a student go through this course and truly apply themselves for a year without hitting $10,000 profit a month.โ
Trauma, Counseling, Luck, and Being Ready for Your Break
๐บ Where this fits: The final and deepest inner-world layer โ addresses emotional weight from the past as the most common hidden blocker to success; closes the chapter with the concepts of luck, timing, and readiness
Many people carry unprocessed emotional trauma (grief, abuse, addiction, family crises) that silently caps how high their inner frequency can go โ no amount of tactics or mindset tips will fix a problem rooted at this deeper level
Trauma is not a permanent blocker โ it is a weight in a backpack; processing it (through honest self-examination and/or therapy) removes the weight and allows you to climb to your goal faster; your past is fuel, not a cage; luck and opportunity come to everyone, but only the prepared person captures it
| unprocessed emotions / trauma | painful past experiences that were never fully acknowledged, felt, and accepted; they sit in your inner world as background noise, draining frequency and triggering self-sabotage |
| inner child | the younger version of yourself who experienced the original hurt; the phrase means looking back at your past self with compassion rather than shame or avoidance |
| counseling / therapy | professional sessions with a trained mental health counselor who helps you examine and process past experiences; Jordan explicitly recommends this and shares that it changed his own life |
| regression to the mean | a statistical concept: over time, outcomes tend to drift back toward your average (your standard); if your daily standard is low, even lucky wins will fade back to that low level; if your standard is high, temporary setbacks will recover to that high level |
| fear of success | a real psychological pattern where a person unconsciously avoids or sabotages opportunities because deep down they do not feel worthy of succeeding; different from fear of failure |
| limiting opportunity recognition | Jordan's implicit idea: people with unhealed inner worlds literally do not notice or act on opportunities when they appear, because their self-image filters them out |
- Unprocessed emotions actively lower your inner frequency; you cannot tune to the $10K frequency while carrying emotional weight from the past.
- Jordan's personal story (transparency and credibility):
- Witnessed his mother nearly die in a car accident at age 12โ13; he was first on the scene; she was in a coma for 2 months; doctors advised pulling life support; she miraculously survived; family appeared on the Today Show (~2014).
- Watched his brother die of an overdose โ then be resuscitated.
- Endured emotionally abusive stepparents through multiple divorces.
- Battled drug addiction himself at a young age.
- Watched his family go bankrupt; relied on churches and government assistance.
- His conclusion: negativity exists to fuel you โ it is nature's way of providing motivation to grow and achieve more.
- You cannot run from, hide from, or ignore your past; nature will keep presenting the same emotional issues until you face them.
- Action: face your past self; give your inner child compassion; let the emotional tie dissolve; use the pain as fuel.
- Practical recommendation: invest in counseling/therapy โ Jordan credits it as non-negotiable for his own development.
- Luck and timing concept: some students hit $10K in month one and maybe "don't deserve it yet"; others grind 6 months and deserve it far more โ this is normal variation.
- Regression to the mean: your daily standard is your true level; temporary luck will regress to that standard; keep your standard high through discipline and schedule.
- Fear of success: Jordan personally missed early opportunities because he felt unworthy; he did not capitalize on them; this is extremely common and often subconscious.
- Final message: everyone gets their one big break โ the critical task is to be ready when it arrives and jump on it with full force.
- Chapter action steps: (a) read The Kybalion; (b) detach from your past / seek counseling if needed; (c) get ready to transform your inner world in the next video.
โEveryone catches their break โ everyone has that one day that changes everything forever. You just have to make sure you're ready for that opportunity and jump on it with full force and intention.โ
Chapter Intro & Audio Apology
๐บ Where this fits: Pre-chapter framing โ sets expectations before the mindset content begins
- Build a physical vision board: print images and power words in Canva, mount near your workspace.
- Start a daily 20-minute morning ritual: 10 min vision board meditation + 10 min affirmations journal.
- List three things you will sacrifice (habits, time-drains, low-standard relationships) starting this week.
Viewer notices the audio sounds strange and wonders if something is wrong with the video or their device
Jordan explains the mic was off during the original 1h46m filming session; Adobe AI rescued the audio from camera-only sound โ the content is fully intact even if the voice sounds slightly off
| Adobe AI audio repair | a software tool made by the company Adobe that uses artificial intelligence to clean up bad-sounding recordings; it can remove echo, static, and room noise |
| Camera audio | the microphone built directly into a video camera; much lower quality than a dedicated external microphone |
| Reverb / room echo | the way sound bounces off walls and comes back, making voices sound hollow or cave-like |
| Raw filming | unedited, unprocessed footage exactly as it was captured |
- Jordan filmed the Transform chapter live โ 1 hour 46 minutes of raw footage
- He realized afterward the external microphone was never switched on
- Only the camera's built-in mic had captured sound โ very poor quality (echo, noise)
- He used Adobe's AI audio-repair tool to clean it up as much as possible
- Result: audio is listenable but sounds slightly unusual, like he has a cold
- He chose NOT to re-film because the energy and emotion of the original take were genuinely good
- He warns viewers upfront so they are not confused or concerned during the video
โThe energy the vibe was really good and I felt very happy after filming it so I don't want to redo it.โ
Who Am I? โ Cracking Open Self-Concept
๐บ Where this fits: Entry point to the entire mindset chapter โ without questioning identity, none of the transformation tools later make sense
Most people have never deeply questioned who they are; they give shallow answers (name, hometown, past events) and assume that is all there is to know
Jordan challenges viewers to look beneath labels and past experiences โ suggesting that a deeper, observing "self" exists beyond the story we tell about ourselves
| Self-concept | the mental picture you have of who you are; includes your name, history, personality, and beliefs about yourself |
| Identity | the collection of labels, roles, and stories you use to define yourself (e.g. "I'm a student," "I'm from Texas," "I'm shy") |
| Conscious experience | the fact of being aware and experiencing things; what it feels like to be "you" looking out at the world |
| The Untethered Soul | a book by author Michael Singer that argues your true self is a pure observer, not the thoughts or emotions you experience |
- Jordan opens with a direct question: "Who am I?" and asks viewers to genuinely try to answer it
- He lists the typical answers people give โ name, birthplace, past experiences
- He challenges those answers: are you really just a summary of your past?
- He points to a deeper layer โ whoever is *witnessing* all those experiences must itself be something
- He recommends "The Untethered Soul" by Michael Singer as the best guide to exploring this
- Key book claim: you are not a human having a conscious experience โ you are a conscious being having a human experience (the order is reversed and matters)
- He frames this exploration as the necessary foundation before any outer transformation can occur
โYou are not merely a human having a conscious experience โ you are a conscious infinite being having a human experience.โ
The Inner Roommate โ Your Negative Inner Voice
๐บ Where this fits: Identifies the internal saboteur that blocks entrepreneurs from taking bold action; must be understood before belief/identity work can succeed
People are constantly held back by a nagging internal critic they have never named or examined โ they assume this voice IS them and give it enormous power over their decisions
The inner roommate is NOT you; it is a learned, automated program installed by parents, teachers, religion, and media โ and you can choose to stop obeying it without trying to silence it
| Inner roommate | Michael Singer's term for the non-stop internal voice that judges, labels, and narrates everything in your mind; it shares your head like an opinionated roommate you never chose |
| Inner dialogue | the ongoing stream of self-talk happening inside your head at all times |
| Social programming | the set of rules, beliefs, and behaviors that society (school, family, media) installs in children to make them conform |
| Social Matrix | Jordan's term for the overall system of societal norms and expectations that shapes how people think and act without realizing it |
| The Four Agreements | a book by Don Miguel Ruiz about four principles for freeing yourself from self-limiting beliefs rooted in social conditioning |
| Domestication | the process by which children are trained to follow social rules, much like animals are trained; used by Ruiz in The Four Agreements |
| Negative Tong (tone) | the critical, fearful, or judgmental quality of the inner voice |
- Jordan describes the inner roommate: a constant mental voice that judges, labels, and organizes every experience
- It has a predominantly negative tone because society trained it that way during childhood
- Schools and parents taught us to sort things into "good" and "bad" bins โ this binary thinking becomes the voice
- By early school years, children become aware that *other people* judge them too, which intensifies the voice
- The voice is built from absorbed opinions: parents, teachers, religious leaders, news media โ all blended into one internal critic
- Key insight: you cannot silence the voice โ trying makes it louder (like trying not to think of a pink elephant)
- The correct move: stop *marrying* the thoughts โ let them pass like cars on a freeway without reacting to them
- The mind processes thoughts automatically just as the stomach processes food; you do not need to judge or act on every thought
- Recommended reading: "The Four Agreements" by Don Miguel Ruiz for deeper work on this
โAs the stomach automatically processes food, the mind automatically processes thoughts โ you don't need to judge these thoughts.โ
How Reality Is Created โ The 11-Million-Bits Filter
๐บ Where this fits: The scientific/neurological backbone explaining WHY mindset changes actually alter what you see and experience in the world
It seems mystical or unrealistic to claim that "changing your beliefs changes your reality" โ people need a concrete, logical explanation for how this works
The brain receives far more data than it can process (11 million bits/sec in vs. 40-60 bits/sec conscious awareness), so the subconscious acts as a filter โ and that filter is tuned by your identity, beliefs, emotions, and actions
| Subconscious | the part of your mind that operates below your awareness; it handles most of the brain's work automatically without you knowing |
| Conscious mind | the part of your mind you are directly aware of; your active thoughts, decisions, and focus in this moment |
| Bits of data | units of information; here used loosely to mean individual sensory signals (sights, sounds, smells, touches, tastes) reaching the brain |
| Mental framework | the invisible set of filters and assumptions your subconscious uses to decide what information is worth passing to your conscious attention |
| Perceived reality | the version of the world your conscious mind actually experiences, which is a tiny filtered slice of what is actually happening around you |
| Psychedelics | substances (like psilocybin mushrooms or LSD) that temporarily disrupt the brain's normal filtering, causing a flood of unfiltered sensory and cognitive experience; Jordan mentions them here as an illustration, not a recommendation |
| Unearned wisdom | Jordan's warning concept: receiving insights or revelations you are not yet emotionally or psychologically prepared to integrate, which can cause confusion or harm |
- Five senses constantly flood the brain with 11 million bits of information per second
- The conscious mind can only handle 40-60 bits per second โ a ratio of roughly 200,000:1
- The subconscious must therefore filter out almost all incoming data before it reaches awareness
- This filter is not neutral โ it is shaped by your identity, beliefs, emotions, and actions (the AEBI framework introduced next scene)
- Whatever your mental framework is set to look for, the subconscious highlights; everything else is invisible to you
- Therefore, your "perceived reality" is literally a customized mental construction, not an objective view of the world
- Changing the four levers (AEBI) changes the filter, which changes what you notice and therefore what opportunities you can act on
- Note on psychedelics: Jordan briefly explains they temporarily bypass this filter entirely; he adds a strong caution about "unearned wisdom" and states he is NOT recommending them
โThe reality we perceive is a secondary mental creation designed by our subconscious.โ
The AEBI Framework โ Four Levers of Reality
๐บ Where this fits: The core operating model of the entire Transform chapter โ everything else (vision board, affirmations, environment changes) is a tool for adjusting one or more of these four levers
People try to change their lives by only changing their actions (the most visible thing) but wonder why nothing sticks โ they are ignoring the three more powerful levers above it
Reality is shaped by four nested levers ranked by power: Identity (most powerful) โ Beliefs โ Emotions โ Actions (least powerful); transformation must start at the top (identity) and work down
| AEBI | Jordan's four-lever model: Actions, Emotions, Beliefs, Identity (listed lowest to highest in power, but you should work on them highest to lowest) |
| Identity | your self-image; how your subconscious pictures who you are; like a "character level" in a video game |
| Beliefs | the assumptions you hold as true about the world ("money is hard to earn," "I'm not smart enough"); these filter which data the subconscious lets through |
| Emotions | the felt expressions of your identity and beliefs; your gut feelings and mood states throughout the day; tied to intuition |
| Actions | the physical things you do each day; the most visible lever but the weakest for creating lasting change |
| Inner frequency | Jordan's term for the overall energetic "level" of your inner state; low frequency = fear/scarcity mindset; high frequency = abundance/growth mindset |
| Regression to the mean | a statistical idea Jordan borrows: over time, things tend to drift back toward their average; your standards (discussed next scene) set that average |
| Monkey mind | a Buddhist/meditation term for the restless, impulsive, constantly chattering lower brain that chases short-term pleasures and distracts from long-term goals |
- IDENTITY (top of hierarchy): your self-image / inner frequency; determines what possibilities your subconscious even shows you; like a video game level โ low level = locked areas, locked weapons
- Why identity outranks beliefs: identity = beliefs *about yourself*; the inner world always dictates the outer world, not the reverse
- BELIEFS (second): assumptions about the outer world; e.g. "money is hard to make" causes the subconscious to filter for evidence confirming that โ a self-reinforcing loop
- EMOTIONS (third): direct expressions of identity and beliefs; also tied to intuition; serve as dashboard signals of your current inner frequency
- ACTIONS (fourth / lowest): physical behavior; still important, but downstream of the other three โ acting high-frequency while believing low-frequency produces no lasting change
- Transformation sequence: to rebuild yourself, start at the TOP (identity), not the bottom (actions) โ work down the list: identity โ beliefs โ emotions โ actions
- The four levers also interact: consistently low-frequency actions (addictions, avoidance) drag emotions, beliefs, and identity back down โ no lever is fully independent
โA man who can master his own identity, his own beliefs and emotions is far more powerful than you could ever imagine.โ
Standards & the Winner Effect
๐บ Where this fits: Translates the abstract AEBI framework into a daily operating rule (standards) and a practical momentum strategy (winner effect)
People understand they need to change but have no mechanism to prevent themselves from sliding back into old patterns โ the concept of "just try harder" has already failed them many times
Standards are a hard floor you set for yourself โ the minimum you will accept in your own behavior; the winner effect is a deliberate system of small wins that prove to your identity that you are already becoming that person
| Standards | the non-negotiable minimums you set for your own behavior: what actions you will and will not take, what emotions you will allow, what beliefs you accept, what identities you embody |
| Regression to the mean | your life will always drift back toward your standard (the mean/average); a high standard means even your worst days are still solid |
| Winner effect | a concept from biology: animals that win small fights become more confident and more likely to win the next fight; Jordan applies it to self-improvement โ a track record of small kept promises builds identity-level confidence |
| Resume of wins | Jordan's metaphor for the winner effect: a growing list of small victories you can mentally point to as proof that you are disciplined and capable |
| Non-negotiable | something that is absolutely firm, never up for debate or exception regardless of mood or circumstance |
- Standards = a line drawn in the sand across ALL four AEBI levers simultaneously (what actions/emotions/beliefs/identities you will and won't accept in yourself)
- Your current life is a reflection of your current standards โ not of your intentions or wishes
- Low standards = allowing bad relationships, bad habits, laziness, avoidance of goals; high standards = the opposite
- Standards must be non-negotiable and committed to for life โ not a 30-day challenge
- Standards need to embody the *future person* you are becoming, not the current person you are
- The winner effect: start building a track record of small kept commitments โ each one is evidence deposited into your identity bank
- Over time small wins compound: you tackle bigger challenges, endure longer work sessions, overcome larger obstacles
- Celebrate these wins โ give them genuine gratitude so they integrate into your identity ("I am someone who does what I say")
โYour standard is the bottom line of what things you let fly and what things you won't.โ
Sacrifice as a Non-Negotiable
๐บ Where this fits: The bridge between inner transformation and outer action โ removes the final excuse for staying comfortable
People know what they need to cut from their lives (bad friends, time-wasting habits, energy drains) but rationalize keeping them because sacrifice feels optional, not essential
Jordan reframes sacrifice as structurally required โ if you do not sacrifice for what you desire, what you desire itself becomes the sacrifice (you lose it by default through inaction)
| Sacrifice | deliberately giving up something of value now (comfort, familiar people, habits, time) in order to gain something of greater value later |
| Energy drain | any person, habit, or activity that consistently takes more from your focus and vitality than it gives back |
| Purpose | the overarching reason or mission that drives your life; what gives your daily actions meaning beyond just survival |
- Jordan states the core law directly: "If you don't sacrifice for the things you desire, the things you desire become the sacrifice."
- You are responsible โ no one else will cut the dead weight from your life for you
- Practical cuts to consider: bad friendships (people who drain energy or reinforce low standards), bad habits (addictions, mindless scrolling, excess gaming), anything that consumes time without moving you toward your future self
- Every hour spent on a low-frequency activity is an hour not spent building the new identity, new beliefs, new standards
- Sacrifice is not optional suffering โ it is the price of admission to the next level
- The next video in the module will go deeper on practical daily actions and how to restructure your routine
โIf you don't sacrifice for the things you desire, the things you desire become the sacrifice.โ
Building Your Vision Board (Step-by-Step)
๐บ Where this fits: The first concrete tool in the chapter โ converts all the inner-work concepts into a physical daily-use artifact
People have vague dreams but no external anchor that keeps those dreams visible and emotionally alive on an ordinary Tuesday morning when motivation is low
A vision board is a physical collection of images and words representing your target identity and reality โ placed where you work, it re-activates the target frequency multiple times per day with zero effort
| Vision board | a physical or digital display of images, words, and goals that represent the future life you are building toward; functions as a daily visual reminder and emotional trigger |
| Canva (canva.com) | a free/paid online design tool that lets you arrange images and text on a digital page without needing design skills; Jordan uses it to design vision board pages for printing; costs $12/month for the full version |
| Affiliate link | a special web link that gives the person sharing it a small commission when you sign up through it; Jordan has one for Canva in the video description |
| Cork board | a board made of cork material (like a bulletin board) where you pin or tack printed images |
| Unsplash.com | a free website offering high-quality, professional photographs that anyone can download and use |
| Command strips / velcro strips | 3M brand adhesive strips that stick to walls without nails or damage; the velcro version lets you remove and replace the board easily |
| CVS / Office Depot / Office Max | American retail stores that offer printing services where you can bring a digital file and get it printed on paper or photo paper |
| Profit margin | the percentage of revenue left over as profit after all costs are paid; e.g. 20% margin means for every $100 in sales, $20 is profit |
| TikTok organic | getting sales through free TikTok videos (no paid ads); Jordan notes organic TikTok can achieve higher profit margins than 20% because there is no ad spend cost |
- Identify what type of board you want: cork board, whiteboard with magnets, paper taped to wall โ any surface works; the key is it must be near your workspace so you see it daily
- Set your exact financial goal with an exact deadline date โ example: "I will make $10,000 profit by [specific date]"
- Financial breakdown Jordan gives for context: $10,000/month profit at 20% margin = $50,000/month revenue = ~$1,600/week = ~$1,666/day in revenue
- Add non-financial life goals: where will you live, how will your body look, what car, what people around you, what clothes/aesthetics, what freedoms, what new opportunities
- Find inspirational images that emotionally move you โ movies, characters, celebrities, travel destinations, homes, cars; Jordan shares his own: Avatar The Last Airbender scenes, Sword Art Online character Kirito, influencer Jay Alvarez, Lamborghini, Dubai travel, high-rise minimalist apartment
- Collect power words that describe the person you are becoming โ Jordan's board includes: obsessed, destined, patient, fate, "I will never give up," "I am worthy," "100,000 profit a month," abundance
- Use Canva to design printable pages โ create a template the same size as a standard sheet of paper, lay out images and text, then print
- Print at home or at a print store (CVS, Office Depot) โ request highest quality paper; send files by email to the store
- Use 3M Command velcro strips to mount the board โ allows easy removal and updates without damaging walls
- Print more images than needed so you have spares if sizing does not work out after printing
โMy entire office is surrounded by them so I can't really escape โ any time I'm feeling down I can just look at them.โ
The Daily Affirmations Journal
๐บ Where this fits: The daily ritual that activates the vision board โ converts static imagery into an emotionally-charged practice that physically raises inner frequency each morning
People know their goals intellectually but feel emotionally disconnected from them most of the time โ the gap between "I want this" and "I genuinely feel I already have this" is where most self-improvement efforts fail
A 10-minute morning vision board meditation combined with a 10-minute written affirmations practice bridges the emotional gap โ acting as if the future is already real raises your inner frequency to the level of that reality, which then attracts it faster
| Affirmations | positive statements written or spoken in the present tense as if they are already true; used to reprogram beliefs and identity at a subconscious level ("I am worthy of $10,000/month profit") |
| Affirmation journal | a physical notebook used specifically to write affirmations; serves as both a daily practice tool and a record of your evolving identity |
| Frequency alignment | Jordan's concept that your outer reality must match your inner energetic state; by raising your frequency to the level of the goal, you pull the goal toward you |
| Gratitude practice | deliberately generating the feeling of thankfulness as if something has already happened; used here to emotionally inhabit the future vision board reality |
| Conjuring emotions | intentionally calling up specific feelings (excitement, gratitude, confidence) through visualization, not waiting for circumstances to produce them naturally |
- Every morning: sit in front of your vision board for 10 minutes
- During those 10 minutes: imagine the board's reality is your *current* reality right now, not a future goal
- Generate genuine emotions of gratitude โ thank yourself for achieving it, thank the universe/God/higher self for helping
- Act as if you have already accomplished everything on the board; feel that level of success emotionally, not just intellectually
- After 10 minutes of vision board meditation: open your affirmation journal and write for 10 minutes
- Write statements in present tense as your future self โ examples Jordan gives: "I am worthy of $10,000 a month profit," "I put in work and stay diligently focused," "I operate at a frequency 20 times higher than others around me," "I am strong, smart, and perfectly equipped," "I am the master of my own fate"
- No strict rules on what to write โ statements must personally resonate with you and embody your future self
- Total daily investment: 20 minutes each morning โ 10 vision board + 10 journal
โIf you sit in front of your vision board for 10 minutes each day doing this, it will quite literally raise your frequency to the exact level of that reality.โ
Practical Environment Changes & Closing Meditation
๐บ Where this fits: Closes the chapter by translating inner frequency theory into concrete outer-world experiences, and anchors the entire Transform module with a final emotional visualization exercise
After all this inner work, people still feel physically surrounded by the same environment, same spaces, same low-frequency cues โ the outer world lags behind the new inner world and creates doubt
Deliberately exposing yourself to high-frequency environments (even briefly and affordably) gives your nervous system real sensory evidence of the new reality, bridging the gap between what you believe and what you feel; the future-self meditation provides an emotional anchor for hard days
| Environment design | intentionally changing your physical surroundings to support the identity and behavior you want to embody |
| Abundance mindset | a mental state of believing there is more than enough wealth, opportunity, and success to go around โ the opposite of scarcity thinking |
| Scarcity mindset | the belief that resources (money, success, opportunities) are limited and hard to get; causes people to think small and fear taking risks |
| Affirmation journal | repeated from Scene 25; the morning writing practice |
| Future self meditation | a visualization exercise where you mentally project yourself into your future version who has already achieved your goals, then feel that future self's support and encouragement flowing back to your present self |
| Counseling | sessions with a trained therapist or counselor to work through past emotional experiences; Jordan mentions it in the context of a past-self healing visualization he did with a counselor |
| Past self healing | a therapy-adjacent technique: visualizing your younger self in a painful moment and imagining your current self going back to comfort and support them |
- Start making small, affordable outer-world changes that match the new identity โ go to a nice restaurant once a month, visit a car dealership, walk through upscale neighborhoods, browse designer stores
- Purpose: give your nervous system real sensory evidence of the abundance you are moving toward โ see wealth up close, feel what it is like
- Key mindset: money is in constant circulation; $10,000/month profit is a tiny fraction of global wealth in motion every second โ it is genuinely achievable
- Protect the new identity like something fragile and precious โ it is okay to feel discouraged, low, or unworthy at times; those are normal fluctuations
- When low moments hit: return to the vision board and affirmations journal to "recharge" rather than abandoning the path
- Future self meditation (for hard days): close your eyes, picture your future self 10 years from now who has achieved everything โ see them kneel down and extend a hand to lift you up, feel their encouragement and love
- Past self healing (optional): picture a painful past moment, then imagine your current compassionate self going back to comfort the younger you โ Jordan describes this as a breakthrough from his own counseling experience
- Closing action list Jordan gives: read The Untethered Soul + The Four Agreements; create new standards; build the winner effect through discipline; build the vision board; buy an affirmations journal; redesign your environment (clean room, rearrange, set a new stage)
- These ideas are "seeds" โ Jordan closes by urging patience: let them root over the next few months; insights will compound over time
โYour future self has accomplished everything you set out to accomplish โ imagine they kneel down and lend a helping hand, lifting you up towards your goals.โ
Connecting Inner and Outer World
๐บ Where this fits: This is the capstone of the psychology module. Chapters 1โ2 built self-awareness; Chapter 3 applies that awareness through a concrete biological mechanism. Nothing practical about dropshipping has been taught yet โ this chapter explains *why* the mindset work was necessary first.
- Pick a start date and run the 7-day dopamine detox (STOP list + START list from the protocol).
- Reward yourself after the detox with one identity-aligned experience โ not with old negative habits.
- Order The Kybalion and The Science of Getting Rich (physical + Audible) before starting Module 2.
Knowing yourself without a system to act on that knowledge leads to paralysis. Insight alone doesn't produce behavior change.
Dopamine is the programmable engine of human action. Once you understand how it works, you can redirect it toward goals instead of distractions.
| Inner world | your thoughts, feelings, beliefs, identity; everything happening inside your mind |
| Outer world | external reality, events, circumstances, the physical world you navigate |
| Dopamine | a chemical your brain produces that drives motivation and action (explained fully in Scene 28) |
| Aligning actions, emotions, beliefs, and identity | making all four layers of yourself point in the same direction toward one goal |
- Prior chapters established inner world understanding (beliefs, identity, emotions).
- Prior chapters established outer world understanding (7 universal principles).
- Now: these two worlds must be *connected* to produce results.
- The connecting mechanism is dopamine โ a brain chemical that drives action.
- Control dopamine โ align inner and outer world โ take right actions automatically โ achieve goals.
โIt's now time to connect our inner world and our outer world together taking full control aligning our actions emotions beliefs and identity together towards our goal for massive success.โ
Dopamine โ The Navigational Chemical
๐บ Where this fits: Before you can build a business, you need fuel (motivation). Dopamine *is* that fuel. Understanding its mechanics is understanding the engine that will either power your dropshipping journey or trap you on the couch.
Not knowing what dopamine actually does means you get hijacked by it โ pushed toward whatever gives the easiest hit, not what serves your goals.
Dopamine is designed to make you pursue hard, valuable tasks. When working correctly, it is the most powerful motivational force on the planet.
| Dopamine | a chemical messenger (neurotransmitter) produced in the brain; its job is to signal "do this again" by creating a feeling of pleasure and satisfaction |
| Navigational chemical | Jordan's term for dopamine; it *steers* your subconscious toward certain actions by making those actions feel rewarding |
| Subconscious mind | the part of your brain operating below conscious awareness; it runs automatic behaviors and is shaped heavily by dopamine rewards |
| Dopamine spike | a sudden surge of dopamine released in the brain, creating a feeling of intense pleasure and fulfillment |
| Dopamine receptor | a part of a brain cell that receives the dopamine chemical signal, like a lock receiving a key |
| Evolution of the species | the biological process by which living creatures gradually change over generations to survive better; dopamine exists to support this |
- Dopamine is a chemical in the brain with one purpose: guide your actions.
- It works by rewarding hard, beneficial actions (eating, mating) with a large pleasure spike.
- The subconscious brain learns: "that action = pleasure, do it again."
- This is how nature ensures animals (and humans) take actions that keep the species alive.
- Any task that earns a large dopamine spike is almost always hard and challenging by design โ that is the point.
- The brain uses dopamine to motivate impossible-seeming tasks: an animal will endure hours of pain just to eat.
โDopamine is essentially a navigational chemical in our brain dopamine is designed with one single purpose in mind to help you navigate and take certain actions and go towards certain directions in life.โ
How Corporations Hijacked Dopamine
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "enemy revealed" scene. Prior scenes showed how dopamine *should* work. This scene shows how it has been weaponized against you. This explains why willpower alone never works โ the opposition is not laziness but a billion-dollar engineered system.
Your lack of motivation for difficult goals (like building a business) is not a character flaw โ it is the direct result of your dopamine system being saturated by engineered instant-gratification products from childhood onward.
You are not broken. You are hacked. And hacks can be undone.
| Dopamine receptor | a part of a brain cell that "receives" the dopamine signal, like a USB port receiving a plug; stimulate it and you feel pleasure |
| Instant gratification | getting pleasure or reward immediately, without effort or waiting (opposite: delayed gratification) |
| Dopamine slavery | Jordan's term; being controlled by the desire for dopamine hits the same way an addict is controlled by a drug |
| Dopamine tolerance | over time, the same activity releases less dopamine, so you need more of it (or something stronger) to feel the same pleasure; this is how addictions escalate |
| TikTok algorithm | the computer system inside TikTok that decides what videos to show you next; specifically engineered to maximize how long you stay on the app by constantly delivering small dopamine hits |
| Social programming | the process by which society's norms, parents, media, and companies shape your behavior from childhood without your conscious awareness or consent |
| Unconscious parents | parents who pass on unhealthy dopamine habits to their children without realizing they are doing so, because those habits are normalized (TV at breakfast, sugary cereal, etc.) |
- Scientists hooked devices to rat brains that triggered dopamine when the rat pressed a button.
- The rat became obsessed: ignored food, water, and painful obstacles just to reach the button.
- Corporations obtained this research and reverse-engineered it into products.
- TikTok is the most advanced example โ its algorithm is engineered to be the most effective dopamine-releasing system ever built.
- Every major product (porn, fast food, drugs, video games, social media, movies, TV) is a version of this dopamine button.
- The conditioning starts in childhood: sugary breakfast + cartoons = dopamine before age 5.
- As you age, tolerance forces escalation to harder and harder stimulation.
- The result: a society of people who sacrifice future success, money, time, and relationships for the next dopamine hit.
โTik Tok is probably the best example of this truthfully the algorithm that runs Tik Tok will go down in human history as the most powerful and effective dopamine releasing system Humanity has created so far.โ
Identity, Control, and Breaking Free
๐บ Where this fits: This is the philosophical pivot of the chapter. It acknowledges the system is rigged while simultaneously asserting individual agency. Jordan's core message: the system exists, it is intentional, but your inner world remains sovereign โ provided you actively defend it.
People get trapped not just by dopamine addiction but by identity-level beliefs ("I'm just this kind of person") that make change feel impossible before it's even attempted.
Your inner world is inviolable โ no system can enter it without your permission. The most direct path to freedom is refusing to identify with statements that limit you.
| Identity statement | a sentence that describes who you are, e.g., "I am an overachiever" or "I'm depressed"; these statements shape everything below them (beliefs, emotions, actions) |
| Resonation | when a statement "resonates" with you, it means you accepted it as true about yourself; it vibrates at the same frequency as your self-concept (links back to the law of vibration from prior chapters) |
| Limiting belief | any thought or belief that restricts what you think is possible for yourself |
| Chemical imbalance | a medical explanation that something in the brain's chemistry is abnormal, often cited as the cause of depression; Jordan challenges whether accepting this label as your *identity* is necessary or helpful |
| Words are spells / spelling | Jordan's point: the word "spelling" comes from the idea that words cast spells; the words you repeat become your reality. This is not literal magic โ it is about how repeated self-talk rewires your beliefs and identity over time. |
| Cascading control | Jordan's description of how one identity statement flows downward: identity โ beliefs โ emotions โ actions; changing the top level changes everything below it |
- Greed and systems (corporations, governments) will always exist and always optimize for control of your attention and compliance.
- But no external force can reach your inner world unless you open the door.
- The door opens when you accept a limiting identity statement ("I'm depressed," "I can't change").
- Once accepted: beliefs align โ emotions follow โ actions change โ you become the thing you accepted.
- The most powerful form of control is identity-level control โ it requires no force, just your own agreement.
- Therefore: reclaiming control starts with rejecting statements that limit you and replacing them with empowering ones.
- Words you speak and think are literally programming your subconscious โ they are "spells" that create reality.
โThe most powerful way to control someone is through changing their identity and you see how just accepting one identity statement ends up with you being fully controlled by it.โ
Dopamine Detox โ What It Is and Why It Works
๐บ Where this fits: This is where all the prior mindset content becomes *actionable*. Vision boards, affirmations, identity work โ none of it sticks if your dopamine system keeps pulling you back to instant gratification. The detox is the biological prerequisite for everything else to work.
Life โ unlike video games โ does not provide easy dopamine feedback for effort. You can work for months with no reward signal. Most people quit not from lack of desire but because their brain literally cannot sustain motivation without dopamine feedback.
A dopamine detox resets your reward system so that *working toward your goals* becomes the source of dopamine, not distractions. This makes sustained effort feel natural rather than like swimming upstream.
| Dopamine detox | a period (Jordan recommends 7 days) during which you eliminate all easy-dopamine sources so your brain rewires to find real, earned satisfaction in hard work and healthy habits |
| Instant gratification | reward that comes immediately and without significant effort (scrolling social media, eating junk food, watching TV) |
| Delayed gratification | reward that comes only after sustained hard work over a long period (building a business, getting fit, mastering a skill) |
| Neural pathways | the physical connections between brain cells that form habits; the more you repeat a behavior, the stronger the pathway becomes; a detox breaks old pathways and builds new ones |
| Consumer | someone who passively receives content, products, entertainment, and dopamine; they do not create, they only consume |
| Producer | someone who consciously creates things, lives intentionally, and receives dopamine through real achievement rather than engineered stimulation |
| Synthetic dopamine | dopamine triggered by artificial, engineered products (TikTok, porn, junk food) rather than by genuine achievement or survival actions |
| Breadcrumb path | Jordan's metaphor for how video games (and similar products) lay a trail of small easy rewards to keep you engaged; real life has no such trail |
- Dopamine cannot be turned off โ it is always being produced.
- Therefore, "detox" does not mean eliminating dopamine; it means changing what triggers it.
- Cut every instant-gratification source (social media, junk food, porn, TV, video games, drugs, alcohol).
- Brain now has no easy path to dopamine.
- Since dopamine must be produced, the brain is forced to reward whatever hard activities remain (work, exercise, meditation, goal pursuit).
- Neural pathways rewire: those activities become the new source of satisfaction.
- You become a producer โ someone who derives fulfillment from creation and achievement.
- Side insight: mental issues (anxiety, depression) often manifest specifically when you have zero stimulating work in your outer world โ your brain creates internal problems to solve just to generate dopamine. Stimulating outer-world work resolves this.
โMental issues only manifest when you have zero sense of stimulating work in your outer World.โ
The Exact 7-Day Protocol
๐บ Where this fits: This is the operational checklist of the entire mindset module. Everything prior (inner world, identity, dopamine science) was explaining *why* this matters. Now here is the *how*: a specific, timed, measurable protocol.
Vague self-improvement advice ("just be more disciplined") fails because it gives no specific protocol. People don't know exactly what to cut, what to add, or for how long. This protocol eliminates all ambiguity.
A complete, concrete, time-bounded protocol you can start on a specific date. Finite (7 days). Flexible (3โ5 day option available). Repeatable (1โ2x/year as maintenance).
| Intermittent fasting | an eating pattern where you skip breakfast and only eat within a specific window of the day (e.g., noonโ8pm); not a diet about *what* you eat, but *when* you eat; in the protocol, skipping breakfast is the specific instruction |
| Processed foods | factory-made foods with artificial ingredients, preservatives, added sugar, and little nutritional value (chips, fast food, packaged snacks, most cereals) |
| Meditate | to sit quietly, close your eyes, and focus your attention (often on your breath) to calm the mind and build mental clarity; 10 minutes/day in the protocol |
| Journal | to write your thoughts and feelings in a notebook or document; 10 minutes/day; serves as a way to process emotions that surface during the detox |
| Audible | an audiobook app (owned by Amazon) where you can listen to books read aloud; Jordan recommends ordering a physical copy AND the Audible version to read/listen simultaneously |
| The Kybalion | a book about ancient Hermetic philosophy and the 7 universal principles; Jordan mentioned it in a prior chapter and strongly recommends reading it during the detox |
| The Science of Getting Rich | a 1910 book by Wallace D. Wattles about the mindset and principles behind wealth creation; Jordan considers it essential before any other books |
| Cold showers | showers where you turn the water to cold; known to improve mood, focus, and mental resilience; minimum: end your normal shower with a cold blast; ideal: full cold shower |
- STOP (eliminate completely for 7 days):
- No porn or masturbation
- No alcohol or drugs
- No breakfast โ intermittent fasting required
- No unhealthy or processed foods
- No mindless entertainment: social media, movies, TV shows, YouTube โ none
- No music for the entire week
- No more than 1โ2 hours of phone time per day; all phone use must be conscious/productive
- START (add every day for 7 days):
- Work out every weekday (minimum 30 minutes)
- Drink as much water as possible โ target: 1 gallon/day
- Meditate for 10 minutes each day
- Journal thoughts and feelings for 10 minutes each day
- Read 10 pages per day (start with The Kybalion + The Science of Getting Rich)
- Work toward your goal (dropshipping store) for 2 hours each day
- Get 8โ9 hours of sleep each day
- Spend 30 minutes outside each day (sitting in grass, walking โ no phone)
- Cold showers: at minimum, end normal shower with cold; ideally, full cold shower
- FLEXIBILITY OPTIONS:
- 3โ5 day version with fewer rules (gentler start)
- Full 7-day version with all rules (recommended for maximum impact)
- MAINTENANCE: 1โ2 detoxes per year, whenever you feel yourself slipping back into old patterns
โYou must work towards your desired goal for 2 hours each day so that would be our Drop Shipping Store trying to get the $10,000 profit a month.โ
Rewards, Action Steps, and Into Module 2
๐บ Where this fits: This is the closing ceremony of the mindset module and the launch pad into the practical business content. The reward philosophy reinforces identity-level change, and the action steps create clear, concrete next actions so the learner does not lose momentum at this critical transition point.
After a hard reset, the temptation to "return to normal" is at its peak. Without a clear framework for rewards, most people accidentally undo their progress within 24 hours of finishing the detox.
Rewards are not the enemy โ *wrong* rewards are. Celebrating correctly deepens the new identity and makes success feel like *who you are*, not just something you did once.
| Self-sabotage | unconsciously taking actions that undermine your own goals; in this context, rewarding a detox win with the same behaviors you just broke |
| Identity-aligned reward | a treat or celebration that matches who you are becoming, not who you used to be; e.g., a nice dinner aligns with a successful person's identity; watching porn does not |
| Module 2 | the next section of the course, where practical dropshipping and eCommerce instruction begins; everything in Module 1 was psychology/mindset preparation |
| eCommerce | selling products or services over the internet (short for "electronic commerce"); the broader category that dropshipping belongs to |
| The Kybalion | ancient Hermetic philosophy book about universal laws; Jordan's top reading recommendation during the detox |
| The Science of Getting Rich | 1910 book by Wallace D. Wattles; Jordan's second essential reading recommendation; focuses on the mindset principles behind wealth |
| Audible | audiobook app; Jordan recommends buying both physical copy and Audible version to read along while listening for deeper absorption |
- You completed the dopamine detox โ this is a major success and deserves celebration.
- Rule: you cannot reward yourself with negative habits (porn, drugs, binge entertainment) โ this immediately resets the dopamine compass to the wrong direction.
- Instead: reward yourself with identity-aligned experiences โ nice dinner, new clothes, visit luxury car lots/houses, a short vacation, treating people you love.
- These rewards show you what wealth looks like, reinforce your new identity, and leave you feeling proud โ not ashamed.
- ACTION STEPS (close of Chapter 3 / entire Module 1):
- Action Step 1: Begin your dopamine detox protocol. Post in the community group: your exact protocol, number of days, and start date. After finishing, revisit the post and share what you learned.
- Action Step 2: Read *The Kybalion* and *The Science of Getting Rich*. Tip: order both the physical book AND the Audible version โ listen while reading along for maximum retention. Finish these two books before any others.
- Action Step 3: Get ready for Module 2 โ eCommerce begins now.
โYou need to reward yourself with things that bring you closer to the person you want to become we need to think of our future self as a millionaire that's accomplished all of these goals how would that person reward themselves for tasks they accomplish.โ
Module 2 Intro & Store Overview
๐บ Where this fits: This is the bridge scene โ it transitions from foundational concepts (Module 1) to real-world execution proof (Module 2). It sets the expectation that imperfect action beats perfect inaction.
- Launch your store before it looks perfect; a "boomer website" still generated $770K.
- Start product research by finding a TikTok ad with millions of views, then work backwards to the product.
- Add a $5 gift-box upsell at the "Add to Cart" stage to lift your average order value immediately.
- Set up a basic abandoned-cart email sequence (Klaviyo) so paid traffic doesn't silently escape.
"I can't launch until my store is perfect" paralysis that keeps beginners stuck for months.
A "boomer website" (Jordan's words) with iPhone photos and AliExpress images did $770K. Proof that product and ad are the real levers.
| Module 2 | the second major section of the course, focused on real store examples rather than theory |
| TikTok ads | paid advertisements shown to TikTok users, similar to commercials on TV but targeted by interest and behavior |
| Testing store | a store used to experiment and learn, not yet optimized for maximum profit; like a rough draft |
| Niche | a specific, narrow market segment (e.g., "gifts for couples" is a niche within "gifts") |
| AliExpress | a website (owned by Alibaba/China) where dropshippers buy products cheaply from manufacturers to resell |
- Facebook ad account gets banned โ Jordan loses his main traffic source.
- TikTok launches its own ads platform โ Jordan sees a new opportunity.
- A friend says the relationship/gift niche is performing well on TikTok.
- Jordan launches a simple Shopify store called "Loving Surprise."
- First month (AugustโSeptember): ~$30K in sales โ immediate proof of concept.
- Store runs for ~1 year and accumulates ~$770Kโ$800K total revenue.
โbeing able to hit almost 800,000 in like a year is pretty good in my book but this store is basicโ
Shopify Dashboard Deep Dive
๐บ Where this fits: Sits inside the "read your data" skill layer โ before you can optimize, you must know what each number means and what "normal" looks like.
Staring at a Shopify dashboard full of unfamiliar numbers and not knowing if the store is doing well or terribly.
A concrete benchmark sheet: 2%+ conversion = good, $30โ50 AOV = decent for low-ticket, 99% mobile traffic on TikTok = expected and normal.
| Shopify analytics / dashboard | the back-end control panel of a Shopify store showing real-time sales, visitor, and order data; like a car's instrument cluster |
| Returning customer rate (1.43%) | the percentage of buyers who came back and purchased again; 1.43% means about 1 in 70 customers returned |
| Conversion rate (2.26%) | out of every 100 visitors to the website, 2.26 actually bought something; industry average for e-commerce is 1โ3% |
| Average order value / AOV ($34) | the average dollar amount spent per single purchase; higher AOV = more revenue per customer without needing more ad spend |
| Sessions | the number of individual website visits (one person visiting three times = three sessions) |
| Mobile traffic (99%) | nearly all visitors viewed the store on a phone, not a computer; critical because TikTok is almost entirely a mobile app |
| Geographic breakdown | which countries the visitors came from; Jordan targeted USA primarily |
- Open Shopify Analytics โ see the revenue graph with visible spikes and crashes.
- Check sessions โ Jordan notes he'd want sales higher relative to sessions.
- Note returning customer rate: 1.43% โ "pretty decent."
- Note conversion rate: 2.26% โ "pretty standard."
- Note AOV: $34 โ decent, but later improved (see Scene 40).
- Note total orders: ~20,000.
- Check traffic: 99% mobile, top country USA, then Canada, UK, China (organic bleed-through).
โ1.43% returning, 2.26 conversion rate I believe that's pretty standard, average order value was 34 but we bumped it up here at the endโ
The First Product โ Vintage Photo Keychain
๐บ Where this fits: This scene attacks the #1 beginner mindset blocker (perfectionism) with direct empirical evidence. It belongs in the "product selection" and "getting started" mental model layers.
Perfectionism paralysis โ "my store isn't good enough to run ads yet."
The keychain page had AliExpress images and a selfie video. It still made ~$200Kโ$300K. Ship it, then improve.
| Product page | the specific webpage on your store that shows one product, its photos, description, price, and the "Add to Cart" button |
| AliExpress images | stock product photos taken by the Chinese manufacturer and freely available; not original photography |
| Spiritual shop | a store selling crystals, candles, and spiritual/metaphysical items; Jordan filmed here because the keychain fits the "meaningful gift" aesthetic |
| Relationship niche | a market segment focused on gifts and products for romantic partners, friends, or family |
| Testing phase | the early period where you run small experiments to see what works before committing large resources |
- Friend recommends the relationship/gift niche on TikTok.
- Jordan searches for products that fit "gift for a loved one."
- Finds the Vintage Photo Keychain โ a customizable keychain with a tiny printed photo inside.
- Films a 2-second iPhone video in a spiritual shop (girlfriend holds it, Jordan visible in reflection).
- Uses AliExpress manufacturer images for the rest of the page.
- Builds the page โ simple text, minimal design, no professional branding.
- Launches TikTok ads โ ~$200Kโ$300K in sales before moving to the necklace.
โiPhone video 2 seconds AliExpress images like it does not get easier rightโ
The Second Product & the Reverse Research Method
๐บ Where this fits: This scene introduces the Reverse Research Method โ a named, repeatable system that sits at the intersection of product research and ad research. It reframes the entire product-finding process.
Spending days on AliExpress trying to guess which product might sell, with no validation signal.
A video ad with 13โ15 million views IS the validation signal. Someone already spent real money proving it works โ use their proof.
| Reverse Research Method | Jordan's term for finding a winning video ad first, then working backwards to identify the product, supplier, and offer; the opposite of browsing AliExpress hoping to find something |
| Wear Felicity | the competitor brand Jordan studied; started as a pet Instagram page and evolved into a custom jewelry brand |
| UGC (User-Generated Content) | videos or photos created by real customers or influencers rather than a professional studio; looks authentic, performs well in TikTok ads |
| Hook | the first 1โ3 seconds of a video ad; the moment that either stops a scrolling viewer or lets them scroll past; the single most important part of any video ad |
| Spark post / Spark ad | a TikTok ad format where you take a real organic TikTok video (posted normally on the TikTok app) and pay to push it to more people through the ads platform; it keeps the real likes/comments/views |
| Organic TikTok | a regular, non-paid TikTok video that grows through the algorithm naturally (no ad spend); appears on the For You Page based on content quality |
| Saturated | when too many sellers are selling the same product with similar ads, making it hard to stand out and driving up ad costs |
- Jordan spots a Wear Felicity TikTok ad for a custom photo necklace with millions of views.
- Recognizes this as a validated product โ someone already paid to prove people want it.
- Thinks: "Loving Surprise" is a perfect brand name to compete in the relationship-gift space.
- Finds the same (or similar) necklace on a supplier.
- Studies Wear Felicity's website and offer as a blueprint.
- Launches the necklace on his own store โ this product drives ~$400Kโ$500K of the total $770K.
- Tries additional products (calendar keychain, sterling silver upsell, pet niche) โ calendar gets ~$10K then fizzles due to inability to find strong video ads.
โif you find a winning video ad you see an advertisement on Tik Tok tons of views tons of likes it shows that that's a winning product and it also shows a winning video ad and it also shows a winning websiteโ
TikTok Ads โ Spark Posts, Hooks & Bulk Testing
๐บ Where this fits: This scene sits at the heart of the TikTok advertising strategy layer. It introduces the Spark ad format, hook psychology, and the bulk-testing framework that drives the whole TikTok acquisition engine.
Spending hours crafting one "perfect" ad, running it, seeing it fail, and not knowing why โ or not knowing if a competitor's strategy is actually working.
Volume of creative + strong hook = TikTok success formula. You don't need to be a creative genius โ you need to iterate fast and let the algorithm pick winners.
| Spark Post ad | a TikTok-specific ad format: post a video organically on TikTok, then "spark" it (boost it with ad money); the real likes/comments/views stay on the post, making it look more trusted |
| Hook | the first 1โ3 seconds of any video; the only job of the hook is to stop the scroll; it is the single most important element of a TikTok ad |
| Bulk testing | running many (10โ20+) different ad creatives at the same time with small budgets to let TikTok's algorithm identify which one performs best, then spending more on the winner |
| Creative | advertising industry word for the actual video or image used in an ad; "a creative" = one video ad asset |
| Scale (budgets) | increasing how much money you spend on an ad that is already profitable; if an ad makes $2 for every $1 spent, scaling means spending $1,000/day instead of $10/day |
| Ad copy | the text written alongside a video ad (caption, headline); on TikTok this matters much less than the video itself |
| Algorithm | TikTok's automated system that decides which videos (and ads) to show to which users based on engagement patterns; it self-learns and self-optimizes |
| Views (13โ15 million) | the total number of times a video was watched; high view counts on a paid ad = the advertiser kept funding it = it was profitable |
- Open competitor's TikTok (Wear Felicity) โ see which videos have 9M+ views.
- Recognize that stopped-at-9M = creative died (unprofitable); still-running-at-100M = still printing money.
- Identify the best hooks (first 3 seconds) from competitor's videos.
- Record your own footage of the same product using the same hook structure.
- Mix and mash competitor clips into new creative combinations.
- Bulk test ~20 variations simultaneously with small daily budgets.
- Let TikTok's algorithm identify the winner โ scale budget aggressively on the winner.
โI could have the best product the best website the best video ad in the world but if the first 3 seconds of my video ad are horrible then the person scrolls away rightโ
DMCA Wars, Bans & Competitor Conflict
๐บ Where this fits: This scene covers the "risk and resilience" layer of dropshipping โ what causes stores to fail suddenly and what you can do to reduce that risk. It's a cautionary tale embedded inside a success story.
Not understanding why a profitable store suddenly crashes to zero sales overnight.
Every crash is traceable โ ad account ban, DMCA strike, or creative dying. Each is fixable or preventable with the right systems (backup accounts, original content, email list).
| DMCA claim | "Digital Millennium Copyright Act" โ a legal request to remove content that someone says infringes their copyright; filing one with a platform (TikTok, Shopify) can get content taken down |
| Ad account ban | when TikTok (or Facebook) permanently or temporarily locks your ability to run ads, usually for policy violations; can happen with no warning and kills all revenue immediately |
| 3D rendering | a computer-generated photorealistic image of a product, created in software rather than photographed; Jordan used these to replace "stolen" product images with originals |
| Platform dependency | the business risk of relying entirely on one platform (TikTok, Shopify, Facebook); if that platform bans you or changes rules, your income goes to zero |
| Gray area (legal) | Jordan's phrase for tactics that are not clearly illegal but are not clearly legal either; using a competitor's video hooks falls here โ there's risk, but enforcement is inconsistent |
| Creative dying | when a video ad stops being profitable, usually because the target audience has seen it too many times and stops clicking; even great ads have a lifespan |
- Jordan bulk-tests competitor hooks + product images โ sales spike.
- Competitor (Wear Felicity) notices lost market share.
- Competitor files DMCA with TikTok โ TikTok ignores it repeatedly.
- Competitor files with Shopify claiming product image ownership โ Shopify acts.
- Jordan commissions 3D product renderings to replace all images.
- Competitor keeps filing; TikTok eventually removes Jordan's video ad catalog.
- Jordan had been running ~20ร more ads than what's now visible โ most are now gone.
- Multiple ad account bans = the "big tanks" in the revenue graph.
- Jordan shifts attention to other stores rather than rebuilding from scratch.
โhe kept trying to file what's called a DMCA claim... he filed something to Shopify saying that hey these product images those are my product imagesโ
AOV Boosting โ Upsells, Gift Box & the Tipping Feature
๐บ Where this fits: AOV optimization sits in the "monetization" layer โ after you have traffic and conversions working, this is how you extract maximum value from each customer interaction without spending more on ads.
Pouring money into ads to get $30 orders when a few checkout tweaks could make each order worth $45.
Product cost ~$9 + base price $30 = $18 headroom for ads. Same product cost + AOV $45 = $33 headroom. Nearly double the room to run ads profitably or keep as profit.
| AOV (Average Order Value) | the average dollar amount of a single order; if 10 customers spend $300 total, AOV = $30; increasing AOV = more revenue per customer without more ad spend |
| Upsell | an offer made to a customer during or after checkout to buy something additional; "Would you also like a gift box?" is an upsell |
| Post-purchase discount | a coupon code sent immediately after a customer buys, encouraging them to buy again; the customer already trusted you once, so they're more likely to buy again |
| Confirmation email | the automatic email sent to a customer right after they place an order; contains order details; Jordan added a discount code here |
| Gift box upsell | a $5 add-on offered when adding to cart; a premium box for the jewelry item; 4,400 people bought it |
| Warranty upsell | a $3โ$5 add-on offering a 2-year replacement guarantee on the product |
| Tip at checkout | a feature added to the checkout page giving customers the option to add a voluntary tip (5%, 10%, or 15% of their order) to the store |
| Klaviyo | an email marketing software platform used to send automated emails (like post-purchase flows, discount codes, abandoned cart reminders) |
| SMSBump / Text Cart | apps that send automated text message marketing to customers who opted in; used for abandoned cart recovery and post-purchase follow-up |
- Baseline: AOV ~$30, product cost $9โ$10 โ ~$18 margin to cover ads.
- Add post-purchase discount (20โ30% off next order) in confirmation email โ returning customer rate increases.
- Add gift box upsell ($5) at "Add to Cart" stage โ 4,400 purchases (near 50% conversion on existing buyers).
- Add 2-year warranty ($3โ$5) โ additional $3โ5 per order.
- Add tip option (5/10/15%) at checkout โ incremental AOV boost.
- Result: AOV rises from ~$30 to ~$45 โ margin per order nearly doubles โ store becomes significantly more profitable in final stretch before shutdown.
โif your average person is coming in and spending 45 and your product costs 9 then we have a lot more room to have issues with ads... or we can have ads that are really good and just make way more profitโ
Backend Systems, Profit Margins & Chapter Wrap-Up
๐บ Where this fits: This final scene closes the loop on the entire case study structure: acquisition (TikTok ads) โ conversion (product page + AOV tactics) โ retention (email/SMS) โ profitability (20% margin). It is the full dropshipping business model in miniature.
Running ads, making sales, and still not knowing if you're actually profitable โ or leaving re-engagement money on the table because there's no email/SMS system.
Even a bare-bones Klaviyo + SMSBump setup (basic flows, no customization) contributes meaningfully to revenue. 20% margin on ~$770K = roughly $154K net profit through a year of chaos.
| Klaviyo | email marketing platform popular with Shopify stores; automates email sequences triggered by customer actions (abandoned cart, post-purchase, winback); pronounced "CLAY-vee-oh" |
| SMSBump | a Shopify app that sends automated text message (SMS) marketing to customers; similar to Klaviyo but via phone texts instead of email |
| Text Cart | another SMS marketing app (similar to SMSBump); Jordan used both |
| Google Smart Shopping | an automated Google ad campaign type that uses machine learning to show product ads across Google Search, YouTube, and Gmail; Jordan used a small amount for retargeting |
| Retargeting | showing ads specifically to people who already visited your store but didn't buy; they already know your brand so conversion rates are higher |
| Email flow / automated flow | a pre-written sequence of emails that sends automatically when triggered (e.g., "abandoned cart" flow sends 1 hour, 24 hours, and 72 hours after someone leaves items in their cart without buying) |
| SMS / text marketing | automated text messages sent to customers who gave their phone number and opted in; used for abandoned cart recovery, flash sales, and post-purchase follow-up |
| Profit margin (~20%) | the percentage of total revenue that is actual profit after paying for products, ads, apps, and Shopify fees; 20% on $770K โ $154K net profit |
| Full brand mode | Jordan's term for a store that has been developed with custom content, strong brand identity, influencer partnerships, and a complete customer experience โ as opposed to a "testing phase" store |
| Acquisition | getting new customers to visit and buy from your store for the first time (via ads) |
| Retention | keeping existing customers coming back to buy again (via email, SMS, loyalty programs) |
- Visitor hits the store (via TikTok ad).
- If they don't buy: Klaviyo abandoned cart email sequence fires (1hr, 24hr, 72hr).
- If they buy: post-purchase Klaviyo flow sends discount code for next order.
- SMS follow-up (SMSBump / Text Cart) for cart abandonments and re-engagement.
- Small Google Smart Shopping campaign retargets anyone who searched the product after seeing the TikTok ad.
- TikTok retargeting largely skipped โ platform retargeting was poor at this early stage.
- Net result: ~20% profit margin across $770K revenue (~$154K profit) even through multiple ad bans and store disruptions.
- Jordan closes: next video = $2M Facebook store case study.
โthe average profit margin was around 20% even through all these big issues of getting taken down so if we had a smooth journey this could have really gone crazyโ
The $2M Store Overview & Key Metrics
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "proof of concept" scene for the entire Facebook advertising chapter. It shows the destination before explaining the road.
- Pick products with a $50+ price point so ad costs leave you a real profit margin.
- Test 10 products at once with small daily budgets; expect most to fail and let the rare winner pay for all losses.
- Swap your AliExpress product photo's background in Canva (5 minutes) to stand out from every other dropshipper running the same image.
- Once a product is profitable, scale spend and delegate repeatable tasks (product sourcing, descriptions, ad launching) to a VA before the opportunity window closes.
Beginners see big revenue numbers and assume the store must have had perfect metrics everywhere. Reality: a $2M store can have a terrible conversion rate.
Revenue = orders ร AOV. If AOV is high ($62) and order volume is large (30,000 orders), the math works even with a low conversion rate. Email marketing added $150K on top with no extra ad spend.
| Shopify analytics dashboard | the reporting screen inside Shopify that shows total sales, visitor counts, order counts, and other store health numbers all in one place |
| Sessions | the number of times people visited the website (one person visiting three times = three sessions) |
| AOV (Average Order Value) | the average dollar amount each customer spends per purchase; calculated as total revenue รท number of orders; here ~$62 |
| Conversion rate | the percentage of website visitors who actually complete a purchase; "extremely low" here because worldwide traffic included many non-buyers |
| Add-to-cart rate | the percentage of visitors who clicked "Add to Cart" on at least one product; was high, meaning people liked the products |
| Returning customer rate | the percentage of buyers who came back and bought again; was high, boosted by email marketing |
| Klaviyo | an email marketing software that sends automated and manual emails to customers; tracks exactly how much revenue each email campaign generated |
| Email retainer | paying someone a fixed monthly fee (here ~$3,000/month) to manage your email marketing full-time |
| Milestone | a significant round-number target; Jordan almost stopped at $1.9M and "almost didn't" cross $2M |
- Open Shopify analytics โ read $2,000,000 total sales.
- Note store lifespan: ~2020โDec 30 2021 (~1 year).
- Identify low conversion rate โ diagnose as worldwide traffic + checkout friction (currency/country issues).
- Identify high add-to-cart โ confirms product appeal was real.
- Identify high returning-customer rate โ attribute to email marketing (~$3K/month retainer).
- Read Klaviyo: $150,000 revenue from email alone.
- Note top products: space mesh sneaker, leather sandal sneaker, turtleneck sweater, sweater.
โthis is one of my top stores this is street style men so this is the store I did 2 million in sales on Facebook ads thankfully crossed the Milestone almost didn't almost got stopped at 1.9โ
Why Shoes and High AOV Drove Everything
๐บ Where this fits: Explains the financial engine underneath the $2M number โ not just "what sold" but "why that category made scaling possible."
New dropshippers often chase cheap viral products without thinking about whether the margin justifies the ad spend.
Shoes (and fashion items with high perceived value) give enough margin to profitably run Facebook ads at scale.
| Perceived value | how expensive or premium a product looks and feels to a customer, regardless of what it actually cost to make; shoes look expensive in photos even if they wholesale for $8 |
| Margins | the profit left after subtracting the cost of the product and shipping from the selling price; "good margins" means a large gap between what you pay and what you charge |
| AOV (Average Order Value) | see Scene 42; here the key point is that $62 AOV gives much more room to spend on ads profitably than a $15โ20 AOV |
| Ad cost / cost per acquisition | how much money you spend on ads to get one paying customer; if it costs $15 in ads to sell one item, you need to price that item above $15 to profit |
| Scaling | increasing your ad budget because a product is profitable; higher AOV makes scaling easier and safer |
- Identify India/Pakistan as high-traffic, low-conversion audience โ checkout barriers.
- Note shoes dominated sales in this store.
- Explain why shoes work on Facebook: high perceived value, good margins, impulse-buy friendly.
- Show the math: 30,000 orders ร ~$62 AOV โ $2M.
- State the lesson: high AOV = ability to spend more on ads = faster scaling.
โshoes on Facebook do really good and they have a high perceived value and really good margins so super interestingโฆ having 62 bucks as an average customer spending helps you spend a lot more on adsโ
The Storefront, Theme, and Product Catalog
๐บ Where this fits: Establishes that the "container" (the store itself) is less important than the "contents" (products) and the "traffic source" (ads) โ a recurring theme in Jordan's teaching.
Beginners waste weeks perfecting their store design before running a single ad.
A free theme, real product photos, and a clear product description is enough. Ship fast, test fast.
| Turbo Portland theme | a Shopify website theme (a pre-built visual design template) that is available for free; "theme" means the look and layout of the entire store |
| Brand positioning | the image or personality you want customers to associate with your store; here "high-quality Dapper men's fashion" signals premium, not discount |
| Bulk testing | importing and listing a very large number of products quickly and running ads on all of them simultaneously to find which ones sell; quantity over curation |
| Outerwear | jackets, coats, and outer layers of clothing |
| Conversion (in store context) | a visitor completing a purchase; a "converted" visitor became a paying customer |
- Navigate to storefront โ view homepage.
- Identify theme: Turbo Portland (free).
- Note brand positioning: premium men's fashion, targeting ~40-year-old men.
- Scroll catalog: enormous number of products across outerwear, shoes, sweaters, pants, accessories.
- Observe: site is simple and not heavily designed.
- Conclude: simplicity was intentional โ the ad does the selling, the store just needs to be trustworthy.
โpretty underwhelmingโฆ it's on the same theme is the loving surprise one it's called the turbo Portland themeโฆ I did some decent quality testing to ensure that these products were actually high qualityโ
Bulk-Testing Strategy โ 10 Products a Day
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "engine room" of the $2M store โ the repeatable daily process that generated 30,000 orders over a year.
Beginners over-invest time and emotion in single products, slow-testing their way to nowhere.
Test 10 products/day at $200 each; expect 8 to fail; let the 1-2 winners fund the whole operation. Speed is the advantage.
| VA (Virtual Assistant) | a remote freelance worker hired to do repetitive tasks (here: writing product descriptions, uploading photos); paid per task or per hour, often from lower-cost countries |
| Oberlo | a Shopify app (discontinued in 2022) that connected to AliExpress and let you import product listings directly into your store with one click; replaced today by DSers or Zendrop |
| AliExpress | a Chinese online marketplace (owned by Alibaba) where dropshippers source products at wholesale prices; suppliers ship directly to the customer |
| $200/day budget | the daily amount of money Jordan spent on Facebook ads for each individual product being tested |
| Bulk testing | running ads on many products simultaneously instead of focusing on one; relies on volume to find winners statistically |
| Spaghetti at the wall | a metaphor Jordan uses: throw many things and see what sticks; accept that most attempts will fail |
| Winner / losing product | "winner" = a product whose ad revenue exceeds its ad cost; "loser" = a product that spends ad budget but generates no or insufficient sales |
- Jordan identifies ~10 products/day as candidates (personal product research).
- VA imports them via Oberlo from AliExpress into Shopify.
- VA writes 2-sentence descriptions; Jordan selects hero photos.
- One Facebook ad per product: copy-paste ad template, swap product name + link.
- Each ad runs at $200/day budget.
- Review after 1-2 days: ~2/10 cover costs, ~1/10 is a winner.
- Scale the winner aggressively; kill the rest immediately.
โtest like 10 products a day import these products really quickโฆ $200 Budget on each product and if it made money great if it didn't who cares because if you do 10 in a day usually like two of them would be decent so those ones would cover your costโ
Custom Creatives on Canva โ The Real Edge
๐บ Where this fits: Bridges product selection (what to sell) with advertising (how to sell it visually). The creative is the first touchpoint between your product and a potential customer.
Everyone sourcing from AliExpress has access to the same product photos. Identical visuals = your ad looks like spam.
5-minute Canva background swap = visually differentiated ad = better engagement = lower ad costs = more profit.
| Creative | the image or video used in an advertisement; the visual that a person sees in their Facebook (or any social media) feed before deciding to click |
| Canva | a free online graphic design tool (canva.com) that requires no design experience; used here to remove product photo backgrounds and add custom backgrounds |
| Background removal | a Canva feature (and also available on remove.bg) that automatically cuts out the product from its original background, leaving just the item on a transparent canvas |
| Drop shadow | a subtle dark blur placed beneath the product in the image to make it look like it's sitting on a surface rather than floating; adds realism |
| AliExpress stock photo | the default product image provided by the AliExpress supplier; every dropshipper who sells the same product has access to the same photo |
| Carousel ad | a Facebook ad format that shows multiple images in a swipeable row; lets you show several product photos or product variations in a single ad |
| Ad engagement | likes, comments, shares, and clicks on an ad; higher engagement generally means Facebook charges less to show the ad to more people |
- Open space mesh sneaker product page โ see custom space-background photo.
- Explain Canva workflow: upload photo โ remove background โ add space image โ position โ add shadow.
- Show city-skyline shoe example โ same technique, different background.
- Note: competitors were all using identical AliExpress stock photos; differentiation = competitive edge.
- Mention carousel ads as an additional creative variation to improve performance.
โI custom made that photo on canva and that's why it popped so the the big secret in this oneโฆ you just put it on canva take the background out I just looked up like space picture and literally just put it on and add a little Shadow like so easyโ
The Facebook Ad Framework โ Copy-Paste & Launch
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "launch mechanism" โ how products moved from the store into the Facebook feed and in front of potential buyers. Together with bulk testing (Scene 45), it completes the full operational loop.
Beginners spend days writing clever ad copy or hiring copywriters, then never actually launch.
Two-sentence ad copy with an image. Done in 5 minutes. Volume and speed beat perfection.
| Facebook page likes | the number of people who have "liked" your Facebook business page; 20,000 likes signals a real, active brand presence and adds credibility |
| Ad copy | the text written in an advertisement (not the image); here it was just the product name + a short urgency phrase |
| Ghost ad | a Facebook ad that only exists inside Ads Manager; it shows in people's feeds but does not appear as a post on your Facebook page; likes and comments do not accumulate |
| Page post ad | a Facebook ad built from an actual post on your Facebook page; every like, comment, and share on the ad is also visible on your page, building social proof over time |
| Social proof | evidence that other people have bought, liked, or engaged with something; seeing "4,200 likes" on an ad makes it seem trustworthy to a new viewer |
| Ads Manager | Facebook's advertising dashboard where you create, manage, and monitor all your ad campaigns; separate from your Facebook page |
| Urgency phrase | language designed to make a buyer act now rather than later (e.g., "sale ends soon," "limited stock"); creates FOMO (fear of missing out) |
| Targeting | choosing which type of people see your ad based on demographics (age, gender, location) or interests (fashion, shoes) |
- Open Facebook page โ 20,000 likes visible.
- Open archived ad: product image + 2-line copy + link + "Shop Now" button.
- Label as page post ad โ explain: likes/comments accumulate = growing social proof.
- Contrast with ghost ads (floating, no public accumulation).
- Reveal copy template: [Product name] + [urgency phrase] + [link] = done.
- Note: ran thousands of these ads, same template, different products.
- Confirm targeting: men, fashion interest, broad โ no complex setup required.
โ2020 fractal design shirt or fractal dress shirt hurry up our 50% off sale end soon and just a link in thereโฆ you would just throw a thousand of these up every single day and try to get people to purchase it was kind of like a lotteryโ
Lessons Learned โ Think Bigger, Scale Harder
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "zoom out" scene โ from specific tactics back to the overarching mindset that separates a $2M/year store from a $20M/year store. It reframes the chapter's lessons as principles, not just anecdotes.
Entrepreneurs often limit their own growth by staying small even after they have a proven, scalable system.
Build a team around the proven system. Separate your role (setting criteria, frameworks) from the execution (scraping products, writing descriptions, running ads). Delegate the repeatable parts.
| Post-mortem | a review done after a project or period ends to identify what went right, what went wrong, and what to do differently; not about blame, about learning |
| Media buyer | a person whose job is to create, manage, and optimise paid advertising campaigns (here: Facebook ads); they execute the ad strategy so the business owner doesn't have to |
| Product scraper | someone (or a tool) that searches AliExpress, TikTok, or other sources to find new products matching your criteria and sends them to you for approval |
| Operational capacity | how much your team and systems can handle at once; if your operation is only you and one VA, you can only test 10 products/day no matter how good the strategy is |
| Facebook waves of strictness/leniency | Jordan's observation that Facebook's ad policy enforcement tightens when the company is profitable and loosens when revenue is down; relevant for dropshippers who have been banned โ easier to get back on during lenient periods |
| Retargeting / email follow-up | reaching out to people who visited your store but didn't buy, using email sequences to bring them back; the Klaviyo email system did this for $150K in revenue |
| Burning out (a product) | when a product's ad performance declines over time because the same audience has seen it too many times and stops clicking; happened to this store's products eventually |
- State biggest regret: not scaling the product-testing operation harder (10/day โ should have been 20โ100/day).
- Describe the scaled team model: scrapers โ VA pipeline โ media buyer โ Jordan as strategist only.
- Acknowledge this was his first truly "big" store; the learning was immense.
- Explain Facebook's strictness waves: company earnings up โ strict enforcement; earnings down โ easier to advertise.
- Confirm the strategy is still valid and being used by others today.
- Tease next chapter: top niches, store teardowns, good vs bad store analysis.
โthe biggest thing that I could have done is just scaled this up more I should have invested more I should have had 5 10 employees that are scraping productsโฆ I just show them the framework and I could have scaled this up to Millions a month in salesโฆ think big and act bigโ
Chapter Intro โ The Four Winning Niche Categories
๐บ Where this fits: This scene is the table of contents for the entire chapter. It sits at the very top of the dropshipping mental model: niche selection determines everything downstream (product choice, ad platform, brand style, long-term exit value).
- Pick one of the four niche buckets (Beauty, Clothing, Teeth/Oral Care, Passion Community) you want to work in.
- Find 3 live stores inside your chosen niche and note the product, price, and what makes each look trustworthy.
- Identify whether each store targets a problem-solver buyer or a passion/identity buyer.
Beginner overwhelm โ "What kind of store should I even build?"
Four named buckets, each proven to work, each with real examples about to be shown.
| niche | a specific, narrow slice of a market; e.g., "women's eyelash products" is a niche inside the broader "beauty" market |
| Facebook ads | paid advertisements shown on Facebook and Instagram, billed per click or per thousand views |
| passion community | a group of people deeply emotionally invested in a hobby or identity (golfers, gamers, chess players, hikers) |
| skyscraper | the instructor's metaphor for building a store with a strong foundation layer by layer (explained in a future chapter) |
| dropshipping | selling products online without holding physical inventory; the supplier ships directly to your customer |
- Instructor sets a candid, unscripted tone for the chapter.
- Names the four niche categories: Beauty, Clothing+Facebook, Teeth Whitening, Passion Community.
- Teases future chapter topics: AI tools, winning product blueprint, store structure ("skyscraper").
- States goal: understand what success looks like before replicating it.
โI really want to get into the top stores and examples and really just show you guys what you should be shooting for.โ
Beauty Niche โ Four Chicks (Eyelash Serum Brand Deep-Dive)
๐บ Where this fits: This is the flagship example of the "beauty niche + single problem-solving product โ real brand" path. It anchors the entire beauty section and the concept of focused product lines.
Thinking "more products = more money" โ a trap that spreads resources thin and confuses customers.
One great product, taken seriously, scaled with branding and bundles, beats a 500-product store every time.
| eyelash serum | a liquid product applied to eyelashes to make them grow longer or look fuller |
| AOV (Average Order Value) | the average dollar amount a customer spends in a single purchase; higher AOV means more revenue per transaction |
| bundle | grouping multiple products together and selling them at a slight discount; raises AOV |
| bulk order | buying a large quantity of product at once, usually at a cheaper per-unit price |
| private label / white label | putting your own brand name/packaging on a product that someone else manufactures |
| retargeting | showing ads specifically to people who already visited your website but did not buy; they are "warmer" leads |
| SKU | "Stock Keeping Unit"; a code for one specific product or product variant (size/color); "500 SKUs" means 500 different items to track |
| profit margin | the percentage of your selling price that is actual profit after paying for the product and ads |
| cart abandonment | when a shopper adds items to their online cart but leaves without completing the purchase |
- Open Four Chicks store โ see only 6 products total (3 lash, 3 brow) plus bundles.
- Identify the growth path: dropship โ validate โ bulk order โ brand โ improve โ expand.
- Note their bundle pricing strategy (~$85 Ultimate Kit) to raise AOV.
- Use the cart-abandonment spy tactic to reveal all their ad channels and retargeting offers.
- Subscribe to email list to study their email sequences.
- Apply lesson: saturation means demand โ just differentiate.
โI'd bet my life on it they started with the eyelash serum โ it got traction, they said hey, this is getting a ton of sales, let's order these in bulk, let's put our brand name on it.โ
Beauty Niche โ Silly George (Lashes Competitor Study)
๐บ Where this fits: Serves as a "competitor comparison" example showing how two brands in the same niche can both succeed by targeting different sub-angles within beauty.
Saturation fear โ "someone already does this, I'll never compete."
Saturation confirms demand. Pick a sub-angle, speak to that group directly.
| magnetic lashes | fake eyelashes that use tiny magnets to attach to your eyelid instead of glue; a sub-product within the lash category |
| bulk branded inventory | products the company has bought in large quantities with their own brand name on the packaging; the opposite of dropshipping (they now own the stock) |
| sub-focus / sub-niche | a smaller, more specific category inside a broader niche (e.g., magnetic lashes is a sub-niche of lashes, which is a sub-niche of beauty) |
| saturation | when many businesses are selling similar products in the same market; often feared but instructor says it proves demand |
- Open Silly George โ see product focus on physical/magnetic lashes vs. Four Chicks' serum focus.
- Note bulk branded inventory as evidence of financial scale.
- Acknowledge criticism: possibly too many variants.
- Extract lesson: find a sub-angle within beauty that speaks to a different segment.
- Apply the cart-abandonment spy tactic here too.
โYou just need to be different โ like just speak to a different like subcategory within the scope of like women's beauty products.โ
Beauty Niche โ Utah Premium Skincare Brand (Kylie-Style, Millions/Month)
๐บ Where this fits: This is the advanced end-state of the beauty niche path, showing what a "Four Chicks at full scale" looks like โ millions/month, influencer-driven, high AOV, full product ecosystem.
Undervaluing the potential of a beauty brand โ thinking it tops out at a few thousand per month.
Beauty brands can reach multi-million-dollar-per-month revenue with the right aesthetic, influencer relationships, and high AOV product mix.
| Kylie Cosmetics / Kylie Skin | famous beauty brands owned by Kylie Jenner; known for minimalist design, celebrity influence, premium pricing, and loyal fanbases |
| LTV (Lifetime Value) | the total amount of money a single customer is expected to spend with your brand over all their purchases across time |
| private label | buying a product that already exists (e.g., a serum formula) and re-packaging it under your own brand name |
| scroll stopper | a visual or video so attention-grabbing that someone stops scrolling their social media feed to look at it |
| influencer marketing | paying or partnering with popular social media personalities to promote your product to their audience |
| retainer | paying someone a fixed monthly fee to keep doing a job (here: keeping influencers under contract for ongoing posts) |
- Identify the brand's Kylie-style aesthetic and model-driven marketing approach.
- Note likely private-label origin (custom packaging on existing formulas).
- Map product categories: body care, wellness, fragrance, beauty, skincare, bundles.
- Calculate AOV: bundle ~$174, typical order $50โ$80.
- Understand LTV logic: one great product โ full product line adoption โ thousands/year per customer.
- Note influencer-heavy growth strategy.
- Use cart-abandonment spy tactic to see their ad channels.
โI know for a fact they're doing Millions a month in sales โ if you can get someone to design something like that for you, you're good.โ
Clothing Niche โ The Cowboy Elf (Facebook Ads + Passion Sub-Community)
๐บ Where this fits: This is the entry-level example of the clothing + Facebook mass-testing path. It shows the strategy is still working now, and introduces the concept of passion-community targeting within clothing.
Believing a good store requires a polished name, perfect design, or unique products nobody else sells.
Passion + mass testing + Facebook ads = sales, even with an ugly store and a weird name.
| Street Style Men | the instructor's own past dropshipping clothing store; used as a label for the strategy of mass-testing many clothing products via Facebook ads |
| print on demand | a service where a blank product (T-shirt, hat) only gets printed with your design when a customer orders it; no inventory needed; companies like Printful do this |
| licensing | paying for the legal right to use someone else's brand or logo (e.g., paying the NFL for the right to print Bills logos on shirts) |
| love it or hate it product | a product that triggers a strong reaction either way; people who love it buy immediately, people who hate it leave fast, reducing wasted ad clicks |
| hook (in advertising) | the first 1โ3 seconds of a video ad that grabs the target viewer's attention and makes them stop scrolling |
| Chinese sizing | clothing sizes from Chinese suppliers which often run smaller than US/EU sizing; a visual tell that a product is dropshipped from China |
- Discover store via Facebook ad scroll (not research โ they found the instructor via ad targeting).
- Identify sub-communities served: Western/cowboy, Christian faith, NFL sports (possibly licensed).
- Note product scale: 25 pages = mass-test strategy.
- Spot dropship tells: Chinese sizing, AliExpress-style product photos.
- Identify print-on-demand for licensed sports items.
- Apply "love it or hate it" principle to ad targeting.
- Estimate revenue: $1M+/month total, multiple six figures per category.
โYou either love it or hate it, which is good, right โ you want love it or hate it products โ the people that hate it just won't watch your ad.โ
Clothing Niche โ Aha Selected (Drop-Ship Hidden Behind Real Branding)
๐บ Where this fits: Sits between the mass-test Cowboy Elf approach and the full brand-building approach of Four Chicks. This is the "hybrid" clothing path.
The false belief that a store either looks 100% real or 100% like a dropship operation โ there's a profitable middle ground.
Strategic presentation (uniform images, models, best-seller curation) can make dropshipped products look premium.
| AliExpress | a Chinese online marketplace (owned by Alibaba) where dropshippers find cheap products to sell; the main source for most dropshipped goods |
| best-sellers section | a curated section of your store showing your most popular products; builds social proof and guides new visitors toward proven items |
| social proof | evidence that other people have bought and liked something (reviews, ratings, "best-seller" tags); makes new buyers more confident |
| uniform visual style | making all product photos look like they were taken the same way (same background, lighting, framing) so the store looks cohesive and professional |
- First impression: store looks like a legit fashion brand.
- Women's section: mostly branded/custom.
- Men's section: pure AliExpress dropship products the instructor recognizes personally.
- Lesson: mix is fine โ start with dropship, add custom items over time.
- Tactic: standardize AliExpress product images to match your store aesthetic.
โYou can grab images from AliExpress and customize them and make them look uniform to your store to make things look really good.โ
Clothing Niche โ Sovereign Shoes + Roox Footwear (Shoes Sub-Niche)
๐บ Where this fits: Sub-niche of clothing (shoes only) showing two pricing strategies on identical products. Adds the concept of brand-justified premium pricing to the mental model.
Believing that cheap products must be sold cheaply.
The same cheap product can command a 10ร price with the right brand name, photography, and "ambassador" program.
| ambassador program | paying or gifting products to influencers or loyal customers in exchange for them representing and promoting your brand |
| Printful | a print-on-demand service that prints your design on blank products (shirts, hats) only when an order is placed, then ships directly to the customer |
| brand premium | the extra price customers pay because of a brand's name/reputation, not because the product itself costs more to make |
| profit margin | on a $120 shoe bought for $10: cost=$10, sell=$120, margin = ($120-$10)/$120 = 91.6% (extremely high) |
| bulk order | buying a large quantity at once from a supplier at a discounted per-unit price; at $20 retail, you must buy thousands to make meaningful profit |
- Find Sovereign Shoes ad (100k+ likes, $20 price point, shoes-only store, new).
- Recognize thin margins at $20 โ needs volume or bulk pricing.
- Find Roox Footwear โ same AliExpress products, $110โ$120, "designer" aesthetic.
- Note instructor personally sold these exact shoes.
- See Printful merch integration as a legitimacy booster.
- Extract lesson: shoes sub-niche is active; premium pricing on the same product is possible with strong branding.
โIf I had to restart Street Style Men right now I would take this approach โ I would probably only do shoes, make the prices really high, make it seem really premium.โ
Teeth Whitening โ HiSmile (Tik Tok-Crushing Problem Solver)
๐บ Where this fits: Flagship example for the teeth whitening sub-niche within beauty/problem-solving. Introduces retail distribution as the advanced scaling layer and Tik Tok as the primary organic channel for this category.
Underestimating how far a single oral care product innovation can take you.
One smart product concept + Tik Tok mastery + retail distribution = a potentially $100M+ business starting from dropshipping.
| whitening pen | a small pen-shaped device containing teeth whitening gel; one of the most popular dropshipped beauty/dental products circa 2016 |
| purple shampoo | a shampoo used by people with blonde or platinum hair to neutralize yellow tones; uses color theory (purple cancels yellow) |
| color corrector | in beauty, a product that uses opposing colors on the color wheel to neutralize unwanted tones (e.g., purple cancels yellow staining on teeth) |
| LED mouth guard | a plastic mouth guard with built-in UV/LED lights that activate whitening gel on teeth; a hardware-level product innovation |
| retail distribution | selling your product through physical stores (Target, Walmart) rather than only through your own website |
| organic content | social media posts/videos that get views naturally without paying for advertising; HiSmile crushes this on Tik Tok |
| platform risk | the danger that a single advertising platform (like Facebook) changes its policies or pricing and destroys a business that depends on it |
- Identify HiSmile's likely dropshipping origin (whitening pens, ~2016โ17).
- Note key product innovation: purple color-corrector serum borrowed from hair care.
- Review full product line: pens, gels, LED kits, toothbrushes.
- Recognize Tik Tok dominance as their key differentiator in organic content.
- Note retail distribution (Target, Walmart) as the advanced stage.
- Warning: Facebook-dependent clothing stores face platform risk; beauty brand path is more defensible.
โThis is probably one of the only like brands that actually crushes Tik Tok โ really go study them.โ
Teeth Whitening โ Pearly White Deluxe + Snow Teeth Whitening (Josh Snow)
๐บ Where this fits: Completes the teeth whitening case study section. Shows that three major brands (HiSmile, Pearly White Deluxe, Snow) coexist by owning different channels (Tik Tok, Snapchat, Retail/YouTube). Also introduces Snapchat as a viable ad platform and the concept of "stealth influencer" content.
Thinking there is only room for one winner per niche.
Multiple winners in the same niche own different channels. Your job is to find an uncrowded channel or customer segment.
| white label | buying an unbranded product from a manufacturer and putting your own brand name/packaging on it; same as private label |
| on retainer | paying someone a fixed monthly fee to be available and keep doing a specific job (here: influencer keeps posting for the brand monthly) |
| Snapchat stories | short video clips that appear in Snapchat's "Discover" feed, designed to look like news content; high-engagement format for stealth advertising |
| Neiman Marcus | a high-end US luxury department store; being stocked there signals premium brand status |
| cordless LED whitening kit | Snow's flagship product: a wireless device the user bites down on while LED lights activate the whitening gel; $300 price point |
| nine-figure business | a company with revenue or valuation in the $100Mโ$999M range |
- Pearly White Deluxe: Snapchat-native influencer content (news-feed style, girls on retainer, 2ร per week).
- Started with basic white-label kit โ copied HiSmile/Snow as revenue grew.
- Snow Teeth Whitening: Josh Snow builds Apple-level premium experience.
- Retail presence: Neiman Marcus, Walgreens, others.
- $300 flagship LED system with dock and color options.
- Media blitz: Ellen, major press outlets.
- Multi-8 or 9-figure business likely started from dropshipping.
- Key takeaway: three brands, three different channels โ all winning.
โThere's always a new way, there's always a new approach, there's always some category you can focus on โ don't be too scared if things are saturated.โ
Problem-Solving Niche โ Neck Pillow Brand (Amazon Winners โ Shopify Opportunity)
๐บ Where this fits: Introduces a new research framework โ using Amazon review counts and negative reviews as free product validation and improvement briefs. This sits in the "finding winning products" layer of the dropshipping mental model.
Spending ad budget testing products that may have no demand.
Amazon has already proven demand for millions of products. Read the negative reviews โ build the better version โ sell via Shopify.
| Amazon listing | a product page on Amazon where buyers can see photos, descriptions, reviews, and pricing |
| review count | the total number of written customer reviews a product has; a proxy for total sales volume |
| memory foam | a special type of foam that molds to the shape of your body and bounces back slowly; considered premium vs. regular foam |
| product-market fit | when enough people in a market want your product; proven by high review counts, high sales, or strong ad engagement |
| Shopify | the most popular e-commerce platform for building independent online stores; what most dropshippers use |
| 1-star reviews | the lowest possible customer rating; reading these reveals what the product fails at, which is your product improvement brief |
- Find Amazon product with massive review count (57k reviews for foam neck pillow at $19).
- Calculate implied sales volume from review count (ร 5โ10 for non-reviewers).
- Read 1-star reviews โ identify the complaint ("uncomfortable," "too stiff").
- Source or develop improved version (memory foam + heating).
- Price slightly higher than original.
- Sell via Shopify + Facebook/Tik Tok ads to a market with proven demand.
โFind big winners on Amazon โ is anyone doing it on Shopify, is anyone running Facebook ads or Tik Tok ads to this? Maybe I can just have the Shopify dropshipping version of it.โ
Problem-Solving Niche โ Thea Ice + Bleam (Headache + Hair Removal)
๐บ Where this fits: Introduces the "problem-solving product + excellent website" as the core formula for maximum conversion rate. Also introduces Amazon revenue calculation as a market sizing tool.
Uncertainty about what "a good website" looks like โ beginners either over-design or under-invest.
Bleam is a real-world benchmark. Study it, hire someone to replicate its structure for your product.
| conversion rate | the percentage of visitors to your store who actually make a purchase (e.g., 2% conversion = 2 out of every 100 visitors buy) |
| trust badge | icons on a website indicating security, return policy, money-back guarantee, secure payment, etc.; increases buyer confidence |
| mobile-optimized | a website designed to look and function properly on a smartphone screen, not just a desktop computer |
| Fox, CBS placement | media logos displayed on a website indicating the brand was featured on those news channels; builds credibility with new visitors |
| friction-based hair removal | a physical method where a device rubs against skin to catch and remove hair; no chemicals, no blades |
- Thea Ice: 3 products, media logos, Amazon-first store.
- Run review-count math: 36,000 ร $27.48 โ $1M from reviewers; real revenue is 5-10ร.
- Note 3-product strategy = In-N-Out simplicity.
- Bleam: hair eraser, simple problem, clear solution, mixed gender audience.
- Industry insiders' recommendation: study Bleam's website design as the benchmark.
- Website is simple, clean, mobile-optimized, strong content.
- Recommendation: find their website developer and hire them for your store.
โPeople that I've met that are big in this industry have mentioned to me: study Bleam's website โ if you can get someone to design something like that for you, you're good.โ
Problem-Solving + Passion โ Miracle Brand + Golf Daddy
๐บ Where this fits: Golf Daddy is the flagship example of the "passion community" niche path โ the fourth and final highway. It also demonstrates that young founders have a structural advantage on new platforms (Tik Tok, YouTube Shorts) over established brands run by older operators.
Thinking you need an original product or a unique idea to build a passion-community brand.
Find a passion community, take an existing product they already buy, brand it specifically for them, and master the platforms they use โ especially short-form video.
| Good Good Golf | a popular YouTube channel featuring young people playing golf in a fun, accessible way; credited with growing a younger golf audience |
| YouTube Shorts | short vertical videos on YouTube (similar to Tik Tok), typically under 60 seconds; high algorithmic reach for new accounts |
| upsell | offering a related or upgraded product to a customer who is already buying something (e.g., suggesting golf balls to someone buying a practice mat) |
| wood pallet | in Golf Daddy's context, a branded wooden backing piece their mat attaches to that then clips directly into a golf bag; a simple product improvement that adds perceived value |
| Boomer | informal term for Baby Boomers (born ~1946โ1964); used here to mean older business owners who do not understand Tik Tok and short-form video marketing |
| algorithmic momentum | when a social media platform's recommendation system keeps pushing your content to new people because past posts performed well; snowball effect |
- Miracle Brand: problem-solving (silver towels/sheets), great website, media coverage.
- Golf Daddy origin: cheap dropship practice mat โ branded + mounted on wood pallet + golf bag clip.
- Added upsell products (twilight golf balls); current mats = $70.
- Tik Tok + YouTube Shorts first โ young founder advantage.
- Golf boom context: post-COVID outdoor surge + younger demographic ("Good Good Golf" culture).
- Constant product innovation and store improvement.
- Lesson: passion community + product fit + short-form video = powerful brand.
โI can't think of a better example of like someone who's just absolutely crushing it โ they started Drop Shipping this mat, it was a shitty little mat, ugly kind of thing, and they made it better.โ
Final Examples + Chapter Wrap-Up โ Soothies, Twinkling Tree, Mint & Lily
๐บ Where this fits: Chapter summary and close. Confirms that all four niche paths work, that execution > product alone, and bridges to the next phase of learning: how to actually build the store (skyscraper method) and find winning products.
Paralysis from waiting for the "perfect" product before starting.
Even "ugly," "basic," or "lucky" products generate real sales when paired with good ads. Start, test, iterate.
| Turbo Portland theme | a specific Shopify store theme (visual design template) that the instructor recognizes; a hint that the store is using off-the-shelf design |
| impulse-buy product | a product customers buy without extensive research because the price is low and the desire is immediate (e.g., a pretty fairy light tree for $30) |
| barrier of entry | how hard it is for a new competitor to enter a market; "low barrier" means almost anyone can start competing quickly |
| 3D render | a computer-generated image of a product (used in jewelry when the actual mold is custom-made; the render shows what the product looks like before manufacturing) |
| skyscraper method | the instructor's upcoming framework for building a long-term, layered dropshipping store (covered in the next chapter) |
| Loving Surprise | the instructor's own past custom jewelry dropshipping store; sold personalized photo necklaces; discussed in depth in a prior chapter |
- Soothies: dropshipped cozy footwear, Facebook ads working, Turbo Portland theme, low barrier to entry.
- Instructor personally tested these โ didn't convert for him, but Soothies executes better.
- Twinkling Tree: fairy light tree, 182k ad likes, mom bought one = real demand, basic Canva icons.
- Cowboy Elf bankrupt-sale angle: 80% off headline, 1,000 ad likes โ still making money.
- Mint & Lily: custom jewelry at scale โ what Loving Surprise could have become.
- Custom products complicate inventory but Mint & Lily solved it with in-house customization.
- Chapter close: four paths, dozens of stores, all working โ execution is the variable.
- Bridge to next chapter: skyscraper blueprint + winning product framework.
โI really hope this gave you a really solid idea of like what works, what doesn't work, areas to focus on, good websites, good long-term visions of like where you want your focus to be.โ
The Blueprint Overview: Why a Skyscraper?
๐บ Where this fits: This is the strategic roof of the entire course โ it ties together product, brand, ads, metrics, team, and mindset before any module dives into detail.
- Write a one-page brand blueprint before touching any tool: product idea, target customer, brand personality, long-term goal.
- List the 5 most important brand elements you need to decide first (e.g. name, product, demographic, story, content style).
- Treat your blueprint as a living document โ mark each element "decided" only once you have a real answer, not a guess.
Beginners launch randomly, burn money, and backtrack because they never saw the full system.
A 20-element blueprint gives direction before the first dollar is spent, so every step moves toward the same destination.
| Blueprint | the full written plan for how you will build your brand, covering every major decision |
| Niche | a specific, focused category within a larger market (e.g., "waterproof dog gear" inside "pet products") |
| Schematics | detailed technical drawings or plans; here used to mean the detailed strategic plan |
| Long-term Vision | a clear picture of where the business will be months or years from now, not just next week |
- Recognize you need a master plan before spending money.
- Understand the ~20 elements that must work together.
- Use this video as the index โ each element gets its own deep module later.
- Return to this blueprint check-list after learning each module.
โToday we're going to be going over the kind of like the schematics the blueprint behind building a skyscraper and why I think it's such a perfect example of when you're thinking long term.โ
The Foundation: Long-Term Vision, Product as the Sun
๐บ Where this fits: This is the very first foundation stone in the blueprint โ without the right product, the rest of the skyscraper cannot stand.
Wasting months building a brand around a gimmick that dies in weeks.
Choosing a product that can anchor an entire brand ecosystem gives every future effort compounding value.
| Winning product | a product with strong demand, good margins, and enough uniqueness that customers want it AND you can build a brand around it |
| Gimmicky toy / short-term winner | a novelty item that sells fast for a few weeks then dies because it has no lasting appeal |
| Brand | the full identity around a product: name, story, visuals, emotion, and customer loyalty |
| Solar system metaphor | the product is the center (Sun) and everything else (marketing, name, content, team) orbits it |
| BlendJet | a portable blender brand that started as a dropshipping product and became a well-known consumer brand |
| Manscaped | a men's grooming brand that grew from a simple product into a large brand |
| Snow Teeth Whitening | a teeth-whitening brand that scaled from dropshipping roots |
| Fashion Nova | a fast-fashion clothing brand known for testing huge numbers of styles quickly |
| Shein | a massive Chinese fast-fashion company; $47 billion valuation; built around the multi-product clothing model |
- Choose a product with long-term brand potential.
- Ask whether it can survive if properly nurtured.
- If doing clothing/streetwear, study the Fashion Nova / Shein multi-product model (different playbook).
- For everything else, treat the product as the immovable center of all decisions.
โYour product is basically the Sun and the brand you're building is like the solar system around it.โ
Picking a Name, Demographic, and Brand Story
๐บ Where this fits: This is the second foundation layer โ WHO you talk to and WHAT emotion you transfer before a single ad is written.
Generic branding and marketing to everyone produces forgettable stores with poor conversion.
A single tight demographic and a clear emotional story makes advertising cheaper, more effective, and builds word-of-mouth.
| Demographic | a specific group of people defined by shared traits: age, interests, values, lifestyle (e.g., "18โ30-year-old metal music fans") |
| Headshot market | a small, hyper-passionate sub-group you target first with laser precision; their word-of-mouth then carries the brand wider |
| Transfer of emotion | the idea that a brand doesn't sell a product, it sells a feeling or identity (Nike sells "peak performance," not just shoes) |
| Brand story | the narrative explaining WHY your brand exists and WHAT it stands for, connecting emotionally with customers |
| Liquid Death | a canned water company that targeted metal/hardcore music fans with goth-style branding; became a billion-dollar company in roughly 2 years |
| Color scheme | the consistent set of colors used in your logo, website, and ads to reinforce the brand's emotional identity |
| Conversion | when a website visitor actually buys something (converting from visitor to customer) |
- Map the broad market your product serves.
- Identify one passionate sub-group (the headshot market).
- Define the emotion/identity that group wants to feel.
- Choose a name + visual identity that reflects that emotion.
- Build every ad, post, and product page to reinforce that single story.
โA brand is basically a transfer of emotion. If we think of Nike they sell us an emotion โ oh if I have these products I'll be the best, I'll just do it.โ
Safety Precautions: Trademarks, Patents, and the Digging Phase
๐บ Where this fits: This is the invisible but critical sub-ground layer โ all the work that earns zero revenue but determines the ceiling of the entire business.
Investing time and money into a brand that gets legally shut down because a name or product was already claimed.
A few hours of legal research eliminates the most catastrophic risk before a single dollar is spent on ads.
| Trademark | a legal registration that gives one company exclusive rights to use a specific name, logo, or slogan; using someone else's trademark can result in a lawsuit |
| Patent | a legal protection for an invention or unique product design; selling a patented product without permission is infringement |
| Copyright | legal protection for creative work (images, videos, text); using copyrighted material without permission is illegal |
| Cease-and-desist | a legal letter demanding you immediately stop doing something (e.g., using a trademarked name) |
| Alex Hormozi | a well-known business coach and investor who teaches frameworks for building companies; referenced here for the skyscraper/foundation analogy |
| Foundation phase | all the strategic, legal, and brand planning work done before launching the store or running ads |
- Check if your product is trademarked or patented (Google, USPTO website).
- Check if your chosen brand name has any trademark or copyright conflicts.
- Accept that this phase produces no revenue and looks like failure from outside.
- Complete it anyway โ the depth of this work sets your growth ceiling.
โThe deeper you dig and the wider you dig dictates directly how high you can build your skyscraper and how long-term it can last and how sound the foundation is.โ
Crushing Content: Ad Testing from Borrowed to Original
๐บ Where this fits: This is the first operational layer above the foundation โ where theory meets real money and real customer reactions.
Either spending too much on original content before knowing the product converts, or running ads indefinitely on someone else's content and getting banned/sued.
A clear two-phase content strategy: borrow-and-modify to validate, then invest in original UGC to scale.
| UGC (User Generated Content) | videos or photos made by real people (customers, creators, influencers) showing and reviewing your product; feels authentic and converts well in ads |
| UGC creator | a person (often found on platforms like TikTok or through agencies) paid to make short, authentic-looking video reviews of products they receive |
| Hook | the very first 1โ3 seconds of a video ad; the most critical part because it determines whether viewers keep watching or scroll past |
| Gray line | informal term for actions that are technically against platform rules but widely done and rarely enforced; risky at scale |
| Steal/borrow an ad | downloading a competitor's TikTok ad and modifying it enough to test your product; acceptable only for early low-budget testing, not for scaling |
| Testing strategy | a structured, proven method for running a small amount of ad spend to measure whether an ad and product can profitably acquire customers |
| Creative | advertising industry term for any video, image, or copy used in an ad |
| Media buyer | a specialist hired to run and optimize paid ads on platforms like Facebook, TikTok, or Google |
| Influencer | a social media personality with a large following who can promote products to their audience |
| TikTok Ads / Facebook Ads | paid advertising platforms where you pay to show your videos to targeted audiences |
- Find an existing ad for your product (TikTok is most lenient for early testing).
- Modify it: keep the hook, change or jumble the rest.
- Run a small test budget to see if sales come in.
- If results are promising (a few hundred to $1,000/day), validate = real investment justified.
- Order the product; recruit UGC creators, influencers, or personal network to film original content.
- Study big brands' best-performing ads and recreate their emotional arc frame-for-frame with original footage.
- Apply a proven testing strategy (TikTok or Facebook specific) โ covered in detail in a later module.
โUsually that's what I recommend โ if you have a product you really want to jump into, start a brand, take someone else's TikTok ad, change it up just a little bit but keep the hook โ the hook's the most important part โ and try to get some sales.โ
AOV and LTV: The Money Math Behind Every Customer
๐บ Where this fits: This is the financial engine layer โ the numbers that determine whether scaling is sustainable or just burning money faster.
Spending on ads without knowing customer value leads to either leaving money on the table or unknowingly operating at a loss.
Calculating AOV and LTV transforms ad spend from gambling into a predictable, engineerable profit machine.
| AOV (Average Order Value) | the average total dollar amount a customer spends in one purchase from your store |
| LTV (Lifetime Value) | the total dollar amount a customer spends with your brand across all their purchases, ever |
| Upsell | an offer made during checkout or after purchase to buy an additional related product (e.g., "Add a carrying case for $15?") |
| Cross-sell | recommending a complementary product alongside the one the customer is already buying |
| Lifetime warranty | a promise that you will replace the product forever; customers pay a one-time fee for this, raising AOV |
| Tipping | some stores add a tip option at checkout; customers can choose to add 5โ15% voluntarily, raising AOV |
| Customer acquisition cost (CAC) | how much you spend in ads to get one new paying customer |
| Repeat purchase | when an existing customer comes back and buys again without being acquired through a new ad |
| Delayed attribution | the idea that some revenue (from repeat purchases) arrives weeks or months after the first ad spend, so the true value of an ad campaign takes time to be fully visible |
| ATM metaphor | the idea that once you know your LTV, your ad account functions like an ATM: you put in a known amount and reliably get back a larger known amount |
- Find your base AOV (what customers currently spend per order).
- Add AOV-boosting tactics: upsells, cross-sells, tipping options, lifetime warranties.
- Track how many times average customers repurchase.
- Calculate LTV = AOV ร average number of purchases.
- Set maximum ad spend per acquired customer below LTV.
- Use this math to scale confidently: higher LTV = larger ad budgets = faster growth.
โIf it costs us $10 to get a customer and each customer's worth $50 โ easy math โ you know you can be making money. And when you have those ads it's quite literally an ATM that every time you put in $100 you make $500 back and you can literally just print money.โ
Building the Backend: Teams, Channels, and Manufacturer Phase
๐บ Where this fits: This is the upper floors of the skyscraper โ each system added increases both revenue ceiling and business valuation.
Staying solo means hitting a revenue ceiling, burning out, and being unable to add the channels and content volume needed to compete at scale.
A distributed team + multi-channel backend + manufacturer upgrade creates a self-reinforcing growth engine where revenue from one channel funds the next.
| Backend | all the systems and marketing that run after someone first sees an ad: retargeting, email, SMS, customer service; keeps customers coming back |
| Retargeting | showing ads specifically to people who already visited your store but did not buy; much cheaper per conversion than finding new customers |
| Google Ads | paid advertising on Google Search and Google's partner websites; captures people actively searching for your product |
| Email marketing | sending promotional and relationship emails to your customer list; typically 3โ5K/day in revenue at scale and mostly repeat/automated revenue |
| SMS marketing | sending promotional text messages to customers who opted in; similar revenue to email marketing at scale |
| Virtual assistant (VA) | a remote worker, often overseas, hired to handle repetitive tasks like customer service emails, order tracking, or data entry |
| Media buyer | a specialist whose only job is to manage and optimize paid ad campaigns; hired out because ad platforms are complex and change constantly |
| Automation flows | pre-written sequences of emails or texts triggered automatically by customer actions (e.g., abandoned cart email, post-purchase follow-up) |
| Wholesale / manufacturer | ordering large quantities of a product directly from the factory at much lower cost per unit; requires ~$100K/month revenue to justify the minimum order quantities |
| Custom packaging | your brand's own boxes, labels, and inserts instead of generic plain packaging; dramatically increases perceived value |
| US fulfillment | storing your product in a US warehouse so it ships in 3โ5 days or next day instead of 2โ4 weeks from China |
| 3PL (Third-Party Logistics) | a company that stores your inventory and ships orders for you (implied by "fulfillment" reference) |
| High-tier influencer | a celebrity or very large social media personality (Kim Kardashian example given); one post can produce multiple six-figure sales days |
| Snapchat Ads / Pinterest Ads / YouTube Ads | additional paid advertising platforms beyond TikTok and Facebook; each adds an incremental revenue stream |
- Set up retargeting ads for website visitors.
- Launch Google Ads and begin email + SMS marketing with automation flows.
- Hire VAs for customer service and operations.
- Scale content: more UGC โ paid models โ top influencers.
- Hire professional media buyers for each ad platform.
- At ~$100K/month: contact manufacturers, order wholesale, improve product from reviews, add custom packaging.
- Switch to US fulfillment for fast shipping.
- Expand to all remaining ad channels (YouTube, Snapchat, Pinterest, etc.).
โOnce you have a brand, once you have all of this set in place, your entire focus needs to switch to content โ even the media buying... you're going to hire that out โ you're going to hire some professional in Facebook, some professional in TikTok.โ
Scale Numbers, Mindset, and Action Steps
๐บ Where this fits: This is the penthouse floor โ the full view of where the skyscraper can reach, paired with the honest acknowledgment that getting there requires elite execution over a long time.
Unrealistic expectations (too high or too low) cause premature quitting or reckless over-investment.
Specific revenue numbers grounded in real examples, plus a coach/player framework, let learners calibrate effort to realistic ambition without losing belief.
| Creatives | the individual ad videos or images you are running; more high-quality creatives = more scale potential |
| Revenue vs. profit | revenue is total sales dollars; profit is what remains after product cost, ad spend, team, and fees; the large numbers cited are revenue, not profit |
| Net worth / valuation | how much a company is worth if sold; Shein's $47 billion valuation means investors believed the whole company was worth that much |
| Delayed attribution | repeat-purchase revenue that arrives weeks after the original ad spend (mentioned in Scene 67 context; reinforced here in the LTV discussion) |
| ATM money printer | informal phrase for a profitable ad account where every dollar spent reliably returns more dollars |
| Live Q&A | real-time video call sessions where students can ask the instructor questions about their specific brand/idea |
| Student Success Manager | a team member whose job is to help students progress through the course and answer questions |
| Blueprint | revisited here as the full written strategic plan; action step is to write yours out now using the framework from this chapter |
| Race-horse blinders | physical blinders placed on race horses so they cannot see other horses; metaphor for ignoring competitors and staying focused on your own path |
| Revolving door of opportunity | the idea that the business/market landscape constantly changes, with old opportunities fading and new ones appearing; trained entrepreneurs spot them first |
- Internalize realistic scale numbers (TikTok $10โ30K/day, Facebook $50โ100K/day, Google $10โ50K/day, email/SMS $3โ5K/day each at full infrastructure).
- Accept the honest caveat: these numbers require full infrastructure + excellent execution + time.
- Adopt the coach mindset: the blueprint is the game plan; your execution is the player's job.
- Action step 1 โ Go to the community group; welcome and engage with a new member.
- Action step 2 โ Write out your full blueprint (all elements from this chapter).
- Action step 3 โ Revisit this video after completing the deeper modules to ensure your blueprint is complete.
โThe world is a revolving door of opportunity โ there are always things that are leaving and there's always things that are coming in. Our reality changes so quick that new opportunities are sprouting up every second.โ
Why Product Selection Is the Most Important Decision
๐บ Where this fits: This scene is the thesis statement of the entire product-selection phase. It reframes the question from "what should I sell?" to "what makes a product capable of building a skyscraper?"
- Score your candidate product against the 10-point Winning Product Blueprint (wow factor, $40+ price, 3-5x margin, solves a problem, etc.).
- Reject any product that fails more than 2 checklist points โ treat the blueprint as a mandatory pre-flight, not optional advice.
- Ask: "Can this product anchor a brand for 3+ years, or is it a one-season novelty?" and write down your honest answer.
Beginner picks a product on instinct and wastes weeks/money before realizing it cannot scale.
A 10-point blueprint exists; use it before testing anything.
| blueprint | a pre-made checklist of required qualities; like an architect's plan, not optional suggestions |
| winning product | a product that is profitable, scalable, and capable of supporting a full brand (not just a one-time sale) |
| skyscraper | Jordan's metaphor for a serious, durable, multi-story brand built on a strong foundation product |
| gimmicky toy | a novelty product that gets attention once but has no repeat-purchase or brand potential |
- Acknowledge next video covers *how* to find products; this video covers *why* the product matters so much.
- Introduce the Winning Product Blueprint โ a 10-point system of qualities a product must have.
- Distinguish between "products that can sell once" vs. "products that can anchor a brand."
- State the goal: find a product that is the foundation for a skyscraper (long-term brand).
- Transition: walk through all 10 points one by one.
โThere is a very specific criteria we need to match and make sure our product is in alignment with.โ
Blueprint Points 1โ2 โ Wow Factor & Minimum $40 Price
๐บ Where this fits: Points 1โ2 of the blueprint establish the minimum entry requirements. Wow factor is a bonus; price floor is non-negotiable math.
Sellers fall in love with cheap, eye-catching products and then cannot understand why ads lose money.
Paid ads have a ~$20 floor cost per conversion. Your selling price must be high enough to absorb that cost and still leave margin. $40 minimum, $50โ$80 ideal, $80 cap.
| wow factor | a quality that makes someone say "I've never seen that before!" when they watch your ad; sparks instant curiosity |
| average order value (AOV) | the average dollar amount a customer spends in one purchase on your store |
| impulse purchase | buying something immediately without research or planning, driven by emotion in the moment |
| paid ads | advertisements you pay money to run (Facebook, TikTok, Google); you pay per click or per thousand views |
| customer acquisition cost (CAC) | the average amount of money spent on advertising to get one paying customer; Jordan says ~$20 |
| scale | growing ad spend from hundreds to thousands of dollars per day while staying profitable |
- Point 1: Wow factor helps (especially TikTok/younger audience) but is not the most important thing โ many gurus overstate it.
- Point 2: Sales price must be at least $40; $50โ$80 is the sweet spot.
- Reason: Average cost to get someone to buy on ads โ $20. At $15 selling price, you are mathematically guaranteed to lose money.
- Upper cap: Above $80, buyers stop impulse-buying and start researching โ you risk losing to a more established competitor.
- Implication: Some gimmicky toys that sell for $15 will never, ever work on paid ads regardless of how good everything else is.
โThe average cost to get someone to purchase something on ads is around $20 โ so if your product is selling for 15 bucks, you just don't have enough money.โ
Blueprint Point 3 โ The 3โ5ร Cost Multiplier (Margin Math)
๐บ Where this fits: Point 3 bridges the price floor (Scene 71) with the brand-building vision (the skyscraper). Without margin, there is no fuel for growth.
Thin margins mean every dollar goes to ads or product cost โ nothing is left to reinvest, so the brand stagnates.
3โ5ร multiplier on cost of goods is required. It is easier to achieve once you move from dropshipping into wholesale.
| cost of goods (COG) | what you pay to acquire the product before selling it (supplier price, shipping to warehouse, etc.) |
| multiplier / markup | how many times higher your selling price is versus your product cost; 4ร means sell for 4 times what you paid |
| gross margin | the percentage of the selling price left after paying for the product itself (before ad costs); higher is better |
| wholesale | buying a large quantity of products directly from a manufacturer at a discounted price, then storing and shipping them yourself |
| organic TikTok | posting videos on TikTok for free (no paid promotion); your views come from the algorithm, not from paid placement |
| UGC (User Generated Content) | videos or photos made by real customers or hired creators that look authentic, not like traditional ads |
- Target: 3โ5ร multiplier on product cost. Ideal example: buy at $10, sell at $40 (4ร multiplier).
- Organic TikTok exception: 2ร is acceptable (buy $10, sell $20) because there are zero ad costs.
- Paid ads minimum: 3ร (buy $10, sell $30); even this is tight โ requires very good ads.
- Why it matters: big margins fund influencers, premium agencies, UGC creators, quality packaging โ the whole brand-building machine.
- Path: start dropshipping โ prove the product โ move to wholesale โ costs drop โ multiplier rises โ margins become absurd.
- Jordan's admission: this stage-by-stage evolution is what most gurus never explain.
โYou need absurd profit margins so you can spend absurd amounts on content, work with cool influencers, and run very high-level paid advertisements with amazing agencies.โ
Blueprint Points 4โ5 โ High Perceived Value & Solves a Problem
๐บ Where this fits: Points 4โ5 explain *why* customers will pay your price (perceived value) and *who* will feel compelled to act immediately (problem-solver + specific community).
Generic products with low perceived value must compete on price. Ads that speak to no one in particular waste budget on uninterested scrollers.
Choose products that naturally command high perceived value, AND that solve a real, felt pain for a definable group of people.
| perceived value | what a customer *thinks* something is worth, which is usually much higher than what it actually cost to produce |
| horology | the study and craft of watches and clocks; someone "deep in horology" would know a $20 watch from a $2000 one |
| headshot market | Jordan's term for a very specific sub-segment of a broader niche (e.g., "first-time parents" is a headshot within the broader "parents" market) |
| algorithm | the invisible software on Facebook, TikTok, or Google that decides who sees your ad based on patterns of who has engaged with similar content |
| CPM | Cost Per Mille; how much you pay to show your ad to 1,000 people; lower CPM = cheaper reach |
| ROAS | Return On Ad Spend; how many dollars of sales you earn for every dollar you spend on ads (e.g., 3ร ROAS = $3 revenue per $1 spent) |
| demographic | a group of people sharing characteristics (age, life stage, interest, income level, etc.) |
- Point 4 โ Perceived value: buy cheap, sell high because the market *expects* high prices. Examples: watches ($10 cost โ $100+ expectation), Nike shoes ($3 cost โ $150โ$200 price).
- Brands can engineer perceived value through positioning: Rolex Datejust is a simple stainless watch โ you pay for the logo and social signal, not the mechanics.
- Point 5 โ Problem-solving: a product that solves a daily pain for a specific group creates emotional buy-in.
- Baby product example: first-time parents feel overwhelmed. Address their specific language in the ad โ non-parents self-filter out immediately.
- Algorithmic benefit: platforms detect who engages and find more like them โ better targeting โ lower ad costs โ higher returns.
- Combined effect: passionate niche + problem solved = customers who feel "this was made for me."
โIf you're talking to a very specific headshot group of people and you're solving their problems, you're going to do very well for yourself.โ
Blueprint Points 6โ7 โ Daily Use & Passionate Community
๐บ Where this fits: Points 6โ7 shift focus from the product's physical attributes to the customer's emotional world. This is where the brand's soul lives.
One-time-use or novelty products have no repeat-purchase engine. Brands targeting nobody in particular get ignored.
Daily use = customer already wants to buy because they feel the pain right now. Passionate community = your brand speaks a language they already understand and love.
| daily use product | a product that a customer uses or benefits from every single day (e.g., a baby monitor, a posture corrector, a reusable coffee cup) |
| passionate community | a group of people who identify strongly with a lifestyle, hobby, or life stage (e.g., new parents, golfers, fitness enthusiasts) and actively seek content and products related to it |
| impulse purchase | (reminder) a spontaneous buy made without research, driven by in-the-moment emotion or desire |
| conversion | the moment a browser becomes a buyer; a "conversion event" is a completed purchase |
- Point 6: Daily use amplifies ad effectiveness โ the customer feels the problem every day, so the ad is immediately relevant.
- Example: a baby product that helps every morning โ the parent sees the ad and says "I need that right now."
- This justifies $50โ$80 price points even on a social media scroll; up to ~$100 is possible for genuinely daily-pain products.
- Restate $80 cap: above $80 on social media ads, people enter research mode and you risk losing to established competitors.
- Point 7: Passionate community โ market to people going through an intense experience (first-time parenthood, a sport they love).
- Strategy: find your product, then ask "which passionate community would this serve?" and build an entire brand identity around them.
โFigure out how you can pair whatever product you think is your winning product with a passionate community and tailor a brand around them that speaks their language.โ
Blueprint Points 8โ10 โ Small & Light, Avoid Risky Categories, Non-Seasonal
๐บ Where this fits: The final three blueprint points complete the risk-management layer. Together all 10 points ensure the product can be built, shipped, sold, and scaled without self-destructing.
Large products, electronics, seasonal items, and consumables each carry hidden costs or risks that are invisible at launch but catastrophic at scale.
Keep it small, keep it safe (no electronics/glass/consumables), keep it evergreen (year-round demand).
| wholesale | (reminder) buying large quantities directly from a manufacturer at lower cost |
| warehousing | renting space in a storage facility (warehouse) to keep your bulk inventory before shipping to customers |
| chargeback | when a customer disputes a charge with their credit card company and the bank forcibly returns their money, costing you both the sale and a fee |
| consumable / supplement | a product that is eaten, drunk, or applied to the body (protein powder, vitamins, skincare); regulated industries with serious legal exposure |
| liability | legal responsibility; if someone claims your product harmed them, liability means they can sue you for damages |
| evergreen product | a product with consistent demand throughout the whole year, not tied to a holiday or season |
| seasonal product | a product whose sales spike in one season (e.g., winter scarves, Halloween costumes) and drop close to zero the rest of the year |
| cash flow | the movement of money in and out of your business month by month; inconsistent cash flow makes it impossible to plan ad budgets or reinvest reliably |
- Point 8: small and lightweight โ ideally fits in your hand. Reason: large products create warehousing and shipping cost nightmares at wholesale scale.
- Point 9: avoid electronics (too many defects/returns), glass (breaks in transit), supplements/ingestibles (legal liability, regulatory issues, potential lawsuits).
- Ideal product profile: solves a problem, fits in your hand, nothing legally or physically hazardous about it.
- Point 10: avoid seasonal products. Selling only in winter = losing half of annual sales. Inconsistent income prevents brand-building decisions and budgeting.
- Note: experienced operators can manage seasonal products, but beginners should not start there.
โYou need a product that no matter what time of year it is, it's always going to sell the exact same โ that's going to really give you the stability you need to build your skyscraper.โ
Hiring Your Product โ The Employee Mental Model
๐บ Where this fits: A marketing psychology layer that reframes how you think about your product's role and your ad's job. Bridges product selection to ad writing.
Sellers write ads that only show the product โ they never address why a customer might choose a cheaper, simpler, or more convenient alternative solution.
Think of your product as a job applicant. Your ad is the interview. Address every competing solution and explain why your product wins the hire.
| marketing psychology | the study of how people make purchasing decisions and how to influence those decisions through messaging and positioning |
| competitive landscape | the full set of alternatives a customer could choose instead of your product, including indirect competitors (different product categories) |
| ad creative | the actual video or image used in an advertisement; "creative" refers to the content itself |
| intermittent fasting | a dietary pattern where a person skips meals (e.g., skipping breakfast); one of the "competing solutions" in Jordan's eggs-sticking-to-pan example |
- Mental model: customer = employer with a "job opening" (a problem to solve); product = job applicant.
- If another product or service looks like a better hire, the customer chooses that instead.
- Eggs example: problem = eggs sticking to the pan. Competing "hires": non-stick pan, butter/oil/spray, eating out, hiring a chef, skipping breakfast.
- Takeaway: your competition is not just other stores selling the same product โ it is every way the customer could solve their problem.
- Strategy: in your ad, acknowledge the other solutions and explain why yours is clearly superior.
- Result: you close the "hire" before the customer even thinks of alternatives.
โThey're looking to hire your product to solve their problem โ and if they think another product or another service will solve their problem better, then they're going to go with that.โ
Case Study โ Golf Daddy and Niche Expansion
๐บ Where this fits: This scene is the first living proof of everything taught so far. Golf Daddy maps directly to the skyscraper strategy and niche expansion concept.
Sellers either stagnate on one product forever or expand randomly into unrelated things โ both strategies plateau.
Niche expansion within a passionate community (golfers) creates a brand ecosystem where every new product strengthens the identity and captures repeat buyers.
| niche expansion | growing a brand by adding more products within the same niche (e.g., a golf brand adding more golf products), as opposed to pivoting to unrelated categories |
| repeat purchaser | a customer who buys from you more than once; far more profitable than one-time buyers because you spent money acquiring them only once |
| Alibaba | a massive Chinese wholesale marketplace where you can find manufacturers and suppliers for almost any product at low cost |
| print on demand | a service where a third-party company prints your custom design onto a blank product (e.g., blanket, shirt, mug) and ships it directly to your customer; no inventory needed |
| average order value (AOV) | (reminder) how much the average customer spends per transaction; more products in a niche = more upsell opportunities = higher AOV |
| brand equity | the intangible value a brand name has in people's minds; high brand equity means customers trust and prefer you even before comparing products |
- Golf Daddy revisited from a previous video โ confirmed to be "absolutely killing it."
- Stage 1: Divot Daddy Standard (dropshipping) โ test the market, prove demand.
- Stage 2: Divot Daddy Pro (wholesale, custom) โ upgrade quality, increase margins and credibility.
- Stage 3: Twilight Golf Ball (glow-in-the-dark, sourced from Alibaba with custom branding) โ creates repeat purchases.
- Stage 4: Custom Golf Course Maps (print-on-demand blankets/framed prints) โ unique gift product, expands brand surface area.
- Overall: consistent brand identity, high quality execution, obvious heavy reinvestment. Proof of skyscraper method in action.
โIt's really important to get your foothold within a certain industry with that winning product and then expand into other products within that space and get people to be repeat purchasers.โ
Case Studies โ Warmies & Lighting Brand โ Branding Over Product
๐บ Where this fits: These case studies demonstrate that product category matters less than brand execution. Even the simplest physical product can become a premium brand with the right emotional positioning.
Sellers think they need a "revolutionary" product. They waste time searching for novelty instead of building brand depth around a simple, reliable product.
Warmies is stuffed animals with world-class branding. The lighting brand is sunset lamps with premium expansion. Both prove that brand execution beats product novelty.
| SKU (Stock Keeping Unit) | a unique identifier for one specific product variant; "4 SKUs" means 4 different individual products |
| LED | Light Emitting Diode; a type of energy-efficient electronic light; used here to describe decorative light products |
| incense burner | a decorative object designed to hold and burn incense sticks or cones, releasing scented smoke |
| Facebook ad | a paid advertisement shown to targeted users on Facebook; Jordan's mother saw one and bought the sunset lamp |
| mass market | a very large, broad audience (e.g., "anyone who wants a lamp") as opposed to a narrow niche |
| premium branding | making a product look, feel, and be presented as high quality and worth a higher price, through imagery, packaging, copy, and brand story |
- Warmies: stuffed animals, slippers, neck wraps, eye masks, hot packs โ all very simple products. Brand identity = warm, cozy, premium.
- Estimated: millions per month in sales. Proof that branding, not product novelty, drives revenue.
- Expansion path: likely started with 4 stuffed animal variants โ expanded into the full "warm and cozy" niche.
- Target emotion: "My kid needs this adorable, high-quality first stuffed animal." First-time parents eat it up.
- Lighting brand: started with sunset lamp โ expanded into LED incense burners ($160) and more premium lighting.
- Sunset lamp = mass market / paid ads; incense burner = smaller, very passionate niche audience who will pay $160 excitedly.
- Lesson: start simple, execute at a premium level, expand within the niche.
โIt's literally just stuffed animals, but their branding is so good โ and they've expanded into a huge niche of warm products. I bet they just got started with a couple stuffed animals.โ
Case Studies โ Soulet, BlendJet, Posture Corrector & Oodie โ Depth vs. Mediocrity
๐บ Where this fits: These four case studies are the culmination of everything in this chapter โ real proof that the blueprint, the skyscraper model, and niche expansion work when executed with depth and commitment.
Seeing a successful product and replicating it lazily. The product is not the moat โ the brand is.
Every great brand started as a dropshipped product. The differentiator was customization, content quality, audience specificity, and relentless reinvestment. Any beginner can start this path.
| Soulet | a real dropshipping brand that became famous for the "sunset lamp" (a projector lamp that creates a colored circular light on walls/ceilings reminiscent of a sunset) |
| BlendJet | a real portable blender brand that started dropshipping the AliExpress blender and grew into a major CPG brand with custom colors, Disney licensing, and their own supplement line |
| CPG (Consumer Packaged Goods) | physical products sold to consumers in retail or online, packaged under a brand name (e.g., cereal, shampoo, blenders); a "CPG brand" is a real, established branded product company |
| licensing deal | a paid agreement with the owner of a brand or IP (intellectual property) that allows you to put their logo/characters on your product (e.g., BlendJet paying Disney to use Disney characters on their blenders) |
| posture corrector | a wearable device (usually a strap or brace) worn around the shoulders and back to discourage slouching |
| Sierra Body | a real brand that customized the generic posture corrector for women in fitness, with feminine colors and sizing |
| Oodie | a real brand of giant, wearable blanket hoodies; owner Davey Fogerty; reportedly has made hundreds of millions in revenue and holds licensing deals with major entertainment brands |
| Davey Fogerty | the founder of Oodie; mentioned by Jordan as an example of someone who took the same product as a generic seller and built a potential billion-dollar brand |
| Urban Outfitters aesthetic | a specific visual style popular with younger women: vintage-inspired, artsy, eclectic room decor (polaroid photos on walls, fairy lights, etc.); Soulet marketed directly to this demographic |
- Soulet: best content for the sunset lamp, not the first but the best. Marketed to "Pinterest aesthetic girl." ~22.8M TikTok hashtag views. $10M+ in sales during and after COVID.
- BlendJet: dropshipped the AliExpress blender โ customized โ Disney licensing โ jetpack smoothie powders โ cases and accessories โ 43,000+ reviews โ news coverage โ legitimate CPG brand.
- Ape Born Fitness vs. Sierra Body (posture corrector): same product. Ape Born = generic/bad. Sierra Body = targeted specifically to women in fitness, cute design, proper sizing โ clearly wins.
- Shop Aado vs. Oodie (cozy plush hoodie): same product. Shop Aado = generic, bloated product page, no brand. Oodie = customized, licensed, premium content, $1M/day in sales, hundreds of millions revenue, potential billion-dollar valuation.
- Pattern across all cases: prove with dropshipping โ customize โ build brand identity around specific audience โ reinvest heavily โ scale.
โThey're essentially selling the same thing โ it's just way better. These guys have done a million dollar day in sales and hundreds of millions in sales, and that's why.โ
Self-Assessment Questions Before Choosing a Product
๐บ Where this fits: This scene completes the chapter's arc: from 10-point blueprint (objective criteria) โ case studies (real-world proof) โ self-assessment questions (personal fit and long-term vision alignment).
Committing to a product that passes the checklist but that you personally cannot create content for, do not understand the niche of, or cannot envision long-term โ guaranteed slow failure.
Seven specific questions surface misalignments before they cost money. Together with the blueprint, they give a complete go/no-go decision framework.
| ad funnel | the step-by-step path a stranger takes from first seeing your ad to completing a purchase: see ad โ click โ browse website โ add to cart โ buy |
| scroll-stop | the ability of a video or image to make someone stop scrolling and pay attention; one of the hardest and most valuable qualities in an ad |
| total addressable market (TAM) | the total number of potential customers in the entire world who could ever want your product |
| influencer | a person with a large, engaged social media following who can promote products to their audience authentically |
| brand ambassador | an influencer who represents a brand long-term, appearing in content regularly, like a spokesperson |
| skyscraper visualization | Jordan's exercise of mentally building your brand to its maximum potential before starting, to confirm the vision is worth pursuing |
| apartment complex exercise | Jordan's metaphor for thinking of your store as a residential building: who are your tenants (customers), why do they stay, what keeps them loyal, what is the vibe of the building (brand)? |
| UGC (reminder) | User Generated Content; authentic-looking videos by real or hired creators |
| zombie-scroll mode | Jordan's term for the unconscious, low-intent scrolling behavior most people exhibit on social media; your ad must break this trance |
- Q1: Can I make cool phone videos for this product? Can I convey emotion and brand story? If no, the ad funnel has no front door.
- Q2: Can this product stop a zombie-scroller on Facebook/TikTok and pull them off the platform?
- Funnel reminder: ad grabs attention โ website builds interest โ offer closes purchase. Every stage must work.
- Q3: How long-term is this product? 10โ20+ year brand potential?
- Q4: How big can the empire get? Factor in niche expansion when estimating the ceiling.
- Q5: What influencers would I use? Inability to answer = sign you don't belong in this niche.
- Q6: Visualize the skyscraper at peak potential โ best influencers, coolest content, best products. Do this BEFORE any tangible work.
- Q7: Apartment complex exercise โ who are your tenants, why do they move in, why do they stay, what's the vibe?
- Action step: memorize both the 10-point blueprint and these 7 questions; use them every time you evaluate a product.
โYour video ads are really important โ it's the first entry point. If you build the coolest building in the world but there's no door, how are people going to get in to see the coolest building in the world?โ
Overview of the Five Product Research Methods
๐บ Where this fits: This is Stage 1 of the entire dropshipping workflow โ before a website exists, before ads run, before a supplier is chosen. It feeds directly into the blueprint (brand concept) covered in earlier chapters.
- Run the Reverse Method: scroll TikTok and Facebook ads for 20 minutes daily, liking every dropshipping ad you see to train the algorithm.
- Search Google Trends and Exploding Topics for your niche keyword to confirm demand is rising, flat, or falling.
- Cross-check your candidate on Amazon (review count), AliExpress (order count), and Google Shopping (how many brands are selling it).
Beginners guess at products and waste money testing things nobody is actively buying.
Five methods, used together, replace guesswork with observable market evidence.
| Product research | the process of finding a product other people are already buying, so you know demand exists before you invest time and money. |
| Winning product | a product that sells consistently, can be advertised profitably, and has room to grow into a brand. |
| Direct strategy | a method where you actively go looking for products yourself (as opposed to waiting for ideas to come to you). |
| Cross-reference | checking the same information on multiple different sources to make sure it is true. |
| Blueprint | the instructor's term for a written brand plan: who the customer is, what the brand looks like, what ads to run. |
- Understand that product research has five elements, not one.
- Recognize the three "direct" methods: Reverse, Supply & Demand, AAA.
- Recognize the two supporting elements: Google Shopping, Affiliates.
- Plan to run all five on every serious candidate.
- Only after all five align, begin building the store.
โThere's basically five elements when it comes to doing product research and the best thing is going to be a mix of all of these five elements.โ
Method 1 โ The Reverse Method
๐บ Where this fits: The Reverse Method is the cornerstone of the product research phase. It feeds the brand blueprint because you can see exactly how competitors position themselves and where the gaps are.
Without proof, you might spend months building a store for a product nobody wants to buy.
Watching live, high-engagement ads gives you proof of demand backed by real advertiser spending โ not surveys, not guesses.
| Reverse method | finding a product by working backwards: observe a profitable ad first, then decide to sell that product. |
| Algorithm | the software inside TikTok or Facebook that decides which videos or ads to show you based on what you have liked or watched before. |
| Engagement | any action a user takes on a post or ad: likes, comments, shares, saves. High engagement signals that many people paid attention. |
| Media buying | the act of purchasing ad space (paying TikTok or Facebook to show your video to thousands of people). |
| Six figures | earning $100,000 or more (per month in this context). |
| Scale | growing a business bigger: more ad spend, more customers, more revenue. |
| Extrapolate | take the information you can see (likes, views) and use it to estimate information you can't see (revenue, profit). |
- Open TikTok or Facebook daily; interact with product ads.
- Observe engagement numbers (likes, views, comments, shares).
- Apply the rule: large engagement on a still-running ad = seller is profitable.
- In 20 minutes on Facebook, the instructor finds ~20 websites doing six figures/month.
- Visit each website; identify weaknesses in their branding, storytelling, and ads.
- Plan to outperform them on those weak points.
โWithin me spending like 20 minutes on Facebook I got probably 20 websites that I know are doing six figures a month or more.โ
Deep Dive โ Reading Live Ads as Market Proof & Studying Hooks
๐บ Where this fits: This scene bridges product research into ad creative strategy. The skills here connect directly to later chapters on making video ads and picture ads.
Knowing a competitor's product is selling is not enough โ you need to know what specifically is driving those sales so you can beat it.
A systematic process of studying hooks and website quality turns competitor analysis into a repeatable creative advantage.
| Hook | the first moment of a video or the main image of a picture ad; it is the one thing that decides whether someone keeps watching or scrolls past. |
| Video ad | a short video (often 15โ60 seconds) paid to appear in someone's TikTok or Facebook feed, designed to sell a product. |
| Picture ad | a still image (photo or graphic) paid to appear in someone's Facebook or Instagram feed. |
| CTA (Call to Action) | the instruction at the end of an ad telling the viewer what to do next, e.g. "Shop now," "Click the link." |
| Storytelling | using a narrative (a relatable problem โ solution) in an ad or website to create an emotional connection that makes people more likely to buy. |
| Niche community | a specific, narrowly defined group of people who share a common interest (e.g. pet owners, home gym enthusiasts). Targeting a niche makes your message feel personally relevant. |
- Find a high-engagement ad (Reverse Method).
- Pause on the first 3 seconds (video) or look at the image (picture ad).
- Ask: "What made me stop scrolling?"
- Visit the competitor's website; rate their branding, storytelling, and emotional appeal.
- List their weaknesses.
- Plan your own ad and website to beat each weakness.
โThe first 3 seconds is everything when it comes to video ads... the image is the door to the business โ if the image isn't good, if people don't really care, they're not interested, then that door didn't open for them.โ
Method 2 โ Supply & Demand / Trends Research
๐บ Where this fits: This method sits beside the Reverse Method as a direct product-finding strategy. It is especially useful for seasonal stores (Christmas gifts, summer outdoor products) or trend-driven products.
Missing a seasonal window means watching competitors make hundreds of thousands while you are too late.
Proactively watching trends and seasons lets you position a product before peak demand, capturing sales at the most profitable time.
| Supply | the amount of a product that sellers are offering for sale. |
| Demand | how many people want to buy a product at a given time. |
| Trend | a topic, style, or product that is becoming rapidly more popular over a short period. |
| Seasonal | related to a specific time of year (e.g. winter clothing sells more in autumn/winter; garden tools sell more in spring). |
| Saturation | when so many sellers are offering the same product that it becomes very hard to stand out and profit. |
- Scan trending topics on social media, news, and Google Trends.
- Identify an upcoming season or cultural moment with predictable demand.
- Find a product that satisfies that demand and is not yet over-supplied.
- Build a store quickly and run ads at peak demand.
- Plan to wind down or pivot after the seasonal window closes.
โYou can do some supply and demand research and make a couple hundred thousand in a month off a really successful store โ you just have to understand it's not going to last.โ
Method 3 โ The AAA Method + Google Shopping + Affiliates
๐บ Where this fits: The AAA method is the third direct research strategy. It sits alongside the Reverse Method and Supply & Demand as a core product-finding tool. Google Shopping and Affiliates are the fourth and fifth elements โ they are more confirmatory than primary.
Relying only on social media ads misses products that are popular in retail marketplaces but not yet heavily advertised online, leaving opportunities on the table.
Checking Amazon, Alibaba, AliExpress, Google Shopping, and affiliate content gives you a 360-degree demand map and simultaneously locates your supplier.
| Amazon | the world's largest online store; checking its bestseller lists shows what consumers are actively buying right now. |
| Alibaba | a wholesale marketplace where factories and large suppliers sell products in bulk (many units at once) at very low prices. Primarily used to source large quantities. |
| AliExpress | a retail marketplace owned by the same company as Alibaba, where individual units can be ordered. Most dropshippers use it to source single items and ship them directly to customers. |
| Google Shopping | a Google feature that shows product listings with prices from multiple online stores when someone searches for a product. If many sellers are paying to appear here, demand is real. |
| Affiliates | people (bloggers, YouTubers, influencers) who promote a product and earn a small commission (percentage of the sale) for every customer they refer. If affiliates exist for a product, there is enough margin and demand for this to be worthwhile. |
| MOQ (Minimum Order Quantity) | the smallest number of units a supplier on Alibaba will sell you at once (e.g. MOQ = 100 means you must buy at least 100 units). |
| Margin | the profit left over after you subtract the product cost and all expenses from the selling price. |
- Search the product category on Amazon โ check bestseller rank, review count, and customer questions.
- Search the same product on AliExpress โ sort by orders to confirm it is widely sourced.
- Check Alibaba for bulk pricing to estimate your profit margin.
- Search the product on Google Shopping โ count how many paid ads appear.
- Search "[product] affiliate program" or "[product] review" โ lots of affiliate content = validated demand.
- Compile all signals; a product that scores well on all five passes the research phase.
โThe AAA method โ Amazon, Alibaba, and AliExpress โ scouring those websites, and then the two other elements are properly knowing how to utilize Google Shopping as well as checking out affiliates โ and I don't really see people talking about that last one too much.โ
Mindset โ Mining for Diamonds & High-Frequency Thinking
๐บ Where this fits: Mindset is a recurring theme throughout the course. Here it is applied specifically to the grinding, repetitive work of product research โ the most discouraging phase for beginners who expect instant results.
Beginners scroll for days, find nothing exciting, and quit โ one block away from their winning diamond.
A pre-research mindset ritual + the knowledge that one winning product can be worth hundreds of millions makes the grinding sustainable.
| Frequency | used here metaphysically: the instructor means your overall mental and emotional state. High frequency = alert, positive, excited. Low frequency = distracted, doubtful, low energy. |
| Vision board | a physical or digital collection of images representing your goals (lifestyle, income, experiences) that you look at daily to stay motivated. |
| Affirmations | short, positive statements you repeat to yourself ("I am capable," "I will find a winning product") to reinforce a constructive mindset. |
| Algorithm (context: distraction) | the same recommendation engine that helps you find ads can also trap you in a loop of entertaining content, wasting hours of research time. |
| Blendjet | a real, successful blender brand that became a multi-million dollar company; used as an example of what a winning dropshipping product can grow into. |
| Scale to the moon | informal phrase meaning: grow the business as large as possible, removing any self-imposed ceiling on how big it can get. |
| Student Success manager | a support person on the instructor's team who can review your product picks and give feedback. |
- Acknowledge that product research is a grind โ discouragement is normal.
- Before each research session, do a mindset ritual (vision board, journaling, affirmations, meditation).
- Set a clear intention: find ads, not entertainment.
- Recognize when the algorithm has pulled you off track; refocus.
- When you find a candidate, get a second opinion rather than endlessly second-guessing.
- Remember: one winning product found and executed properly can be worth hundreds of millions.
โIt takes one video ad or one picture ad or stumbling across one advertisement that's really doing good to completely change your life โ I'm not even kidding, seeing one video ad could potentially retire your parents.โ
Legal Research โ Patents, Trademarks & Copyrights
๐บ Where this fits: Legal vetting is the final gate in the product research phase. No product proceeds to store-building until all three legal checks pass.
Launching a store on a patented or trademarked product is not just a wasted effort โ it can result in lawsuits, forced store closure, and financial penalties.
A 15-minute USPTO search and Google Shopping review catches the most common legal traps before any money is spent.
| Patent | a legal right granted by the government that gives the inventor exclusive control over how their invention is made, used, or sold for a set number of years. Two types matter here: design patent (protects the visual appearance of a product) and utility/function patent (protects how a product works). |
| Design patent | protects what a product looks like (its shape, color, pattern). If a competitor has a design patent on a product's appearance, you cannot sell something that looks the same. |
| Trademark | a legal protection for a brand name, logo, or slogan. If "BlendJet" is trademarked, you cannot name your blender brand anything that could be confused with BlendJet. |
| Copyright | automatic legal protection for creative work (photos, videos, written text, artwork). Using a competitor's product photos or brand images without permission violates copyright. |
| USPTO | United States Patent and Trademark Office. The US government agency that maintains the public database of all patents and trademarks. Website: uspto.gov. |
| Cease-and-desist letter (C&D) | a formal legal letter demanding that you immediately stop an activity (e.g. selling a patented product). Ignoring it typically leads to a lawsuit. |
| Trademark infringement | using a name, logo, or brand element that is too similar to one that someone else has legally trademarked, which can result in legal action. |
- Note the exact product name and design.
- Search USPTO.gov for design patents and utility patents on that product.
- Search USPTO.gov for trademarks on the product name and your proposed store name.
- Search Google Shopping for dominant brands selling this product โ check if they trademark their brand or product names.
- If clear on all three: proceed to store-building.
- If any conflict: discard this product and research the next candidate.
โThe main thing is making sure your product isn't patented โ and then making sure the brands that are selling it aren't trademarking any elements when it comes to you naming your brand or naming the product.โ
Tool Spotlight โ ShopHunter.io as a Confirmation Tool
๐บ Where this fits: ShopHunter is a supplementary confirmation tool โ it belongs at the end of the research process, after you have already identified a candidate through the five core methods. It is also a live demonstration of the "spy tool" category of dropshipping software.
You can find a product and confirm ad engagement but still not know whether competitors are actually profitable or just spending money on ads that don't convert.
ShopHunter shows real Shopify store revenue, turning a hunch into a data-backed decision. The instructor's example: tracking "Romatic" (a competitor he was mimicking) showed they were doing ~$5K/day โ enough to confirm the product was viable, and he went on to outperform them.
| ShopHunter.io | a website that tracks the sales data of thousands of Shopify stores. You can see how much revenue a store makes per day, which products sell best, and which apps they use. |
| Shopify | the most popular platform for building an online dropshipping store. Every Shopify store has a hidden internal URL ending in ".myshopify.com." |
| myshopify URL | the secret technical web address of a Shopify store (e.g. "brandname.myshopify.com"). Even if the store's public address is "coolstore.com," the myshopify URL is what ShopHunter uses to track it. |
| View Page Source | a browser feature (right-click โ View Page Source, or Ctrl+U) that shows you the raw code behind any webpage. Searching this code for "myshopify" reveals the store's internal Shopify URL. |
| Spy tool | any software that collects and displays competitor data (revenue, ads, products) without the competitor's knowledge. Useful for validation but dangerous if used as the primary decision driver. |
| Saturation | when so many dropshippers are selling the same product that competition becomes extreme, profit margins collapse, and it becomes very hard to stand out. |
| High ticket dropshipping | selling expensive products (e.g. furniture, hot tubs, saunas worth $1,000โ$10,000+) where each sale generates a large profit. Different from standard low-ticket dropshipping. |
| AOV (Average Order Value) | the average dollar amount customers spend per order. High AOV = each sale brings in more revenue. |
| 3PL (Third-Party Logistics) | a warehouse and shipping company that stores your inventory and ships orders for you. The instructor notes that Romatic was not even using a 3PL, relying instead on CJ Dropshipping directly. |
| CJ Dropshipping | a supplier platform similar to AliExpress but with additional warehousing and faster shipping options. A real app shown in Romatic's app stack. |
| Klaviyo | a popular email marketing app for Shopify stores. Found in Romatic's app stack. |
| Google AdWords | Google's paid advertising platform (now called Google Ads). Confirmed that Romatic was running Google ads, meaning the product had multi-platform demand. |
- After identifying a product candidate through the five methods, go to shophunter.io.
- Use Top Performers for broad market awareness only โ do not copy directly.
- Identify the specific competitor whose product you want to validate.
- Go to that competitor's website โ right-click โ View Page Source โ Ctrl+F โ search "myshopify" โ copy the myshopify URL.
- In ShopHunter, click "Add a Shop" and paste the myshopify URL.
- Review: daily revenue, best-selling products, app stack, traffic trend (growing or declining?).
- Use this as confirmation data โ if numbers are strong, your product is validated. Proceed to store-building.
โThis website is called shophunter.io โ it's really good to understand the brands that are running, how much sales are they getting each month, each week, and you can really understand all of their data... this is an absolute no-brainer amazing tool that we absolutely have to use.โ
Action Steps & Chapter Wrap-Up
๐บ Where this fits: This is the handoff scene. It closes the theory module and sets the learner up for the live demo. It also reinforces the course's recurring theme: external tactics (methods, tools) only work when paired with the right internal state (mindset, discipline, frequency).
Knowing five research methods intellectually but starting research in a distracted, low-energy state means the knowledge never translates into results.
A concrete, short pre-research ritual takes 5โ10 minutes and measurably improves the quality and focus of the research session that follows.
| Vision board | a physical or digital display of your goals and dream life; looking at it before work anchors your motivation. |
| Affirmations | short positive statements written or spoken to reinforce a growth mindset and self-belief. |
| Meditative state | a brief period of calm, focused breathing or mindfulness that clears mental noise and sharpens attention. |
| Espresso | strong concentrated coffee; used here simply as an example of a physical way to increase alertness and energy before a focused work session. |
| Live demo | the next video in the course where the instructor performs all five research methods in real time, on screen, so learners can follow along. |
- Do not open research platforms yet.
- Vision board: 2โ5 minutes of visualization.
- Journal: write today's affirmations.
- Meditate: 5 minutes of quiet focus.
- Physical boost: coffee/espresso if needed.
- Open TikTok / Facebook / Amazon with deliberate, research-only intention.
- Begin the live demo video for guided execution.
โLevel up your frequency, sit in front of your vision board, sit in front of your daily affirmations, journal, get your mind right, get in that meditative state, hit your four shots of espresso โ whatever you got to do to get in the right mindset before we jump into product research.โ
Intro โ Why Live Demo Beats Theory
๐บ Where this fits: You are at the top of the dropshipping funnel. Before you build a store or run a single ad, you need a validated product. This scene opens the chapter that teaches exactly how to find one.
- Open TikTok, type your product keyword, and note which ads have 1M+ views โ those view counts are demand proof.
- Click through to any competitor store you find in ads and grade it: does it look professional, does it have reviews, what is the price?
- Use Facebook Ad Library to search your product keyword and count how many brands are actively running polished ads right now.
- Run the full cross-reference: TikTok views โ Amazon rank โ Alibaba MOQ price โ Google Trends curve, for the same product.
Student has absorbed theory but freezes when they open TikTok because they don't know the exact sequence of actions to take.
There is a concrete, repeatable workflow โ scroll, engage, cross-reference, judge โ and Jordan will demonstrate every step live.
| TikTok For You Page (FYP) | the scrollable main feed TikTok shows you, customized by its algorithm based on what you watch, like, and share |
| Algorithm | TikTok's invisible decision engine that chooses which videos to show you next, based on your past behavior |
| Reverse Method | researching products by pretending to be a customer on TikTok/Facebook and letting the ad algorithm surface what dropshippers are currently running |
| Cross-referencing | checking the same product on multiple platforms (AliExpress, Amazon, Alibaba, Google) to confirm demand, pricing, and competition |
| AliExpress | a Chinese marketplace where dropshippers source cheap products to ship directly to customers |
| Alibaba | AliExpress's wholesale parent; used for ordering large quantities at even lower prices when scaling |
| Affiliates | people who promote a product for a commission; studying their content shows you what's already working organically |
- Open TikTok/Facebook.
- Scroll until you see a dropshipping ad.
- Engage deeply (like, share, comment, add to cart, even enter checkout details without paying).
- Repeat to train the algorithm.
- Cross-reference good products on other platforms.
โIt's not that good to just kind of give you the theoreticals of oh you look for this and when you see this you do this โ it's going to be way better to show you guys.โ
TikTok Reverse Method โ Training the Algorithm
๐บ Where this fits: This is the entry action of the Reverse Method. Before you can judge products, you need to see them. This scene is about getting the feed to surface the right content.
New researchers open TikTok and see mostly entertainment and big-brand ads โ not the dropshipping ads they need for research.
A specific engagement sequence trains the TikTok algorithm to fill your feed with dropshipping ads. There is also a separate "research account" strategy โ keep your personal account separate.
| Sponsored bar | the small gray label in the bottom-left corner of a TikTok video that marks it as a paid advertisement |
| Algorithm | TikTok's system that decides what to show you next; it learns from every tap, watch, share, and purchase signal you give it |
| VPN | a tool that makes your internet connection appear to come from a different country; Jordan recommends a USA VPN if you are outside the US, because most dropshipping ads are targeted at American buyers |
| Add to cart | clicking the shopping button in the ad to put the product in a virtual shopping basket; tells TikTok you are highly interested |
| Initiate checkout | starting the payment process without completing it; the strongest engagement signal you can send without actually buying |
| Research account | a separate TikTok account used only for ad research, kept "clean" so the algorithm optimizes purely for dropshipping ad delivery |
- Scroll until you see the gray "Sponsored" label.
- Like + Share + Comment.
- Tap "Shop Now," add to cart, begin checkout (without paying).
- Exit, keep scrolling.
- Repeat consistently on a dedicated research account.
- Over weeks, feed becomes dominated by dropshipping ads.
โOnce you build up your algorithm you'll start getting way more consistent ads โ you'll start getting the good ones eventually, I promise it's really worth your time.โ
First Ad โ Crystal Lamp (Bad Product Ceiling Analysis)
๐บ Where this fits: This is the first real product judgment of the live demo. It establishes Jordan's core filter before he has even found a product worth testing.
Beginners chase anything that seems to sell โ without a ceiling filter, they burn time on products with no future.
Before investing in a product, pass it through a two-part test: can it sell NOW, and can it become a brand LATER? Only pursue products that score well on both.
| Ceiling | the maximum revenue a product can ever realistically generate; a ceiling product hits a cap and cannot grow further |
| Six figures a month | earning between $100,000 and $999,000 per month in revenue (not profit) |
| Brand | a business identity people recognize and trust; it has a name, a story, a design style, and a loyal customer base |
| Trust signals | elements on a website that make visitors feel safe buying: real reviews, professional logo, consistent branding, clear product focus |
| Drop shipping product | a product being sold by someone who does not hold inventory; it ships directly from the manufacturer to the customer |
- See ad โ engage to train algorithm.
- Visit store โ check logo, product range, trust signals.
- Ask: is there only one product? Can the line expand?
- Ask: could someone put a logo on this and have it mean something?
- If no to both โ label it a ceiling product, move on.
โYou're not going to be able to turn this into a brand. You're not going to be able to go far with it โ this is kind of like your ceiling.โ
MagB Mag Case โ Branding Signal as Proof of Sales
๐บ Where this fits: This is the validation-by-proxy technique. Instead of running your own expensive test ads, you read signals from stores that have already done the testing for you.
You can't access a competitor's revenue data, so you don't know if a product is worth pursuing.
Custom branding, wholesale ordering, and a cohesive branded website are indirect proof of sales โ use them as your validation signal.
| Custom branding | designing your own logo, label, and packaging and putting it on the physical product; requires ordering in bulk from the factory |
| Wholesale | buying a large quantity of products at once (e.g., 500 units) at a lower per-unit price; requires upfront cash but cuts costs significantly |
| DTC (Direct-to-Consumer) | selling directly to customers through your own store, without going through retailers like Amazon or Walmart |
| Product-market fit | the point where a product perfectly matches what customers want; proven when people keep buying it without you having to push hard |
| Phone accessories niche | the category of products related to smartphones: cases, stands, cables, grips, wallets; historically high-converting in dropshipping |
- See product ad โ tap store.
- Look for logo on product, custom packaging, cohesive design.
- If branded โ confirm product is validated, study their approach.
- Find the original unbranded version on AliExpress/Alibaba.
- Test with your own creative before committing to wholesale.
โStudying them is going to show you a lot because they wouldn't be doing all this unless they were making money โ they're not just pissing away all the money and losing it all.โ
Spark Post Ads โ Reading View Counts as Revenue Signals
๐บ Where this fits: This is competitive intelligence gathering. Instead of spending money on test ads, you read your competitor's ad performance data for free and copy only the angle that already worked.
You cannot access competitor revenue data, so you don't know if a product is worth testing.
Spark Post Ads make view counts โ and therefore estimated revenue โ publicly visible. Jordan's rule: ~$5,000โ$10,000 revenue per million paid views.
| Spark Post Ad | a TikTok paid advertisement that is run FROM a creator's existing organic post; when someone clicks the creator's name/logo in the ad, they go to the creator's TikTok account (not a shopping page) |
| Paid views | views bought with advertising money; unlike organic views, every view cost money, so high view counts = significant ad spend = likely significant revenue |
| Hook | the first 1โ3 seconds of a video ad; the moment that grabs attention and determines whether someone keeps watching or scrolls away |
| Creative angle | the specific emotional or logical approach used in an ad (e.g., "makes you look cool in the gym" vs "solves the problem of filming yourself") |
| Juice LEDs | a dropshipping brand that reportedly made millions during COVID-19 selling galaxy projectors; often cited as a reference example in this course |
- Spot a Spark Post Ad (hashtags visible, clicking name goes to account).
- Tap through to the TikTok account.
- Read the view counts on all their ad videos.
- Apply the benchmark: ~$5Kโ$10K revenue per million views.
- Find the highest-view video โ that is the winning hook to study and adapt.
- Estimate total store revenue from cumulative views.
โFor a spark ad to have 1.3 million views I'm assuming they got around $10,000 in revenue โ $5,000 to $10,000 in revenue. So you can kind of judge and see: okay, this guy's doing decent with his ads.โ
Influencer Spark Ad Strategy โ The Blendjet Model
๐บ Where this fits: This scene is about ad trust mechanics and influencer economics. It shows how large-ish brands (High Smile, Felicity, Blendjet) use TikTok's infrastructure to make paid ads feel like organic recommendations.
Viewers ignore ads from brand accounts because they feel like ads. Brands need a human face that viewers trust.
The Influencer Spark Ad strategy turns a paid ad into what looks like a real person's honest recommendation, reducing the psychological "this is an ad, skip it" reflex.
| Spark Post Ad | (see Scene 94); specifically here: an influencer's personal post, linked to a brand's ad account and run as their paid advertisement |
| TikTok Ads Manager | TikTok's official advertising dashboard where businesses create, manage, and pay for ad campaigns |
| TikTok Business Account | a special type of TikTok account required to use paid advertising features; it has fewer music options than a personal account |
| Influencer | a social media creator with a following who promotes products; their audience trusts them like a friend |
| UGC (User-Generated Content) | videos that look like real customers or real people made them, not professional brand advertising; Athletic Greens is cited as a company running ~100 UGC videos per week |
| Blendjet | a popular portable blender brand; used as the example of a brand that would ideally run an influencer named "Emma" as their Spark Ad face |
| High Smile | a teeth-whitening brand Jordan identifies as almost certainly having started with dropshipping and now running at six figures a month minimum |
- Identify a matching influencer.
- Negotiate: lower cash fee in exchange for guaranteed paid views.
- Influencer posts natural video on their own account.
- Link accounts via TikTok Business tools.
- Run their post as your ad in TikTok Ads Manager.
- Viewers see a real person's account, not a brand account.
- Disconnect when ad is no longer profitable.
โWhen they see the ad they're like oh this isn't from a business, it's from Emma โ so it conveys more trust and it gets people to hit that shop now button and you can get really good conversions on it.โ
Bad Ad Anatomy โ What Kills Conversion Instantly
๐บ Where this fits: This scene is the inverse of ad creation best practices. By studying what fails โ and why it fails at the level of viewer psychology โ you understand what good looks like without Jordan having to tell you directly.
Beginners pack ads with information, thinking more is better. Every extra element is actually another swipe trigger.
Strip the ad down to almost nothing. Keep attention at the top of the screen. Four words of text maximum. Never remind the viewer they are watching an ad.
| Sponsored bar | the gray "Sponsored" label at the bottom left of every paid TikTok ad; viewers who notice it subconsciously immediately want to skip |
| Hook | first 1โ3 seconds of an ad; if it does not grab attention before the sponsored bar is noticed, the ad fails |
| AliExpress listing copy | the raw product description from AliExpress, often poorly written, machine-translated, or just a specs list; copy-pasting it to your store instantly destroys trust |
| Canadian currency on a US ad | setting your store's currency to CAD ($) while running ads targeting US viewers; US customers see the price, don't realize it's Canadian dollars, and feel confused or misled |
| UGC feel | video content that looks like a real person made it casually, not a polished commercial; the highest-converting TikTok ads today look like organic posts |
| Shop Express | the name of a terrible store platform Jordan spots in one ad; its logo itself marks the store as low-quality |
- Audit your ad: does anything on screen say "this is a paid ad"?
- Remove URL, Instagram handle, excessive text, hashtags, logos-in-corners.
- Keep the visual focus high on screen โ away from the sponsored bar.
- Max 4 words of text, positioned near the top.
- Match your store currency to your target country.
- Have real, varied, authentic product reviews on your store.
โThe second they look at it their subconscious goes: 'ad, I don't want to see it, bye.' So we want to keep their attention at the top of the screen.โ
Platform Strategy โ Why Find It on TikTok, Run It on TikTok
๐บ Where this fits: This scene introduces the discipline of controlled testing. It is not just about which platform to use โ it is about minimizing unknown variables when you have limited money and limited attempts.
Beginner imports a Facebook-proven product to TikTok and it fails โ but they don't know if it failed because the product is bad or because the platform is wrong.
Keep platform constant: find it on TikTok, run it on TikTok. One fewer variable means clearer results and less wasted money.
| Variable | anything in your experiment (product, platform, ad creative, audience, price) that could be causing results; every extra variable makes it harder to know what's working |
| Facebook Ads | Meta's paid advertising system; historically the dominant platform for dropshipping ads; more rules, more bans, more complexity than TikTok currently |
| TikTok Ads | TikTok's paid advertising platform; currently easier to get started with, less competitive, fewer restrictions than Facebook |
| Platform-agnostic | a product that sells well regardless of which social media platform the ad runs on; these are rare; most products are platform-specific in their audience behavior |
| Cross-platform risk | the unknown factor introduced when you take a proven formula from one platform and assume it will work on another |
- Choose one research platform (TikTok recommended for beginners).
- Find a validated product on that platform.
- Build your store and creative for that platform.
- Test and optimize on that platform first.
- Only expand to a second platform after proving the product works.
โIf you find a product on TikTok โ hey, this is killing it โ and then you run it on TikTok, your level of success in being able to mimic them is very high.โ
Posture Pal โ Good Store Anatomy and the Path to Branding
๐บ Where this fits: This scene fills in the "good store anatomy" concept. Prior scenes showed what bad looks like; this shows what "passing grade" looks like โ and importantly, what comes next after passing.
Beginners don't know when their store is "good enough" to launch, because they have no baseline for comparison.
A good early-stage store is focused, coherent, and trustworthy โ not perfect. Posture Pal is the target: decent, improving, on a clear trajectory to branding.
| Posture corrector | a wearable device that gently holds your shoulders back to improve posture; sold as a health/wellness product |
| Custom CTA button | a "Call to Action" button (like "Shop Now") that has been designed to match the store's brand colors instead of using the default platform button; signals professionalism |
| FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions) | a page or section on a store answering common customer concerns (shipping time, return policy, how to use the product); reduces hesitation to buy |
| Coherent product range | all products in the store belonging to the same category or solving the same type of problem; builds trust that the brand is an expert in its niche |
| Facebook winner from 2016 | a product that was proven to sell on Facebook ads around 2016โ2017; Jordan notes these are now being tested on TikTok and some still work because the fundamental human desire (better posture) has not changed |
- Visit store from ad link.
- Check color coherence, body text readability, logo quality.
- Check product range focus.
- Check FAQs and reviews.
- Rate the store: trash / decent / good / ready to brand.
- If "decent to good," study their best-performing ad hook.
- Plan your version: same niche, better execution, plus a roadmap to branding.
โThese guys know what they're doing โ no doubt about it. And remember, this is your competition. Succeeding is easy because THIS is what you're up against.โ
Custom Print-on-Demand Product โ Opportunity, Limits, and Ad Critique
๐บ Where this fits: This scene closes Part 11a by introducing a third product model (print-on-demand) alongside standard dropshipping and branded wholesale. It gives the learner a three-way map of product business models.
Beginner sees a unique personalized product, gets excited by the wow factor, and doesn't realize the cost structure permanently caps their margins and scale.
Print-on-demand is a valid model โ but your strategy must match it: maximize price, not minimize cost. Use wow factor and personalization as the moat, not supply chain efficiency.
| Print-on-demand | a fulfillment model where each product (hoodie, mug, poster) is printed and shipped individually only when an order is placed; no inventory is held; examples: Printful, Printify |
| Printful | a specific print-on-demand company that integrates with Shopify; they print and ship custom products on your behalf |
| AI stencil | in this context, an artificial intelligence tool that converts a customer's uploaded photo into a stylized line-art pattern suitable for printing on fabric |
| Wow factor | a product's ability to immediately make a viewer think "I need that" or "I've never seen that before"; high wow factor reduces resistance to impulse buying |
| Pricing power | your ability to charge a higher price than the raw production cost because customers perceive unique value (personalization, brand, scarcity) |
| Unit cost | the cost to make or source one single item; in print-on-demand, unit cost never drops because you can never order in bulk |
| Wholesale | (see Scene 93); the opposite of print-on-demand; you pre-order large quantities at low per-unit cost |
| Emojis in store | Jordan flags using emojis in product descriptions or store copy as a trust-reducing, unprofessional signal |
- See personalized/custom product ad.
- Assess wow factor: does this make you stop scrolling?
- Identify fulfillment model: print-on-demand (one at a time) or standard dropship?
- If POD: check current price. Can you charge $70โ$90? If yes, viable.
- Accept the cost structure: you will never get a volume discount.
- Audit the ad: strip the logo, reduce text, remove emojis from store.
- If proceeding: maximize pricing power and ad quality, not unit cost.
โYou can't order these in wholesale, you know what I mean? Like buy a thousand units at a time. So you are stuck to doing drop shipping forever โ you're never going to get your prices down. But since it's a custom thing, it's like a premium and you can charge a bit for it.โ
Closing the TikTok Reverse-Method Loop โ Soul Set Case Study
๐บ Where this fits: The reverse method (find a winning ad, clone the blueprint) is the core product-sourcing philosophy of the branding route taught in this course. Soul Set is the clearest illustration so far.
Students fear that popular products are "oversaturated" and that only unknown products are worth pursuing.
Saturation does not equal failure; good content + good website beats saturation every time, as proven by Soul Set's continued success years after launch.
| Spark Ad | a TikTok ad format where a brand pays to promote a real organic TikTok post (so it looks like a normal video, not a banner) |
| For You Page (FYP) | TikTok's main scrolling feed, personalised by the algorithm to each user |
| Debutify theme | a popular paid Shopify store template (skin/design) recommended by the instructor for its clean, mobile-friendly look |
| Reverse method | the instructor's term: scroll existing ads โ find proven winners โ build a better version |
| Oversaturated | a product so many sellers carry that competition is very high |
| Hook | the first 1โ3 seconds of a video ad; its job is to stop the viewer from scrolling past |
| Blueprint | the full template of a winning business: ad style, website layout, offer, pricing |
- Scroll TikTok FYP looking for Spark Ads with high engagement (aim for 10M+ views as the signal threshold).
- When you find one (e.g. Soul Set sunset lamp), check total view counts across multiple videos.
- Click through to the store โ note the theme, layout, CTA placement, and offer language.
- Evaluate the ad itself: hook strength, video length, product clarity.
- Write down what you would improve (better logo, stronger hook).
- Decide: clone this blueprint with your improvements.
โWhen you find a winning ad on a winning store it's so good because you can see the blueprint the entire schematics everything all the math of their entire skyscraper.โ
Switching to Facebook โ Entering the Feed and Pixel Effect
๐บ Where this fits: Transitioning from TikTok to Facebook expands the research surface; each platform has its own dominant ad format (video on TikTok, static image on Facebook). The pixel concept applies to the ads students will eventually run.
New sellers don't realise that Facebook can show their store's ads only to people who already visited โ which is why some ads seem to "follow" you around the internet.
Facebook's pixel is a built-in re-engagement tool; it automatically re-shows your store to warm, interested visitors without extra work beyond installing it on Shopify.
| Facebook pixel | a tiny invisible code snippet on your Shopify store that tells Facebook who visited; Facebook uses that list to show them your ads again |
| Retargeting | showing ads specifically to people who already showed interest (visited your site, clicked an ad, added to cart) |
| Spark Ad (TikTok equivalent on Facebook) | called a "boosted post" or regular Facebook ad; the concept is the same: promote content to a wider audience |
| Angry emoji | the "angry" reaction on a Facebook post/ad; Facebook treats high negative-reaction rates as a sign the content is unwanted and reduces its delivery |
| Algorithm | Facebook's automated system that decides who sees which content based on engagement signals |
- Open Facebook and scroll the main feed (not Marketplace, not Groups โ the regular news feed/ads feed).
- Observe which brands appear โ expect to see retargeted ads from stores visited in the last 30 days.
- Check each ad's reaction count; look for the angry/sad emoji ratio as a quality signal.
- Note the ad format โ is it a video or a static image? (Facebook feed in 2023 is dominated by static image ads.)
- Begin evaluating products and stores using the same lens as TikTok.
โA pixel is a tracking system for who visits the website so they can go on Facebook and say hey show this ad to anyone who visited the website in the last 30 days.โ
Facebook Ad Quality Audit โ What Makes an Ad Good or Bad
๐บ Where this fits: This is the practical ad-anatomy lesson embedded inside the research session. Students learn ad quality standards by watching a practitioner evaluate real live ads rather than through abstract theory.
Students over-explain in their ads โ long captions, bullet lists, lots of text on the image โ because they want to "convince" the buyer. This overwhelms scrolling users.
Scrolling Facebook is an unconscious, passive activity. Treat the audience like a child looking at a picture book โ the image does the work; keep words minimal.
| CPM | Cost Per Mille; the price you pay to show your ad to 1,000 people. More text in the image used to raise your CPM as a penalty. |
| Caption | the text written below a Facebook ad image (not words burned onto the image itself) |
| CTA | Call To Action; a prompt like "Shop Now" or "Learn More" telling the viewer what to do next |
| Customer journey | the sequence of steps a shopper takes from first seeing an ad to completing a purchase |
| Image-baked text | words or graphics rendered directly on top of the photo in the ad creative; historically penalised by Facebook's ad algorithm |
| Initiate checkout | Facebook's term for when a customer starts entering payment info; it is a late-funnel action, not something an ad should aim for directly |
- View the ad image with zero context โ would you pause your scroll?
- Check: is text burned into the image? (historically penalised, avoid)
- Read the caption โ can you absorb it in 3 seconds?
- Count emojis โ a few bullet emojis are fine; paragraph-length emoji walls hurt.
- Ask: does this ad try to close a sale, or does it simply invite a click? (invite click = correct)
- Click through to the store โ does the store do the selling once the click happens?
โYou're advertising to unconscious robots โ they're scrolling all day, so if the image is good it's like putting a picture book in front of a child.โ
Decision Paralysis โ Why Simple Stores Win
๐บ Where this fits: Connects ad quality (Scene 102) to store design quality: the ad gets the click, but the store must then convert it with minimal friction. The two halves form the full customer journey.
A student building their first store adds size options, colour options, bundle deals, pop-ups, and long descriptions because they want to look "professional." The result is a confusing store that loses sales.
One product, one clear photo, one simple path to checkout is the winning formula โ especially for impulse-buy products driven by social-media ads.
| Decision paralysis | the psychological freeze that happens when a person faces too many options; they often choose nothing at all |
| Variant | a product option like size S/M/L or colour; each variant is a decision the customer must make before buying |
| Pop-up | a window that jumps over the page content (often offering a discount in exchange for an email address) |
| Conversion rate | the percentage of website visitors who actually complete a purchase; more friction = lower conversion rate |
| UX (User Experience) | how easy and pleasant it is to navigate a website; poor UX loses customers |
| Impulse buy | a purchase made on feeling, not research; most dropshipping products are impulse buys triggered by a good ad |
- After clicking any Facebook ad, consciously count how many decisions appear before "Add to Cart."
- Flag broken UI (scroll that doesn't work, slow-loading pages, intrusive pop-ups).
- Note whether the page is text-heavy or image-heavy.
- Ask: could someone buy this in under 30 seconds of landing?
- Apply the lesson to your own store โ remove unnecessary options, delay or remove pop-ups.
โCustomers don't like a ton of options โ they get decision paralysis. There's too much going on, I'm just going to go back to Facebook.โ
Facebook Scaling Power and Platform Risk
๐บ Where this fits: This scene provides the strategic reason why the course teaches TikTok before Facebook: lower ban risk when starting out, lower ad costs, proven demand signal. Facebook is the scaling engine once the business is proven.
A student who goes all-in on Facebook ads and gets banned loses their entire ad account history, pixel data, and audience lists โ effectively starting from zero.
Knowing the risk exists lets you plan around it: keep creatives backed up, have a TikTok presence as a fallback, never spend money you cannot afford to lose on a single platform.
| Scaling | increasing ad spend to reach more people and generate proportionally more sales |
| Ad spend | total money paid to Facebook or TikTok to run ads; $6M ad spend means $6M paid to the platform |
| Ad rep | a dedicated account manager at Facebook assigned to large advertisers; gives priority support and advice |
| Ban wave | a simultaneous mass suspension of many ad accounts, often triggered by platform policy changes or political events |
| Pixel data | the collected history of which website visitors Facebook has tracked; lost when an account is banned |
| CPM | Cost Per Mille (1,000 impressions); rises when Facebook penalises your ad for policy violations or low quality |
- Observe Facebook feed ad format โ note it is overwhelmingly static images, not video.
- Identify which large brands (Squatch, Shark Tank companies) are running picture ads with short text โ infer agencies have validated this format.
- Acknowledge Facebook's scale ceiling: higher revenue potential than TikTok.
- Acknowledge Facebook's ban risk: accounts can be suspended without warning.
- Strategic conclusion: use TikTok to validate a product, then scale on Facebook once you have proof it works.
โI had like 6 million in ad spend, I had my own Facebook ad rep that I could email anytime โ and it all went away in a day and they never contacted me again.โ
Speaking the Customer's Language โ Thursday Boot Co & Minimal Jewelry
๐บ Where this fits: This scene introduces brand identity as a competitive advantage โ moving beyond "good product + good ad" to "this brand is for people like me." It is the bridge between product selection and brand building.
A beginner copies a product and writes the most generic possible copy because they want to appeal to everyone. They end up appealing to no one because there is no emotional hook.
Pick a specific aesthetic, commit to it, and your target audience self-selects. The Thursday Boot ad works instantly for "dark aesthetic" people because the entire visual communicates their identity back to them.
| Aesthetic | the overall visual style or "vibe" of a brand: dark/moody, bright/colourful, minimal/clean, rugged/outdoorsy, etc. |
| Tribe | a group of people who share an identity, interest, or worldview and respond to brands that reflect it |
| Instagram placement | choosing to show a Facebook/Meta ad specifically on Instagram (the two platforms share the same ad system); you can select which one displays your ad |
| Organic post | regular non-paid content posted by a user; ads that look like organic posts get higher engagement because they don't feel like ads |
| Story ad | a full-screen vertical ad that appears between users' Instagram or Facebook Stories; the instructor notes the jewelry brand uses these effectively |
| Lifestyle photo | a product photo taken in a real-life setting (worn by a person, in a natural environment) rather than against a plain white background |
- Look at each ad's visual โ can you name the aesthetic in two words (e.g. "dark minimal", "bright playful")?
- Ask: who is the specific person who would stop scrolling for this?
- Estimate tribe size โ is this audience large enough (millions of people) to justify building a whole store around?
- Check platform fit โ does the aesthetic belong on Instagram (visual/lifestyle) or Facebook feed (deal-oriented/functional)?
- Note: the jewelry brand deliberately places ads on Instagram, not Facebook, because the vibe fits there better.
- Apply to product research: only pursue products where you can clearly name the tribe and speak their language.
โIf you like black clothes and you like that dark aesthetic, you see this and go yeah yeah yeah โ someone's speaking your language.โ
Facebook Reels Detour โ Dead End for Ad Research
๐บ Where this fits: A brief but important reality check: not every platform feature is equally useful. Students should not waste time exploring immature ad surfaces when the proven research method (main feed) is sitting right there.
A student spends hours trying to do research on Facebook Reels and finds nothing, concluding that Facebook is useless for research โ when actually the main feed is the correct place.
Facebook ad research = main news feed, static image ads. That is where the budget is being spent by proven brands. Facebook Reels can be revisited when it matures.
| Facebook Reels | Facebook's short vertical video feature (similar to TikTok); launched in 2022 and still relatively underdeveloped as an advertising surface at the time of recording |
| Main feed / news feed | the standard Facebook scrolling page where friend posts, group content, and ads are mixed together; the primary ad-research surface |
| UGC | User Generated Content; organic videos made by real users, not brand advertisements |
| Ad surface | any location on a platform where paid advertisements can appear (main feed, Reels, Stories, Marketplace, etc.) |
- Navigate to the Facebook Reels tab (separate from main feed).
- Scroll โ observe whether you see any product ads or only organic content.
- If no ads appear after a reasonable scroll, conclude it is not yet a viable research tool.
- Return to the main news feed for the rest of Facebook ad research.
- Note: picture ads dominate Facebook; video ads may come as Reels matures.
โI've literally never even gone on to Facebook Reels before โ yeah I'm seeing like no products, so I don't know man, maybe everyone's just doing picture ads.โ
Reverse-Method Wrap-Up โ The Mindset Behind the Scroll
๐บ Where this fits: This is the meta-lesson of the entire live research chapter: the method builds judgment, and judgment is the real asset. A student who trains this eye for months can find winners consistently.
A beginner treats product research as a one-time checklist task ("find a product, move on"). They don't understand it is an ongoing practice that sharpens over time.
Commit to the reverse method as a regular habit (scrolling ads and studying them), not a one-off exercise, and pattern recognition develops naturally.
| Product blueprint | the list of ~10 criteria for a good dropshipping product introduced earlier in the course (e.g. solves a problem, visually demonstrable, not easily found in stores, impulse-buy price range, etc.) |
| Pattern recognition | the ability to quickly identify whether something fits a known "winning" profile, built through repeated exposure and practice |
| Paralysis by analysis | being so thorough in research that you never actually start; the risk of over-doing the reverse method |
| Organic | non-paid content (TikTok videos, Instagram posts) vs paid advertising |
- After any research session, list any products that made you pause (even briefly).
- Apply the product blueprint's 10 criteria to each one.
- Ask: can I envision building a whole brand around this?
- Ask: can I make video content for this confidently?
- Ask: is someone already running ads for this (proof of demand)?
- If a product scores yes on most criteria and you feel drawn to it โ pursue it; don't wait for the "perfect" find.
โMy goal here is I want you to see my mind when I see โ how I think about things, how I view things based on what I see.โ
Exploding Topics โ Supply-and-Demand Product Discovery
๐บ Where this fits: Exploding Topics is the third and final research method introduced in this chapter. It adds a forward-looking, data-driven perspective to complement the backward-looking (copy existing winners) reverse method.
A student finds a trending product on Exploding Topics but skips verifying it elsewhere; they build a store around a product that was a one-week viral fluke and see zero sustained sales.
Always cross-reference Exploding Topics findings with Google Trends (to see the actual search-volume history) and the reverse method (check if anyone is already running ads successfully) before committing to a product.
| Exploding Topics | a website (explodingtopics.com) that monitors Google search data and surfaces topics/products whose search volume is growing unusually fast |
| Google search trend | the rising or falling popularity of a search term over time, as tracked by Google |
| Supply and demand method | the instructor's term for finding products by identifying rising consumer demand (via search trends) and then fulfilling that demand with your own store |
| 5,800% growth | a search term was searched 58 times more often than it was at a baseline point; an extraordinary signal |
| Sea-moss gummies | chewable supplement made from sea moss (a type of seaweed), popularised by TikTok health content in 2022โ2023 |
| Collagen gummies | another trending supplement (collagen is a protein associated with skin health), often upsold alongside sea-moss |
- Open explodingtopics.com and browse the trending list.
- Filter mentally for physical, shippable products (ignore software, media, services).
- Note products with very high growth % (thousands of percent = exceptional early signal).
- Write down any that are supplement/health/beauty related โ these are easy to source from wholesale suppliers who do private-label (put your logo on it).
- Cross-reference in Google Trends before building any store.
โThis is the supply and demand method โ you want to see where people's attention are, where people are looking into things, and then fulfil that demand with your own supply.โ
Google Trends Deep-Dive โ Sea-Moss Gummies and Supplement Store Blueprint
๐บ Where this fits: This scene closes the three-method research system: reverse method (copy proven ads), Exploding Topics (find rising demand early), and Google Trends (verify and size the demand). Together they form a complete research toolkit.
A student builds a sea-moss gummy store in December (the crash period shown on the chart) and sees no sales, concluding the product doesn't work โ when actually they launched at the seasonal low.
Reading the trend chart reveals seasonality (Christmas dip for supplements) and spots the recovery uptick. A student who understands this times their launch for the upswing.
| Google Trends | a free tool at trends.google.com that shows how often a word or phrase has been searched on Google over time, on a 0โ100 scale |
| Related queries | search terms that Google users who searched your main term also frequently searched; these reveal complementary products or customer needs |
| Upsell | offering a second, related product after a customer has added the first to their cart or completed a purchase (e.g. selling sea-moss gummies, then offering ashwaganda) |
| Private label | buying a generic product from a manufacturer and putting your own brand name/logo on it; common for supplements |
| Wholesale supplier | a company that sells large quantities of a product at low cost; private-label supplement wholesalers can apply your logo and ship on your behalf |
| Seasonal dip | a predictable drop in demand at a particular time of year (e.g. supplement demand drops at Christmas when people are distracted by holiday spending) |
| Ashwaganda | a root-based supplement marketed for stress reduction and energy; appeared as a "related query" alongside sea-moss gummies, confirming they share the same health-conscious buyer |
- Go to trends.google.com โ search the product term found on Exploding Topics (e.g. "sea moss gummies").
- Read the chart shape: is it a spike-and-crash, a flat line, a gradual uptrend, or seasonal?
- Identify the seasonal pattern โ when does demand peak and dip?
- Click "related queries" โ note any complementary products that could become upsells.
- Check the geographic breakdown โ which states/countries are most interested?
- Build a store concept: main product (sea-moss gummies) + upsell (ashwaganda, collagen, vitamin C serum) + private-label supplier contact.
- Validate the concept with the reverse method: search TikTok and Facebook for sea-moss gummy ads to confirm someone is already selling successfully.
โMaybe I can start a store selling sea-moss gummies โ do you want sea-moss but you don't want the upkeep? Here's a sea-moss gummy โ and then I can upsell ashwaganda on my store.โ
Amazon Gummy Research โ Reading Rankings, Reviews & "Bought Together"
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "demand validation" layer of product research โ you are not guessing what people want; you are reading what millions of shoppers already buy.
Beginners pick products based on personal taste and then wonder why nobody buys.
Amazon review counts and ad placements are real spending signals โ they eliminate guesswork about whether demand exists.
| Sponsored listing | a paid advertisement; the seller pays Amazon each time someone clicks it |
| Organic ranking | a listing Amazon shows for free, based on sales history and reviews |
| Review count | the total number of customer reviews; used as a rough proxy for total units sold |
| Frequently Bought Together | Amazon's section showing items customers commonly purchase in the same order; a built-in upsell research tool |
| Multivitamin | a supplement pill or gummy containing multiple vitamins in one product |
| Elderberry | a berry-based supplement marketed for immune support; trended heavily post-COVID |
| Vitamin D3 | a vitamin supplement associated with immune health; sales spiked during COVID |
- Search "vitamin gummies" on Amazon.
- Identify Sponsored listings โ these brands are profitable.
- Read review counts โ 126,000 for VFusion signals massive demand.
- Extract themes: Elderberry, Multivitamin, Vitamin C all appear.
- Click top seller โ check "Frequently Bought Together" โ Women's Multi + Vitamin D3.
- Hypothesis: a multi-ingredient gummy combining trending vitamins is the winning SKU.
โVFusion is killing it with the multivites gummy โ 126,000 reviews, unreal.โ
Google Shopping Cross-Reference โ Gummies, Seamoss & Private Label Reality
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "supply-side reality check" step โ after confirming demand on Amazon, you confirm on Google Shopping how many brands are fighting for that demand, and you learn the supply chain is more open than it looks.
Beginners assume big supplement brands have secret formulas and think they cannot compete.
Most supplement brands are the same product in different packaging โ you just need a label and a manufacturer contact.
| Google Shopping | Google's product search tab that shows items for sale from many different websites at once, with prices and reviews |
| Private label | buying a generic product from a manufacturer and selling it under your own brand name and packaging |
| Private labeler | a factory or fulfillment company that applies your custom label to products it already makes in bulk |
| Seamoss (sea moss) | a type of red algae marketed as a superfood supplement; trending in health communities |
| Stock image | a generic photograph sold or given for free that many different brands reuse |
| MOQ (Minimum Order Quantity) | the smallest number of units a manufacturer will sell you in a single order |
| Label company | a business that prints custom adhesive labels you design, in any quantity |
- Google Shopping search "vitamin gummies" โ see competing brands and price range.
- Note which brands appear on Amazon too โ cross-channel = established.
- Search "seamoss gummies" โ Wixar Natural dominates (green cute packaging, high reviews).
- Scroll further โ Vitamix has the same product image with a different label.
- Conclusion: same manufacturer, different brand wrapper = private label business model.
- Path forward: contact manufacturer, design label, order 1,000 units โ launch your brand.
โVitomatic saw Wixar and copied them โ promise, absolutely promise.โ
Alibaba Math โ MOQ, Unit Cost, and Profit Projection for Seamoss Gummies
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "financial viability filter" โ the final gate before deciding whether a product is worth pursuing. Demand confirmed on Amazon/Google; supply cost confirmed on Alibaba; math confirms profitability.
Beginners skip the math and either overbuy inventory or discover the product isn't profitable only after spending money on ads.
Alibaba's pricing page lets you calculate gross profit in under 5 minutes, before risking any real money.
| Alibaba | a wholesale marketplace where factories (mostly in China) sell products in bulk directly to businesses |
| MOQ (Minimum Order Quantity) | the fewest units a supplier will sell in one order (here: 3,000 units) |
| Unit cost | how much you pay per single product item from the manufacturer |
| Gross profit | revenue minus the cost of the product itself, before subtracting advertising, shipping, and other expenses |
| AliExpress | the consumer/retail branch of Alibaba, where individuals can buy single items; used for dropshipping |
| Transaction volume | the number of completed purchases a supplier has recorded; higher = more trustworthy |
| Import duties / customs | taxes charged by a country's government when goods cross the border |
- Search "seamoss gummies" on Alibaba.
- Find supplier with 180,000 transactions โ high trust signal.
- Read: $3/unit, MOQ 3,000 units โ $9,000 total investment.
- Selling price on Amazon/Google: $22 โ 3,000 ร $22 = $66,000 revenue.
- $66,000 โ $9,000 = $57,000 gross profit.
- Check AliExpress โ seamoss gummies not available โ dropshipping not possible; private label required.
- Decision: math works; niche has low ad competition โ strong opportunity.
โ$3 times 3,000 โ so $9,000 for 3,000 gummies. You're selling for $22 โ 3,000 times $22, $66,000, minus your $9,000 upfront cost, you just profited $57,000.โ
Twinkle Tree Full Walkthrough โ Google Shopping โ Amazon โ Alibaba โ Google Trends โ AliExpress
๐บ Where this fits: This scene demonstrates the full five-platform research loop applied to one concrete dropship-ready product, showing how each platform answers a specific question about viability.
Beginners either pick evergreen products with too much competition, or seasonal products without knowing when to launch and how hard demand spikes.
Google Trends makes seasonality completely visible โ you know exactly when to launch ads and how big the demand wave will be.
| Twinkle tree / sparkly tree | a decorative light-up artificial tree with LED lights; a viral home-decor product |
| Shein | a Chinese-owned fast-fashion and general merchandise website popular for very low prices |
| Temu | a Chinese-owned discount marketplace with extremely low prices, often undercutting everyone |
| Wayfair | a large US online furniture and home-goods retailer |
| Pottery Barn | an upscale US home-furnishings brand |
| AOV (Average Order Value) | the average dollar amount a customer spends per order; higher AOV = more revenue per visitor |
| Google Trends | a free Google tool that shows how often a word or phrase has been searched over time, displayed as a 0โ100 score |
| Seasonal product | a product whose demand spikes at a predictable time each year (e.g., Christmas decorations in NovemberโDecember) |
| Evergreen product | a product with steady demand year-round |
| 3PL (Third-Party Logistics) | a warehouse company that stores your inventory and ships orders for you; instructor mentions he gives students access to private 3PLs instead of AliExpress fulfillment |
- Google Shopping โ confirm multiple sellers, price range $9โ$60, dedicated dropship stores exist.
- Observe cross-sell strategy on sparkly-trees.com โ fairy lights, lunar lamp, crystal lamp boost AOV.
- Amazon โ confirm cheap physical product ($4โ$6 cost) with multiple price tiers ($9โ$60 retail).
- Alibaba โ unit cost $6.20 (bulk of 1,000 = $4); profit math: sell at $40 โ $34 gross profit/sale.
- Google Trends โ zero JanโSep, rockets to 100 NovโDec every year since 2018; 2023 was peak.
- AliExpress โ few orders per listing (5โ9) โ low dropshipper competition.
- Verdict: strong seasonal product, confirmed demand, low supply competition, solid margins.
โNext winter you guys need to jump on this โ unreal. It goes from zero to 100, man. This year was their top year.โ
TikTok Hashtag Research โ #AmazonMadeMyBuyIt & Organic Creator Strategy
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "social proof validation" layer โ after demand and supply research, you check whether real humans are excited about this product and whether content about it spreads organically.
Beginners treat organic and paid ads as completely separate worlds and miss that viral organic content is also a signal that a product has emotional resonance.
High-like TikTok organic videos = your first ad creative brief. Study the hook, the script, the product demonstration โ then model your own paid ad after it.
| Hashtag | a word or phrase starting with # used to tag content so others can find it by searching that tag (e.g., #AmazonMadeMeBuyIt) |
| Organic video | a video posted without paying to promote it; it reaches audiences through shares and the platform algorithm |
| Paid ad | a video or image you pay the platform to show to targeted users |
| Affiliate link | a special link that tracks when someone clicks it and buys something; the person who shared the link earns a percentage of the sale |
| UGC (User Generated Content) | videos or photos made by real customers or creators (not the brand itself); tends to feel more authentic and perform well as ads |
| Engagement | interactions on a post: likes, comments, shares; high engagement = audience found the content valuable |
| Ad asset | a video or image file you own the rights to and can use in paid advertising campaigns |
- Search "#AmazonMadeMeBuyIt" on TikTok.
- Sort by highest engagement โ 800,000 likes on bathroom-organizer video.
- Identify top creator "Simply Sol Finds" (2.8M followers).
- Understand his revenue model: organic views + affiliate commissions + brand payments (~$5K/video).
- Understand brand's benefit: viral reach + commission-only sales + reusable ad video.
- Use this: any product he covers = proven winner โ research it across your five platforms.
โThis guy prints money โ sells products. He has his Amazon link in the affiliate section. And people are paying him to do their product.โ
Research Framework Wrap-Up โ The Full Cross-Reference System in One Pass
๐บ Where this fits: This is the meta-level scene โ it names and sequences the entire framework so the learner can apply it to any product in any niche.
Without a system, product research feels overwhelming; learners either research too little (impulsive decisions) or too much (paralysis).
The checklist transforms product research from art into a reproducible process that gets faster with practice.
| Retargeting | showing ads specifically to people who have already visited your website or added something to their cart; highly effective because they already showed interest |
| Email flow | a series of automated marketing emails sent to a customer after they take an action (sign up, abandon cart, purchase); part of a brand's "back end" |
| Landing page | a single web page designed specifically to convert visitors into buyers or email subscribers |
| Guarantee | a promise to the customer (e.g., "30-day money-back guarantee"); builds trust and reduces purchase hesitation |
| Blueprint | in this context, the exact combination of product + price + ad creative + website structure that is making a competitor profitable |
- Passive ad consumption โ spot something spending money.
- Google Shopping โ price range, competitor stores, website quality.
- Amazon โ review volume, product quality, upsell bundles.
- Alibaba โ unit cost, MOQ, supplier reliability.
- AliExpress โ dropship feasibility, competition level.
- Google Trends โ seasonality and demand trajectory.
- Add to cart on competitor sites โ get retargeted โ study their ad creative.
- Read their reviews โ find gaps โ improve your product/offer.
โThe biggest thing I do is I sit on TikTok ads, I sit on Facebook ads โ because that's showing me what people are spending money on. Then I extrapolate, then I do all these things. That's the best way to do it.โ
Facebook Ad Library Revealed โ Study Live Ads for Any Product
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "competitive ad intelligence" layer โ the most direct window into what is actually working in paid advertising for any product you are considering.
Without this tool, you'd spend thousands of dollars testing ad creatives from scratch; with it, you can model proven creatives on day one.
Ads that have been running for months are paid proof of profitability โ you don't need to guess; you can read the market directly.
| Facebook Ad Library | a free public database at facebook.com/ads/library showing all ads running on Facebook and Instagram, including start dates and active/inactive status |
| Ad creative | the actual visual content of an ad: the image or video, headline, and text body |
| Active ad | an ad currently being paid to run and shown to users |
| Inactive ad | an ad that was running in the past but has been stopped |
| Ad copy | the written text in an advertisement (headline, description, call to action) |
| CTA (Call To Action) | the instruction at the end of an ad telling the viewer what to do next (e.g., "Shop Now," "Learn More") |
| Dark post / boosted post | a Facebook post promoted to audiences who don't follow the page; some don't appear in the Ad Library |
- Go to facebook.com/ads/library โ free, no account needed.
- Search product keyword (e.g., "eyelash serum").
- Filter for active ads โ sorted by start date.
- Find ads active for 3+ months โ these are making money.
- Study: creative format, hook image, copy, offer, website.
- Search "seamoss gummies" โ very few results โ open ad market โ opportunity confirmed.
- Search "sunset lamp" โ see quality brands (Soulet) vs. low-quality copycats.
- Build swipe file of winning ad structures to model your own after.
โThe fact that Facebook is letting you see all the information is unbelievable โ and I can't believe I almost forgot to show you guys. So this is absolutely huge.โ
TikTok Creative Center โ Study Top Video Ads by Industry
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "ad creative education" layer โ not just researching whether a product is viable, but learning what kind of ad will sell it effectively on TikTok's platform.
Beginners make video ads that look like commercials; TikTok viewers scroll past anything that doesn't feel like native content.
The Creative Center shows you that winning TikTok ads look and feel like organic TikTok videos โ they use native formats, relatable presenters, and storytelling, not traditional advertising.
| TikTok Creative Center | a free section of TikTok's advertising platform where you can browse and study top-performing video ads by industry and time period |
| Hook | the first 1โ3 seconds of a video ad; must grab attention immediately or viewers scroll away |
| Ad objective | the goal an advertiser sets for a campaign (e.g., get website clicks, get purchases, get app installs) |
| Performance score | TikTok's rating of how well an ad has performed relative to others in the same category |
| BlendJet | a brand that makes small portable blenders; frequently cited as a TikTok-native successful product |
| Native content | content that looks and feels like it belongs naturally on the platform, rather than looking like an advertisement |
| Ad brief | a document or instructions given to a video creator specifying what the ad should look like, what to say, and what product to feature |
- Open TikTok Creative Center โ select industry (home dรฉcor) + country (US) + timeframe (30 days).
- Browse top ads โ BlendJet, door closer, home items โ all high-engagement.
- Watch the top ads โ note: hook image/action, presenter type, script narrative.
- Identify pattern: female presenter, fear/relatable hook, product demo, emotional payoff, CTA.
- Build your ad brief from this template โ give to UGC creator or film it yourself.
โOne of the biggest assets is you can come in here and literally see what type of video ads do good โ what's hooking people in, what makes this a good video.โ
Assari Face Mask Deep Dive โ Reverse-Engineering a Winning Brand
๐บ Where this fits: This is the capstone scene โ it applies every tool and framework from the entire chapter to one real brand, showing the full picture from ad discovery โ brand study โ revenue math โ competitive gap analysis.
Beginners look at successful brands as competitors to fear rather than blueprints to study and improve upon.
Every successful brand's operation is publicly visible โ their ads, their product page, their TikTok, their pricing โ and almost all of them have exploitable weaknesses (poor social proof, missing video testimonials, weak product descriptions).
| Assari | a skincare brand selling a red clay face mask; used as a case study for a viral TikTok success story |
| Pattern interrupt | an unexpected visual or statement that stops someone from scrolling past an ad (e.g., a bright red face) |
| Fear hook | an opening statement that triggers anxiety in the viewer, compelling them to keep watching (e.g., "Foundation is bad for your skin") |
| Aspiration | the desire to become like someone or achieve something; ads that feature attractive, healthy-looking people trigger aspirational desire |
| Earth Tone face mask | a red/clay-colored face mask marketed as a natural skincare treatment |
| Retinol Serum | a skincare product using retinol (a vitamin A derivative) marketed for anti-aging and skin clarity |
| UGC creators | creators who make content that looks like genuine user reviews/testimonials but is created on behalf of a brand |
| Product-market fit | the point at which a product strongly satisfies a real demand in a specific market; evidenced by strong organic word-of-mouth and repeat purchases |
| Social proof | evidence that other people have bought and liked something (reviews, testimonials, view counts); builds trust with new buyers |
| Duplicate ad | in Facebook/TikTok Ads Manager, running the same creative in two separate ad sets (often at different budgets); explains why the same video appears twice on TikTok |
- TikTok Creative Center โ skincare โ find red-face ad.
- Dissect: pattern interrupt (red face) โ aspiration (glowing skin) โ fear hook โ product reveal.
- Identify brand: Assari โ find on TikTok: 34K followers, one video = 17.6M views.
- Revenue math: 17.6M ร 1% ร $45 = ~$7.9M from one video.
- Find their website: yellow branding, 4 photos, no video testimonials โ strong brand, weak content.
- Find on Alibaba: red clay face mask โ ~$10โ15/unit, ~500 MOQ โ accessible to new brands.
- Gap analysis: replicate their branding quality + add video testimonials + better product page = competitive advantage.
โ17.6 million people viewed it โ let's say 1% of people purchased, so that'd be 176,000 people purchasing times their $45 sales price โ and that's almost a million there alone. And that's only if 1% of the people that saw this purchased it.โ
AutoDS โ The One-Stop Fulfillment Platform
๐บ Where this fits: Fulfillment is the invisible backbone. Without reliable fulfillment you cannot price profitably or scale. AutoDS replaces a patchwork of suppliers with one managed system.
- Sign up for AutoDS (or a comparable fulfillment platform) and request a cost quote for your candidate product before building anything.
- Build a COG (Cost of Goods) sheet: product cost + shipping = landed cost, then set your retail price at 3-5x landed cost.
- Check shipping time options from your supplier and decide the minimum acceptable delivery window for your customers.
Every fulfillment option Jordan tried before AutoDS had one critical flaw โ slow quotes, bad pricing, no custom branding, or no automation.
AutoDS unifies supplier access, quoting, order management, and automation in one dashboard โ and has a 40-developer team constantly adding features.
| AutoDS | "Automatic Drop Shipping"; a software platform that connects your Shopify store to suppliers, handles quotes, and can auto-process orders |
| 3PL | "Third-Party Logistics"; a company that stores and ships products on behalf of a seller (you never touch the goods) |
| AliExpress | a huge Chinese online marketplace (like Amazon but Chinese factories selling directly); was the original dropshipping supplier, but shipping takes 2โ4 weeks |
| Fulfillment | the entire process of getting a product from a warehouse to the customer's door after they order |
| Capital Club | a private business networking event in Spain where Jordan met the AutoDS owner |
| Private partnership | a special business deal; here, AutoDS built custom features and extended free trials exclusively for students who sign up through Jordan's link |
- Jordan spends years testing: AliExpress โ various 3PLs โ AutoDS
- Meets AutoDS owner Leor at Capital Club in Spain
- Negotiates a private course partnership (longer free trials, exclusive features)
- Students sign up via Jordan's link โ land on custom AutoDS landing page
- Custom quote feature unlocked: get product prices on Day 1 without needing prior sales
- 40-developer team available to build features on request via Jordan's community group
โI have tried a lot of different suppliers I've been drop shipping for years so I've moved through multiple different 3PLs I even fulfilled on AliExpress in my very early days and through all of these years testing all of these different fulfillment companies I've never found anyone who's even close to AutoDS.โ
Signing Up for AutoDS and Choosing a Plan
๐บ Where this fits: Account setup is a one-time task but the plan choice anchors your monthly costs and what features you can access as you grow.
Confusion about which plan to pick or whether to use a personal vs business email slows beginners down and creates messy bookkeeping later.
Use your business/store email, pick Starter 500 annual, start the free trial โ one clear path with no guessing.
| Starter 500 plan | AutoDS pricing tier; "500" refers to the number of products you can list/manage simultaneously |
| Annual plan | paying for 12 months upfront; costs less per month than paying month-by-month |
| Monthly plan | paying one month at a time; more flexible but more expensive overall |
| PayPal | an online payment service; acts as a middleman so you don't share your card with every website |
| Payeer | another online payment wallet similar to PayPal, popular internationally |
| Free trial | a period (extended through Jordan's link) where you use the full software at no charge |
- Click Jordan's custom AutoDS landing page link (below the video)
- Enter email (ideally your store business email), full name, and password โ or sign in with Google
- Select "Sell on Shopify" and hit Continue
- Choose the Starter 500 plan โ hit "Start Free Trial"
- Switch billing to Annual (cheaper per month)
- Pay by card, PayPal, or Payeer
- Land on the AutoDS dashboard โ you're set up
โWe definitely want to get set up with the starter 500 plan this is their absolute best option... I'd recommend the annual guys this is extremely extremely cheap for what you're getting.โ
AutoDS Dashboard Tour โ All Features
๐บ Where this fits: The dashboard is your daily operational home. Mastering its layout is the first step to running your store like a system rather than a series of panicked searches.
New users click randomly, miss key features, or duplicate work because they don't have a mental map of the platform.
A structured tour gives you a permanent mental map โ once you know where things live you stop wasting time.
| Dashboard | the main summary screen showing your store's health: orders, revenue, profit margins at a glance |
| Marketplace | AutoDS's built-in product catalog where vetted suppliers list products you can import to your store |
| TikTok spy tool | a feature inside AutoDS that shows you real TikTok ads sorted by likes, impressions, and interaction rate |
| Winning Products section | a curated list of products AutoDS's algorithm identifies as currently trending or recently successful |
| Drafts | products you've imported but not yet published to your store; a holding area for products still being edited |
| AutoDS Wallet | an account balance you can top up to pay for order credits (auto-fulfillment fees) |
| Academy | AutoDS's own free tutorial library; useful if you need help with a specific platform feature |
| AI credits | a token balance used to run AutoDS's built-in AI writing features (e.g., auto-generate product descriptions) |
- Winning Products / Marketplace โ find product ideas
- TikTok Spy โ research viral ad creative
- Dashboard โ check overall store health daily
- Orders โ see every customer order and its status
- Quotes โ request and review supplier pricing
- Products List โ manage all live products on your Shopify store
- Drafts โ edit products before publishing
- Academy / Support โ get help when stuck
โAutoDS has a ton of different features a ton of different tools and they're always building more... right now we have what's called the winning product section the marketplace Tik Tok spy tool we obviously have our dashboard we have our place where we can check our orders and quotes.โ
Marketplace & Winning Products Section
๐บ Where this fits: The marketplace is a supplementary discovery tool, not a replacement for real product research. Its main value is filtering for US-based fulfillment and private suppliers.
Beginners grab marketplace products without validating saturation โ they compete against dozens of other AutoDS users selling the identical product from the same supplier.
Use marketplace filters (ships from US + AutoDS private suppliers) to find products with proven demand and better logistics, then validate with external research before testing.
| AutoDS suppliers | private Chinese warehouses AutoDS has direct contracts with; they offer custom packaging, custom branding, and faster communication than public AliExpress |
| AliExpress suppliers | public Chinese marketplace sellers; anyone can source from them; no exclusivity, slower communication |
| Amazon suppliers | AutoDS can source products listed on Amazon; fastest domestic shipping but lowest profit margins |
| Ships from US | inventory is physically stored in a US warehouse; enables faster delivery (important for TikTok Shop's 7-day requirement) |
| TikTok Shop | TikTok's built-in e-commerce feature; lets customers buy directly inside the TikTok app; requires US-based shipping within 7 days |
| Saturation | too many sellers offering the same product to the same audience; makes it hard to stand out and drives prices down |
| Print on demand | a fulfillment model where clothes (or other items) are custom-printed only after a customer orders; zero inventory; AutoDS was about to launch this feature |
| Reverse-engineer | to analyze a competitor's successful brand/product to understand exactly why it works, then replicate the strategy |
- Go to Marketplace in AutoDS left sidebar
- Set "Ships to" โ United States
- Set "Ships from" โ United States (required for TikTok Shop 7-day fulfillment)
- Set price range โ aim $40โ$50+ (higher margin products)
- Select supplier: AutoDS private suppliers = best (custom branding, direct relationship)
- Browse results โ note that US + AutoDS supplier products got there because someone already drove significant sales
- Validate anything interesting externally (reverse-engineer competitors) before testing
โI personally I'll be honest I wouldn't recommend using the marketplace and winning product section to get winning products I think there's a lot of people that have this software there's a lot of people that are going to be in here looking to test and work with these products just like you are so that can create a lot of saturation.โ
TikTok Spy Tool โ Reading Viral Ad Patterns
๐บ Where this fits: Great products fail with bad creatives. The TikTok spy tool teaches you the creative meta โ what content style wins โ which is as important as finding the right product.
Beginners make polished, high-production ads assuming quality = results; the data shows raw organic-feeling videos dramatically outperform studio content.
Studying real viral ads with data reveals the counterintuitive truth: authentic, low-production videos win. You can model this style without a big budget.
| TikTok Spy Tool | a feature in AutoDS that indexes real TikTok ads and lets you sort/filter them by performance metrics |
| Spark Ad | a TikTok ad format where a brand pays to amplify someone else's organic TikTok video (rather than making a new ad); the video keeps its original look and feel, making it seem authentic |
| Organic video | a video posted naturally by a regular user (not as a paid ad); these typically feel more authentic than polished brand content |
| Impressions | how many times a video was shown to people (regardless of whether they clicked) |
| Interaction rate | the percentage of viewers who engaged (liked, commented, shared) with the video; high interaction = algorithm loves it |
| CTA | "Call To Action"; a button or instruction telling viewers what to do next (e.g., "Shop Now") |
| Filter | a setting that narrows down results to only show what matches your criteria |
- Open TikTok Spy in AutoDS
- Set minimum likes: 500,000+
- Toggle to "Advertising" to see paid ads (or "Organic" to see organic posts)
- Add "Shop Now" CTA filter to confirm products are being sold
- Watch several top-performing ads โ note: mostly women, beauty/clothing products, organic-looking style
- Study the creative pattern: comment-reply overlay, no fancy lighting, real-person-in-a-room energy
- Identify that top brands use spark ads (boosting someone else's organic video) for authenticity
- Come back daily โ this builds creative intuition over time
โI would be in here daily I think this is a really good asset to you on your journey to not only understand what products might be doing good but to understand what creatives are doing good what videos go viral on Tik Tok.โ
Sourcing a Product from a Competitor URL
๐บ Where this fits: The competitor URL import feature collapses the gap between finding a winning product and testing it โ what used to take days of supplier hunting now takes minutes.
DMCA risk: if you use the competitor's images directly on your store they can file a copyright claim and get your site taken down.
AutoDS pulls the images for reference; you must recreate similar-but-not-identical images in Canva before publishing. The content is inspiration, not copy-paste.
| DMCA claim | "Digital Millennium Copyright Act"; a legal notice a copyright owner sends to force a website (or platform like Shopify) to remove stolen images or content; can get your store shut down |
| Import | bringing a product from AutoDS into your Shopify store so it appears as a listing customers can buy |
| Variants | different versions of the same product (e.g., 1-pack vs 4-pack, or "6 heat levels" vs "12 heat levels") |
| AI description optimizer | a button inside AutoDS that rewrites your product description using AI; uses a small credit balance |
| Canva | a free/cheap online graphic design tool; used here to recreate product images in your own style to avoid DMCA issues |
| Overstock / Wayfair / Costco / Etsy | other websites AutoDS can source from (not just AliExpress); shows the breadth of their supplier network |
| Worldwide Shopify | a category of public Shopify stores AutoDS can scrape product data from |
- Find competitor product page URL (e.g., Revromatic cupping device found on TikTok)
- Go to AutoDS โ Products โ Add a Product โ paste URL
- AutoDS auto-fills: title, images, description, variants from the competitor's site
- Edit variants: select only the level-6 heating option (not level 12 โ too dangerous); set up 1, 2, and 4 packs
- Optionally use AI description optimizer (cheap credit cost) to rewrite copy
- Do NOT publish yet โ images need to be remade in Canva to avoid DMCA
- Hit Import โ product moves to Products List
- Click "Request Sourcing" โ AutoDS sends quote request to its supplier network (~24 hours)
โWhat's really cool about AutoDS is you can literally come grab a link from your competitors and come put it in and they'll source the product based on that.โ
Reading a Quote โ Shipping Options & Full Landed Cost
๐บ Where this fits: The quote is the first hard number in your business. Everything downstream โ pricing, ad spend limits, profitability โ is calculated from this number.
Many beginners forget to include shipping in their cost calculation and price too low, then wonder why they're losing money on every order.
AutoDS shows the full breakdown per shipping method so your landed cost calculation is explicit and impossible to miss.
| Quote | a supplier's offer stating the exact price they'll charge per unit of your product; not final until confirmed |
| Landed cost | the total cost to get one unit to a customer: product cost + shipping cost (sometimes + customs duties for international) |
| Sunu Shipping | a budget shipping carrier option inside AutoDS; cheapest but slowest (approximate: ~$8.40 for this product) |
| Uni Express | a mid-tier shipping carrier option inside AutoDS; faster (8โ13 day delivery window); approximately $9.84 in this example |
| Shipping processing time | the number of days to pack and hand off to the carrier before transit starts (separate from transit days) |
| Variant | a specific version of a product; here, "6 heat levels" vs "12 heat levels" are two variants with potentially different costs |
| Chinese holidays | national holidays in China (e.g., Golden Week, Spring Festival) during which factories close; can pause quoting and fulfillment for 2+ weeks |
- AutoDS sends email notification when quote is ready (arrived in ~10โ14 hours in this example)
- Go to Orders โ Quotes โ click product
- Review variant pricing: level-6 cupping device = $4.35
- Review shipping options: cheapest (Sunu ~$8.40) vs recommended (Uni Express ~$9.84, 8โ13 days)
- Choose Uni Express: $4.35 + $9.84 = $14.19 landed cost per unit
- Decide: will customer pay separate shipping ($5) or is shipping included?
- Use this landed cost number to build your COG sheet
โThey got the product it looks like they can get it for $4.35 so... the absolute cheapest is going to be $8.40... since we're saving a little bit I wouldn't really mind to do 8 to 13 days just to get it to customers sooner... so we're getting the product $14.19 shipped to the customer.โ
The COG Sheet โ Break-Even & ROAS Calculation
๐บ Where this fits: The COG sheet is your business operating manual for a product. It must exist for every product you sell and must be recalculated for every new variant, price change, or cost change.
Beginners read a 1.5 ROAS and don't know if that's good or bad โ without a COG sheet there's no reference point.
Once you calculate your ROAS floor (e.g., 1.39), every campaign reading above that number is profitable; every reading below it is a money drain. Decision-making becomes mechanical.
| COG sheet | "Cost of Goods" spreadsheet; a financial model tracking all costs and margins for a specific product |
| Break-even | the amount of money you can spend to acquire one customer and still make zero profit (not a loss); calculated as Sale Price minus Cost of Goods |
| ROAS | "Return On Ad Spend"; how much revenue you earn for every $1 spent on ads; e.g., ROAS 1.39 means you earn $1.39 for every $1 in ads |
| ROAS floor | your minimum acceptable ROAS; going below this means ads are losing money |
| Paid ads dashboard | the analytics screen inside TikTok Ads Manager, Meta Ads Manager, or Google Ads that shows your ROAS, spend, and revenue in real time |
| 3x rule | Jordan's minimum pricing guideline: always sell at least 3 times your landed cost (need 75% gross margin to cover ads and stay profitable) |
| 75% profit margin | gross margin of 75% means your product cost is 25% of sale price; necessary to have enough room to pay for ads and still profit |
- Open a new tab/sheet in your COG spreadsheet (one per product)
- Enter Landed Cost (product + shipping): e.g., $14.20
- Enter planned Sale Price: e.g., $50
- Calculate Break-Even: =Sale Price โ Landed Cost โ $35.80
- Calculate ROAS Floor: =Sale Price รท Break-Even โ 1.39
- Write the ROAS floor somewhere visible โ this is your daily guardrail number
- Open TikTok/Facebook/Google ad dashboard โ find ROAS column โ keep all active campaigns above 1.39
- Kill any campaign consistently below the floor; scale any campaign consistently above it
โBasically if I'm selling this product on paid ads and the product sales price is $50 the cost is $14 for the product this means I only have $36 I can spend to acquire a customer on paid ads to break even... our break even really important to know it's basically just our sales price minus our cost of goods.โ
Warranties, Shipping Upsells & Average Order Value
๐บ Where this fits: Upsells lower your ROAS floor, which lowers the skill threshold needed to run profitable ads. Wholesale + upsells = a nearly unlosable combination.
Beginners think their only pricing lever is the product sale price. In reality AOV can be raised significantly with no extra inventory cost.
Warranty ($5 free profit almost always) + paid shipping ($5) = $10 AOV increase = $10 more ad budget per order = ROAS floor drops from 1.39 to ~1.30.
| Warranty | a promise to repair or replace a product if it breaks; here, a $5 "lifetime warranty" option added at checkout; customers rarely claim it |
| Average Order Value (AOV) | the average dollar amount a customer spends per transaction; raising AOV with add-ons is more profitable than raising the base price |
| Upsell | offering an additional item or service to a customer who is already buying; increases total revenue per customer without extra ad spend |
| Wholesale | buying large quantities directly from a manufacturer at a much lower unit price; e.g., buying 10,000 units drops cost from $14 to ~$2 |
| ROAS floor | (repeated from COG scene) your minimum acceptable return-on-ad-spend; the lower the floor, the easier it is to stay profitable |
| Break-even point | (repeated) maximum you can spend per customer acquisition before losing money |
- Base case: $50 sale price, $14.20 cost โ break-even $35.80 โ ROAS floor 1.39
- Add $5 lifetime warranty at checkout โ new AOV $55 โ break-even $40.80 โ lower ROAS floor
- Add $5 shipping charge โ new AOV $60 โ break-even ~$45.80 โ ROAS floor drops to ~1.30
- 1.30 ROAS is achievable even for a complete beginner (Jordan's benchmark)
- Wholesale projection: unit cost drops to ~$7 (moderate bulk) or ~$2 (10,000 units)
- At $2 cost, selling for $30 โ break-even ~$28 โ ROAS floor ~1.07 โ almost impossible to lose
- Build a COG sheet row for each scenario (base / warranty / shipping / wholesale) to see the full margin stack
โA $5 lifetime warranty that basically just says if anyone has an issue with their product I'll just refund them give them a new one... the product's only going to cost me 14 bucks right and almost no one's going to hit me up on that so it's basically free money.โ
Auto-Fulfillment Credits & Wrapping Up
๐บ Where this fits: Auto-fulfillment is the final piece of the operational stack. With it in place, the business runs: customer buys โ AutoDS ships โ tracking syncs โ you monitor metrics. You focus on marketing and optimization, not logistics.
Manual fulfillment caps your daily order volume at whatever you can physically click through. High-risk orders (fraud) can silently drain money if auto-fulfilled without review.
Auto Orders at $0.20/order is negligible. The high-risk order filter (in development) will add fraud protection. Until then, monitor the dashboard and report issues to the community group.
| Auto Orders | AutoDS feature that automatically detects new Shopify orders and places them with the supplier without you doing anything; requires credits |
| Fulfillment credits | prepaid tokens in your AutoDS wallet; each credit = one order auto-processed; $500 = 2,500 credits = $0.20 per order |
| AutoDS Wallet | the prepaid balance account inside AutoDS used to fund auto-order credits and AI feature credits |
| High-risk order | an order flagged as potentially fraudulent (e.g., stolen credit card, suspicious address); auto-fulfilling a fraudulent order costs you the product with no payment received |
| Tracking | the shipping reference number assigned to an order; AutoDS syncs tracking numbers back to Shopify automatically so customers can see their delivery status |
| AI credits | separate from fulfillment credits; used for AutoDS's built-in AI writing features (product descriptions, etc.); ChatGPT is a free alternative for this |
- Customer places order on your Shopify store
- AutoDS Auto Orders detects the new order automatically
- AutoDS places order with supplier using your wallet balance (costs $0.20 per order in credits)
- Supplier packs and ships product to customer (7โ12 days typical for standard 3PL)
- Tracking number syncs back to Shopify โ customer gets automatic tracking email
- Monitor orders dashboard daily โ flag any suspicious orders manually until high-risk filter launches
- Reach out via Jordan's community Discord group for any AutoDS issues or feature requests
โOnce you're getting 100 orders a day it's going to be a little bit messy to do that every single time so they have a feature up here that does auto orders it is a credit based thing you have to pay but honestly you'd spend 500 bucks for 2,500 orders to be fulfilled only costing you 20 cents per order really not that expensive at all.โ
Framing & Positioning โ The Pepsi Can Principle
๐บ Where this fits: Framing is the foundational lens through which every other branding decision is made. It precedes the 5 Ps, precedes content strategy, precedes pricing.
- Write one sentence that states your brand's frame: luxury, budget-friendly, niche expert, or community-driven โ and stick to it.
- Choose your brand's personality (e.g., clinical and trustworthy vs. bold and community-driven) and list 3 brands you will borrow visual cues from.
- Decide your pain-point promise: what specific problem does your product solve, and write it as one customer-facing sentence.
You can have the best product in your niche and zero sales because the frame (photos, copy, website) signals "cheap corner store" instead of "trusted brand."
Your product's perceived value is almost entirely manufactured by its presentation context, not its ingredient list or manufacturing cost.
| Framing | the surrounding context (photos, price, influencers, website style) that shapes how a buyer *feels* about a product before they even read the description |
| Positioning | the deliberate choice of *where* your brand sits in a buyer's mind relative to competitors (luxury vs. affordable vs. niche specialist) |
| Perceived quality | how good something *seems* to a customer, which can be much higher or lower than its actual physical quality |
| Virgil Abloh | famous fashion designer (created Off-White brand, worked at Louis Vuitton) known for philosophy that context transforms meaning |
| Horology | the study and craft of measuring time; used here to mean watch-making expertise |
| Patek Philippe (Pek) | Swiss luxury watch brand; some simple stainless-steel models sell for hundreds of thousands of dollars purely on brand prestige |
- Visualize the same product in two contexts: street gutter (ignored) vs. museum pedestal (photographed by crowds).
- Recognize that the "frame" โ context and presentation โ creates perceived value, not the object itself.
- Luxury brands (Louis Vuitton, Gucci) use: high price points, curated influencers, premium photography, and exclusive retail to build their frame.
- A $12 wholesale t-shirt can outperform quality-wise a $800 Louis Vuitton tee โ but the LV frame commands 66ร the price.
- For dropshippers: start with the product, but invest early in frame-building (content, website aesthetics, influencer selection) to position for premium pricing later.
โThe frame of the picture is more important than the subject of the picture.โ
First, Best, or Different โ The Three Positioning Strategies
๐บ Where this fits: Positioning is the strategic foundation of all marketing. A dropshipper without a clear position will compete on price alone โ a race to the bottom.
Without a stated position, your ads are generic, your copy is weak, and you lose to whoever has the bigger ad budget.
Claiming "first," "best," or "different" gives every ad, every product page, every influencer brief a clear north star.
| Positioning | the specific place your brand occupies in a customer's mind; the answer to "why you and not them?" |
| Niche | a very specific, narrow segment of a market (e.g., not "women's beauty" but "eyelash serums for women over 40") |
| Eyelash serum | a cosmetic product applied to eyelashes to make them grow thicker and longer |
| Liquid Death | a water brand that sells canned water with heavy-metal / punk marketing imagery; became famous by being radically "different" |
| Rolls-Royce | ultra-luxury British car brand ($500,000+ vehicles); exemplifies the "best" position โ most comfortable, most customizable, not fastest |
| Ethos | the core character or spirit of a brand; what it fundamentally stands for and communicates through everything it does |
- FIRST โ be the first to bring a product or a product-to-niche combination to market (example: eyelash serum marketed specifically to women 40+).
- BEST โ position as the highest quality, most premium option (example: Rolls-Royce โ not fastest, but most luxurious and most comfortable).
- DIFFERENT โ do the same category in a completely unexpected way (example: Liquid Death โ just water, but canned and marketed like a heavy-metal brand).
- You can layer: Liquid Death is both FIRST (canned water as a brand identity) and DIFFERENT (heavy-metal water brand).
- Choose one dominant position that is your "main thing" and build all content and brand decisions around it.
- Don't be afraid of controversy โ Liquid Death, Andrew Tate, Donald Trump all show that bold, over-the-line content builds visibility; "all press is good press."
โYou have to be either first, best, or different โ you can choose a mix of all of them in small different ways but you really need to make sure you have one that's your main thing.โ
Brands That Started Dropshipping + The 5 Ps Overview
๐บ Where this fits: The 5 Ps are the operating system of a real brand. Everything learned in prior chapters (product selection, ads, suppliers) feeds into making these 5 Ps work.
Having a profitable dropshipping store with no brand identity means you are one viral competitor away from losing everything โ you own no loyalty.
The 5 Ps give you a complete mental checklist to transform a dropshipping operation into a brand customers choose deliberately and repeatedly.
| HiSmile | Australian teeth-whitening brand that grew through social media / dropshipping-style marketing before custom manufacturing |
| Blendjet | portable blender brand that started with direct-to-consumer social selling |
| Manscaped | men's grooming brand known for heavy influencer and social media marketing from day one |
| Movement Watches | watch brand that started on Indiegogo and scaled through Facebook dropshipping-style ads |
| Snow Teeth Whitening | another teeth-whitening brand that scaled through influencer partnerships |
| Fashion Nova | fast-fashion brand that used Instagram influencer marketing at massive scale before holding large inventory |
| Wayfair | massive online furniture/home-goods retailer; publicly traded ($60 stock, ~$6.3 billion valuation); operates as a high-ticket dropshipper โ connects customers to suppliers who ship directly, never holds most inventory |
| High-ticket dropshipping | dropshipping expensive products (saunas, large outdoor structures, premium furniture) where each sale has a much larger profit margin |
| Publicly traded | a company whose shares (small pieces of ownership) can be bought and sold by anyone on a stock exchange like the NYSE or NASDAQ |
| 5 Ps of branding | a business-school framework: Purpose, Perception, Personality, Position, Promotion โ the five pillars every brand must define |
| Cohesive resonance | when all parts of a brand (ads, product, packaging, tone, price) feel like they belong together and reinforce the same message |
- Brands that started dropshipping: HiSmile, Blendjet, Udie, Manscaped, Movement Watches, Snow Teeth Whitening, Shein, Fashion Nova, Wayfair.
- Wayfair highlight: still drop-ships (high-ticket: saunas, large outdoor structures), publicly traded, ~$6.3B valuation.
- Introduce the 5 Ps: Purpose, Perception, Personality, Position, Promotion.
- Goal: every P must align and reinforce the others โ "cohesive resonance."
- Content is the vehicle that expresses all 5 Ps outwardly to customers.
โWe want to Clump all these together so they're building off each other and there's like cohesive resonance with all of the things that we do inside our brand.โ
The 5 Ps Deep Dive โ Purpose & Perception
๐บ Where this fits: Purpose and Perception together answer the deepest questions customers ask: "Do I believe in this brand?" and "Does this brand actually deliver?"
A brand with no purpose is just a store. A store competes on price. A brand with purpose competes on identity and loyalty โ a much more defensible position.
Write down the story, emotion, and impact your brand creates. Then check every product, ad, and customer interaction against that story. Alignment creates trust; misalignment destroys it.
| Purpose (brand) | the deeper reason a brand exists beyond just making money; the story, emotion, and impact it creates in people's lives |
| Ethos | the fundamental character, values, and spirit of a brand; what it consistently stands for in everything it does |
| Perception (brand) | how customers and the public actually view and experience your brand, based on real interactions and product quality, not just your marketing |
| Emotional frequency resonation | when a brand's message and values match what a customer already feels and believes, creating an instant emotional connection |
| Nike | global sportswear giant ($50B+ brand) whose purpose is empowering athletes on the journey from nothing to greatness ("Just Do It") |
| Brand culture | the internal values, behaviors, and environment within a company; affects how employees act and how outsiders perceive the brand |
- PURPOSE: Define story (origin/journey), emotion (what feeling does the brand evoke?), impact (what changes in a customer's life?), ethos (what does the brand fundamentally stand for?).
- Nike example: story = athlete going from hardship to greatness; emotion = drive and determination; impact = achieving the next level; ethos = "Just Do It."
- A brand with zero purpose has zero emotional resonance โ customers have no reason to care beyond price.
- PERCEPTION: Not directly controllable โ it is shaped by product quality, content, and how you treat people.
- If you claim "high quality" but ship a low-quality product, perception = low quality, regardless of your marketing.
- Internal actions matter too: if you claim great company culture but treat employees badly, perception suffers.
- Perception is ultimately a reflection of your real actions and execution.
โIf your brand has zero purpose, nobody is going to have an emotional frequency resonation with your brand โ they're not going to care.โ
The 5 Ps Deep Dive โ Personality, Position & Promotion
๐บ Where this fits: Personality, Position, and Promotion are the operational face of your brand โ what customers actually encounter in ads, on social media, and in the unboxing experience.
Many new brands pick a promotion channel (TikTok) before they know their Position or Personality โ so their content is generic and doesn't attract a loyal community.
Define Personality and Position first. Then Promotion becomes straightforward: you know exactly what to say, who to target, and what tone to use.
| Personality (brand) | the tone, voice, opinions, and vibe a brand projects; influenced by the founders' intent but also shaped by who ends up buying it |
| Supreme | New York streetwear brand originally created by and for skateboarders; known for limited drops, rebellious attitude, strong ties to skateboarding and hip-hop culture |
| AP (Audemars Piguet) | Swiss luxury watch brand (~$30,000โ$300,000+ per watch); strictly controls who buys their watches to protect brand exclusivity |
| Richard Mille | ultra-luxury Swiss watch brand (watches can cost $1M+); extremely selective customer base to maintain brand prestige |
| Position (brand) | the specific promise your brand makes about price, speed, quality, or uniqueness that differentiates it from competitors |
| Amazon | used here as a positioning example: "sells almost everything and gets it to your house really fast" = their core position |
| Promotion | all the tactics used to reach and persuade your target customer: organic video, influencers, TikTok ads, Facebook ads, Google ads, YouTube ads, offers, guarantees |
| Ad copy | the actual written or spoken words in an advertisement; the text on your product page, in your video ad script, or in your social media posts |
| Demographic | a specific group of people defined by shared characteristics like age, gender, interests, or income level |
- PERSONALITY: Set intended tone (Supreme example โ rebellious skater culture). Watch who actually buys โ their identity shapes brand personality whether you planned it or not.
- High-end watch brands (AP, Patek, Richard Mille) control personality by controlling who can buy: $300,000โ$1,000,000+ price point = automatic demographic filter.
- POSITION: Defined by your main selling point. Options: cheapest, fairest price, fastest shipping (Amazon model), most unique product, most niche-specific.
- Position must align with all other Ps. Example: premium Personality + bargain Position = incoherent, trust-destroying mismatch.
- PROMOTION: TikTok ads, Facebook ads, Google ads, YouTube ads, organic video, influencers, offers, guarantees. Speak the customer's language. Solve their problems. Back with guarantees.
- All 5 Ps together create "cohesive resonance" โ the brand feels unified across every touchpoint.
โWe want to make sure we have a really clear direct answer for kind of all of these pillarsโฆ there's like cohesive resonance with all of the things that we do inside our brand.โ
Content Is King โ Marketing's Shifting Tide
๐บ Where this fits: Content and user experience are the execution layer of the 5 Ps. This is where strategy meets the customer's reality.
Treating marketing purely as an ad-spend arms race is increasingly expensive and increasingly ineffective as every niche becomes saturated.
Invest in the customer experience โ unboxing, packaging, support, surprise gifts โ and a tight niche community becomes your free marketing department.
| Trustpilot | a popular website where customers leave public reviews about companies; used here as an example of how easily buyers can now verify a brand's quality claims |
| User experience (UX) | every touchpoint a customer has with your brand: website, purchase flow, packaging, unboxing, customer support, follow-up emails |
| Unboxing | the experience of opening a product when it arrives; Apple is the gold standard โ even the physical act of removing the box is designed to feel exciting |
| Word of mouth | when satisfied customers tell friends and family about a brand unprompted; considered the most trusted and cost-effective form of marketing |
| Niche community | a tight-knit group of people who share a specific interest (hiking, skateboarding, beauty) and actively communicate with each other, making word-of-mouth spread fast |
| 3PL | Third-Party Logistics; a company you hire to store, pack, and ship your products for you (mentioned in the context of quality-testing products before shipping) |
| Content is King | a widely-used marketing phrase meaning that what you create and publish (videos, photos, copy) is the most important factor in brand-building |
- Old marketing model: whoever spends most on ads gets the most customers (loudest screamer wins).
- As niches saturate, everyone yells โ customers tune out all the noise.
- Teeter-totter tips: customers now seek brands that "speak their language" and feel genuine.
- Online reviews (Trustpilot etc.) allow instant fact-checking โ a brand that over-promises and under-delivers is exposed publicly within days.
- New best investment: take ad budget, redirect some toward product quality, faster shipping, premium packaging, surprise gifts, world-class customer support.
- Result: loyal customers in tight niche communities become unpaid evangelists (hiking boots example โ word spreads on every hike).
- Apple benchmark: unboxing experience designed to create excitement โ peeling the screen protector, fresh smell, everything perfectly arranged.
- Dropshippers can't do this on day one โ but it must be the ultimate goal as revenue grows.
โContent is King โ it is the ultimate dictating factor between having a Rolex level brand and having a Casio level brand that just sells cheap watches.โ
Buyer Psychology Part 1 โ Emotion vs Logic & Novelty
๐บ Where this fits: Buyer psychology is the science behind why all the brand-building tactics (framing, positioning, content) actually work. It explains the mechanism.
Writing ads that only list features ("30-day money-back guarantee, fast shipping, high quality") is table stakes โ it removes objections but creates zero desire.
Lead with the emotional outcome ("Imagine never paying $200 for a lash appointment again"). Let logic (guarantee, price) handle the objection that comes after the desire is created.
| Buyer psychology / purchasing psychology | the study of the mental and emotional processes that lead a person to decide to buy something |
| Emotion vs. logic (purchasing) | the two forces in a buying decision; logic checks if the purchase makes sense (price, guarantee, trustworthiness); emotion drives the actual desire to buy |
| Novelty | the quality of being new, original, or never-seen-before; creates automatic curiosity and perceived value |
| Wow factor | a product feature or experience so surprising or impressive that it immediately gets an emotional reaction ("wow!") โ often drives sharing and word-of-mouth |
| Guarantee | a promise from the seller: if the product doesn't work as described, the customer gets their money back or a replacement (e.g., 14-day money-back guarantee, lifetime warranty) |
| Money-back guarantee | a specific type of guarantee: if unhappy within a set number of days, you get a full refund, no questions asked |
| Before/after | a marketing format showing the customer's situation before using the product vs. after; extremely powerful for emotional selling |
- Every purchase decision has two components running simultaneously: LOGIC and EMOTION.
- Satisfy LOGIC quickly: reasonable price, 14-day money-back guarantee, lifetime warranty, visible trustworthiness signals.
- Once logic is satisfied, the only remaining task is triggering EMOTION.
- Emotional trigger: help customers picture their improved life after owning the product.
- Eyelash serum example: show pretty girls with long lashes in reviews โ 40-year-old woman sees it โ emotion = "I would feel so good if my lashes looked like that and I didn't need $200 appointments."
- NOVELTY: a product nobody has seen before gets automatic wow-factor. Novelty = perceived value. Novelty + FIRST position = powerful combo.
- Novel products generate word-of-mouth naturally: "Where did you get that? I've never seen anything like it."
โEmotion is literally greater than logic in its level of importance โ they're not buying on logic, they're buying on emotion because they want you to solve their problem and they want to feel like they want to look like the person that is reaping the benefits from using your product.โ
Buyer Psychology Part 2 โ Guarantees & Community
๐บ Where this fits: Guarantees and community are the last two psychological barriers between a customer and a purchase. Master both and conversion rates multiply.
Running generic ads to a generic audience with no guarantee = low trust, low conversion, high ad spend waste. Adding a guarantee and showing a community of lookalike customers fixes both problems.
A guarantee costs almost nothing in refunds but unlocks ~5ร more sales. Demographically-matched reviews make a potential customer feel "this brand is made for me" โ the most powerful conversion trigger possible.
| Guarantee | a seller's promise that if the product doesn't work as expected within a set period, the customer gets a refund or replacement; removes the financial risk of buying |
| Lifetime warranty | a guarantee that covers the product for as long as the customer owns it; very strong trust signal |
| Community (brand) | a group of customers who feel a shared identity and belonging through using the same brand; the brand becomes part of their self-image |
| Testimonial | a real customer's statement (written or video) about their experience with a product; especially powerful when the reviewer looks like and represents the target customer |
| Subconscious resonance | when someone sees or hears something that matches their identity or desires so closely that they feel an automatic emotional pull, without consciously analyzing it |
| Influencer | a person with a large social media following who can promote a product to their audience; their followers trust them because they share similar values, age, interests, or lifestyle |
| Prime Energy | a sports drink brand co-founded by Logan Paul and KSI; Logan Paul received a large equity stake (~40%) to be the face of the brand rather than run operations |
| Equity stake / percentage of the company | ownership in a business; if you own 40% of a company worth $1 billion, your stake is worth $400 million |
| Face of the brand | the person (influencer, celebrity, or founder) most publicly associated with a brand; their identity and reputation shape the brand's image |
- GUARANTEES: Offer 14-day money-back guarantee + lifetime warranty. Most customers (asked informally) admit they're "too lazy" to return products.
- Net effect: guarantees bring ~5ร more customers than the cost of honoring them. More revenue, almost no refund losses.
- COMMUNITY: People seek belonging with others who share their values, language, and experiences โ same reason religion is so powerful.
- Eyelash serum example: target 40-year-old women in Facebook/TikTok ad targeting. Use young pretty girls in the ad creative (to get attention). But make ALL reviews and testimonials feature 40-year-old women saying "my lashes look youthful again."
- When a 40-year-old potential customer lands on the store and sees all testimonials are women her age โ subconscious: "this brand is made for me" โ sale.
- INFLUENCER AS COMMUNITY SEED: Find a large-following older woman with naturally thin lashes. Offer her free product + 20% revenue share (or equity). Give her a before/after transformation. Make her the face of the brand.
- Prime/Logan Paul model: Prime gave Logan Paul ~40% ownership to be the brand's face; Logan doesn't run operations โ he's the community gateway.
- Her followers are demographically identical to her โ every post reaches your exact target customer โ brand grows organically from a loyal community seed.
โPeople really enjoy the sense of belonging to a specific community โ they want to know that these people understand me, they speak my language, they feel the same feelings I feel.โ
Storytelling as Brand Strategy โ The Void Energy Case Study
๐บ Where this fits: This is the bridge between the dropshipping phase and the full brand phase. Storytelling creates an audience that funds the transition.
Most dropshippers are invisible to the world โ they run ads, sell a product, and never build an audience. If the product stops selling, everything resets to zero.
Document the journey publicly. Every video is free content marketing AND audience-building AND trust-building simultaneously. The audience becomes both customers and word-of-mouth ambassadors.
| Void Energy | Jordan's own energy drink brand (on pause at time of filming); used as live proof of the storytelling strategy; first video hit ~1 million views; ~100,000 subscribers gained in ~27 uploads |
| Brand story / storytelling | using the real, authentic narrative of how your brand is being built as content that attracts followers and builds trust |
| Day one content | documenting the very first steps of starting a brand (naming, logo, supplier sourcing) as video content; the rawness and honesty make it compelling |
| Domain | the web address (URL) of your brand's website; Jordan paid $3,415 for the void energy domain |
| Trademark | legal protection for your brand name and logo so no one else can copy them; Jordan paid $1,500 to file for the Void Energy trademark |
| Cosmetics | beauty and skin-care products (makeup, serums, creams); used as an example category throughout because it has a large, passionate, niche-targetable customer base |
| Maybelline | one of the world's largest cosmetics brands; used as a goal/aspirational competitor to make the "I'm going to compete with Maybelline" story arc dramatic and compelling |
| Kylie Cosmetics | Kylie Jenner's cosmetics brand; another aspirational competitor used as a reference point for what a successful influencer-founded beauty brand looks like |
| Pre-sold audience | people who are already emotionally invested in your brand before the product launches; they follow your journey and buy on day one because they already trust you |
- Use your brand-building PROCESS as content: "Here's Day 1 of starting a billion-dollar cosmetic brand."
- Document real decisions and real costs: name selection, domain cost ($3,415), trademark filing ($1,500), flavor selection for energy drink.
- Be radically honest: "We're starting with dropshipping โ if you want to support us, buy the product. Once we hit 10,000 orders we'll custom-brand and make our own formula."
- Announce an ambitious goal: "I want to compete with Maybelline / Kylie Cosmetics." โ Creates dramatic story arc.
- Invite the audience on the journey: "Follow along โ we're going to take this from zero to custom products."
- The audience grows (Jordan: ~100,000 subscribers, ~27 uploads, first video ~1M views).
- Convert the audience: "If you want to support us, try our current product." โ Dropshipping product becomes the "supporter purchase."
- Revenue from supporter purchases funds brand development โ custom products โ higher prices โ real brand.
โNever underestimate the power of telling a good story and an honest story โ people like to follow stories, people like to see progress.โ
Pain Points, Pricing Correlation & Action Steps
๐บ Where this fits: Pricing correlation is the proof that brand equity has real financial value. Pain point communication is the activation mechanism for everything built in this chapter. Together, they complete the loop from "dropshipper" to "brand owner."
Without naming pain points, your ads are background noise. Without raising prices as the brand matures, your profit margins stay thin forever โ you can never afford the premium content and influencers needed to compete at the next level.
Name the pain, show the cure, build the brand. Then use the brand to charge more, reinvest more, and grow a compounding moat that generic dropshippers can never cross.
| Pain points | the specific frustrations, problems, or desires that your target customer experiences and that your product solves |
| Pain point language | the exact words and phrases your target customer uses to describe their problem; using these in ads feels personal and relevant to them |
| Pricing correlation (branding) | the principle that as brand equity grows, you can charge higher prices for the same or slightly improved product; the brand name itself adds perceived value |
| Custom formula / custom product | a product where you've worked with a manufacturer to create your own unique version (different ingredients, your brand name on it); distinct from a generic dropshipped item |
| Brand equity | the extra value a brand name adds to a product above its raw material cost; Rolex's brand equity makes a stainless steel watch worth $300,000 |
| Profit margin | the money you keep after all costs; dropshipping eyelash serum: buy at $10, sell at $30 = $20 gross margin. Custom branded: sell at $60 = $50 gross margin (on the same $10 product cost). |
| Reinvest | take profits from the business and put them back in to fund growth (better products, higher-tier influencers, premium content production) |
| Blueprint / Skyscraper (Jordan's prior videos) | Jordan's earlier course videos that introduced his overall dropshipping system ("the blueprint") and the vision of building a scalable brand ("the skyscraper"); referenced here as the framework these branding principles must align with |
| Module 3 | the next section of the course ("cutting the tree") which Jordan says focuses on practical execution after the theoretical grounding of modules 1โ2 |
- PAIN POINTS: Identify every frustration your target customer has that your product solves.
- Embed pain language everywhere: video ads ("Are you sick of crappy eyelashes?"), product descriptions, website copy, images.
- Show the solution immediately after naming the pain: before/after testimonials, reviews featuring the result.
- PRICING CORRELATION: Dropship phase โ buy eyelash serum at $10, sell at $30.
- Brand maturity phase โ add custom ingredient (e.g., Vitamin C), put your brand name on product, launch as custom formula.
- Now sell at $50โ$70 (same $10 product cost โ much higher margin).
- Use higher margin to fund: premium influencers (40-year-old women with large followings), high-level content production, better packaging, faster shipping.
- Better brand investment โ stronger frame โ even higher perceived value โ even higher sustainable prices.
- ACTION STEPS (Jordan's checklist for viewers):
- List all pain points your brand addresses.
- Identify specific influencers you want to work with.
- Define the guarantee(s) you'll offer.
- Assess whether your product has novelty; find ways to add it.
- Map your emotion vs. logic appeal.
- Document your buyer psychology approach.
- Define how you're framing yourself with content.
- Define your promotion strategy.
- Define your positioning strategy.
- Define your brand personality.
- Define your brand perception goal.
- Define your brand purpose.
- Check all elements align โ ensure cohesion.
โYour action steps for today's video is to basically list out all of these things and make sure that your brand has an answer for all of these points โ make sure everything is all in alignment when it comes to creating your brand.โ
Why Legal Troubles Can Destroy Your Brand
๐บ Where this fits: Legal clearance is the invisible prerequisite that comes before everything taught in earlier chapters โ before naming, before building the store, before running ads.
- Search Google Patents for your product's exact mechanism to check whether the design is patented.
- Go to USPTO TESS and search your brand name shortlist โ discard any name that returns an active trademark in your product category.
- Do a DMCA check: make sure every image and video you plan to use is either original, licensed, or freely available for commercial use.
Spending months building a brand only to be legally forced to shut it down because someone else already owns the name or product design.
Three targeted legal checks (patent, trademark, DMCA) done before launch eliminate nearly all legal risk, and most checks are free and take minutes.
| patent | a government certificate giving one company the exclusive right to make and sell a specific invented product or design; no one else can legally copy it |
| trademark | legal ownership of a brand name, logo, or slogan within a specific product category; stops others from using the same name in the same market |
| DMCA | Digital Millennium Copyright Act; a US law that lets content owners send a takedown notice to remove copied videos, images, or text from the internet |
| copyright | automatic legal protection for creative work (photos, writing, video); you own it the moment you create it, no registration needed |
| skyscraper mindset | Jordan's term for building a serious, scalable long-term brand rather than a quick-flip operation |
- Commit to the skyscraper mindset: long-term brand, serious investment.
- Recognize the three legal landmines: patents, trademarks, DMCA.
- Accept that legal mistakes made early can destroy everything built later.
- Jordan flags he is not an attorney; this is coaching from personal experience only.
- Commit to running all three checks before naming or launching.
โWe can't put all this effort in just to get shut down because our brand name is too similar to another brand.โ
Patents โ What They Are and the Toilet Trees Warning Story
๐บ Where this fits: Patents are the first filter in product selection. They sit upstream of supplier research, ad creation, and store building โ skip this filter and all downstream work is at risk.
Discovering a product is patented after you have already invested hours building ads, a store, and a brand identity around it.
A single Google search ("brand name + patent") done before any work begins can save you from a costly dead end.
| patent | exclusive legal right to make, sell, or use a specific invention or design; granted by the government, usually lasts 20 years |
| patented product | a product whose design or function is legally locked to its creator; copying it is illegal even if you only intend to resell it |
| patent infringement | the act of making, selling, or importing a patented product without the owner's permission; can result in lawsuits and forced shutdown |
| custom-designed product | a product that a brand paid a manufacturer to create from scratch; often patented to protect the investment |
| dropshipping ad | a social media advertisement run by a third-party seller (not the original brand) to drive traffic to their own store selling that product |
- Jordan spots a winning product (a silicone bathroom organizer by brand Toiletries/Tetri).
- He goes deep: orders the product, builds "Bad Bathroom" store, films course content.
- Intuition tells him: "If this is so good, why hasn't anyone else done it?"
- He types "Toilet Trees patent" into Google โ the patent appears immediately.
- He scraps everything โ a few minutes of research saved months of legal exposure.
- Key cost data: Toiletries had the product custom-manufactured, roughly 2,000 units at under $5,000 startup cost โ a legitimate moat a competitor cannot easily cross.
โI typed in Toilet Trees patent and there it is โ the exact holder. So I was like damn.โ
How to Research Patents โ Google Patents and Market Signals
๐บ Where this fits: Patent checking is a prerequisite step in the product-selection funnel, placed before ad research, store creation, or supplier negotiation.
Not knowing where to look for patent information, so skipping the check and risking a takedown or lawsuit later.
Google Shopping reveals market monopoly (one seller = red flag); Google Patents confirms or clears the filing โ both are free and fast.
| Google Patents | Google's free searchable database of patent filings from around the world; you can search by brand name, product description, or inventor |
| market monopoly signal | when only one seller appears for a very specific product design, suggesting they may own exclusive legal rights to it |
| patent filing | a formal document submitted to a government patent office claiming ownership of an invention or design |
| patent attorney | a lawyer who specializes in intellectual property law; can run a professional patent search and give a legal opinion on safety |
| Google Shopping | Google's product search tab that aggregates listings from retailers; useful for spotting how many sellers exist for a product |
- Search broad product keyword on Google Shopping (e.g., "shower organizer").
- Scan results: many brands = probably safe; one unique brand = red flag.
- Identify the top brand selling that specific design.
- Google "[brand name] patent" โ scan results for official patent pages.
- Visit Google Patents, search brand name or product name, click PDF for design drawings.
- If results are unclear or you are nervous, hire a patent attorney for certainty.
- If confirmed safe, proceed to the next check (trademark).
โIf you're finding tons of sellers selling the exact same thing, then it's usually a clear sign that you're going to be safe โ but you never know.โ
Trademarks โ What They Are and the Trademark Class System
๐บ Where this fits: Trademark safety sits one layer above patent safety in the legal stack. Patents protect the product; trademarks protect the brand identity you build around it.
Building a brand identity around a name you love, scaling it to eight figures, and then losing it all to a trademark lawsuit that could have been avoided with a 10-minute search.
Trademark risk is class-specific and searchable for free via the USPTO's TESS database. Knowing your product's class narrows the search to only what actually matters.
| trademark | legal ownership of a brand name, logo, or slogan within a specific product category; prevents others from using the same name in the same market |
| trademark class (schedule) | a numbered category used by governments to group similar products and services; trademarks only block competitors within the same class number |
| USPTO | United States Patent and Trademark Office; the US government agency that registers patents and trademarks |
| TESS | Trademark Electronic Search System; the USPTO's free online database where you can search all registered and active US trademarks |
| Class 3 | the trademark class covering cosmetics, skin care, hair care, cleaning products, and laundry substances |
| Class 11 | the trademark class covering heating, cooking, lighting, refrigerating, and ventilating apparatus (includes some beverage equipment) |
| cease-and-desist | a legal letter demanding you immediately stop an activity (like using a trademarked name); ignoring it leads to a lawsuit |
| live trademark | a trademark that is currently active and enforceable; as opposed to a dead/abandoned trademark which no longer has legal protection |
- Confirm your product is patent-safe.
- Google "[product type] trademark class" to find your class number.
- Example: eyelash serum = Class 3 (cosmetics, skin care, cleaning substances).
- Understand that only trademarks within your class can block you โ other classes are irrelevant.
- Proceed to TESS to search within your class (covered in Scene 143).
- If a conflict exists, pick a different name; if clear, proceed with confidence.
โFor me to sell or to use the name Void Energy while selling an energy drink I had to do research and make sure that no one within that class has the name void โ because if they did then I could be taken down.โ
How to Search the Trademark Database (TESS) Step-by-Step
๐บ Where this fits: TESS search is the execution step of trademark safety โ it translates the concept (check your class) into a concrete 8-step action you can take right now, for free.
TESS's outdated interface confuses beginners into running the wrong search and getting unreliable results.
Jordan's pre-built structured-search code (linked below the video) reduces TESS to a simple fill-in-the-blanks exercise: change the class number and your key term, submit, and read results.
| TESS | Trademark Electronic Search System; the USPTO's free online database of all US trademark registrations; found at tmsearch.uspto.gov |
| structured search | a specific TESS search mode that lets you filter by class number, trademark status (live/dead), and name simultaneously using a code string |
| submit query | the button in TESS that runs your search ("query" is just another word for a database search) |
| live trademark | a trademark currently active and legally enforceable; a live result in your class for your name is a conflict |
| dead/abandoned trademark | a trademark that was once registered but has since lapsed or been cancelled; no longer enforceable; you can usually use that name safely |
| class code format | TESS requires three-digit class numbers: Class 3 must be entered as "003," Class 11 as "011," Class 21 as "021" |
| key term | the distinctive, memorable word in your brand name that people would actually associate with your brand (e.g., "Void" in "Void Energy," not "Energy") |
- Open TESS at the USPTO website (link in course description).
- Select "Structured Search" mode.
- Paste Jordan's pre-built code (link in course description).
- Change class number to three-digit format for your product class (e.g., "003" for cosmetics).
- Change the name field to your brand's key term (not every word โ just the distinctive one).
- Hit Submit Query.
- Scan results for "live" trademarks that share your key term in your class.
- If results show unrelated products (e.g., you're doing bathroom accessories and results show lamps), you are likely safe; if similar products appear, consult an attorney.
โYou want to find something that is using like a key term โ void is the key term, energy is not the key term because it's energy drinks.โ
DMCA and the Golden Rule โ Just Make Up a Name
๐บ Where this fits: DMCA and the name-choice philosophy close the legal layer of the course. After clearing these three checks, you move forward to brand naming โ but now armed with the understanding of why a meaningless, invented name is strategically superior.
Copying content to save time triggers DMCA takedowns; choosing a meaningful name that sounds great creates trademark exposure when the brand reaches serious scale.
AI handles original content creation; making up a completely invented name eliminates nearly all trademark risk before you even run the first TESS search.
| DMCA | Digital Millennium Copyright Act; a US law allowing copyright owners to demand that platforms (like Facebook, Shopify, Google) remove content that copies their protected work |
| DMCA takedown notice | a formal legal request sent to a platform to remove specific content; the platform must comply quickly or face liability; your store or ad account can be suspended as a result |
| copyright infringement | using someone else's creative work (photo, video, text) without permission; DMCA is the enforcement mechanism for this online |
| fair use | a legal exception that allows limited use of copyrighted content for purposes like education, commentary, or parody โ product marketing does not qualify |
| AI-generated content | text, images, or descriptions created by an AI tool; treated as original content you own, eliminating copy-and-paste copyright risk |
| cease-and-desist | a legal demand to immediately stop an infringing activity; often a precursor to a lawsuit if ignored |
| brand dilution | legal concept allowing famous brands to pursue trademark claims even across unrelated product classes if your brand could confuse or diminish theirs |
- Understand DMCA: copying any creative content (video, image, text) without permission violates copyright and can trigger takedowns.
- Solution: create all content from scratch; use AI tools to generate descriptions and ad copy.
- Pull back to the master rule: pick a made-up, meaningless brand name.
- Meaningless names (Red Bull, Starbucks) have no prior trademark associations, affordable domain names, and near-zero legal risk.
- Meaningful or descriptive names often have trademark conflicts, expensive domains, and litigation exposure at scale.
- If you must use a specific name: run TESS, and if still unsure, hire a trademark attorney (Jordan can connect you to his via Discord).
- Action step: before the next chapter (brand naming), be familiar with patent search, TESS trademark search, and DMCA rules โ so when you choose your name you can confirm it is safe in minutes.
โPick some stupid name and just be on with it โ because names aren't that important. It is really cool and it's really good but it's not really worth the headache of a potential lawsuit.โ
AI Reality Check โ What It Can and Cannot Do Yet
๐บ Where this fits: Chapter 16 of 18+ hours; positions AI as an optional but growing accelerator layer on top of the skills already taught (product research, branding, marketing).
- Use ChatGPT to brainstorm 20 brand name ideas and 5 product description drafts โ treat its output as a starting point, not a final answer.
- Write a specific prompt (product, audience, tone, length) when asking AI for copy โ vague prompts produce vague results you cannot use.
- Test DALL-E for logo concept sketches, but verify independently whether any output is safe to use commercially before publishing.
Beginners either over-trust AI and waste money on bad outputs, or dismiss it entirely; both extremes cost them.
Treat AI as a junior assistant โ it does the grunt work fast, but you must ask smart questions and verify everything it produces.
| AI (Artificial Intelligence) | computer software that learns patterns from huge amounts of data and generates text, images, or code in response to your instructions |
| ChatGPT | a free AI chat tool made by OpenAI; you type questions or instructions and it writes back answers using knowledge scraped from the internet |
| clickbait | online video or article titles designed to exaggerate benefits so you click on them, even if the actual content does not deliver what was promised |
| Shopify store | a ready-made online shop hosted on the Shopify platform; you pay a monthly fee and they handle the technical side of running an e-commerce site |
- Clickbait videos promise AI will automate everything and eliminate the workforce.
- Instructor's honest verdict: current AI is not good enough to replace high-quality personal work.
- Key principle: AI output quality equals the quality of your input questions.
- We are in the "birthing stage" โ massive improvements are coming very quickly.
- Today's goal: learn exactly which tasks AI IS genuinely useful for right now.
โIt's only as good as the person who is wielding it... if you're sitting in ChatGPT and you're using these AIs and you're putting in dumb questions then you're going to get dumb answers.โ
The Two Best AI Use Cases โ Brainstorming & Copywriting
๐บ Where this fits: Directly supports prior chapters on product research, niche selection, branding, and marketing โ AI accelerates those manual processes.
New entrepreneurs spend days trying to write a single product description or pick a niche; they lack a sounding board and get stuck in their own head.
ChatGPT functions as an always-available consultant: ask it to validate niches, suggest marketing angles, generate TikTok video ideas, or draft entire email campaigns.
| brainstorming | the process of generating many ideas quickly without judging them; you list possibilities first, then filter later |
| copywriting | writing words that are designed to persuade someone to buy something; includes product descriptions, ad text, email subject lines, etc. |
| niche | a specific, focused market segment (e.g., "eyelash serums for women over 40" is a niche inside the broader beauty market) |
| scraping | when software automatically reads and collects information from websites across the internet to build its knowledge base |
| SMS marketing | text-message campaigns sent to customers' phones to promote products or announce sales |
| ad copy | the specific words written inside an advertisement (headline, body text, call-to-action button) |
| demographic | a defined group of people who share characteristics like age, gender, income, or interests that you are targeting with your marketing |
- USE CASE 1 โ Brainstorming: Ask ChatGPT open questions like "What are the best niches in 2023?" or "What open opportunities are not yet saturated?"
- Use it to validate decisions already made: "Is eyelash serum a smart business in 2023?" โ it will surface factors you had not considered.
- Get marketing angles: "What is the best community to sell this product to? What is the best way to market to them?"
- Get TikTok content ideas: "How do I make an organic TikTok for my eyelash serum product that engages with 40-year-old women?"
- USE CASE 2 โ Copywriting: Find a successful competitor's product description (via Google Shopping), copy it, paste into ChatGPT.
- Command: "Make this more romantic" / "Reword this for 40-year-old women" / "Make this same description but tailored to health-conscious individuals."
- For email marketing: sign up to a competitor's newsletter, copy their emails into ChatGPT, and ask it to rewrite for your brand and demographic.
โYou can have a consultant with you 24/7... it's going to scrape Google, it's going to scrape all of these articles, YouTube videos, summarize them and come up with some sort of answer for you.โ
DALL-E Text-to-Image Demo โ Why It Falls Short for Ads
๐บ Where this fits: Sits inside the product image / creative production workflow โ one of the most important assets for running paid ads.
Wasting time and hope on AI-generated images that look unprofessional, then running them in expensive Facebook or TikTok ad campaigns and losing money.
Use manufacturer images from Alibaba (legally safe, professionally shot) โ customize in Canva (add logo, adjust transparency, add shadows) โ get a polished branded product image for free.
| DALL-E | an AI image generator made by OpenAI (same company as ChatGPT); you type a description and it draws an image; "DALL-E 2" is the second version |
| text-to-image | an AI capability where you describe something in words and the AI creates a picture based on your description |
| Facebook ad | a paid advertisement that appears in users' Facebook or Instagram feeds; you pay per click or per thousand views |
| Alibaba | a massive Chinese wholesale marketplace where manufacturers list their products with professional photos; used by dropshippers to source products |
| Canva | a free, browser-based graphic design tool with drag-and-drop features; no design experience needed |
| DMCA | Digital Millennium Copyright Act; a US law that lets copyright owners demand removal of their content from websites; using someone's images without permission can trigger a DMCA claim |
| manufacturer | the company or factory that physically makes the product; they want sellers to distribute their products and often provide images freely |
| Fiverr | a marketplace where freelance designers, writers, and editors sell services starting at $5 |
- Instructor opens DALL-E 2 and types: "eyelash serum in a bathroom."
- Images generate โ result is blurry, warped, surreal ("looks like eyelash serum you'd see in a dream").
- Verdict: would never spend thousands of dollars running paid traffic to these images.
- Alternative Step 1: Go to Alibaba, search your product (e.g., "eyelash serum"), find manufacturer images.
- Alternative Step 2: These images are legally safe โ manufacturers want you to sell their products; if anyone challenges you, you have the manufacturer as source.
- Alternative Step 3: Download the image, upload to Canva, add your logo, remove backgrounds, add shadows โ professional branded product image.
- Bonus tip: Message the manufacturer directly โ "Can you send me that image without the logo so my designer can customize it? I'd love to work with you."
โIt's blurry, it's weird, it looks warped โ it almost looks like eyelash serum you'd see in a dream... like DALL-E and text-to-image is not really where I would say it's useful yet.โ
ChatGPT for Coding โ Sticky Add-to-Cart Example
๐บ Where this fits: Fits inside the Shopify store build/optimization phase โ adds features without paying recurring app fees, reducing monthly overhead.
Small Shopify features that improve conversion rates each cost $5โ$15/month in apps; these costs stack up and eat into profit margins.
For simple, isolated features, ChatGPT can generate working code for free โ and immediately explains step by step how to install it in Shopify.
| sticky add-to-cart | a "Buy Now" or "Add to Cart" button that stays visible at the top or bottom of the screen as a customer scrolls down a product page; removes friction at the moment of purchase |
| JavaScript | a programming language that runs inside web browsers; used to add interactive features to websites; Shopify stores accept custom JavaScript snippets |
| code snippet | a small, self-contained piece of programming code that does one specific thing; you paste it into a designated spot on your website |
| Shopify app | a small software plugin you install from the Shopify App Store to add features (like reviews, timers, or chat); many charge monthly subscription fees |
| conflict | when two pieces of code interfere with each other and cause errors or broken features on the website |
| traffic | the number of visitors arriving at your store; "running traffic" means actively paying for ads to send people to your site |
- Open ChatGPT and type in plain English: "I want a sticky add-to-cart on my Shopify store."
- ChatGPT generates a JavaScript code snippet immediately.
- ChatGPT then provides step-by-step installation instructions (where to paste the code in Shopify's admin panel).
- Copy the snippet, go to Shopify admin โ Online Store โ Themes โ Edit Code โ paste in the correct file.
- Save, preview store โ sticky add-to-cart is now live, for free, with no monthly app fee.
- Caveat: Only use this for simple, isolated features; avoid relying on ChatGPT code when running heavy paid traffic (a code bug could break your store at the worst time).
โYou can quite literally tell ChatGPT to code you something that will allow you to do sticky add-to-cart on your website and you can paste this code into your website and get a sticky add-to-cart โ which means it's literally you're doing it right now which is absolutely unbelievable.โ
Live Brainstorming Demo โ Eyelash Serum Q&A with ChatGPT
๐บ Where this fits: Demonstrates the brainstorming use case established in Scene 146 with concrete, working examples that tie back to product research and marketing chapters.
Typing "is eyelash serum a good business?" produces generic answers; not knowing this wastes the tool and reinforces the belief that AI is not useful.
Specific prompts like "I'm starting an eyelash growth serum company โ who should I market to?" produce targeted, segmented, actionable audience breakdowns that directly inform Facebook ad targeting.
| prompt | the question or instruction you type into an AI tool; the quality of the prompt directly determines the quality of the answer |
| target audience | the specific group of people most likely to buy your product; defined by age, gender, interests, lifestyle, problems they have |
| UGC (User-Generated Content) | videos or photos made by real customers or creators (not brands) showing and talking about a product; highly trusted by viewers |
| influencer | a social media personality with a large following who can be paid to promote your product to their audience |
| organic TikTok | a TikTok video you post for free (no paid promotion); relies on the algorithm and content quality to reach people rather than a paid ad budget |
| network error | a message from ChatGPT saying it is overloaded and could not process your request; happens during peak usage times when too many people use it simultaneously |
| data cutoff | ChatGPT's knowledge has a cutoff date (at time of filming: early 2021); it cannot tell you about events or trends after that date |
- Prompt 1 (vague): "Is it a smart idea to start an eyelash serum company in 2023?" โ ChatGPT responds with market demand, product differentiation, regulations; it even suggests better follow-up questions.
- Key caveat revealed: ChatGPT only has data up to early 2021; for 2023 market data, its answers are directionally useful but not precise.
- Prompt 2 (specific): "I'm starting an eyelash growth serum company โ who should I market to?" โ Output: Beauty enthusiasts, fashion-conscious individuals, brides, special-event attendees, individuals with thinning/sparse lashes (older women).
- Instructor notes the output confirms his own prior advice: target older women wanting youthful lashes.
- Prompt 3 (very specific): "How could I market an eyelash growth serum on TikTok?" โ Output: Influencer partnerships, hashtag challenges (e.g., "Revlon Eyelash Challenge โ post your 30-day growth"), product demonstrations with before-and-after, collaborate with other creators, use trending audio, UGC.
- ChatGPT remembers the earlier context (targeting women in their 40s) and incorporates it into the TikTok advice automatically.
- Key lesson: The more context you give ChatGPT within a conversation, the more tailored and useful its answers become.
โI'm asking 'how could I market an eyelash growth serum on TikTok' โ influencer partnerships, really good one; hashtag challenges; product demonstrations; collaborate with other TikTok creators; use trending audios and sounds โ chat GPT is woke dude, chat GPT knows the current market and knows what it's talking about.โ
Live Copywriting Demo โ Product Description from Scratch
๐บ Where this fits: Directly feeds the product page, email marketing, and ad copy workflows covered in earlier chapters on branding and marketing.
Writing takes 1-2 hours per description; poor descriptions directly reduce conversion rates; hiring a copywriter costs hundreds of dollars.
ChatGPT generates a full structured description (key benefits, how to use, beauty tips) in seconds for free โ you direct and refine rather than write from scratch.
| product description | the written text on a product page that explains what the item is, its benefits, how to use it, and why the customer should buy it; a major factor in whether visitors convert to buyers |
| Google Shopping | a Google feature that shows product listings with images and prices when you search for something; big brands appear here, making it a useful place to find successful competitors |
| conversion rate | the percentage of website visitors who actually complete a purchase; a higher conversion rate means more sales from the same number of visitors |
| iteration | the process of repeatedly improving something by making small changes, reviewing the result, then making more changes |
| unique content | text that is not copied from anywhere else; search engines rank unique content higher and customers are not confused by identical descriptions across multiple stores |
| newsletter | a regular email sent to subscribers; for e-commerce brands, used to announce sales, new products, and brand stories |
| call-to-action (CTA) | a phrase or button that tells the customer exactly what to do next, e.g., "Shop Now," "Get Yours Today," "Try Free for 30 Days" |
- PATH A โ Generate from scratch: Prompt: "Write me a product description for an eyelash serum that's sold to women in their 40s."
- Output example: "Introducing the ultimate solution for beautiful lashes โ our premium eyelash serum designed specifically for women in their 40s... formulated with nourishing ingredients to enhance, rejuvenate, and revitalize your lashes... fast-acting formula is gentle and easy to apply, providing results in just a few weeks."
- Instructor note: You probably would not want to say "specifically for women in their 40s" (too blunt) โ this is where your editorial judgment comes in.
- PATH B โ Rewrite a competitor's copy: Go to Google Shopping, search your product, pick a top-reviewed brand, copy their full description.
- Paste into ChatGPT and command: "Rewrite this description for my brand targeting 40-year-old women."
- ChatGPT produces a mix of the original and new ideas; instructor then commands: "Format it like the other description โ with headers for Key Benefits, How to Use, Beauty Tips."
- Follow-up commands to refine: "Shorten this" โ "Make it more unique" โ "Make it more funny / more romantic / more appealing to health-conscious individuals."
- Caveat: Review any percentages or specific claims that appeared in the competitor's original โ remove or verify them before publishing, as they may not apply to your product.
โIt would take you an hour, two hours to sit down and write a description right โ because you need a killer description, you need something that has beauty tips, how to use... and this is going to do a lot of the work for you โ it'll completely create unique and you can say now make it unique, make it different, add โ make it more funny, make it more romantic.โ
Brand Naming & Logo Ideation with ChatGPT + DALL-E
๐บ Where this fits: Connects to the branding chapter โ AI accelerates brand ideation but human execution is still needed for the final logo and visual assets.
Brand naming and logo design are creative roadblocks that stop many beginners from ever launching; the cost and time involved feel overwhelming.
ChatGPT generates a full brand name list (e.g., Lash Boost, Youth Lash โ 15+ options) plus a written logo brief describing colors (black, rose gold), typography style (modern, sophisticated), and brand feel โ all for free.
| brand name | the unique name given to a business or product that customers will recognize and remember; must be checked for trademark conflicts and domain availability |
| logo | a visual symbol or wordmark that represents a brand; appears on the website, packaging, and all marketing materials |
| typography | the style and appearance of text; includes font choice (e.g., serif vs. sans-serif), weight (bold vs. thin), and spacing; a key part of brand visual identity |
| color palette | the specific set of colors a brand uses consistently across all its materials; colors carry emotional associations (e.g., rose gold feels luxurious and feminine) |
| trademark | a legal registration that gives a brand exclusive rights to use a specific name or logo; if someone else has trademarked a name, you cannot legally use it |
| domain | the web address for your store (e.g., youthlash.com); must be available and purchased before you launch |
| UGC (reminder) | User-Generated Content; the instructor references having a UGC creator become the "face" of the brand through a Q&A video |
- Prompt to ChatGPT: "Give me a list of brand names that I could use for an eyelash serum using this product description." [pastes earlier description]
- ChatGPT generates 15 brand names immediately (e.g., Lash Boost, Youth Lash, and 13 more).
- Prompt to ChatGPT: "What should the brand logo look like for this eyelash serum targeting women over 40?"
- ChatGPT outputs: color themes (black, rose gold), design feel (luxury beauty), typography (modern with sophisticated appeal), overall vibe description.
- Instructor pastes the logo description into DALL-E to attempt a visual render.
- DALL-E result: letters are scrambled, the image is bizarre and dreamlike โ confirms that text-in-images remains a fundamental AI weakness.
- Better workflow: Go to Google Images, search "eyelash brand logos," gather inspiration visually; take that inspiration plus the ChatGPT-written brief to a Fiverr designer for $20โ50.
- Note: Services like "Tailor Brands" exist as automated logo generators but the instructor recommends starting simple and not overthinking it.
โGive me a list of brand names that I could use โ lash boost, youth lash... and obviously we'll have to check and make sure that these names are available but this is crazy โ look at it, it's listing off 15 names.โ
ChatGPT as a 24/7 Marketing Consultant โ Facebook Ad Advice & Chapter Close
๐บ Where this fits: Ties the entire chapter together and connects AI back to the paid advertising strategy covered in earlier chapters โ the same workflow, now accelerated by AI.
Running a Facebook ad without a clear structure leads to wasted budget; not knowing recommended starting budgets leads to either over-spending (losing money) or under-spending (getting no data).
ChatGPT's 7-step ad framework: (1) Define target audience, (2) Choose an eye-catching image ad, (3) Write an attention-grabbing headline (ChatGPT writes one for you), (4) Write a compelling body copy highlighting benefits, (5) Add a call-to-action, (6) Set your budget and targeting, (7) Monitor performance and optimize. Recommended starting budget: $5โ$10/day.
| Facebook ad | a paid promotional post that appears in users' Facebook and Instagram feeds; you set a daily budget and Facebook shows it to your chosen audience |
| image ad | a Facebook ad format that uses a single still photo rather than a video; simpler to create but often less engaging than video |
| headline | the bold text at the top of an ad; must grab attention in less than 2 seconds as the user scrolls past |
| body copy | the main text paragraph in an ad that explains the product's benefits and tells a mini-story |
| call-to-action (CTA) | a button or phrase that tells the viewer what to do next ("Shop Now," "Learn More," "Get Yours Today") |
| ad budget | how much money you commit to spending on advertising per day or per campaign; starting small lets you test before scaling |
| optimize | to analyze ad performance data and make adjustments (change the image, adjust the audience, rewrite the headline) to improve results over time |
| AI-generated human | a future capability where AI creates a realistic-looking video of a fictional person demonstrating and talking about your product; not yet reliable at time of filming |
| UGC video (reminder) | a video that looks like an ordinary person organically talking about a product, rather than a polished brand advertisement |
- Final prompt: "How can I make a good Facebook ad for this eyelash serum?"
- ChatGPT output โ 7-step framework: (1) Define target audience โ it immediately mentions the 40-year-old woman from earlier in the conversation. (2) Choose an eye-catching image (recommends image ad). (3) Write an attention-grabbing headline โ ChatGPT writes one on the spot. (4) Write a compelling body โ a few sentences on benefits. (5) Add a call-to-action. (6) Set budget and target audience. (7) Monitor ad performance and optimize results.
- Follow-up prompt: "How much should I spend on Facebook ads?"
- ChatGPT answer: Cannot give exact figures; factors in target audience, advertising goals, competition for ad space in the industry; recommendation: start with $5โ$10/day, get better understanding of what works, then adjust budget accordingly.
- Instructor evaluation: "That's good advice, truthfully it really is."
- Closing summary: The two reliable use cases โ brainstorming and copywriting. Text-to-image and AI video are not ready yet. AI will generate fake UGC humans soon. Check Discord/community group with questions. More updated AI videos coming as technology advances.
- Final call to action: "Use this as much as you can โ ask it questions, bounce things back and forth with ChatGPT and use it as your consultant to help guide you based on information on Google. Why wouldn't you use this? It's literally free."
โIt's like having Google morphed into a person sitting right next to you that can answer any of your questions... why wouldn't you use this right โ it's literally free.โ
Product Context โ Why the Smart Cupping Device
๐บ Where this fits: Before you name anything, you need a product that already has proof of life โ at least one competitor succeeding โ and few enough serious rivals that you can out-execute them.
- List 5 name criteria before brainstorming: short (1-2 syllables ideal), easy to spell aloud, no existing trademark, available .com domain, sounds like a brand not a description.
- Generate 20 name candidates using ChatGPT and Thesaurus.com, then cut any that fail even one of your 5 criteria.
- Confirm your final name has an available .com domain and passes a USPTO trademark search, then buy the domain immediately.
A beginner has no way to know if a product is "real" or just wishful thinking.
Seeing two serious competitors investing in wholesale, custom packaging, and serums is hard evidence that the product works at scale โ and that there is room for a third player who executes better.
| Smart cupping device | a handheld gadget that uses suction (like a vacuum cup) to relieve muscle pain; an electronic replacement for the traditional cupping therapy done in spas |
| Facebook Ad Library | a free public tool at facebook.com/ads/library where anyone can see every ad a brand is currently running; used to spy on competitors |
| Romatic | a competing brand already selling cupping devices; mentioned as the most established player |
| Smart Cuper | a newer competing brand copying Romatic; considered the second serious player |
| Wholesale | buying large quantities of a product directly from a manufacturer at a much lower price per unit (e.g., $10 each instead of $50 retail) |
| White labeling | taking a product already made by a factory and putting your own brand name/logo on it |
| 3PL | "Third-Party Logistics"; a warehouse company that stores, packs, and ships your orders for you |
| $10,000 days | slang for a brand making $10,000 in revenue in a single day |
| Spark ads | TikTok's ad format that boosts an organic (regular) TikTok video to reach more people as a paid ad |
- Find the product on TikTok organically (scrolling or searching)
- Search Facebook Ad Library for that product/keyword
- Count how many brands are running real, polished ads
- Visit competitor websites to gauge investment level (custom packaging, serums, branded content)
- Check TikTok view counts on competitor videos for demand signal
- Confirm product margins: retail price vs. supplier cost (e.g., $50 retail / $10 wholesale = 5x margin)
- If only 1-3 serious players and margins are strong, product passes
โI want it to feel like I'm the only one that sells this product โ that my brand, my company invented this product. That's how you want your brand to feel.โ
Brand Naming Philosophy โ Know the End Before the First Step
๐บ Where this fits: Naming is not creative play โ it is the first legally binding, publicly visible commitment to your brand strategy. Do it last in the planning phase, not first.
Beginners get excited and pick a name on day one, then discover later the name doesn't fit the product direction they actually want.
Treat the brand name as step one of execution (not planning). Only reach for it after the blueprint is fully written and the product scope is decided.
| Brand blueprint | a written plan describing what the brand sells, who it sells to, what makes it different, and where it will go long-term (similar to a business plan but focused on brand identity) |
| Product scope | whether your brand focuses on ONE product type (narrow) or a whole category of related products (wide) |
| Niche | a very specific, focused segment of a market (e.g., "cupping therapy devices for muscle pain" is a niche inside "health and wellness") |
| 7-figure brand | a brand making at least $1,000,000 per year in revenue |
- Complete the full brand blueprint (product, audience, differentiation, long-term vision)
- Decide: narrow focus (one product family) vs. wide focus (pain-relief category)
- Look at what successful competitors chose and why it worked
- Only then enter the naming phase
- Treat purchasing the domain as "step one of building" โ everything before it is planning
โDon't name your brand, don't even think about that stuff unless you have your brand blueprint finished.โ
Naming Criteria โ Short, Simple, Memorable, Safe
๐บ Where this fits: Brand name criteria act as a filter, not a generator. They eliminate bad candidates quickly so energy goes into validating the few that survive.
Without explicit criteria, brainstorming produces hundreds of names with no way to decide.
Four hard rules (short, simple, memorable, safe) cut the field dramatically and give a defensible reason for every rejection.
| Memorable | easy to remember after hearing it once; often achieved when the name hints at the product's benefit |
| Trademark | a legal registration that gives one company the exclusive right to use a name or logo in a specific industry; if someone else holds the trademark, using that name can trigger a lawsuit |
| Copyright | protects creative work (like a logo design or written content); different from trademark but sometimes confused with it |
| Double-letter confusion | when a brand name ends with the same letter that a common suffix starts with (e.g., "CupPro" โ is it one P or two? people mistype it) |
- Generate a raw list of name ideas (any method)
- Filter: is it 1-3 syllables? (short)
- Filter: can a stranger spell it after hearing it once? (simple)
- Filter: does it hint at what the product does or how it helps? (memorable)
- Filter: does it avoid double-letter endings or confusing homonyms? (clarity)
- Remaining names enter the legal/availability check phase
โI want it to be short, I want it to be simple, I want it to be rememberable โ something that someone can be like, 'Oh, that's a smart cuper,' right? It just kind of explains it.โ
Using ChatGPT to Brainstorm Brand Names
๐บ Where this fits: ChatGPT sits at the top of the naming funnel โ it generates raw material; all the real work (criteria filtering, legal check, domain check) happens downstream.
Generating even 10 decent name ideas from scratch takes hours of frustration.
A single well-written ChatGPT prompt produces 8-12 candidates in under a minute; you become the editor, not the inventor.
| ChatGPT | an AI chatbot made by OpenAI that can answer questions, write text, and brainstorm ideas; used here as a free naming consultant |
| Prompt | the question or instruction you type into ChatGPT to get a useful answer (garbage in = garbage out; the quality of the prompt affects the quality of the response) |
| Consultant | a professional you pay for expert advice; the instructor uses ChatGPT as a free substitute for an expensive branding consultant |
- Open ChatGPT (chat.openai.com โ free account works)
- Write a prompt: "What would you name a brand that provides [product benefit] to relieve [specific pain point]?"
- Review the returned list (instructor got: CuppingRelief Co, CupIQ, IntelliCup, SmartPress, HealthCup, PainAwayCup)
- Note which ones feel short and self-explanatory
- Carry the top 3-5 into the domain and trademark check
โSomething you can use that's fun is ChatGPT and you can just ask it some fun questions... cupping relief Co, CupIQ, IntelliCup, SmartPress, HealthCup, PainAwayCup โ so these can kind of give you ideas and you can just have fun.โ
Avoiding Trademark and Legal Traps
๐บ Where this fits: Trademark safety is not optional โ it is a hard gate that every candidate name must pass before you spend a single dollar on domains, logos, or ads.
A founder spends months building a brand, then receives a cease-and-desist letter and must dissolve or rename everything.
Running a USPTO trademark search before buying the domain costs nothing but 20 minutes and eliminates the most catastrophic risk in brand building.
| Trademark | a legal protection registered with the government (USPTO in the USA) that gives one company exclusive rights to use a specific name, logo, or phrase in a particular product category |
| USPTO | United States Patent and Trademark Office; the US government website (uspto.gov) where you can search existing trademarks for free |
| Cease-and-desist | a legal letter demanding you immediately stop using a name or face a lawsuit |
| Trademark class | trademarks are organized into categories (called "classes") based on the type of product; Class 10 covers medical/therapeutic devices; Class 9 covers electronic instruments; you must check the relevant class for your product |
| Infringement | using something (a name, logo, patent) that legally belongs to someone else |
| $300 million lawsuit | real example mentioned: energy drink brand "Up Energy" was sued by "Uptime" and had to shut down and relaunch as "3D Energy" |
| Invented/misspelled word | creating a name that doesn't exist in any dictionary (e.g., "Nue" instead of "New") to reduce the chance it matches an existing trademark |
- Identify your product's USPTO trademark class (e.g., Class 10 = medical/therapeutic devices, Class 9 = electronic instruments)
- Go to USPTO.gov โ Trademark Electronic Search System (TESS)
- Run a "structured search" โ enter the key word(s) of your candidate name + select the relevant class
- Review results: is any live (active) trademark using that word in your class?
- If live trademark found โ discard the name; if no live trademark โ proceed to domain check
- Extra check: Google the name + "trademark" to find any unregistered common-law claims
โThere's been energy drinks โ there's one called Uptime and someone else created an energy called Up Energy and there was like a $300 million lawsuit. Up Energy had to like dissolve their entire company and restart and now they're called 3D Energy.โ
Using Google Domains and Thesaurus.com to Test Names
๐บ Where this fits: Domain availability is the first real-world constraint that prunes the naming tree; Thesaurus.com is the tool for growing new branches when a branch is cut.
You invent what feels like the perfect name, only to discover the .com costs $10,000 or is already owned by a parked squatter.
Check Google Domains first (takes seconds), and if blocked, open Thesaurus.com to find synonyms of the key word โ then recombine and check again.
| Google Domains | Google's service for buying and managing website domain names (e.g., yourcupbrand.com); costs about $12 per year for a standard .com |
| Domain name | the web address people type to reach your store (e.g., thenewcup.com); like a street address for your website |
| .com | the most common and trusted type of domain ending; strongly preferred over .net, .shop, .co, etc. because customers automatically type .com |
| Thesaurus.com | a free website that gives you synonyms (words with similar meanings) for any word you type; useful when your preferred word is taken |
| Synonym | a word that means the same (or nearly the same) as another word (e.g., "new," "modern," "innovative," "advanced" are all synonyms) |
| Domain squatter | a person or company that buys popular domain names and holds them to resell at huge markups (sometimes $10,000+) |
| Parked domain | a domain someone owns but isn't using for an active website; it often just shows ads |
| Shopify.com subdomain | when a store uses "yourbrand.myshopify.com" instead of buying a real domain; looks unprofessional and screams dropshipping |
- Go to domains.google.com
- Type your candidate name as [name].com (e.g., newcup.com)
- If available and ~$12/year โ shortlist it
- If unavailable or expensive โ open thesaurus.com
- Type the key concept word (e.g., "new") โ review synonyms (modern, advanced, innovative, current)
- Combine each synonym with the product word โ test each combination on Google Domains
- Repeat until you find an available .com that passes all naming criteria
โA lot of people have like they'll have like the new smart cuper or new cup or whatever I'm going to end up naming it โ Shopify.com. That's their website. It's like, holy dude, like you need a custom website, like come on.โ
Trademark Search on USPTO โ Structured Research
๐บ Where this fits: The USPTO search converts a gut feeling about a name into a legally informed decision; it is the difference between building on solid ground vs. sand.
Even if you find a brand name with no active website, the trademark could still be live โ meaning you could be sued years after launch.
A structured USPTO search reveals the exact legal status (live vs. dead) and the exact goods covered, letting you assess real risk rather than guessing.
| USPTO | United States Patent and Trademark Office; the US government body that registers and maintains trademarks; website: uspto.gov |
| TESS | Trademark Electronic Search System; the free search tool inside USPTO.gov for looking up existing trademarks |
| Structured search | a specific search mode in TESS where you can filter by word AND trademark class at the same time (more precise than a basic word search) |
| Live trademark | a trademark that is currently active and legally enforceable; you cannot safely use a name that conflicts with a live trademark in your class |
| Dead trademark | a trademark that has expired, been cancelled, or abandoned; generally safer to use, but not 100% risk-free |
| Class 10 | the USPTO category covering medical and therapeutic apparatus, including devices used on the body for health purposes (relevant for cupping devices) |
| Class 9 | the USPTO category covering electronic instruments, scientific apparatus, and computer software (sometimes relevant for smart/electronic health devices) |
| Common-law rights | trademark rights that can exist even without official registration, simply by using a name publicly in commerce; harder to search for |
- Go to uspto.gov โ click "Search Trademarks" โ TESS
- Choose "Structured Search" (not basic word search)
- In the search field, type the key word of your name (e.g., "nue" or "new cup")
- Set the field to "Basic Index" and add a class filter (IC = 010 for medical devices)
- Hit search โ review each result
- For each result: check if status is LIVE or DEAD
- For LIVE results: read what goods are covered โ if they describe your product type, the name is risky; if they describe something entirely different (e.g., software), assess how close
- Make go/no-go decision; when in doubt, consult a trademark attorney
โWe need a name that's very clear and we have to do some of that trademark research... if you had a decent attorney you could fight this easy because the basis is on like downloadable software and I don't know, I think you could argue that we're like not even in class nine.โ
Final Name Decision โ "The New Cup"
๐บ Where this fits: The final name decision closes the creative phase and opens the execution phase โ from this point every action (logo, domain, Shopify setup) builds on this foundation.
Endless second-guessing of a name burns time and delays every downstream step (logo, website, ads).
A clear decision framework (4 criteria + domain + trademark) converts a subjective feeling into an objective checklist; when all boxes are checked, commit.
| "The New Cup" | the brand name the instructor chose for his live demo store; chosen because it passes all four naming criteria and clears the trademark check |
| Abandoned trademark | a registered trademark whose owner has stopped actively using and defending it (e.g., the Nue wellness company stopped posting in 2018 and their website is down) |
| Acceptable risk | a legal or business risk you consciously choose to take because the probability and cost of the bad outcome are low enough compared to the opportunity |
| thenewcup.com | the specific domain purchased for this brand; the "the" prefix was added because "newcup.com" was taken or less appealing |
| Paralysis by analysis | when someone overthinks a decision so much that they never actually make it; common in brand naming |
- Run all checks on top candidate names
- For each: domain available? YES / NO (reject if NO or >$20)
- For each: USPTO live trademark in Class 10 or 9? CLEAR / RISKY / BLOCKED
- If BLOCKED โ discard; if RISKY โ assess: is the conflicting mark truly active? Is the goods description actually in your product space?
- If risk is acceptable (dead company, different goods) โ document your reasoning (in case of future legal challenge)
- Make the final pick and stop second-guessing
- Purchase domain immediately โ delay risks someone else buying it
โI would be comfortable with going with the new cup. I think it sounds good, I think it sounds like โ like new โ there's a lot of other brands that are using it within the health and wellness space, um, so I think it proves and shows that this is a name that sounds professional.โ
Purchasing the Domain and Setting Up Google Workspace
๐บ Where this fits: Domain + business email is the legal and professional infrastructure layer of the brand โ without it, everything else (Shopify, ads, supplier emails) rests on a personal Gmail that screams amateur.
Emailing suppliers, customers, and Facebook support from a personal Gmail (jordan123@gmail.com) destroys credibility instantly.
hello@thenewcup.com costs $6/month and signals professionalism to every entity the brand interacts with.
| Google Domains | Google's service for registering domain names; cost ~$12/year for a .com |
| Google Workspace | Google's suite of business tools (Gmail, Drive, Docs, Calendar) attached to your custom domain; the Business Starter plan is ~$6/month per user |
| Business Starter | the cheapest Google Workspace tier; sufficient for a one-person dropshipping brand |
| Privacy Protection | a setting that hides your personal name, address, and phone number from the public WHOIS database (anyone can look up who owns a domain; privacy protection keeps your personal info hidden) |
| Auto Renew | automatically renews your domain each year so you don't accidentally lose it by forgetting to pay |
| Admin account | the master account that controls the Google Workspace; should be named after the brand ("The New Cup"), not the founder's personal name |
| WHOIS database | a public internet directory showing who registered any domain name; without privacy protection, your home address is visible to anyone |
| Temporary password | a one-time password Google sends to let you log in for the first time before you set your own permanent password |
- Go to domains.google.com โ search [yourbrand].com
- Add to cart โ during checkout: enable Privacy Protection (ON), enable Auto Renew (ON)
- Add Google Workspace Business Starter to the same order
- Set admin name = your brand name ("The New Cup"), NOT your personal name
- Set username = hello@[yourdomain].com (or support@, info@, etc.)
- Complete purchase
- Check your personal email for the Google confirmation + temporary password
- Sign in at workspace.google.com with new business email + temp password
- Set permanent password โ business email is live
โWhen you create your first admin account you want to have your name as 'The New Cup' like that, so when it references you in emails it says 'oh you have an email from The New Cup' โ not 'you have an email from Jordan Bound' because I put my first and last name there.โ
Action Steps โ Blueprint First, Name Second
๐บ Where this fits: The closing action steps anchor the whole naming chapter in the broader dropshipping journey: blueprint โ name โ domain โ logo โ Shopify โ ads. Skipping blueprint means every downstream step is built on guesswork.
A brand named too broadly attracts no one; a brand named too narrowly traps you in a single product forever.
The sweet spot is a name that is specific to your core product but doesn't explicitly exclude adjacent products โ "The New Cup" implies cupping products broadly, not just one device.
| Brand scope | how wide or narrow the product range your brand name allows you to sell; too narrow = trapped, too broad = unfocused |
| Adjacent products | products related to your core item that a customer would naturally also want (e.g., cupping serums, massage tools, heat pads โ adjacent to a cupping device) |
| SKU | "Stock Keeping Unit"; just means one specific product variant (e.g., the red cupping device is one SKU, the black version is another SKU) |
| Blueprint | in this context: the complete written strategic plan for the brand, including product choice, target customer, competitors, pricing, marketing channels, and long-term goals; must be finished before any execution step |
| Ceiling on your brand | when your brand name limits how far you can grow (e.g., if you're called "RedCupOnly.com" you can never credibly sell blue cups) |
| 10-point blueprint | the instructor's proprietary checklist for evaluating whether a product/brand idea is worth pursuing (mentioned throughout the course) |
| Being the best, first, or different | the instructor's three-part positioning framework: you must be #1 in quality, the first to market, OR do things differently/better than existing players; "different" is lowest risk |
- Write out your complete brand blueprint โ do not skip or rush this
- Ask: "Where do I want this brand to be in 3 years?" (one product? product line? full wellness brand?)
- Evaluate your candidate name against the long-term vision: does it allow that future?
- Ask: "If a friend wants to recommend my brand, can they say the name naturally in a sentence?"
- Ask: "Does my name put a ceiling on what I can sell?" โ if yes, consider widening slightly
- Confirm domain is available and trademark is clear
- Buy domain + Google Workspace
- Next step: logo design (covered in next video โ described as fun and simple, not something to stress over)
โMake sure you're not putting like a ceiling on your head of your brand name, but you're also not being like calling yourself like painaway.com โ like we take away all pains and we focus on everything โ because we want to be niche, we want to be specific, we want to help people with one thing.โ
Why Logo Comes Before Shopify Setup
๐บ Where this fits: Foundation step between "Brand Identity" (naming) and "Store Build" (Shopify). You are locking in the visual layer of the brand blueprint before technical setup begins.
- Open Canva, pick a color palette of 2-3 colors that matches your brand's emotional frame (e.g., black/white for premium, bright for energy).
- Design a text-first logo โ your brand name in a bold, readable font โ before adding any icon or graphic element.
- Test your logo at small sizes (favicon, phone screen) to confirm it is still readable; if not, simplify until it is.
Students feel eager to skip to building the store, but a logoless store looks amateur and undermines every dollar spent on ads.
Treating logo as a prerequisite (not an afterthought) means the brand blueprint is truly complete before money and time are invested in store construction.
| brand blueprint | the overall plan/vision for what your brand is, who it serves, and how it looks and feels |
| logo | the visual symbol or text design that represents your brand; what appears on your website, ads, and packaging |
| domain | the web address (e.g., yourbrand.com) that customers type to reach your store |
- Complete brand naming (previous chapter).
- Design and finalize logo.
- Set up Shopify store.
- Link custom domain.
- Link business email.
- Store is ready for traffic and ads.
โWe need to have the logo design finalized because we picked the name โ let's quickly pair it with the logo, get fully dead set on the exact direction we're taking.โ
Canva โ The All-In-One Design Tool
๐บ Where this fits: This is the first tool introduced in the "Brand Design" layer of the dropshipping stack. It sits between brand naming and store setup, enabling everything visual.
Students don't know how to design anything and fear expensive, complicated software.
Canva Pro (~$12.99/month) replaces Photoshop and multiple other tools; a single subscription covers logos, product images, and ad graphics.
| Canva | a website/app (canva.com) where you drag and drop text, shapes, and images to create designs without any coding or art training |
| Canva Pro | the paid version of Canva (~$12.99/month) that unlocks advanced features like background removal and premium templates |
| affiliate link | a special web link that gives the course creator a small commission when you click and buy; the price to you is the same or sometimes better |
| 1080x1080 | the pixel dimensions of the design canvas; pixels are tiny dots that make up a digital image; 1080x1080 is a square, common for social media posts and logos |
| Photoshop | Adobe's professional image-editing software, powerful but expensive and complex; Canva is the beginner-friendly alternative |
| conversion rate | the percentage of website visitors who actually buy something; better visuals increase this number |
- Open the affiliate link from the course description.
- Select the Monthly billing option.
- Sign up for Canva Pro and start the free trial.
- Log in and open a new design at 1080x1080 pixels.
- Use templates, text, and elements to design the logo.
- Export the finished logo for use on the store, ads, and social media.
โCanva is quite literally one of the most useful things and it is one of the most well worth the money purchases you could make when it comes to building brands and doing things online.โ
Color Theory and Brand Emotion
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "Brand Emotion" layer inside logo design โ connecting the product's target audience psychology to the visual design choices.
Choosing colors randomly produces a logo that feels "off" to the target audience โ the brand looks cheap or mismatched even if the design is technically fine.
Understanding even basic color psychology (5โ6 color meanings) gives the designer enough grounding to make intentional, audience-appropriate choices in minutes.
| color theory | the study of how colors affect human emotions and perception; used by designers to make deliberate visual choices |
| brand emotion | the feeling a brand is designed to trigger in its customers (trust, excitement, luxury, etc.) |
| symmetrical | balanced; the same on both sides; in logo design, symmetry makes a logo feel stable and professional |
| minimal/minimalist | using as few elements as possible; clean, simple design with lots of empty space |
| luxurious | giving the impression of high quality, exclusivity, and premium value |
| max three colors | a design rule: using more than three colors in a logo makes it look cluttered and amateur |
| nude tones | soft, skin-like colors (light browns, beiges, pale pinks); popular in beauty and wellness branding |
- Identify your target customer (gender, age, lifestyle, values).
- Identify the core emotion your product/brand should trigger.
- Map that emotion to a color (blue=trust, purple/gold=luxury, red=passion, orange=energy).
- Choose 1โ2 colors maximum; black is always a safe anchor.
- Apply those colors consistently to the logo and later to the entire store design.
โColors have expressive tones to them, they have kind of meanings and frequencies to them โ blue conveys trust, purple conveys royalty and luxury, same with gold.โ
Coolors and Finding Your Color Palette
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "Color Selection" sub-step inside logo design, bridging color theory knowledge into a concrete tool and decision.
Abstract color advice ("pick something that conveys trust") gives students no concrete action โ they get stuck staring at a color wheel.
coolors.co turns abstract color theory into a click-and-browse tool; proven brand color borrowing gives a fast shortcut to credible palettes.
| coolors.co | a free website (coolors.co) that automatically generates color palettes (sets of colors that look good together); you can lock colors you like and regenerate the rest |
| color palette | a chosen set of colors (usually 2โ5) that a brand uses consistently across all its materials |
| color code | a specific number/letter code (like #FF0000 for red) that tells a computer exactly which color to display; used to keep colors consistent across tools |
| harmonious | colors that look pleasing and balanced together (not clashing) |
| Amazon orange | the specific orange color Amazon uses in its logo and branding; recognized worldwide and associated with trust and fast delivery |
- Open coolors.co in a browser.
- Browse generated palettes or search for a specific color.
- Optionally, look up the hex color codes of brands your target audience trusts.
- Lock in your primary and secondary color.
- Copy the exact color codes.
- Apply those codes inside Canva when coloring your logo text and elements.
โSomething you can really do to convey trust is like go with colors that big brands do โ like having like some Amazon Orange is going to convey trust to people.โ
Studying Industry Logos for Inspiration
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "Competitive Research" input to logo design โ the same research mindset used in product selection now applied to visual branding.
Designing in a vacuum produces logos that feel wrong to the target audience even if they look fine in isolation โ they don't "speak the visual language" of the industry.
A quick Google image search of competitor/peer logos reveals the unwritten visual rules of any industry in under 5 minutes.
| text logo (wordmark) | a logo made entirely of styled letters/words with no icon or illustration; used by brands like Google, Coca-Cola, and many modern fashion brands |
| icon | a small graphic symbol used alongside or instead of text in a logo (e.g., Apple's apple, Nike's swoosh) |
| swoosh | a curved line or movement element added to a text logo to give it energy or style (e.g., Nike's checkmark) |
| tagline | a short phrase placed below a logo that explains what the brand does or its promise (e.g., "Just Do It") |
| The Ordinary | a well-known minimalist beauty brand whose plain black-text logo is cited as a modern gold standard for clean branding |
| Dove | a personal care brand whose logo (word + small bird icon) is an example of text + tiny icon done well |
| Ulta Beauty | a beauty retail chain; their logo is a clean wordmark with a small design element |
- Open Google and search "[your industry] brand logos."
- Click the Images tab to see visual results.
- Scroll through 20โ30 logos and notice patterns: How many colors? Text-only or icon? Simple or complex?
- Note 3โ5 logos you like and why.
- Note what you want to avoid (too complex, too thin, too cartoonish).
- Bring those observations as a reference guide into your Canva design session.
โAlmost everyone is just doing that kind of text thing with a little bit of movement โ feel free to find a cool text and honestly just add some little swoopy to it, add a little line, make one letter a little bit bigger.โ
Live Logo Design in Canva โ Text First
๐บ Where this fits: This is the hands-on execution phase of logo design inside the brand-building layer of dropshipping. It bridges abstract principles (color, simplicity) into a concrete, usable asset.
Beginners think good logos require artistic talent or expensive software. They freeze at the blank canvas.
Canva templates eliminate the blank-canvas problem โ you start from something, then modify. The logo emerges through iteration, not inspiration.
| template | a pre-made design layout in Canva that you can edit; it's a starting point, not a finished product |
| font | the visual style of text; different fonts create different feelings (bold fonts feel strong; thin fonts feel elegant; rounded fonts feel friendly) |
| Anton | a specific bold, condensed font available in Canva; named so you can search it directly |
| letter spacing | the amount of space between each letter in a word; increasing it makes text feel more open and airy; decreasing it makes it tighter and more compact |
| uppercase / lowercase | uppercase = ALL CAPS; lowercase = all small letters; mixing them can create visual hierarchy |
| bold / italic | bold makes text thicker/heavier; italic tilts text to the right; both change the personality of the text |
| layer / send to back | in design tools, elements stack on top of each other like sheets of paper; "send to back" moves an element behind others |
| Ctrl+Z | keyboard shortcut to undo the last action; universal in most design and text software |
| maroon | a dark brownish-red color |
- Open Canva and create a new 1080x1080 design.
- Go to Design tab โ search "logos" to browse text templates.
- Click a template that matches your brand vibe.
- Replace the template text with your brand name.
- Experiment: change font size, try uppercase vs lowercase, adjust letter spacing.
- Try one small added element: a dot, a colored box, a line, a shape.
- Apply your chosen brand colors (e.g., black + maroon/red).
- Compare multiple versions side by side before committing.
โFind some cool text that you like and make some changes โ you can also make this go like that and put it up โ that also looks great and you can just kind of have fun with it.โ
Centering, Spacing, and Refinement Techniques
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "Polish" sub-step of logo design โ the difference between a rough draft and a finished asset ready for the store, ads, and social profiles.
A logo that looks centered on a big screen looks obviously off-center when displayed as a small circle on TikTok or Instagram โ destroying the professional impression.
Canva provides multiple alignment tools (visual guides, center button, coordinate numbers) that make perfect centering achievable for absolute beginners in under 2 minutes.
| centering | placing an element exactly in the middle of the design canvas, equal distance from all sides |
| X/Y coordinates | numbers that tell you exactly where an element sits on the canvas; X = horizontal position (left-right), Y = vertical position (up-down); Canva shows these when you click an element |
| Ctrl+scroll | holding the Ctrl key and scrolling the mouse wheel zooms in or out in Canva; zooming in lets you check fine alignment details |
| Shift+click | holding Shift while clicking multiple elements selects them all at once, so you can move or resize them together as a group |
| duplicate to another page | Canva lets you copy your entire design to a new page; use this to make experimental changes without destroying the original version |
| thumbnail | a very small version of an image; your logo will appear as a thumbnail (tiny circle) on TikTok, Instagram, etc., so it must look good at small sizes |
| guide (shape guide) | a temporary shape (rectangle, line) placed on the canvas purely to help you align other elements; deleted after use |
- Place your logo text and elements roughly where you think they should go.
- Zoom in using Ctrl+scroll to inspect alignment closely.
- Drop a temporary rectangle on one side of the canvas to create a visual center line.
- Align your elements so they touch that center line equally on both sides.
- Use Canva's built-in center/align button to snap elements to canvas center.
- Check the X coordinate number to confirm the element is truly at the center point.
- Delete the guide rectangle.
- Shrink the logo to thumbnail size (small circle) to verify it reads clearly at small scale.
โA good way to see your logo through a customer's eyes is making it really small and seeing how readable it is โ because people are going to see it like if it's a TikTok ad in that little lower right corner.โ
When to Hire on Fiverr and Final Logo Principles
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "Decision and Delivery" phase that closes the Logo Design chapter and transitions to the next major chapter: Shopify store setup. It also introduces Fiverr as a broader resource for low-cost creative work.
Perfectionism about the logo delays store launch by days or weeks โ spending time that should go into marketing and sales.
A $5 Fiverr hire or a "friends vote" session provides external input that breaks the internal loop of perfectionism. The logo is good enough when it is simple, bold, and readable.
| Fiverr | an online marketplace (fiverr.com) where freelance designers, writers, and other professionals offer services starting at $5; you can hire a logo designer cheaply and quickly |
| freelancer | a self-employed person who does work for different clients on a project-by-project basis, not a permanent employee |
| vector file | a type of image file (e.g., .SVG, .AI, .EPS) where the design is made of mathematical lines rather than pixels; it can be scaled to any size without losing quality โ important for logos that will appear on both tiny favicons and large banners |
| SVG | Scalable Vector Graphic; a common vector file format for logos; "scalable" means it stays sharp at any size |
| PNG | Portable Network Graphic; a common image file format that supports transparent backgrounds; ideal for logos placed on colored backgrounds |
| transparent background | a logo background with no color (appears as a checkerboard pattern in editing software), so the logo can be placed on any colored surface without a white box around it |
| favicon | the tiny icon that appears in a browser tab next to the page title; usually a simplified version of the brand logo |
| wholesale inventory | buying products in large quantities to sell; if your logo is printed on physical products, changing the logo means reprinting or discarding existing stock |
| decision paralysis | being unable to make a decision because you keep second-guessing yourself; a common trap in logo design |
- Create 2โ3 distinct logo variations in Canva (use "duplicate page" for each version).
- Show variations to friends and family; ask: "Which feels most like [brand personality]?"
- Collect votes and qualitative feedback.
- If genuinely stuck, go to Fiverr, post a $5 job, and give the designer your exact spec.
- Select the final logo version.
- Export as PNG with transparent background from Canva.
- Use the logo in Shopify setup (next chapter).
โKeep it simple, keep it bold, and just don't overthink it โ make sure you're studying people in your industry and doing something similar. I will be showing you guys the final design later down the road.โ
Starting Shopify: Trial Sign-Up and Google Profile Setup
๐บ Where this fits: Shopify is the central platform tying together domain (Google Domains), email (Google Workspace), products (3PL supplier), and traffic (TikTok/Facebook ads) into one operational business.
- Sign up for Shopify using the affiliate link and your business Google email.
- Connect your custom domain so customers never see a .myshopify.com address.
- Delete default shipping rates and add one $4.95 flat-rate US shipping option.
- Activate Shopify Payments using a virtual address and a Google Voice number, not your home details.
- Enable tipping (10/15/20%) and pre-select email and SMS marketing in checkout settings.
- Pick the Basic plan and run the 100%-off test order before sending any traffic.
Beginners don't know which plan or deal to use, which email to register with, or how to keep business and personal logins separate.
One affiliate link + one Google login + a dedicated Chrome profile creates an organized, integrated starting point in under 5 minutes.
| Shopify | a website service that lets you build an online store without knowing how to code; you pay monthly and Shopify handles the technical side |
| Free trial / $1 deal | a heavily discounted period ($1/month for 3 months) so you can test the platform before paying full price ($39/month after) |
| Affiliate link | a special web address that earns the course creator a small commission when you sign up through it, at no extra cost to you; it also guarantees you the best current deal |
| Google Chrome profile | a separate "desk" inside the Chrome browser with its own saved passwords, bookmarks, and logged-in accounts; one profile per brand keeps business and personal life apart |
| Integrated | connected together so multiple services (email, Shopify, ad accounts) recognize the same login automatically |
- Click the affiliate link in the course description โ this unlocks the best current trial deal.
- On the Shopify sign-up page, enter your business email (e.g., hello@thenewcup.com).
- Click "Start free trial" โ skip any survey or onboarding questions quickly.
- When prompted, click "Sign in with Google" and select your business Google account โ instant connection, no extra passwords.
- In Google Chrome, click the profile icon (top right) โ "Add new profile" โ name it after your brand.
- Inside that Chrome profile, keep all business tabs open: Shopify, Gmail, Google Drive, ad accounts โ one-click login to everything.
โWe're setting up our Shopify store โ we're getting everything integrated with our Google domain, our G email. Let's swing the axe for the first time and start really cutting down this tree.โ
Connecting Your Custom Domain in Settings
๐บ Where this fits: Domain connection is the bridge between the brand identity built in earlier chapters (domain purchase, logo, brand name) and the live store customers will visit.
Beginners fear DNS configuration as complex technical work; this shows it's actually automatic when using the same Google account end-to-end.
Same Google login = one-click connection; SSL resolves automatically within minutes with no manual configuration needed.
| Domain | your website's custom address (e.g., thenewcup.com); without connecting it, your store URL is an ugly default like "thenewcup.myshopify.com" |
| Settings | the control panel inside Shopify's admin dashboard where all store configuration options live |
| Connect existing domain | a Shopify option to attach a domain you already own elsewhere (rather than buying a new one through Shopify) |
| Connect automatically | Shopify detects that you're logged in with the same Google account that registered the domain, and wires everything together without you copying any technical codes |
| SSL / SSL pending | SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) is the technology that puts the padlock icon in a browser's address bar, telling visitors "this site is safe." "Pending" means Shopify is in the middle of activating it โ it resolves in minutes without any action from you. |
- Inside Shopify admin, click "Settings" (bottom-left sidebar).
- Click "Domains."
- Click "Connect existing domain."
- Type your domain exactly: e.g., thenewcup.com.
- Click "Connect automatically" โ Shopify detects your Google account ownership.
- Wait a couple of minutes; SSL status will move from "pending" to active (green padlock).
โIt's going to connect in literally seconds. All set up, and it should be reflected in here within a couple minutes. It's going to try to kind of bounce back and forth on the SSL, going to keep that pending, but I could come back in a couple minutes and that will literally be done.โ
Shipping Settings: Custom Flat Rate
๐บ Where this fits: Shipping settings define the customer's checkout experience and your logistics boundary. A clean flat-rate setup removes friction and matches the 3PL's domestic fulfillment model.
Default Shopify shipping settings include multiple confusing rate types; beginners don't know what to delete or keep, and fear setting the wrong price.
Delete everything, create one $4.95 "Insured Domestic Shipping" flat rate for the US zone. If going US-only, delete international rates entirely.
| Shipping zone | a geographic grouping (e.g., "United States" or "International") that Shopify uses to organize which shipping rates apply to customers in that area |
| Flat rate | a fixed shipping fee that is the same for every order regardless of weight or distance (e.g., always $4.95) |
| Insured domestic shipping | the name the instructor gives to his $4.95 US shipping option; "insured" implies the shipment is covered if lost or damaged, which sounds trustworthy to customers |
| 3PL | Third-Party Logistics; a fulfillment warehouse that stores and ships your products for you (set up in earlier chapters) |
| TikTok targeting / Facebook targeting | when running ads, you choose which geographic regions to show them to; TikTok has more geographic restrictions than Facebook |
- Settings โ Shipping โ Manage.
- Find the US shipping zone โ delete all existing default rates.
- Click "Add rate" โ choose "Custom flat rate."
- Name it: "Insured Domestic Shipping" โ set price: $4.95 โ Save.
- Go to the International zone โ delete all rates (since the business is US-only).
- Optionally: if planning future international shipping, create a placeholder $4.95 rate for international too and revisit later.
โI'm only going to be shipping to the US. I delete all of the shipping rates for the US, I do a custom flat rate, I call this insured domestic shipping, and I do this at $4.95.โ
Payments Setup: Shopify Payments, Privacy Addresses, and Two-Step Verification
๐บ Where this fits: Payment setup is the financial backbone of the store; privacy protection here prevents real-world exposure of personal information as the business grows and handles thousands of transactions.
Beginners use their home address and cell number, not realizing these appear on bank statements and can be accessed by customers โ a safety and privacy risk.
Virtual address (iPostal recommended) + Google Voice phone number (free) + downloaded two-step recovery codes = fully protected, professional payment setup.
| Shopify Payments | Shopify's own built-in payment system; powered by Stripe, it lets you accept credit cards directly without needing a separate payment processor account |
| Stripe | the underlying financial technology company that actually processes credit card transactions behind Shopify Payments |
| Activate | turning Shopify Payments on for the first time by submitting your business and banking information |
| Virtual business address | a real mailing address at a commercial location (not your home) that you rent; mail and packages go there; used by startups and online businesses to protect personal privacy; iPostal is one provider |
| Google Voice | a free Google service that gives you a separate phone number that forwards calls and texts to your real phone; customers call the Google Voice number, not your personal number |
| Two-step verification (2FA) | a security system where logging in requires both your password and a one-time code sent to your phone; prevents hackers from accessing your store even if they steal your password |
| Recovery codes | a set of one-time backup codes you download when setting up two-step verification; if you lose access to your phone, these codes let you regain access to your account |
| Chargebacks | when a customer disputes a charge with their bank and the bank forcibly reverses the payment; the seller must respond with evidence to fight it |
- Settings โ Payments โ "Activate Shopify Payments."
- Enter business information โ use a virtual address (not your home address) and a Google Voice number (not your personal cell).
- Link your bank account for payouts.
- Complete two-step verification: Shopify will ask you to sign into Google, then add a phone number for verification codes.
- Download and save the recovery codes to your computer immediately.
- Click "okay" / submit โ Shopify Payments is now active.
โYou want to make sure that you don't put in your exact home address and your exact phone number. You can easily set up Google Voice โ it's a super easy little phone app, you just get it for completely free.โ
PayPal: The Honest Risk Warning
๐บ Where this fits: PayPal management is an operational discipline issue, not just a settings toggle. It connects to the broader theme that scaling a store without managing disputes can destroy revenue faster than it's earned.
Beginners assume PayPal "just works" like a bonus payment option. They don't realize it's a completely separate financial system with its own dispute rules โ and that ignoring it can wipe out all profits.
Either commit to daily PayPal chargeback management (24-hour response rule) or simply deactivate PayPal until you have the systems and time to handle it. The store still works perfectly without it via Shopify Payments.
| PayPal | a separate online payment company (not Shopify); customers can choose to pay via PayPal at checkout if you enable it; known for strongly siding with buyers in disputes |
| Chargeback | when a customer contacts their bank or PayPal claiming they didn't receive a product or didn't authorize a charge; the bank/PayPal temporarily reverses the payment and demands the seller prove otherwise |
| Conversion rate | the percentage of store visitors who actually make a purchase; e.g., 1% conversion rate means 1 out of every 100 visitors buys something |
| Frozen account | PayPal temporarily or permanently locks a seller's account and withholds all funds as a penalty for unresolved disputes or policy violations |
| Permanently banned | PayPal completely closes the account with no appeal; the seller can never use that account again |
| Deactivate PayPal | turning PayPal off as a checkout option in Shopify Settings; customers will only see credit card checkout via Shopify Payments |
- After activating Shopify Payments, notice PayPal appears as an additional payment option.
- Decide: will you check PayPal every single day and respond to disputes within 24 hours?
- If YES โ keep PayPal active; expect ~1% better conversion rate (~20% more sales).
- If NO โ Settings โ Payments โ scroll to PayPal โ "Manage" โ "Deactivate."
- Confirm deactivation โ PayPal is removed from the checkout page.
- Note: your store still accepts all major credit cards via Shopify Payments; no sales are lost from the card-payment side.
โThey froze all my money, they permanently banned me. I still haven't been able to use PayPal since 2017 โ and they refunded $10,000 worth of orders that I already shipped out and already paid for ads to get the sale in the first place.โ
Checkout Settings: Email, Tipping, Marketing, and Legal Policies
๐บ Where this fits: Checkout settings are the revenue and legal layer that sits between order placement and payment. Optimizing them is about both maximizing revenue (tips, marketing list) and legal compliance (policies required by law and Shopify).
New store owners treat checkout as "just how Shopify works" rather than a configurable revenue and compliance layer. Missing tips and marketing consent means leaving free money and a customer list on the table.
Enable tipping (10/15/20%), pre-select email and SMS marketing, turn off unnecessary fields, and populate all four policy pages โ total setup time under 15 minutes.
| Shop app | Shopify's consumer shopping app; showing a link to it at checkout sends customers away from your branded experience into Shopify's generic marketplace |
| Tipping | an optional feature at checkout where customers can add a voluntary extra payment (10%, 15%, 20%); shown to buyers who resonate with the brand |
| Pre-selected marketing checkbox | a checkbox in checkout that says "I agree to receive marketing emails/SMS"; if pre-selected, customers are opted in by default (they can uncheck it); this builds your marketing list without customers having to actively opt in |
| SMS | text messages sent to a phone number; alongside email, a direct channel to reach past customers with promotions |
| Privacy Policy | a legal document explaining what customer data you collect and how you use it; required by law in many countries |
| Terms of Service | a legal document setting the rules customers agree to when using your store |
| Refund Policy | your specific rules for returns and refunds (e.g., 30-day money-back guarantee); must match what your 3PL actually allows |
| Shipping Policy | your specific rules for shipping timeframes and methods; must reflect your 3PL's actual fulfillment speed |
| Ctrl+F (find and replace) | keyboard shortcut to search for a word in a document; used here to find every instance of "The New Cup" or "hello@thenewcup.com" in copied policy text and replace with your brand name and email |
| 30-day money-back guarantee | a promise that customers can return the product within 30 days for a full refund; increases conversion rates because customers feel less risk when buying |
- Settings โ Checkout and Accounts.
- Under "Customer accounts": select "Email" login; turn OFF "Show link to Shop app."
- Under "Form options": required = first and last name; company = off; phone = optional (not required).
- Under "Tipping": enable; set to 10%, 15%, 20%.
- Under "Marketing options": pre-select Email AND SMS checkboxes.
- Click "Legal settings" โ auto-populate Privacy Policy and Terms of Service through Shopify.
- For Refund Policy: go to thenewcup.com โ copy refund policy text โ paste into Shopify refund policy field โ use Ctrl+F to find/replace all instances of "The New Cup" with your brand name and all instances of "hello@thenewcup.com" with your email.
- Repeat step 7 for Shipping Policy.
- For Contact Information: type your support email and a major city/state (not your home address).
- Hit Save.
โTipping is a good one โ you want to have tipping on. On one of my stores alone, that store did like $2,000 to $3,000 a month profit in tips. Unreal. Super exciting, easy, fun money right there.โ
Selecting Your Plan and Finalizing Account Profile
๐บ Where this fits: Plan selection is the final administrative step that converts a free trial into an active business. Combined with all prior settings, the store is now operationally complete โ ready for apps, product loading, and website design.
Beginners over-think plan selection or don't realize the $1 deal expires after 3 months, leading to bill shock at $39/month.
Basic plan is the only correct choice at this stage. $1/month for 3 months, then $39/month (or $29 if billed annually). No other plan is needed until the store is scaling heavily.
| Basic plan | Shopify's entry-level paid tier; costs $39/month (month-to-month) or $29/month (annual billing); includes all features a new dropshipping store needs |
| Billing cycle | whether you pay monthly (more flexible, slightly higher price) or annually (one big payment upfront, lower monthly equivalent) |
| Time zone | the regional clock setting on your account; important for reading your Shopify analytics (sales reports, traffic data) at the correct local times |
| Manage account | the personal profile section in Shopify's top-right corner; where you update your name, photo, language, and time zone |
- Settings โ Plans โ click "Choose Basic."
- Review the pricing: $1/month for 3 months, then $39/month (month-to-month) or $29/month (annual).
- Confirm the billing cycle โ select your payment card โ click "Start Plan."
- Shopify shows a questionnaire โ click "Cancel" or skip it entirely.
- Go to the top-right corner of Shopify admin โ click your account icon โ "Manage account."
- Update: your full name โ optionally add a profile photo โ verify time zone is correct for your location โ click Save.
- Store setup is complete. Next chapter: installing apps.
โThat basically sets up our Shopify store โ it's quite literally that easy. We have everything integrated, we have our shipping ready, we have all of our policies ready, and we're basically good to go.โ
Early Game Apps Overview
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "equip the store" phase โ after setup and before driving traffic, you add the minimum viable trust stack.
- Install Debutify, upload the theme ZIP to Shopify, and remove the storefront password.
- Install Loox at the $34.99 tier so you can fully edit imported review text and photos.
- Use the Loox bookmarklet to pull 100+ photo reviews from multiple AliExpress listings.
- Export reviews to Google Sheets, rewrite every body in natural English, mix in some 4-star ratings, and re-import the cleaned CSV.
A store with no reviews and a generic theme looks untrustworthy; potential customers bounce.
Two targeted apps close the trust gap: a premium theme (design) and a review app (social proof).
| App | a software plugin you install into Shopify from its App Store; adds features without coding |
| Early game | the phase right after your store launches, before you have sales data or a budget for premium tools |
| Late/mid game | the phase after you are generating consistent revenue and can invest in advanced marketing tools |
| Social proof | evidence that other real people have bought and liked your product (reviews, ratings, photos) |
| Conversion rate | the percentage of website visitors who actually buy; e.g., 2% means 2 out of every 100 visitors purchase |
- Acknowledge your store is live but missing trust elements.
- Categorize needed apps into early-game vs. later-game.
- Commit to installing only two apps now to keep setup lean.
- Identify Debutify (theme/design) as app #1.
- Identify Loox (reviews) as app #2.
โthere is some like early game apps and late game apps but this one should be relatively easy we're just going to be setting up debutify which is our um website theme we're going to use and then we're also going to be setting up Luke's reviewsโ
Debutify โ The Store Theme App
๐บ Where this fits: Theme selection determines your store's ceiling for conversion rate. Debutify is chosen for its conversion-focused features and the instructor's pre-built website template perk.
Default Shopify themes look generic and lack built-in conversion tools; adding individual apps for each feature is expensive and complex.
Debutify (especially Enterprise) bundles design + conversion features + custom support + a free pre-built website template into one subscription.
| Theme | the visual template controlling your store's layout, fonts, colors, and page structure |
| Enterprise plan | the top-tier subscription ($150/month); includes all features and integrations |
| Sticky add-to-cart | a button that stays visible at the bottom of the screen as a shopper scrolls, making it easier to buy |
| Upsell | an offer to buy a more expensive or upgraded version of what's in the cart |
| Cross-sell | a suggestion to buy a related product alongside the one already in the cart |
| Conversion rate | percentage of visitors who buy; going from 2% to 4% doubles revenue on the same ad spend |
| Affiliate link | a special URL that gives you (the student) a discount or extended trial and gives the course creator a commission |
- Go to Debutify website via affiliate link in course description.
- Choose your plan: Free to test, Enterprise if budget allows.
- Create a Debutify account using your store email.
- Verify email and log in.
- Click "Get Theme" and download the latest ZIP file.
- In Shopify: Online Store โ Themes โ Add Theme โ Upload ZIP.
- Click "Publish" to make Debutify your live theme.
โthe amount of integrated apps they have into this platform is pretty unreal you can get almost any other app that you would needโฆ are already built into the debutify Enterprise themeโ
Installing Debutify on Shopify
๐บ Where this fits: This is the technical "go live" moment for your store's design layer.
Uploading the theme is not enough โ publishing it and removing the password are two separate actions beginners often miss.
Three discrete steps (upload โ publish โ remove password) make the store publicly accessible with the new design.
| ZIP file | a compressed folder containing all the theme's code and assets; Shopify reads this format for theme uploads |
| Publish (theme) | sets this theme as the active one customers see; your old theme becomes inactive but is not deleted |
| Password protection | a Shopify feature that hides your store behind a password page during development; must be removed before customers can browse |
| Paid plan | a Shopify subscription (even the $1/month trial) required to remove the password and go live |
- In Shopify admin, navigate to Online Store โ Themes.
- Click "Add Theme" โ "Upload ZIP file" โ select the Debutify ZIP.
- Wait for the upload to complete.
- Click "Publish" next to the newly uploaded theme.
- Go to Settings โ Plan and confirm you have an active paid plan.
- Go to Online Store โ Preferences โ remove the storefront password.
- Visit your store URL to confirm it loads publicly with the new theme.
โyou want to make sure that's done or else nobody's going to be able to go to your websiteโ
Loox Reviews โ Installing the App
๐บ Where this fits: Loox is the trust-engine layer โ it gives new visitors evidence that the product works, without them needing to be the first buyer.
No reviews = no social proof = visitors don't trust the store enough to buy, wasting all ad spend.
Loox lets you import, curate, and display polished photo reviews from AliExpress listings before you have a single real customer.
| Loox | a Shopify review app (app store name "Loox"; Jordan pronounces it "Luks") that collects and displays photo reviews |
| Branding removal | paying the higher plan to remove the "Powered by Loox" badge from your store |
| Post-fulfillment | after the customer's order has been shipped and marked delivered |
| Discount for review | an automated email offering customers a coupon code (e.g., 10% off next order) in exchange for leaving a review |
| AliExpress | a Chinese wholesale marketplace where the products you're dropshipping are sourced; it has thousands of real buyer reviews you can reference |
- In Shopify admin, go to Apps โ search "Loox" โ click Install.
- Select your plan: $9.99/month (basic) or $34.99/month (full customization).
- Click "Approve" to grant Loox permissions to your store.
- In Loox setup: set primary language to English.
- Set star color to match your brand (Jordan uses red).
- Set review request timing to 20 days after fulfillment.
- Set review incentive discount to 10%.
- Proceed to the reviews import section.
โyou can't have a store up with no reviews nowadays it will not work for youโ
Loox โ Importing Reviews from AliExpress
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "evidence manufacturing" step โ not fabricating claims, but curating the best real-world proof that already exists on the market.
AliExpress reviews are raw and unfiltered; many are in foreign languages, show competing color variants, or feature packaging you don't sell.
The Loox bookmarklet + preview filter lets you hand-pick only the most relevant, on-brand, high-quality review photos from multiple listings.
| Bookmarklet | a browser bookmark that runs a small script when clicked; the Loox one activates the review import tool on any AliExpress page |
| URL handle / product handle | the short text ID in your product's web address (e.g., "new-cup" in yourcustomstore.com/products/new-cup); Loox uses this to attach reviews to the right product |
| Scrape | automatically collect data (like reviews) from a webpage |
| Variant | a version of a product in a different color, size, or style; if you only sell red, you reject review images that show blue variants |
| Preview and import | a Loox step where you see each review photo before deciding to accept (import it) or reject (skip it) |
- In Loox, drag the import bookmarklet to your browser bookmarks bar.
- Create a placeholder product in Shopify (title "The New Cup") if not done yet.
- On AliExpress, search your product keyword; open a listing with the most sales.
- Click the "Reviews" tab on the listing.
- Click the Loox bookmarklet; a popup appears.
- Select your product, set 100 reviews, all ratings, all countries, translate to English, photos only.
- Click Preview โ review images appear one by one.
- Accept on-brand images; reject sideways, wrong-color, or packaging-only images.
- Click Import when done with this listing.
- Repeat steps 3โ9 on additional AliExpress listings to gather more reviews.
โwe want to do 100 reviews we can do all ratings all countries to English and then only reviews with photos that's very big here because we want to gather in as many photo reviews as possibleโ
Loox โ Exporting Reviews & Google Sheet Template
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "quality control" checkpoint between raw AliExpress data and your polished storefront.
Loox has no in-app review text editor; broken-English reviews from the import step look unprofessional if published as-is.
Exporting to CSV, pasting into the Loox Google Sheet template, and editing there gives full control over every word and image before re-importing.
| CSV file | "Comma-Separated Values"; a simple spreadsheet format any program can read; Loox uses it to transfer review data in and out |
| Google Sheets template | a pre-formatted spreadsheet Loox provides that has the exact columns their import system expects |
| Make a Copy | a Google Sheets command that saves the template to your own Google Drive so you can edit it |
| Product handle | the URL slug for your product (e.g., "new-cup"); must match exactly or reviews won't attach to the right product |
| Import location: Insert new sheets | a Google Sheets import setting that puts your uploaded CSV on a new tab without overwriting the template |
| Verified purchase | a column in the template; set all values to "true" so reviews appear as confirmed buyers |
- In Loox โ Reviews โ click "Export all reviews to CSV" โ save to desktop.
- In Loox โ Import Reviews โ click "Loox import file template" link.
- In Google Sheets: File โ Make a Copy โ save to your Drive.
- Back in Google Sheets: File โ Import โ Upload โ select the CSV from Loox โ Insert as new sheets โ detect automatically โ Import.
- Now you have two tabs: the raw export tab and the template tab.
- Select all rows from the raw export tab โ Copy.
- Click into the template tab โ Paste into the matching columns.
โthis is the exact template and format they need for you to download this and then re-import it back into Shopify back into luksโ
Loox โ Editing Reviews in Google Sheets
๐บ Where this fits: This is brand-voice work disguised as data entry โ the quality of your reviews signals the quality of your brand.
Raw AliExpress review text is often machine-translated, grammatically broken, or written for a different product variant โ it cannot go live as-is.
Manually editing review bodies (or using ChatGPT) produces natural, varied, trust-building text that converts hesitant visitors into buyers.
| URL handle | same as product handle; the part of your product page URL after "/products/" โ must be lowercase, hyphenated, no spaces |
| Verified purchase (true/false) | a flag in the template; setting it to "true" shows a "Verified Buyer" badge on the review, which increases trust |
| ChatGPT | an AI writing tool you can prompt to generate varied, natural-sounding review text as a starting point |
| Review body | the written comment portion of a review (as opposed to the star rating or photo) |
- In the template, set every row in the "product_handle" column to your exact Shopify product URL handle (e.g., "new-cup").
- Change a portion of "rating" values from 5 to 4 (roughly 20โ30%) so the aggregate looks natural.
- Fill in author names in "First name + Last initial" format (e.g., Alex D, Sarah M).
- Emails are not shown to customers โ duplicates are fine.
- Rewrite every "body" cell with honest, natural, varied review text.
- Confirm all "verified_purchase" values are "true."
- Verify photo URLs still point to valid images.
- File โ Download โ Microsoft Excel (.xlsx) โ NO, must be CSV; File โ Download โ Comma-separated values (.csv).
โyou have to customize every single review which sucks it's definitely not fun at all but for the conversion rate worth the time and effortโ
Loox โ Uploading Final Reviews & Display Settings
๐บ Where this fits: This is the publish step for your trust layer โ after this, every visitor to your product page will see polished social proof.
Importing a polished CSV on top of old raw reviews creates duplicates; display defaults may not match your site's color scheme or show reviews in the worst order.
Delete old reviews first, re-import clean ones, then configure display settings so the most compelling reviews appear first and fit the site aesthetic.
| Bulk Actions โ Delete All Reviews | a Loox admin function to wipe all currently imported reviews so you can start fresh with the polished set |
| Grid layout | displays reviews in a multi-column photo grid (like Instagram) rather than a stacked list |
| Pages per view | how many reviews show on screen before the visitor has to click "load more" (20 is recommended) |
| Hidden review dates | turns off the date display; important because imported reviews have artificial dates that customers might notice |
| Sort by newest | shows reviews with the most recent date first; combine with date manipulation to surface your best images |
| Transparent background (PNG) | your logo with no white box behind it, so it blends cleanly into any background color |
- Loox โ Reviews โ Bulk Actions โ Delete All Reviews.
- File โ Download CSV from Google Sheets (final polished version).
- Loox โ Import Reviews โ Upload Template File โ select CSV โ Import.
- Wait for confirmation email; refresh Reviews tab to verify ~60 reviews imported.
- Loox โ Settings โ Display Reviews: set Grid layout, 20 per page, hide dates.
- Set sort order to "Newest" (since you controlled dates in the spreadsheet).
- Loox โ Branding: upload your logo (PNG, max 512px, transparent background).
- Set review text color to match site theme (black for white backgrounds, white for dark backgrounds).
- Save settings.
โif there's one that you really want um to be at the top you can either like come in here and see which image it isโฆ put them at a more recent date so then those ones can be at the topโ
Wrapping Up Early Game Apps
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "close the chapter" moment โ you've assembled the trust stack and can move to monetization setup.
Beginners often get stuck on import errors (wrong product handle, date format issues) and don't know where to turn.
Jordan names the three most common import errors explicitly and points to Loox's built-in help resources so beginners can self-serve solutions.
| SMS retargeting | sending text message reminders to customers who visited your store but didn't buy (mid/late game app) |
| Email marketing | automated email sequences to past visitors and buyers (mid/late game app) |
| Triple Whale | an advanced analytics platform that tracks where your sales are coming from across all ad channels; used at scale (late game) |
| Product handle error | the most common Loox import failure; happens when the handle in your CSV doesn't exactly match the handle in Shopify |
| Date format error | import fails if dates in your CSV are in the wrong format (e.g., MM/DD/YYYY instead of YYYY-MM-DD) |
- Verify final review count in Loox (Jordan has 61 reviews at 4.9 stars).
- If import fails, check: product handle spelling, date format, verified_purchase column.
- Use Loox's "Import Template Instructions" page for guided troubleshooting.
- Use Loox's Help section for any remaining issues.
- Acknowledge mid/late game apps (SMS, email, Triple Whale) exist but skip them for now.
- Move on to next video: product page setup (titles, descriptions, images, SEO, inventory).
โthat finishes up all of the early game apps that we need to doโฆ in the next video we're going to be going over your product page which is a really important oneโ
Competitive Research Before Editing a Listing
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "know your battlefield" step. In the overall dropshipping mental model, product research told you what to sell; competitor research now tells you how to sell it.
- Search Google for your product's top competitor and copy their title format, pricing, and trust signals before touching your listing.
- Set your retail price just below the top competitor while staying at or above 3ร your supplier cost.
- Source all product images from Alibaba verified suppliers, not AliExpress, to avoid DMCA takedowns.
- Build six branded Canva images (logo, feature callout, technology, lifestyle, guarantee, hero) and upload them to your Shopify product.
- Show the product page to a non-technical person and ask if they would trust it before moving on.
Setting up a listing without context means guessing instead of knowing โ wasted time and weak conversion rates.
A 10-minute Google search gives you a free blueprint: proven price points, trust signals that work, and image styles that convert.
| Shopify | the website platform (like a digital store builder) where you manage your products, orders, and pages |
| Google Ads / paid ad | a sponsored listing at the top of Google search results; the seller pays per click to appear there |
| Organic result | a search result Google shows for free based on relevance; the seller didn't pay for placement |
| Trust signals | visible elements (badges, warranty text, return policy) that tell a shopper "this is a real, safe business" |
| Conversion rate | the percentage of visitors who actually buy; a "decent conversion rate" means most visitors don't leave empty-handed |
| Mobile-friendly | a website that automatically resizes and looks good on a phone screen |
- Open Shopify โ Products โ click the imported listing
- Open a new browser tab, go to Google, type the broadest keyword (e.g., "smart cupping device")
- Note the #1 paid ad (has "Sponsored" label) and #1 organic result
- Visit each competitor site โ study desktop layout, then switch to mobile view
- Screenshot or write down: price, trust badges, warranty/return language, image count and style, FAQ presence, review style
- Identify the clear market leader (Jordan identifies "Romiatic" here) โ that's your primary copy target
- Return to your Shopify listing โ every field you now fill in should consciously reference what you just learned
โThe first thing I do in the dropshipping space, in the e-commerce space, is I look who is selling the same product as me, who is doing the absolute best within this industry, and how can I mimic them, how can I copy them, how can I be better โ that is the most important question.โ
Writing the Product Title โ Brand-Name Strategy
๐บ Where this fits: Title is the first brand touchpoint. Everything downstream (ads, social proof, referrals) reinforces whatever brand name you embed here.
A plain keyword title is forgettable; it also misses the opportunity to build a recognizable brand name from day one.
A brand-forward title with a trademark symbol signals legitimacy and plants the seed for the Kleenex effect โ becoming the category name itself.
| Product title | the headline name of the item displayed on your product page and in search results |
| Trademark symbol (โข) | a symbol you can self-apply to any name you claim as a brand; it signals "this is our brand name" even without formal government registration |
| URL handle / slug | the web address text after your store URL (e.g., /products/new-cup); changing it after launch breaks any links already saved or indexed |
| SEO (Search Engine Optimization) | the practice of making your page show up higher in Google results without paying for ads |
| Kleenex effect | when a brand name becomes so popular it replaces the generic product name in everyday language (Kleenex for tissue, Google for search) |
- Study competitor title: "[Brand]โข Smart Cupping Massager"
- Choose own brand name โ Jordan chooses "New Cup" for memorability and category-replacement potential
- Decide descriptor: "Smart Cupping Massager" (keeping "smart" so customers searching that term find the listing)
- Combine: "New Cupโข Smart Cupping Massager"
- Paste into Shopify product title field
- Never change the URL handle after publishing โ doing so breaks reviews and any existing ad links
โThrowing trademarks in your titles is a really big key... I want people to change out 'smart' for 'new' โ almost like how someone will say 'can you get me a Kleenex' when they're literally called tissues.โ
Pricing Strategy โ 3ร Margin and Facebook's Lowest-Price Algorithm
๐บ Where this fits: Pricing is a lever that affects both your own P&L and an external algorithm (Facebook). Most beginners only think about profit; experienced sellers also think about algorithmic placement.
Arbitrary pricing (e.g., "I'll just do $60") ignores both your cost floor and your competitors โ you bleed money on ads or lose algorithmic favor.
A simple formula (3ร cost floor + competitor benchmark) lands you in the sweet spot: profitable, competitive, and algorithmically preferred.
| 3ร margin | selling at three times your purchase cost; if you paid $14, you sell for at least $42; this covers ads, platform fees, and returns and still leaves profit |
| Compare At price | a higher "original" price shown crossed out next to the real price; makes shoppers feel they're getting a deal (e.g., "Was $100, Now $49.97") |
| Facebook algorithm | the automatic system Facebook uses to decide which ads to show to which people; it considers price competitiveness among other factors |
| ROAS (Return On Ad Spend) | how many dollars in sales you earn for every dollar spent on ads; a ROAS of 3 means $3 revenue per $1 spent |
| Margin | the percentage of the sale price that is profit after deducting the product cost (not including ad spend) |
| Ad budget headroom | the extra money above the minimum you need per sale; that extra money can be "spent" acquiring customers through ads |
- Check supplier cost: $14 (from 3PL/manufacturer)
- Calculate minimum: $14 ร 3 = $42
- Check market-leader price: $49.99
- Set your price: $49.97 (two cents lower โ triggers Facebook's lower-price preference)
- Set Compare At price: $100 (creates visual discount anchor)
- Verify math: profit = $35.97/sale, margin = 72%, headroom above 3ร = $7.97
โFacebook has a program within their algorithm that says if two people are selling the exact same product, Facebook will realize that and their algorithm will go check the website's pricing โ whoever has the lowest price gets better performance on ads. That's a proven fact.โ
SKU, Inventory, and Variants Setup
๐บ Where this fits: Inventory settings are the "plumbing" of dropshipping. Ads bring traffic; pricing converts; SKU + inventory ensure the physical product actually reaches the customer correctly.
Sloppy SKUs and wrong inventory toggles cause fulfillment errors and payment disputes โ the exact problems that kill a brand's reputation early on.
A clear SKU naming convention and always-on inventory toggle mean your 3PL can act automatically on every order without confusion.
| SKU (Stock Keeping Unit) | a short code you create to identify a specific product; like a product's ID card; "new-cup-1unit" tells the warehouse exactly what one unit of the New Cup is |
| 3PL (Third-Party Logistics) | a warehouse/shipping company you pay to store your products and ship orders to customers on your behalf; you never touch the physical product |
| Variants | different versions of the same product (different color, size, or pack size); each variant can have its own SKU, price, and stock count |
| Chargeback | when a customer disputes a charge with their bank; the bank reverses the payment and the seller loses the money plus a penalty fee |
| Inventory toggle | a switch in Shopify that lets orders come through even when stock shows as zero; important for dropshipping where stock is at a 3PL, not tracked in Shopify |
- Shopify โ product editor โ scroll to "Inventory" section
- Enter SKU: descriptive text like "new-cup-1unit" (if you later add a 2-pack listing, that SKU becomes "new-cup-2unit")
- Enable "Continue selling when out of stock" toggle โ prevents campaigns from stalling
- Scroll to "Variants" โ if you only sell one version, delete the default variant placeholder
- If selling multiple versions (colors/sizes), click "Add variant" โ name the option (e.g., "Color") โ add values (e.g., "Red," "Black") โ each value gets its own SKU
- In this case: selling red only โ delete variant โ no further action needed
โThe SKU is a stock keeping unit โ it basically tells your supplier, your fulfillment company, that someone ordered this product and tells them what this is... if I had a two-pack I would have to go change my SKU to a two-pack so the fulfillment and supplier knows this guy ordered two.โ
Tags, Collections, and SEO Basics
๐บ Where this fits: SEO through tags is the "free traffic" pillar alongside paid ads. The two compound: ads bring immediate traffic; SEO builds a growing base of organic traffic over time.
An untagged product page is invisible to Google's organic search โ you're 100% reliant on paid ads for all traffic.
A few minutes adding relevant tags gives Google the signals it needs to start routing organic search traffic to your page over time.
| Tags | short keyword labels attached to a product in Shopify; used internally for filtering and externally by Google for search indexing |
| Collections | a group of products displayed together under a category page (e.g., "Wellness Devices"); useful when you have a multi-product store |
| SEO (Search Engine Optimization) | techniques that help your page rank higher in Google search results without paying for ads |
| Google crawler / search indexing | automated Google bots that visit your website, read its content (including tags), and decide where to place it in search results |
| Domain authority | a score reflecting how trustworthy and established Google considers your website; new stores start low and build it over months/years |
| Product handle / URL | the web address for your product page (e.g., mystore.com/products/new-cup); once set, do not change it |
- Shopify โ product editor โ scroll to "Organization"
- Set Product Type (broad category label โ e.g., "Wellness Device")
- Skip Collections for single-product stores
- In Tags, enter: exact product name, synonyms, use-case descriptors (research competitor tags for ideas)
- Never modify the product handle/URL after the first save โ it breaks review links and any saved ad destination URLs
โI do believe that Google's search engine optimization is going to track what tags you put in so you can put 'smart cupping device'... go look up what other people are calling it and what tags they use and go try to mimic those.โ
Finding Safe Images on Alibaba (Not AliExpress)
๐บ Where this fits: Image sourcing is the supply-chain equivalent for content โ just as you vet your product supplier, you must vet your image supplier to avoid legal risk.
Grabbing AliExpress images is fast but risky; a single DMCA claim can take down your live store mid-campaign, wiping out ad spend and sales.
Alibaba's manufacturer images are safe raw material โ and higher quality, since manufacturers invest in product photography to attract wholesale buyers.
| Alibaba | a wholesale marketplace where you buy directly from manufacturers, usually in bulk; think of it as the factory's showroom |
| AliExpress | a retail marketplace (owned by Alibaba Group but separate) where anyone can buy single units; suppliers there often reuse images from other brands |
| DMCA (Digital Millennium Copyright Act) | a US law that lets a copyright owner demand the removal of their content from any website; a "DMCA claim" or "DMCA takedown" forces your hosting platform (Shopify) to remove the infringing image or page |
| Trade Assurance | an Alibaba program where the platform guarantees your payment is protected if the supplier doesn't deliver as agreed |
| Verified Supplier | an Alibaba badge for manufacturers who have passed a third-party inspection of their factory and business legitimacy |
| Background removal | digitally erasing the background of a photo so only the product remains; done with tools like Canva's "Background Remover" or remove.bg |
- Open alibaba.com
- Search: "[product keyword]" (e.g., "smart cupping massager")
- Filter: Trade Assurance ON, Verified Supplier ON
- Browse top-reviewed suppliers (look for 20+ reviews, high rating)
- Open each listing โ download clear product photos, especially ones shot on plain or easily-removable backgrounds
- Look specifically for images where you can remove the background in Canva (product isolated, good lighting)
- Avoid AliExpress as an image source entirely
- Fallback: order the product to your house, take your own phone photos/video
โWhy we're in Alibaba โ the images that they have, we know are safe to use because they're from a supplier. They are not from another store. AliExpress โ they don't care, they will grab images from other brands. When you get images from AliExpress, someone can throw a DMCA claim on you and get your site taken down.โ
Canva Workflow โ First Product Image (Feature Callout)
๐บ Where this fits: Product images are the visual handshake between your brand and the customer. In the mental model: ads bring clicks โ images decide whether the click stays or bounces.
Generic supplier photos look like every other dropshipping listing; they fail the "is this a real brand?" gut test customers do in 2 seconds.
A branded feature callout image with your logo, brand colors, and clear labels transforms a generic product photo into a branded asset.
| Canva | a free/paid online design tool; like a simplified Photoshop accessible to beginners; runs in a web browser, no install needed |
| Instagram post template | a pre-sized Canva canvas at 1080ร1080 pixels; this is the ideal square format for product images on Shopify |
| Background Remover | a Canva feature (paid/Pro) that automatically cuts out the background of a photo, leaving only the subject (the product) |
| Drop shadow | a design effect that adds a fake "shadow" under an object to make it look like it's floating above the background; adds depth and professionalism |
| Feature callout | a product image where lines or arrows point from text labels to specific parts of the product (e.g., "Heat Intensity" โ arrow โ the intensity button) |
| PNG | a file format for images that supports high quality and optional transparent backgrounds; preferred for product photos |
| Brand color | the specific color (defined by a hex code) that represents your brand; Jordan's brand color is red, matching his logo |
- Open Canva โ New Design โ Instagram Post (1080ร1080)
- Open competitor's feature image on a second screen as reference
- Upload Alibaba product image โ paste onto canvas
- Apply Background Remover โ product is now isolated
- Search "product background" in Canva Photos โ pick a background that fits brand colors
- Apply drop shadow to product layer
- Add text labels for each feature; match font from logo; use brand red (#color code from logo)
- Draw thin lines from each label to the product part it describes
- Add "New Cup" logo to corner
- Download: PNG, 1080px, transparent background OFF
โThis image instantly cures any negative subconscious perspectives of 'is this a dropship, is this a shitty product' โ when they see this, instantly that voice goes gone. They're not thinking this is a scam, they think this is a real brand, because it is a real brand.โ
Canva Workflow โ Second Product Image (Red Light Therapy)
๐บ Where this fits: The image gallery is your silent sales pitch. In the customer journey, after clicking an ad, they scroll images before reading a single word of text โ images must carry the full message independently.
Without a visual representation of "red light therapy," customers don't understand this premium feature and don't see why it's worth the price.
A subtle Canva graphic overlay communicates the feature instantly, educates the buyer, and justifies the premium price โ all in one image.
| Red light therapy | a wellness technology where low-level red/infrared light is applied to skin or muscle to aid recovery and reduce pain; it's a real, scientifically studied technology |
| Canva Graphics | a library of visual elements (shapes, icons, light effects, illustrations) available inside Canva; searchable by keyword |
| Transparency / opacity | how see-through a graphic element is; 100% opacity = fully opaque/solid; 20% opacity = mostly transparent/ghostly; lower opacity makes effects look more natural |
| Duplicate page | a Canva feature that copies an entire design page so you can make variations without starting over |
| PNG (no transparent background) | downloading with the background "filled in" (not see-through); required for Shopify product images so you don't get a checkered or white void behind your product |
- Canva โ duplicate first image page
- Clear feature text/lines from the duplicate
- Upload second Alibaba product photo (upright/front-facing angle preferred)
- Apply Background Remover โ isolate product
- Add drop shadow; center product on canvas
- Search Graphics: "red light" or "glow" or "beam" โ pick a subtle circular or beam element
- Place it centered on/in front of the product; reduce opacity to ~20-40% so it looks natural
- Add bold text "Red Light Therapy" โ match brand font
- Place New Cup logo
- A/B test two background options (e.g., dark gradient vs. red gradient) โ keep the one that looks most professional
โThe main thing you want to do here is still make it seem realistic โ like what that red in there doesn't look realistic, that looks kind of weird, but you didn't really notice it right until you start looking. So it doesn't need to be some over-the-top flawless edit.โ
Refining the Red-Light Image โ Colors, Logo, and Background Selection
๐บ Where this fits: The refinement step is where brand quality compounds. One extra hour of iteration on images translates to higher conversion rates across every future ad dollar you spend.
Shipping the first version without comparison leads to mediocre images that silently drag down your conversion rate โ you'll never know which image was the culprit.
Making two variations takes 5 extra minutes in Canva and produces a direct comparison that makes the right choice obvious.
| Gradient background | a background that fades from one color to another (e.g., dark red at the top to black at the bottom); creates depth without needing a photo |
| Thumbnail size | the small preview size at which images appear in a gallery or search result; if an image doesn't read clearly at thumbnail size, it fails on most screens |
| Decision paralysis | the state of being unable to choose because you have too many options; a real risk when over-iterating on designs |
| Brand logo variants | different versions of a logo (e.g., full logo with icon vs. text-only); useful for different placement contexts (corner of an image vs. large hero section) |
| "Deselect all other pages" | a Canva download option that exports only the currently selected page, not the entire multi-page document |
- Canva โ duplicate the current page
- On the duplicate: swap background (try red gradient vs. black)
- Test text color: white text on dark background vs. red text โ does red text disappear against a red background? (It will โ switch to white)
- Test logo: icon + text vs. text only โ if icon clutters, drop it
- Add shadow at top edge for depth
- Zoom out โ compare thumbnails of all page versions
- Pick the version that is clearest and most professional at small size
- Before downloading: click only the page you want โ download as PNG 1080px
โUsually when you make a design, you don't have the best thought process or the best perspective when it comes to judging which ones are better. Usually other people will. So show them your website and be like, hey, what do you think? Is this trustworthy?โ
Final Image Review โ The Complete Set of Six Product Images
๐บ Where this fits: The full image set is the culmination of all prior research โ competitor analysis, Alibaba sourcing, Canva design โ all feeding into the 6 assets that do the actual selling.
Many beginners upload 2-3 generic supplier photos and wonder why conversion is low โ they haven't given customers enough visual evidence that the brand is trustworthy and the product does what it claims.
Six purpose-designed images covering brand identity, product features, technology, lifestyle use, and trust guarantee give customers every visual signal they need to buy confidently.
| Hero image | the first/main product image displayed most prominently in the gallery; sets the tone for the whole listing |
| Lifestyle image | a photo or design showing the product being used by a real person in a real context (not just a product on a white background) |
| Money-back guarantee image | a product image overlaid with "30-Day Money Back Guarantee" text and a checkmark; functions as a trust signal directly in the image gallery |
| Color alternation | a design pattern where you alternate between two color schemes (e.g., white background โ red background โ white โ red) to create visual rhythm and prevent the gallery from feeling monotonous |
| Visual story | the sequence of information a customer processes as they scroll through product images; each image should logically lead to the next |
| Canva PNG download | exporting a finished Canva design as a PNG file at 1080ร1080 pixels, ready to upload directly to Shopify |
- Image 1: Logo/brand shot โ plain background, "New Cup" logo centered, clean and minimal
- Image 2: Feature callout โ product isolated, lines to: pressure release, heat intensity, power, suction strength, easy-use controls; text in brand font + color
- Image 3: Red light therapy โ red gradient background, product with red glow overlay, bold "Red Light Therapy" text, logo
- Image 4: Self-application โ Alibaba lifestyle photo (person using device), background removed, tile background added, logo placed
- Image 5: 30-Day Money Back Guarantee โ product image + large guarantee text + checkmarks; builds purchase confidence
- Image 6: Additional hero or secondary product shot
- Color rhythm: alternate white and red backgrounds through the 6 images
- Every image: brand logo in consistent position, same font, same color palette
โThese look amazing, guys โ you can tell this was not too much effort, it was really quick. And yeah, you can do a lot with Canva and you really don't need that much skill... I just looked up background image for tile, found all of these, made them the same size, removed the background, put a little shadow on them, did some text, grabbed a checkmark, put my logo on it. Super easy.โ
Action Steps โ Brand Trust Test and What Comes Next
๐บ Where this fits: This final step โ external validation โ is the quality gate between product setup and paid advertising. Passing it means your foundation is strong before you start spending money on traffic.
Biased self-evaluation ("my images look great!") leads to launching with a weak store, burning ad budget, and attributing failure to "bad ads" when the real issue was brand trust.
A 5-minute conversation with a non-technical person reveals trust gaps you're too close to see โ and gives you a clear checklist of what to fix before launch.
| Meta description | a short paragraph (about 160 characters) that appears under your page title in Google search results; Shopify auto-fills it from your product description |
| Debutify theme | the Shopify store theme (visual template) Jordan is using; referenced again as the next step in the website design chapter |
| Boomer test | Jordan's informal name for showing your store to an older, non-technical person and gauging their gut reaction; "boomer" here means anyone without e-commerce savvy who represents a skeptical buyer |
| Red flag | in shopping context, any detail that makes a customer think "this might be a scam or poor-quality product" (bad images, no return policy, no contact info, etc.) |
| Product description field | the large text/rich-content area in the Shopify product editor where you write about the product; also renders as HTML on the product page |
| FAQ dropdown | an interactive element on a product page where clicking a question reveals the answer; built in the website page builder (Debutify), not in Shopify's basic description field |
- Upload completed Canva images to Shopify โ product editor โ Media
- Leave Description blank for now (fills during website design chapter)
- Note that Meta Description auto-populates once Description is written
- Run the boomer test: show images (or full product page) to a non-technical person
- Ask: "Does this look like a real company? Would you feel safe buying from here?"
- Listen for hesitation, doubt, confusion โ those are your fix list
- If they pass confidently, proceed to website design chapter
- Upcoming: full website design with Debutify โ landing page, FAQ, trust sections, full product description
โThe best thing you can do is go up to them and say, 'Hey, I've been having a lot of aches โ do you think this product would be good? Have you heard about the New Cup?' And just see what their thoughts are. They'll be like 'oh this looks like I would never buy from this' and you're like 'damn, I got a lot of work to do' โ or if they're like 'oh yeah, this looks pretty good,' then you know that's a potential purchase.โ
Intro & The Website Design Challenge
๐บ Where this fits: After importing a product (Ch. 20โ21), website design is the bridge between "product exists in Shopify" and "store ready to run ads to."
- Download Jordan's pre-built store ZIP and upload it to Shopify to get a professional layout instantly.
- Swap every New Cup color, image, and text element for your own brand using the Debutify color zone system.
- Build two separate hero images in Canva: 3840ร2160 for desktop and 2160ร3840 for mobile.
- Create four seamlessly joined 2160ร3840 storytelling images for the product page โ spend most of your design time here.
- Set up the upsell popup with a $5 Lifetime Warranty product and configure the cart's free-shipping goal between your single-unit and two-unit price.
- Configure the newsletter popup, connect your domain, remove the password, and fill in the homepage SEO title and meta description.
No roadmap for where to start makes website design feel overwhelming and arbitrary.
A structured chapter plus a downloadable template removes the blank-canvas paralysis.
| Theme | a pre-built visual design system for a Shopify store, like a skin or costume that controls how every page looks |
| Shopify | the e-commerce platform (online store builder) the course uses throughout |
| Sections | individual building blocks of a page (header image, product block, FAQ, etc.) that can be rearranged |
- Product is imported and ready.
- Website design is next โ it is long and complex.
- Jordan previews what the chapter covers: good website examples, his own site reveal, a free downloadable template.
- Chapter may be split into Part 1 and Part 2.
โIf it's your first time designing a website it's kind of going to be like trying to set up some huge furniture item from Ikea and looking over a very broken instruction manual.โ
Competitor Website Research & Modeling the Best
๐บ Where this fits: Competitor research (Ch. 22 opening) feeds directly into every design decision made throughout the rest of the website build.
Not knowing what a "good" store looks like in your niche means building on instinct rather than evidence.
Four concrete reference brands give a specific, visual target to aim for.
| Revomatic | Jordan's top competitor, a brand selling red light therapy devices; used as the primary design model |
| Golf Daddy | a clean, professional golf-niche brand used as a secondary design reference |
| Bleam | another simple, clean brand used as a reference for minimalist design |
| Miracle Made | a sheets/bedding brand used to show that clean design principles cross niches |
| Debutify | the Shopify theme (design framework) both Jordan and Revomatic use |
| Enterprise theme | the top-tier paid version of the Debutify theme with advanced features |
| Graphic designer | a professional who creates custom visual artwork (icons, images, layouts) |
| Converts | when a website visitor actually buys something; "conversion" is the goal of design |
- Pick your direct top competitor โ the brand you want to look most like.
- Analyze their product page features: buy quantity options, variants, feature callouts, shipping specs, content blocks, reviews, FAQ, comparison table.
- Acknowledge the gap: they have teams, money, and time you do not have yet โ that is okay.
- Pick 2โ3 secondary brands across niches for additional design inspiration.
- Note design principles that appear across all: clean layout, simple navigation, strong content, clear selling points.
โIt's most important to find the top guy in your industry, find the top person the one that you're directly going to model and then find some other ones that you can get some little ideas off of as well.โ
The Pre-Built New Cup Website Reveal
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "north star" for the entire website design chapter โ every subsequent step is about replicating or adapting this finished store for a different brand.
Abstract descriptions of "good website design" are hard to act on without a concrete example to look at.
Seeing the real finished store โ with every section labeled โ gives learners a concrete mental model of what they are building toward.
| Hero image | the large banner image at the very top of a webpage, the first thing visitors see |
| Newsletter | an email signup form on the site; customers give their email in exchange for a discount |
| Sticky add-to-cart | an "Add to Cart" button that stays visible as you scroll down the page (it sticks) |
| Upsell | an offer shown after someone picks a product, encouraging them to add something extra (here: a $5 lifetime warranty) |
| Free shipping threshold | the order amount a customer must reach to qualify for free shipping (here: $15 away from qualifying) |
| Cart popup | a small window (popup) that appears when a customer adds something to their cart, showing the cart contents and upsell offers |
| Buy 1/2/4 options | quantity bundle pricing shown on the product page so customers can pick how many to buy at different price breaks |
| Virtual phone number | a phone number that forwards calls to your real phone, used for customer service without revealing your personal number |
| FAQ | Frequently Asked Questions; a section listing common customer questions and answers |
| Testimonials | customer reviews or quotes shown on the page to build trust |
| Guarantee | a promise to the customer (e.g., 1-year warranty, hassle-free returns) shown to reduce buying risk |
- Desktop walkthrough โ note every section and its purpose.
- Understand desktop is secondary; mobile is primary (99% of social media traffic is on phones).
- Mobile walkthrough โ same sections but laid out for a small screen.
- Product page mobile: sequential sections that tell a story and handle objections.
- Cart popup: warranty upsell + free shipping nudge = more revenue per order.
- Footer and checkout: professional finish, trust signals.
- Additional pages (Story, Contact) complete the brand feel.
โKeep in mind we're on the desktop version โ the desktop version is not where we're sending customers. We're getting all of our customers quite literally all of them from social media where people are going to be on their phone.โ
Mobile Walkthrough & Why Mobile-First Matters
๐บ Where this fits: Mobile-first design is a core dropshipping principle: ads drive phone traffic, so the phone experience is the real product.
Designing only for desktop and assuming mobile "will be fine" is a silent conversion killer.
Debutify handles most mobile formatting; the few manual fixes (section visibility) follow a simple pattern.
| Mobile view | how a website looks when opened on a smartphone |
| Desktop view | how a website looks when opened on a laptop or computer screen |
| Section visibility | a setting in Debutify that lets you choose whether a section appears on mobile, desktop, or both |
| Story content | a sequence of images and text on the product page that narrates why the product is great, similar to a brand advertisement |
| Sticky add-to-cart | the "Add to Cart" button that follows the customer as they scroll, always visible |
| Bug | a mistake or broken feature in a website (here: a missing link on the FAQ button) |
- Mobile homepage: hero art, newsletter, features โ all look good automatically.
- Mobile product page: returns, specs, shipping, frequently bought together โ clean vertical layout.
- Story section: only shown on mobile because it looks bad on desktop โ a deliberate visibility setting.
- Reviews, FAQ, get-in-touch, testimonials โ all stacked cleanly on mobile.
- Cart popup: upsell, free shipping nudge, guarantee list โ all functional on mobile.
- Bug spotted (FAQ button link missing on homepage) โ noted for a quick fix.
- Sticky add-to-cart and footer complete the mobile experience.
โThis is the part that's only on mobile โ this part looked really bad on desktop so I have it set up in the back end to only show up on mobile.โ
Downloading & Importing the ZIP Theme
๐บ Where this fits: The ZIP import is the pivot point of the chapter โ before this, learners are watching; after this, they are actively building their own store.
Starting Shopify design from a blank theme is a multi-day struggle that discourages beginners.
Uploading a pre-built ZIP theme gives an instant professional foundation; the task shrinks from "build a website" to "update content."
| ZIP file | a compressed package of files bundled together into one download; like a suitcase that holds all the website design files at once |
| Upload ZIP file | the Shopify feature that lets you import a theme packaged as a ZIP file directly into your store |
| Customize | the Shopify theme editor where you visually edit sections, images, text, and settings |
| Online Store | the section of your Shopify dashboard where you manage themes, pages, and navigation |
| Themes | the design templates in Shopify; you can have multiple uploaded but only one "live" (active) at a time |
| Auto-populate | when Shopify automatically fills in information (like your product details or store policies) without you having to type it manually |
- Go to the course website and find the New Cup ZIP file in the description below the video.
- In Shopify: Online Store โ Themes โ Add Theme โ Upload ZIP file.
- Wait for the upload to complete.
- Open Customize โ the theme loads with all of Jordan's sections and settings intact.
- Begin replacing: hover over any image โ click Change โ upload your image.
- Replace all text (welcome message, testimonials, FAQ answers, guarantee copy).
- Footer info (email, phone) may auto-populate from your store settings.
โYou're literally getting this exact website design โ all the icons, everything. This took me a day and a half to make. You guys are literally getting this exact website theme โ you can copy it, download it, and just literally upload it into your own website.โ
Navigation, Menus, Discount Codes & Pre-Launch Setup
๐บ Where this fits: Menu and discount setup is the "plumbing" of the store โ boring but essential; broken menus and missing discount codes directly reduce conversion.
A store with broken links or a newsletter that promises a discount code that does not exist destroys trust instantly.
A specific menu structure and discount code recipe means nothing is left to guesswork โ follow the steps and it works.
| Navigation | the menu system that helps visitors find pages on your website |
| Main menu | the primary navigation bar, usually at the top of every page |
| Footer menu | the secondary navigation area at the very bottom of every page, typically holding legal/policy links |
| Pages | standalone content pages in Shopify (like "Our Story" or "Contact") that are not product pages or the homepage |
| Our Story | a brand narrative page explaining who you are and why you made the product; builds emotional connection with customers |
| Contact page | a page with a form or contact details so customers can reach you |
| Policies | legal pages Shopify can auto-generate: Refund Policy, Privacy Policy, Shipping Policy, Terms of Service |
| Discounts | Shopify's built-in feature for creating coupon codes customers can use at checkout |
| Percentage discount | a discount that cuts the price by a percent (10% off = pay 90% of the original price) |
| Specific products | a discount setting that applies only to one particular product, not everything in the store |
- Shopify โ Navigation โ Main Menu: add Home, Shop, Our Story, Contact in that order.
- Create "Our Story" page in Pages โ write brand story, center text, add header image.
- Confirm Contact page exists (Shopify/Debutify usually creates it automatically).
- Shopify โ Navigation โ Footer Menu: Contact, Refund Policy, Privacy Policy, Shipping Policy, Terms of Service.
- Get policy links from Shopify โ Settings โ Policies.
- Shopify โ Discounts โ Create: code "10OFF", 10% off, specific product, save.
- The newsletter popup now has a working discount code to send.
โWe want to make sure that we have home in here which goes to our homepage, we want to have shop that goes to our product, then we want to have our story... and then let's go to this one the contact page.โ
Debutify Color System & Brand Color Swapping
๐บ Where this fits: Color setup is one of the few truly global settings in Debutify โ getting it right here means the whole store looks cohesive without touching individual sections.
Without understanding the zone system, learners either change colors randomly (inconsistent result) or avoid changing them at all (store looks like someone else's brand).
Four zones cover the entire store; a simple find-and-replace logic (all red โ your brand color) is enough to rebrand the template fully.
| Announcement | in Debutify, the thin banner strip at the very top of every page, often used for promotions like "Free shipping over $50" |
| Page | in Debutify's color system, the zone covering everything in the main content area of all pages |
| Footer | the bottom section of every webpage, containing links, policies, contact info |
| Drawers | Debutify's term for popups and slide-out panels (email signup popup, cart drawer) that appear over the page |
| Form elements | input boxes, text fields, and dropdown menus that customers type into (email field in newsletter, etc.) |
| Brand color | the primary color associated with your business identity, used consistently across all visual materials |
| Global settings | settings in a theme that apply to the whole store, not just one page or section |
- In Customize, scroll down past page templates to find Colors in global settings.
- Announcement: set background and text color for the top bar.
- Page: set background, text, and button colors for all main content areas.
- Footer: set text (white in Jordan's version) and background for the footer area.
- Drawers: set background, button, and form element colors for popups and cart drawer.
- Rule of thumb: replace every red with your brand color, keeping the same light/dark shade relationships.
- Save and preview โ check all four zones look consistent.
โIf you're a blue based brand then you just switch all these reds to blue basically and you'll be ready to go โ it's already set up for you which is super super nice.โ
Homepage Sections Explained: Mobile vs. Desktop Layout
๐บ Where this fits: Understanding section visibility (mobile vs. desktop) unlocks confident editing โ without it, learners make changes and cannot understand why the store does not look right on their phone.
Editing the wrong section (e.g., changing the desktop hero without touching the mobile featured image) leads to a confusing result โ the phone still shows the old image.
The two-section hero system is intentional and simple once understood: Slideshow = desktop, Featured Image = mobile โ edit both when updating the hero.
| Featured Content | a Debutify section used here as a blank spacer visible only on mobile to create correct spacing at the top of the page |
| Slideshow | a Debutify section that displays one or more large banner images; can auto-rotate between images |
| Featured Image | a Debutify section that displays a single image at full width; used here as the mobile-only hero |
| Section visibility | the setting on each Debutify section that controls whether it appears on mobile, desktop, or both |
| Hero banner | the large, prominent image at the very top of a webpage, often with text overlay; the first impression visitors get |
| Featured product | a Debutify section that automatically pulls and displays your main product with its images, price, and buy options |
| Global component | a design element (like the guarantee bar) that appears on every page of the store, not just one specific page |
- Top of homepage: Featured Content (blank, mobile-only spacer) โ leave it alone.
- Next: Slideshow (desktop-only) โ this is where you insert the wide landscape hero image.
- Next: Featured Image (mobile-only) โ this is where you insert the tall portrait hero image.
- Below heroes: newsletter, features, featured product, image, testimonials, FAQ, guarantee โ all shared across desktop and mobile.
- Featured product may be blank until product data is added โ normal.
- Guarantee lives in global settings, not the homepage โ it appears on all pages automatically.
โWe have a slideshow that's only showed on desktop because this slideshow looks good here but when it's naturally converted into the mobile version it looks super blown out and weird so the slideshow only shows desktop and then we have a featured image that only shows mobile.โ
Image Dimensions & Canva Desktop Header Build
๐บ Where this fits: Image creation is where most of the actual time investment in website design goes โ this is the "real work" that the ZIP template cannot do for the learner.
Not knowing how to create professional-looking graphics is the single biggest blocker for beginners trying to customize a downloaded template.
Breaking the desktop hero into 8โ9 named layers (background, product cutout, blur, graphic, text, shadow) makes a complex-looking image achievable for a complete beginner.
| Pixels | the tiny dots that make up a digital image; more pixels = higher resolution (sharper image) |
| 3840 ร 2160 | the pixel dimensions of a 4K widescreen image (width ร height); landscape orientation |
| 2160 ร 3840 | the same numbers flipped to portrait orientation; used for the mobile hero |
| Canva | a free online graphic design tool used to create images, graphics, and designs without needing professional software |
| Custom size | the Canva option to set exact pixel dimensions for your canvas instead of using a preset template |
| Background remover | a Canva feature (Edit Image โ Remove Background) that cuts out the background of a product photo, leaving only the product on a transparent layer |
| Transparent background | an image with no background color; the product "floats" on whatever is behind it |
| White blur graphic | a soft, fuzzy white shape used to fade the edges of an image so it blends into the background smoothly |
| Shadow graphic | a graphic element placed under a product image to make it look like it is sitting on a surface (adds depth) |
| Font | the style of lettering used for text; Jordan uses "Now" (regular, bold, extra bold variants) |
| Tagline | a short memorable phrase that captures the product's main benefit ("Enjoy the relief you deserve") |
- Desktop canvas: open Canva โ custom size โ 3840 ร 2160.
- Add background: Photos โ search "white pattern" โ pick a tile or subtle texture.
- Add product images: sourced from Alibaba, background removed in Canva.
- Pair two product images; use white blur graphics to fade their edges.
- Add shadow graphics beneath product images.
- Copy the red light therapy graphic from your product page design.
- Add red laser graphics from Canva Graphics.
- Add "Now" font text: headline + tagline.
- Export and insert into Slideshow section in Debutify Customize.
- Repeat for mobile canvas (2160 ร 3840), insert into Featured Image section.
โThis is a 3840 by 2160 โ this is the desktop one. And you can see really cool up here โ we have a picture of the product... it looks complex but is assembled from simple layered elements.โ
Canva Techniques for Product Images & Testimonial Graphics
๐บ Where this fits: Canva image creation is the recurring skill throughout all of website design and ad creative creation โ this workflow repeats for every visual asset in the dropshipping business.
Not having a starting template or workflow for each image type means every new graphic feels like starting from zero.
A named starting template (Instagram Post = 1080 ร 1080 for testimonials) plus a consistent layer workflow (background โ transparent product โ blur โ text) makes every image type approachable.
| Instagram Post template | a preset Canva canvas size of 1080 ร 1080 pixels (a perfect square); commonly used for social media posts and repurposed here for testimonial graphics |
| 1080 ร 1080 | square pixel dimensions; equal width and height |
| Testimonial graphic | a designed image that shows a customer photo (or lifestyle image) alongside a review quote, used to build social proof |
| Lifestyle image | a photo showing the product being used in a real-life context (someone using the product, not just the product on a white background) |
| Social proof | evidence that other people use and trust your product; testimonials, reviews, and star ratings are all forms of social proof |
| Gradient | a background that smoothly transitions from one color to another (e.g., dark blue to light blue) |
| Aspect ratio | the proportional relationship between an image's width and height (e.g., 1:1 = square, 16:9 = widescreen) |
| Transparent background | see Scene 206; product image with no background so the chosen background shows through |
- Featured image section: open Canva โ custom size or pick a format โ add transparent product image + background within brand color.
- Experiment with backgrounds: solid color, gradient, pattern, lifestyle photo.
- Add blurs and graphic accents to make the product image blend naturally.
- Testimonial images: Canva โ Templates โ search "Instagram Post" โ 1080 ร 1080.
- Add customer/lifestyle photo + brand-colored text overlay with the review quote.
- Export and insert into Debutify testimonials section โ hover โ Change Image.
- Click testimonial text in Customize to swap the quote.
- Repeat for all testimonials (Jordan's template has multiple).
โHow I made these images was just by going to canva and hitting up an Instagram template so they have an Instagram post option that is just a 1080 by 1080 โ so get in there.โ
Testimonial Photo Selection
๐บ Where this fits: Trust signals are a core e-commerce conversion pillar. Placeholder reviews fill a credibility gap while the brand is brand-new, until organic social proof accumulates.
An empty or obviously staged review section signals the brand is unproven and not worth the purchase risk.
A handful of believable review cards (candid photos + realistic names + short text) provide enough social proof to lower purchase anxiety on a day-one store.
| testimonial | a written statement from a customer saying they liked the product |
| candid photo | a photo taken naturally, not posed; looks like a real moment |
| social proof | evidence that other real people have bought and liked something, making new visitors more confident |
| conversion rate | the percentage of visitors who actually buy; more trust = higher percentage |
- Search "girl / boy / man / woman" in the image library.
- Filter to Photos (not illustrations).
- Select images that look like a casual selfie or snapshot.
- Reject overly lit, posed, or commercial-looking photos.
- Insert photo as reviewer's profile picture in the theme review card.
- Write a short, realistic review and add a first name.
- Mark placeholder reviews to be replaced with real ones once orders arrive.
โyou just want a picture of someone that looks very like normal not like super posed big like photo shoot pictureโ
Product Bullet-Point Icons
๐บ Where this fits: The product page is the highest-stakes page on your site โ it is where the buying decision happens. Every element, including icons, must reinforce confidence and relevance.
Generic or wrong icons make the product page feel template-ish and untailored, subtly signalling "this store did not put in effort."
Matching icons to your actual product benefits (e.g., thumbs-up for quality, a shield for safety) makes the page feel bespoke and professional in seconds.
| product bullet points | a short list of key product benefits shown with icons, like a mini feature list |
| icon code | a text name (e.g., "thumb_up") that the theme converts into the matching icon image |
| Debutify | the name of the paid Shopify theme being used; it has many built-in customisation features |
| visibility | a setting that controls which product(s) a bullet-point row appears on |
| product based | a visibility option meaning "show this only on the product page for a specific item" |
- Open the theme editor and navigate to the product page template.
- Find the product bullet-points section (below account settings).
- Click "View available icons" to browse the full icon library.
- Identify the icon code for your chosen icon (e.g., thumb_up).
- Paste the code into each bullet's icon field.
- Set Visibility to "Product based" and link to your product.
- Write short benefit text that matches each icon.
โyou can hit view available icons right here and it's going to show up all of the icons you wantโ
Mobile-First Layout Check
๐บ Where this fits: Mobile-first design is not optional โ it directly affects whether your ad dollars convert into sales, since virtually all paid social traffic lands on a phone screen.
Designing on desktop creates invisible problems that only appear when a real customer opens the site on their phone, often causing clunky layouts that reduce trust and sales.
Switching the editor to mobile preview before every change catches layout breaks in real time, so the site looks polished on the device that actually matters.
| mobile view / mobile preview | a setting in the theme editor that shows how the site looks on a smartphone screen |
| desktop view | shows the site as it appears on a laptop or computer monitor |
| text wrap | when a line of text is too long to fit in one row, it automatically continues on the next line |
| layout | the arrangement of elements (text, images, buttons) on a page |
- Toggle the theme editor to Mobile preview mode.
- Check every bullet-point label for line wrapping.
- Count the lines each label occupies.
- Shorten any label that spills to a third line.
- Save and re-check until all labels sit on exactly two lines.
- Apply the same mobile-first check to all other text sections.
โmake sure when you're changing anything doing anything with your website that you're in the mobile version because all of your viewers are coming in from mobileโ
Quantity Breaks & Pricing Math
๐บ Where this fits: Average order value (AOV) is one of the three levers of e-commerce profitability (traffic ร conversion rate ร AOV). Quantity breaks are the simplest lever to pull on day one.
Selling only single units means every sale covers ad cost once; multi-unit sales let the same ad cost generate 2-3x the revenue, dramatically improving return on ad spend.
A well-structured quantity break offer (buy 2, buy 4) with honest margin math lets customers feel they are winning a deal while the seller earns significantly more per transaction.
| quantity break | a pricing structure where buying more units at once lowers the price per unit |
| amount saved | the dollar figure displayed as the customer's discount (e.g., "Save $20") |
| margin | the money left over after subtracting the product cost from the selling price |
| average order value (AOV) | the average dollar amount a customer spends per transaction |
| return on ad spend (ROAS) | how much revenue you earn for every dollar spent on advertising |
- Open Quantity Breaks section in the product page template.
- Enable "Show on product page."
- Link your product.
- Set quantity tiers: Buy 1, Buy 2, Buy 4.
- Enter the "amount saved" for each tier (e.g., $20 off for Buy 2, $50 off for Buy 4).
- Confirm the displayed price is correct.
- Calculate profit for each tier: (sell price ร qty) โ (cost ร qty).
- Confirm margin remains strong (example: $52 profit on $80 sale, $94 profit on $150 sale).
โthe most important thing here is making sure the pricing is good... I get my product for $14 I sell it for 50 that's my margin it's like a 72%โ
Product Tab Text (Returns, Shipping, Specs)
๐บ Where this fits: Policy transparency is part of brand trust-building. It also reduces customer service overhead: a customer who read the policy and saw "7โ12 days" is less likely to panic after 5 days.
Vague or missing policy text leads to anxious customers filing PayPal or credit-card disputes ("item not received"), which can suspend your Shopify store.
Specific, honest tab text (shipping estimate, processing time, email, dimensions) pre-answers the most common customer questions, reducing support load and increasing perceived professionalism.
| product tab | a collapsible section (click to open/close) on the product page that holds extra information like policies or specs |
| fulfilment | the process of receiving an order, packaging the product, and handing it to a shipping carrier |
| processing time | the number of days it takes the seller to prepare and ship the order before it enters the postal system |
| chargeback | when a customer disputes a payment with their bank and the bank reverses the charge, taking money back from the seller |
| specifications (specs) | the physical details of a product: size, weight, dimensions, materials |
- Open the product tab section in the theme editor.
- Select the Returns tab โ replace placeholder brand name and add your support email.
- Select the Shipping tab โ state "5โ10 days delivery" and mention "2โ3 days processing."
- Select the Specifications tab โ enter product dimensions, size, and materials.
- Save after each tab update.
โyou need to switch out from your brand name and you can keep the 5 to 10 day shipping because that's a decent averageโ
Storytelling Image Section (Canva, 2160ร3840)
๐บ Where this fits: Product storytelling images are the highest-leverage design investment on the site. Strong images here directly increase conversion rate more than any other element on the page.
Without a compelling visual story, the product page is just a photo + a price โ no different from a generic aliexpress listing, and it fails to justify the premium price point.
Four seamlessly joined storytelling images (big visuals + minimal text + emotion + guarantee signals) replicate the persuasive flow of a TV commercial, making visitors feel the product is worth buying.
| featured image | a single full-width image block in the Shopify/Debutify theme; four stacked together form the storytelling section |
| canvas size (2160 ร 3840 px) | the width and height in pixels of the image you design in Canva; 2160 wide and 3840 tall produces a very tall portrait image |
| seamless background | a background design where the bottom edge of one image matches the top edge of the next, so they look like one continuous image |
| callout | a short text label pointing to a product feature in an image (e.g., "Easy to clean") |
| "Now Bold" font | the specific typeface used in the logo and all storytelling images for brand consistency |
- Open Canva and create a custom canvas: 2160 ร 3840 px.
- Duplicate the slide three more times (4 total).
- Pick a tiling background (brick texture recommended); add white blur overlays at top and bottom edges to hide seams.
- On each slide, paste product photos from Alibaba and add benefit text using "Now Bold" font.
- Structure the story: benefit + guarantee โ ease of use โ self-application โ quantity discount offer.
- Download all 4 images at full resolution.
- Upload each as a Featured Image block in the product page section (blocks 1โ4).
- Allocate 90% of total website-design time to perfecting these images.
โspend like 90% of your time designing your website on this alone this is massive if it looks like you're not going to get salesโ
Add-to-Cart Upsell Popup & Lifetime Warranty Product
๐บ Where this fits: Upsells increase revenue per customer without increasing ad spend. In a business where ad costs are the biggest expense, squeezing more value from each click is essential.
Not offering any upsell means every customer who would have happily paid a little more for peace of mind leaves without that extra spend โ revenue lost at zero additional cost.
A $5 lifetime warranty upsell popup converts a percentage of buyers into higher-value customers with near-zero cost and near-zero fulfilment risk.
| upsell | an offer made to a customer at the moment of purchase to buy an additional or upgraded item |
| upsell popup | a small window that appears when the customer clicks "Add to Cart," showing the optional add-on |
| Product Trigger | the main product that, when added to cart, causes the upsell popup to appear |
| Product Offer | the add-on product shown inside the upsell popup |
| compare-at price | a "crossed out" higher price displayed beside the real price, suggesting the customer is getting a deal (e.g., ~~$20~~ $5) |
| cost per item | how much you pay to supply the product; $0 for a digital or virtual warranty |
- Locate the Upsell Popup section in the product page template.
- Open Shopify Products in a new tab โ New Product.
- Fill in: Name = "Lifetime Warranty"; Description = brief reassuring sentence; Price = $5; Compare-at = $20; Cost = $0.
- Create a simple badge image in Canva (product photo + lifetime guarantee badge).
- Save and publish the warranty product.
- Return to the Upsell Popup settings.
- Set Product Trigger = main product; Product Offer = Lifetime Warranty.
โa lifetime warranty for only $5 is insane but almost no one is going to come... this just prints moneyโ
Cart Settings โ Free-Shipping Goal & Discounts
๐บ Where this fits: Cart optimisation (goal bar + upsell + discount display) turns the cart page from a passive holding area into an active sales tool, squeezing more revenue from customers who have already decided to buy.
Without a free-shipping goal, most customers buy one item and leave. The cart page does nothing to encourage a second purchase, wasting the AOV opportunity.
A well-calibrated cart goal (single-unit price < goal < two-unit price) plus visible savings and discount messaging consistently pushes single-unit buyers into two-unit buyers.
| cart page | the page in a Shopify store where customers review items before entering payment; like a digital shopping basket review screen |
| cart goal | a dollar amount threshold set in the theme; if the customer's cart total is below it, a progress bar encourages them to add more to unlock free shipping |
| cart savings | a display in the cart showing how much money the customer is saving with any active discounts |
| delivery date | a setting that can display an estimated delivery date in the cart (recommended OFF if your fulfilment is inconsistent) |
| staff access | a Shopify feature that lets you invite external people (like support teams) to log in and help with your store without sharing your personal password |
| IP (Internet Protocol) address | a number that identifies where a visitor is browsing from; used here to detect whether the customer is in the US or Canada to apply the correct regional free-shipping goal |
- Open cart section in theme editor โ template โ page content.
- Turn ON: Cart Discount, Cart Savings. Turn OFF: Delivery Date.
- Navigate to Cart Goal settings.
- Set goal amount: between single-unit price and two-unit price (e.g., $70 for a $50 product).
- Set region: United States only (or add Canada with a separate goal if shipping there).
- Confirm buy-two discount auto-populates in the cart from Quantity Breaks.
- If discounts do not display correctly, contact Debutify support (optionally grant staff access via Settings โ Users & Permissions โ add support@debutify.com with full permissions).
โset my goal at $70 so someone's like oh if I spend 20 bucks more I'll get free shipping you know maybe I can get a new one I'll get a second one for my friendโ
Checkout Logo, Favicon & Test Order
๐บ Where this fits: Quality assurance (QA) of the full purchase funnel is the bridge between "website built" and "ready to advertise." Without it, the entire ad budget can be wasted on traffic that hits a broken store.
A broken checkout discovered by a real paying customer creates chargebacks, bad reviews, and lost trust โ all far more costly than the 10 minutes a test order takes.
A 100% off test order + order confirmation in the dashboard = definitive proof the store is end-to-end functional and ready for real traffic.
| favicon | the tiny square icon displayed in a browser tab next to the page title (e.g., the blue "f" for Facebook); also called "fav icon" |
| checkout page | the page where the customer enters their shipping address and payment details to complete the purchase |
| transparent logo | a logo image with no background colour (background is "see-through"), so it sits cleanly on any coloured checkout header |
| 100% off discount code | a special coupon that reduces the order total to $0, allowing the seller to test the checkout without spending real money |
| Custom Image (checkout setting) | the field in Shopify/Debutify where you upload your logo to display at the top of the checkout page |
| alignment (Centre) | the logo is positioned in the middle of the checkout header, not to the left or right |
- Theme Settings โ bottom โ Checkout โ Custom Image: upload transparent logo, set Centre + Large.
- Adjust checkout accent colour to your brand colour.
- Theme Settings โ Favicon: upload product image.
- Save all settings.
- Shopify Admin โ Discounts โ New: Percentage, 100% off, specific product, name it "100."
- Add product to cart โ checkout โ apply "100" discount code โ complete purchase.
- Confirm order appears in Shopify Admin โ Orders.
โgo through just like you're a brand new customer you go on the homepage you go wow this looks nice I want to see what this product isโ
Newsletter Popup, Domain, Password & SEO Meta
๐บ Where this fits: The newsletter popup, domain, password removal, and SEO meta are the launch-day finishing moves. They convert a "built but hidden" store into a publicly accessible, email-capturing, search-engine-readable business.
Without these steps the store either cannot be found (password on, domain not connected), fails to capture emails (no popup), or looks unprofessional when shared (no meta image/description).
Completing all four steps in sequence opens the store to the world, arms it with an email list-builder from day one, and ensures social shares and search previews look polished.
| newsletter popup | a window that appears after a visitor scrolls or waits, offering a discount in exchange for their email address |
| time trigger | a setting that controls how many seconds a visitor must be on the page before the popup appears (set to 40 seconds) |
| scroll depth | a setting that triggers the popup only after the visitor has scrolled a certain percentage down the page (set to 60%) |
| discount code name | the text code the customer types at checkout to get the discount (here: "10off"); must exactly match the code created in Shopify Discounts |
| domain | a custom web address (e.g., www.yourbrand.com) that replaces the default Shopify address (yourstore.myshopify.com) |
| DNS propagation | the process by which a new domain connection spreads across the internet; can take up to 48 hours before the site loads at the custom address |
| password protection | a Shopify default setting that puts a password gate in front of the store so only people with the password can view it; must be turned off before going live |
| meta description | a short paragraph (150โ160 characters) that describes the page; shown below the page title in Google search results and in link previews |
| homepage title | the text shown in the browser tab and as the headline in Google search results |
| social sharing image | an image automatically shown when someone shares your store URL on social media (WhatsApp, Facebook, iMessage), like a thumbnail preview |
| favicon | the tiny icon in the browser tab (set in the previous scene but referenced here as part of the overall finalisation) |
- Theme Settings โ Newsletter Popup: time = 40 sec, scroll = 60%, amount = 10, code = "10off."
- Design popup image in Canva at 1,400 ร 1,000 px; keep content small and centred with wide side margins.
- Test popup on desktop (60% scroll) and on phone; re-adjust image in Canva if needed.
- Shopify Admin โ Domains โ Connect to existing domain โ follow instructions.
- Shopify Admin โ search "password" โ "Remove password for online store" โ toggle OFF.
- Theme Settings โ Homepage Title (product name) + Meta Description (brand blurb) + Social Sharing Image (header image).
- Save โ confirm browser tab title and link preview update correctly.
โyour website is pretty much done the last thing you want to do is go on and make a purchase you want to make sure that this worksโ
What Klaviyo Is and Why It Matters
๐บ Where this fits: Klaviyo is the "money recovery layer" of a dropshipping store. Paid ads fill the top of a funnel; the abandoned-cart flow catches leaks in the middle before money drains away.
- Create a Klaviyo account, connect it to Shopify, and verify your business sender email.
- Set up Email 1 with a 30-minute delay, a curiosity subject line, and a 5% discount code (FIVE-OFF).
- Set up Email 2 with a 5-hour delay, an "are you there?" subject line, and a 15% discount code (15-OFF).
- Clone Email 2 to create Email 3 with a 1-day delay, a last-chance urgency subject line, and the same 15% code, then click Review and Turn On.
Shoppers add to cart and leave โ the ad budget spent to attract them is wasted with no second chance to convert.
An automated email sequence contacts every abandoner on a fixed timer, offering reminders and escalating discounts, without any manual work per customer.
| Klaviyo | A free email and SMS marketing app that connects to Shopify and sends automatic messages based on what shoppers do (or don't do) in your store. |
| Abandoned cart | When a shopper puts items in their cart but closes the tab or browser before finishing the purchase. |
| Email flow | A pre-built series of automated emails that fire in order on a schedule, triggered by a specific shopper action (like abandoning a cart). |
| Paid ads | Advertisements you pay for (Facebook, TikTok, Google, etc.) to bring visitors to your store; you pay whether they buy or not. |
| Back end | Revenue generated AFTER the initial ad click โ through emails, retargeting, and repeat purchases โ as opposed to front-end (the first sale from the ad itself). |
| Retarget | To reach back out to someone who already visited your store but did not buy. |
- Shopper sees your paid ad and clicks through to the store.
- Shopper adds product to cart and begins checkout (enters email).
- Shopper closes browser without paying.
- Klaviyo detects the incomplete checkout via its Shopify integration.
- Klaviyo fires the first recovery email after a set delay.
- If still no purchase, subsequent emails fire on a schedule.
- Shopper clicks a link, returns to store, purchases โ ad spend recovered.
โWhen we're paying for people to come into the website and they're not purchasing but they're adding to cart we want to make sure that we can retarget them send them an email and get them to make that purchase so we can soak up some more money because we're going to be spending a lot on ads in the front end.โ
Creating a Klaviyo Account and Connecting to Shopify
๐บ Where this fits: Installation is the bridge between Shopify (the store) and Klaviyo (the email engine). Without this bridge, the two apps are isolated and cannot share data.
No account, no integration, no emails โ the potential revenue recovery system does not exist until these steps are done.
After install, Klaviyo reads live Shopify checkout data automatically; no manual data transfers needed going forward.
| Affiliate link | A special web link that gives the course creator a small commission when you sign up; costs you nothing extra and keeps the course free. |
| Shopify URL | The unique web address of your Shopify store (e.g., mystore.myshopify.com); used to identify which store to connect. |
| Install app | Giving an external service (Klaviyo) permission to read and write data on your Shopify account. |
| Sender email address | The "From" email that shoppers will see when they receive Klaviyo emails (e.g., hello@mybrand.com). Must be your business email, not a personal Gmail. |
| Verify your email | Clicking a confirmation link Klaviyo sends to your business inbox to prove you own that email address and prevent spam abuse. |
| CSV file | A plain spreadsheet file (Comma-Separated Values) used to export a list of customers out of Shopify and import them into Klaviyo. |
| Integration | Two separate software apps sharing data with each other through a direct, automatic connection. |
- Click the affiliate Klaviyo link below the course video to go to klaviyo.com.
- Fill out the sign-up form and click "Create your account."
- Enter your Shopify URL when prompted and click Continue (may auto-populate).
- Log into Shopify if prompted, then click "Install app" on the permissions screen.
- Click Continue on the next screen.
- Enter your business email as the sender address (e.g., hello@yourbrand.com) and click Continue.
- Select "Email and SMS" on the channel selection screen.
- Go to your business email inbox and click the verification link Klaviyo sent.
โOnce you click the link you're going to be sent to a page like this make sure you fill it out and then hit create your account next it's going to ask you your Shopify URL so you can get connected.โ
Navigating the Onboarding Wizard (What to Skip and What Not To)
๐บ Where this fits: The onboarding wizard is configuration noise โ important to understand what each option is, but most are "later" features. The priority is reaching the Flows section as fast as possible.
A new user may spend time filling in every wizard field, delaying the one thing that actually matters: turning on the abandoned-cart flow.
Skip every step except the customer import (only relevant if you already have existing purchasers), then go directly to Flows.
| Onboarding wizard | A step-by-step guided setup sequence that appears the first time you use a new app. |
| Brand library | A storage space inside Klaviyo where you upload your logo, product images, and brand colors so they are ready to use in emails. |
| SMS | Short Message Service; plain text messages sent to a phone number. Klaviyo can send SMS abandoned-cart messages the same way it sends emails. |
| Welcome flow | An automated series of emails triggered when someone joins your email list for the first time (not triggered by abandoning a cart). |
| Export | Downloading data out of an app (Shopify) into a file you can transfer elsewhere. |
| Import | Uploading a file of data into an app (Klaviyo) so it knows about records that existed before the two apps were connected. |
- After email verification, land on the "import customers" page โ if you have existing Shopify customers: go to Shopify > Customers > Export as CSV, then import that file here. Otherwise click Skip.
- Click Skip on the Brand Library page (add logos later).
- Click Skip on the next decorative setup page.
- SMS setup page โ skip for now unless running US-only ads (US-only โ worth setting up later; worldwide โ skip permanently due to high international SMS costs).
- Click Skip on the Welcome Flow setup page (used when scaling with an email marketing agency, not now).
- Navigate directly to Flows in the left sidebar to reach the abandoned-cart flow.
โBasically we can ignore a lot of the setup stuff and just go to flows and hit up the abandoned cart.โ
Email 1 โ 30-Minute Delay, Custom Subject Line, and 5% Discount Code
๐บ Where this fits: Email 1 is the "hot pursuit" โ the fastest, most personal-feeling message in the sequence. It arrives while the shopper's interest is still warm and offers a small nudge (5% discount) without giving away too much margin.
A 4-hour wait and a predictable corporate subject line mean most abandoners have moved on mentally. The email feels like spam rather than a helpful reminder.
30-minute timer + a curiosity-driven subject line (e.g., "[First Name], what happened? Is everything okay?") makes the email feel personal and urgent without being pushy.
| Delay timer | The number of minutes/hours Klaviyo waits after an abandoned checkout before sending the email. |
| Subject line | The bold headline text a person sees in their email inbox before they open the message; it determines whether they open it or ignore it. |
| Preview text | A short snippet of text that appears next to the subject line in the inbox (like a subtitle). Jordan recommends leaving it empty so the subject line stands alone. |
| Open rate | The percentage of people who received the email and actually opened it. |
| Click-through rate | The percentage of people who opened the email and then clicked a link inside it. |
| First Name (personalization tag) | A placeholder like {{first_name}} that Klaviyo automatically replaces with the actual shopper's first name when sending. |
| Discount code | A text code (e.g., FIVE-OFF) a shopper types at checkout to receive a price reduction. Must be created in Shopify first. |
| Body | The main content area inside the email (text, images, buttons). |
- In Klaviyo, go to Flows > Abandoned Cart flow.
- Click the delay block before Email 1; change the unit to "minutes" and the value to "30"; click Save.
- Click into Email 1 to open the editor.
- Replace the subject line with the template from Jordan's provided template (curiosity-style, e.g., "[First Name] what happened? Is everything okay?").
- Click "Edit Email"; paste in the body copy from Jordan's template.
- Go to Shopify > Discounts > Create Discount; select "Amount off products"; name it "FIVE-OFF" (all caps); set type to Percentage; enter 5%; assign it to the specific product or collection; click Save.
- Return to Klaviyo email editor; find the discount code field in the email body and confirm "FIVE-OFF" is entered.
- Select the call-to-action button and change its color to match your brand color (get the exact hex code from your Canva logo design).
- Leave preview text empty.
- Click Save and Exit, then click Done.
โIt looks like you left something behind โ nobody really cares about that, that's such a typical response from a company from a business and it's not going to really peak anyone's interests or get them to click into it.โ
Email 2 โ 5-Hour Trigger, "Are You There?", and 15% Discount Code
๐บ Where this fits: Email 2 is the "second chance offer" โ it acknowledges the shopper still hasn't purchased, raises the discount, and keeps the tone conversational rather than corporate.
After Email 1, non-responders have clearly not been convinced by a small nudge alone; they need a stronger incentive delivered at a point in the day when they are likely at a computer again.
A 5-hour delay (enough time for a work morning to pass) plus a 15% discount creates both timing relevance and a materially better deal than Email 1.
| Trigger time | The delay value set before an email block in Klaviyo's flow editor; controls how long Klaviyo waits after the previous event before sending this email. |
| Text alignment | Whether the words in the email are aligned to the left, center, or right of the page. Jordan centers the text in Email 2 for visual emphasis. |
| Bold | Making text darker and heavier so it stands out; used to highlight key phrases in the email body. |
| Drop shadow | A visual effect that makes a button or image appear to cast a shadow, giving a 3D look. Jordan turns this OFF on the button in Email 2 for a cleaner design. |
| Clone | A Klaviyo feature that copies an existing email or delay block so you can reuse and modify it instead of building from scratch. |
- In the Klaviyo flow editor, locate the Trigger Time block before Email 2.
- Change the delay to 5 hours; click Save.
- Click "Edit" on Email 2 to open it.
- Replace the subject line with: "[First Name] are you there?"
- Click "Edit Email"; delete the default body copy; paste in the body from Jordan's template.
- Set text alignment to center for the main body text.
- Bold the key phrases as shown in the template.
- At the end of the email body, manually type your product's name (e.g., "we can't wait for you to try your new Cup" โ replace "Cup" with your product).
- Go to Shopify > Discounts > Create Discount; name it "15-OFF" (all caps); set type to Percentage; enter 15%; select specific product; click Save.
- Back in the email editor: find the discount code reference and confirm "15-OFF" is entered.
- Select the CTA button; turn off Drop Shadow; set the button color to your brand color.
- Click Preview and Test to verify the email renders correctly with real customer data.
- Click Done; click Save and Exit; click Done.
โThe subject line for this one is first name are you there โ then you want to hit edit email come in here and change the section, this is going to be pre-built in with some crappy message and paste in the one from the template.โ
Email 3 โ 24-Hour Final Urgency Email, Activating the Flow, and Real-World ROI
๐บ Where this fits: Turning the flow "live" is the moment the abandoned-cart system activates for every future shopper. This chapter closes the loop from installation (Scene 219) to fully operational automated revenue recovery.
Without a final urgency email, the sequence ends on a soft note; shoppers feel no time pressure to act before the deal disappears.
"This is your last chance, [First Name]" + 15% discount + explicit "expires in 24 hours" language triggers loss aversion and captures last-minute converters.
| Clone | Copy an existing block (delay or email) in the Klaviyo flow to reuse its structure without rebuilding from scratch. |
| Drag below | Moving a cloned block to a lower position in the flow timeline so it fires after the previous email. |
| Days (delay unit) | Switching the delay timer unit from "hours" to "days" so you can set a 1-day (24-hour) gap. |
| Loss aversion | A psychological principle: people are more motivated by the fear of losing something than by the possibility of gaining something. "Your 15% discount expires in 24 hours" works because of this. |
| Review and Turn On | A Klaviyo button that checks for errors and switches the entire flow from "Draft" (inactive) to "Live" (actively sending emails to real shoppers). |
| Draft | The default state of a Klaviyo flow: configured but NOT sending. No emails go out while in Draft. |
| Live | The active state: Klaviyo will now send emails to real shoppers who abandon carts. |
| Dismiss | Closing a confirmation/review dialog in Klaviyo after turning the flow on. |
- In the Klaviyo flow editor, click Clone on the Trigger Time block before Email 2; drag the cloned block to below Email 2.
- Click the cloned Trigger Time block; change units to "days"; set value to 1; click Save. (1 day = 24 hours.)
- Clone Email 2's email block; drag it below the new 1-day delay.
- Click Edit on the cloned Email 3.
- Replace the subject line with: "This is your last chance, [First Name]."
- Click "Edit Email"; paste the Email 3 body from Jordan's template ("We can't hold your cart any longer").
- Paste the Email 3 urgency message body text from the template (references 15-OFF expiring in 24 hours).
- Since Email 3 was cloned from Email 2, the red brand-color button is already correct โ no button change needed.
- Click Save and Exit; click Done.
- Verify the full flow now shows: [Trigger] โ [30-min delay] โ [Email 1] โ [5-hr delay] โ [Email 2] โ [1-day delay] โ [Email 3].
- Click "Review and Turn On" at the top of the flow page.
- Click Dismiss on the confirmation dialog.
- Refresh the page and confirm all three emails and delays now show status "Live" instead of "Draft."
โIf you're spending like 2, 3, 4, $5,000 a day on ads then email sequences just like this one can be bringing you in an extra $10 to $15,000 each month very easily. On one of my biggest months we did $360,000 in sales and just our email sequence alone was responsible for $40,000 in sales.โ
Why Content Creation Comes First
๐บ Where this fits: Chapter 24 is the marketing engine after the product/brand/logistics foundation of Chapters 1โ23. Organic content is the first gear to turn before scaling with paid ads.
- Study 3 top brands in your niche on TikTok and the Facebook Ad Library this week.
- List the hook style, video length, and emotional trigger in each brand's top 5 videos.
- Film your first product video using one proven hook format you found during research.
- Post the video on TikTok, Instagram Reels, YouTube Shorts, and Facebook Reels simultaneously.
Founders who skip organic content don't know what resonates with their audience, so paid ad spend is wasted on guesswork.
Treat organic posting as a free, low-risk lab. Every video that gets views or sales is data you can then fund with paid ads โ you only pay to amplify what already works.
| Organic content | videos you post for free on social platforms (TikTok, Instagram, YouTube) without paying to promote them; traffic comes from the algorithm, not your wallet |
| Paid ads | advertisements you pay a platform (Facebook, TikTok) to show to specific audiences; costs money per click or impression |
| 3PL | "Third-Party Logistics"; a warehouse company that stores and ships your products for you (covered in earlier chapters) |
| Algorithm | the invisible scoring system inside each social media platform that decides which videos to show to which users |
- Confirm website, product, and 3PL are all set up.
- Begin posting organic videos on TikTok, Instagram Reels, YouTube Shorts.
- Track which videos get views, shares, and sales.
- Identify what hooks, formats, and styles performed best.
- Use those winning videos directly as paid ad creatives โ no extra production needed.
โThe organic route is going to be our testing grounds it's going to be extremely important and Paramount to Our Success.โ
Social Media as Dopamine Slot Machines
๐บ Where this fits: This is the philosophical foundation of all content in the course. Every specific tactic taught later (hooks, UGC, trending audio) is a tool for delivering dopamine more reliably.
Videos that feel like commercials get skipped; the algorithm penalizes low engagement and stops showing your content entirely.
Reframe every video as "how do I make someone in my niche feel something?" Your product is simply the vehicle for that feeling โ a golf video that makes golfers laugh just happens to show your golf product.
| Dopamine | a chemical your brain releases when something feels good (funny video, surprise, excitement); it's the reward signal that keeps people scrolling |
| Dopamine slot machine | the instructor's term for social media apps; like a casino slot machine, each scroll "pulls the lever" hoping for a dopamine jackpot |
| Emotional transfer | the moment a video makes a viewer actually feel something (laugh, cry, feel seen); this is what causes sharing and saves |
| Feed | the scrollable stream of videos you see when you open TikTok, Instagram, or Facebook |
- Accept that the platform's only goal is delivering emotional reactions to keep users scrolling.
- Identify what emotion your target community is chasing (humor, awe, relatability, validation).
- Design video content around delivering that emotion first.
- Feature your product naturally within that emotional context โ not as the centerpiece.
- The algorithm detects engagement (watch time, shares, comments) and distributes the video further for free.
- High-emotion videos that feature your product create word-of-mouth sales without ad spend.
โThese social media platforms are dopamine slot machines. The only goal behind all of these platforms is to help give content that other people make to other viewers that can see the content and have an emotional reaction, have a transfer of energy, a dopamine release.โ
Study and Mimic the Winners
๐บ Where this fits: Sits inside the content strategy layer. Before filming a single video, you do research โ this is the research phase that sets the creative direction for everything you produce.
Founders waste time making content in a vacuum, producing videos that nobody in their niche recognizes as relevant or emotionally resonant.
Study HiSmile, Golf Daddy, Bleam, Tula โ or whoever leads your niche. Their top-performing videos are a blueprint. Take the structure, add your brand's personality.
| MrBeast | YouTube's most-subscribed individual creator; known for high-production viral videos; also runs Feastables (a chocolate brand) whose ads are studied for storytelling technique |
| HiSmile | a teeth whitening brand known for strong UGC-driven social ads; a benchmark for beauty/health niche content |
| Golf Daddy | a golf accessories brand known for viral golf content; a benchmark for sports niche content |
| Bleam | a hair removal brand (Crystal Hair Eraser product); studied in this session for their TikTok and Facebook ad creative strategy |
| Tula | a skincare brand known for effective UGC and review-style video ads; benchmark for beauty content |
| UGC | "User Generated Content"; videos made by real people (not professional film crews) showing and reviewing a product; looks authentic, not like a polished ad |
| CTA | "Call To Action"; the moment in a video where the viewer is told what to do next, e.g., "Go check out the link in bio" or "Get yours before they sell out" |
- Identify 1โ2 mega-creators who dominate content universally (MrBeast is the example given).
- Identify the top 1โ2 brands selling in your specific niche (teeth whitening โ HiSmile; golf โ Golf Daddy; beauty โ Bleam/Tula).
- Go to their TikTok/Instagram pages and sort by highest views.
- Watch their top 5โ10 videos and note: hook type, video length, emotional trigger, whether UGC or produced, script structure.
- Identify the repeating pattern โ the "essence" of what makes their content work.
- Recreate that structure with your product and your brand's personality added on top.
โThe biggest thing you can do is find someone who's succeeding and mimic them. We want to find someone who succeeds and we want to mimic them and then make it our own โ take the foundation, the essence of what they're doing and make it personalized, make it unique, make it a part of our brand.โ
Bleam Case Study โ UGC, Creator Rotation, and Simple Product Videos
๐บ Where this fits: This is the practical case study that proves the theory from Scenes 224โ226. Bleam = real-world proof that organic TikTok + UGC volume + paid ads = scalable brand.
Over-investing in a single polished video that might flop; under-producing and missing the volume needed for the algorithm to distribute content.
Mix of content styles โ ultra-simple demos + storytelling videos + review videos โ is the winning formula. UGC creators rotate in and out; raw clips get recycled into multiple final videos.
| Bleam Crystal Hair Eraser | a branded hair removal product; works by rubbing a textured crystal pad on skin to grip and remove hair without a razor; painless, no ingrown hairs; ~$30 price point |
| White label | taking a generic manufacturer's product and selling it under your own brand name and packaging; Bleam did this with a hair eraser that already existed |
| UGC creator | a person you hire (not a professional actor) to make authentic-looking videos using your product; they film at home, giving a "real person review" feel |
| Creator rotation | the practice of hiring one UGC creator, getting 10โ20 videos, then switching to a new creator to test different faces, styles, and energies |
| Spark ads | a TikTok advertising feature that "boosts" an organic TikTok video as a paid ad; inflates the view count on the organic post, making an account look bigger than it is organically |
| Raw clips | unedited footage from a UGC creator; can be cut many different ways to create multiple distinct final videos from one filming session |
- Find and hire a UGC creator in your product's niche (e.g., a woman willing to demo a hair removal product on camera).
- Brief them: share 2โ3 videos that already work well in your style, or give them creative freedom.
- Get 10โ20 videos from that one creator before moving on.
- Evaluate which creator's face/energy converts best โ some creators simply have a naturally compelling on-camera presence.
- Stockpile all raw footage; edit into many different videos using different opening clips (hooks).
- Post consistently; track what gets views and sales; rotate to new creators for fresh energy when results plateau.
โYou can have some like high-level production videos or you can literally just show the product in use. 3.3 million, 2.9 million โ it's a leg and they're rubbing the product on the hair. That is literally it.โ
The Darts Strategy โ Volume Over Perfection
๐บ Where this fits: The darts framework is the operating mindset for the entire content creation chapter. Every specific tactic (hooks, audio, storytelling) is about improving dart accuracy; volume is what gives you enough throws to find the pattern.
Perfectionism kills momentum โ spending two weeks on one video is less effective than posting 10 decent videos and learning from the data.
Start posting even with bad videos. Bleam's early videos weren't polished. Volume generates data; data generates better aim; better aim generates viral hits.
| Dart strategy | the instructor's mental model: each video = one dart thrown; more darts = more data + more chances; over time you find the throwing angle (content style) that hits the bullseye (viral views) more often |
| Bullseye | a video that goes viral or drives significant sales; the goal of each "dart" (video) |
| Throwing angle | the metaphorical equivalent of hook style, video format, audio choice, and script structure; what you adjust over time to improve results |
| Test and iterate | post, measure, learn, adjust, repeat; the core loop of content strategy |
- Commit to volume: plan to post multiple videos per week, not one per week.
- Post your first batch of videos โ do not wait for perfection.
- After each post, note: views in 24 hours, shares, comments, sales.
- After 10+ videos, look for patterns: which hooks got more than 3 seconds of watch time? Which topics got comments?
- Adjust your next batch based on those findings โ refine the hook style, try a trending audio, try a different creator.
- Repeat: more data โ better aim โ higher percentage of bullseyes over time.
โEvery TikTok video is a dart that you're throwing at the board. If we have more videos we have higher chances of hitting a bullseye but we're not going to throw a bullseye every single time.โ
Hook + Emotional Transfer โ The Two-Part Viral Formula
๐บ Where this fits: This is the theoretical pinnacle of Part 23a. Everything before (dopamine machines, mimic strategy, volume) was context. This scene gives you the actual formula. All subsequent scenes (audio, storytelling, ad library) are applications of this formula.
Beautiful, emotionally resonant storytelling video gets 11K views because the hook took too long โ nobody stayed to feel the emotion.
The hook is not optional or secondary โ it is the gate. If the gate is closed, nobody enters the emotion. Redesign the hook first, then the story.
| Hook | the first 1โ3 seconds of a video that decide whether a viewer stops scrolling or swipes away; can be a visual (shocking image), a sound (alarm, ding), a text overlay, or a spoken line |
| Emotional transfer | the moment during a video when the viewer shifts from passive watching to feeling something; this feeling drives shares, saves, comments, and purchases |
| Scroll loop | the unconscious, automatic swiping behavior of a social media user; your video must interrupt this loop within the first second to get a chance at being watched |
| Watch time | how long viewers watch your video before swiping; the algorithm heavily rewards videos with high average watch time; a weak hook kills watch time in the first second |
| Niche language | words, phrases, and references that only members of a specific community know and feel ("strawberry legs" for the women's hair removal community); using niche language signals you are "one of them" and deepens emotional connection |
- Before scripting any video, define the emotion you want your niche viewer to feel (validated, excited, disgusted by the problem, hopeful about the solution).
- Write 3โ5 possible hooks (opening seconds) for that video.
- For each hook ask: "Would someone scrolling at 2am stop for this in under 1 second?" If no, discard.
- Choose the strongest hook; build your emotionally resonant content behind it.
- Speak in the language of the niche โ use terms, references, and situations only your community knows (e.g., "strawberry legs" for the hair removal niche).
- Close with a soft, natural-feeling CTA โ not a hard sell.
โThe biggest secret is that these videos that go viral have a good hook and they have a transfer of emotion. That is absolutely it. If your video transfers a ton of emotion but it doesn't have a good hook then someone already swiped away and they never got the emotional transfer because you never hooked them in.โ
Trending Audio as a Hook Disruptor
๐บ Where this fits: This scene adds a third dimension to the two-part formula from Scene 229 โ audio as a separate hook channel. The formula becomes: hook (visual + audio) + emotional transfer = viral potential.
Identical video concepts with different audio perform wildly differently; trending audio is not decoration, it is a functional component of the hook.
Use TikTok's trending sounds deliberately. Choose audio with an alarming or distinctive opening note. Keep the volume reasonable โ disruptive enough to notice, not so loud it's annoying. Time it so the disruptor hits on the very first frame.
| Trending audio | a song or sound clip that is currently being used by many TikTok creators; the algorithm recognizes popular audio and gives extra reach to new videos using it |
| Hook disruptor | an unexpected sound (ding, alarm, gasp, stinger) that fires at the very start of a video and breaks the viewer's unconscious scroll loop before they consciously decide to keep watching |
| Scroll loop | the semi-conscious, automatic swiping behavior; it runs on autopilot until something interrupts it (visually or aurally) |
| Audio cue | any distinct sound that signals "pay attention"; works because human brains process sound faster than they process visual meaning |
| Stinger | a short, sharp musical note or sound effect used at the start of content to grab attention |
- Open TikTok and browse the "Discover" or "Trending" sounds section relevant to your niche.
- Find an audio with a distinctive, slightly alarming, or unexpected note in its first half-second.
- Layer this audio into your video so the disruptor note hits on the very first frame.
- Keep volume moderate โ noticeable but not overwhelming.
- Also use the trending audio to ride algorithm momentum (the platform boosts content on trending sounds).
- Track view counts vs. your non-trending-audio videos of similar content to confirm the lift.
โUsing an audio cue right at the start of your video drastically improves the performance. It's just kind of like a hook disruptor and that's why audios like this work so well โ that little ding or that kind of alarming sound. It's a natural response, like a dog barking is a subconscious alarm for you to be like what's going on.โ
Facebook Ad Library โ Studying Paid Ad Creative at Scale
๐บ Where this fits: The Ad Library is a research tool that bridges organic content study (TikTok) and paid ad execution. It shows you the exact creative formats worth building before you spend your own money. It is the final research step before producing your own content.
Studying only organic TikTok misses the paid ad creative that's actually driving a brand's revenue; brands with large budgets barely invest in organic.
Facebook Ad Library (free, public) shows every ad any brand runs. Brands posting new ads daily are actively cycling creative โ each surviving ad is a data-proven winner. Copy those patterns into your own organic and paid strategy.
| Facebook Ad Library | a free public website (facebook.com/ads/library) where anyone can search any brand name and see all the ads they are currently running on Facebook and Instagram, including when each ad started |
| Ad creative | the actual video, image, or text content of an advertisement; distinct from the targeting (who sees the ad) or the budget (how much is spent) |
| Cycling creative | the practice of constantly producing and testing new ad videos; brands that cycle creative post new ads almost daily, testing different hooks and styles |
| Ad copy | the written text that appears above or below a video ad (the caption/description); separate from what is said in the video itself |
| A/B testing | running two slightly different versions of an ad to the same audience to see which one performs better; large brands do this constantly, and the winners are visible in the Ad Library |
| Hook variation | the same base video edited with a different opening 3-second clip; one video can become 10+ ads by changing only the hook; this is a key scaling tactic |
| Repeat purchase | when a customer buys your product again after the first purchase; Bleam's Crystal Hair Eraser wears out (like a razor) so customers buy replacement units โ an ideal business model for sustainable revenue |
- Google "Facebook ad library" and open the official Meta tool.
- Search for a top competitor brand in your niche (e.g., "Bleam").
- Note how many ads are active and how frequently new ones started (daily = high-volume cycling culture).
- Watch their ads from oldest to newest โ see the creative evolution.
- For each ad, log: hook type (shocking visual, testimonial, storytelling), video length, whether a person or product is the focus, text overlay used, CTA phrase.
- Identify recurring elements across all their ads โ these are proven patterns worth adopting.
- Note: one strong base video + 10 different opening hooks = 10 separate ads; this is how brands scale creative cheaply.
- Apply these patterns to your own content: same structure, your brand's voice.
โYou're not going to produce one video a week and be getting $10,000 days in sales. It's just not how the math works. They can have this one video, then they can make a hundred other videos that just have different hooks and it's the same video โ and they could easily make $100,000 revenue off the one video.โ
Bleam Ad Analysis โ What Makes a Video Formula Work
๐บ Where this fits: Bleam = paid ad player. This scene shows that the same formula used for paid ads should also run on organic TikTok โ the brand is leaving free traffic on the table by not posting their ad-quality videos organically.
You spend hours making one "perfect" video, but it dies. You don't know why or what to change.
The formula is modular. Swap hook, swap voice, keep clips โ new video in minutes. Having 500 clips in Google Drive means near-infinite combinations without reshooting.
| Ad Library | a public database (e.g., Facebook Ad Library) where you can see every ad any brand is currently running; it's free to search |
| Ad copy | the text that appears alongside a video ad (headline, caption, description) |
| Focal point | the single thing the viewer's eye is meant to focus on at any moment; having more than one dilutes attention |
| Variant | a different version of the same ad; brands test variants (different hooks, different voices) to find which one performs best |
| Organic | posting content for free on social media without paying to promote it; contrast with "paid ads" |
| TikTok voice | a built-in automated text-to-speech robot voice available inside the TikTok app; sounds robotic but is free and fast |
| DMCA | Digital Millennium Copyright Act; a law that lets brands report stolen videos and get your store/account shut down |
| Google Drive | free online file storage (like a digital filing cabinet); Jordan recommends storing all raw product clips here |
- Film or collect 50โ500 raw product-in-use clips and store in Google Drive.
- Pick a hook: either a TikTok comment overlay or an on-screen text title that calls out the exact customer.
- Lay clips back-to-back under the hook.
- Add narration: real voice (friend, paid girl, your mom) OR TikTok voice-over.
- Post the version with the person in corner AND the version without โ test both on the same day.
- Repurpose the same video to TikTok organic, Instagram Reels, Facebook Reels, and YouTube Shorts simultaneously.
โYou can make millions of different video combinations with different audios over it โ you can use the TikTok voice audio, you can pay a girl to go over it, you can post it without the girl and then with the girl hovering over.โ
HiSmile Case Study โ Demographics, Dopamine & Dart-Throwing
๐บ Where this fits: HiSmile is the benchmark production-house brand. With 64M+ view videos, they demonstrate that the "dart-throwing" (mass production) strategy works at scale. Their Spark Ads strategy also shows how organic and paid ads overlap.
You think you need a studio, great lighting, and expensive editing to compete. The 64M-view video had cat hair on the creator and bad lighting.
Emotional transfer + hook = viral. Production quality is nearly irrelevant. The purple mouth turning from yellow to white IS the hook โ the product literally sells itself if you just film someone using it.
| UGC creator | User-Generated Content creator; a real person (not a professional actor) who films themselves using your product in an authentic, casual style |
| Demographic | a specific group of people defined by age, gender, interests, etc.; HiSmile targets "old man with bad teeth" AND "young woman who wants white teeth" โ different demographics, different creators |
| Spark Ad | a TikTok-specific ad format where you "boost" an existing organic TikTok post with paid money to reach more people; if you turn it off, the organic post remains |
| Dopamine | a brain chemical released when you see something exciting, funny, or surprising; TikTok is engineered to keep giving you dopamine hits, so your video needs to deliver one too |
| Green screen | a video editing technique where you stand in front of a green background and replace it with any image/video in post-production; TikTok has this built in for free |
| Adobe Premiere | a professional (expensive) video editing software; Jordan notes HiSmile's top videos are NOT made with it โ just a phone |
| Cap / Factor cap | TikTok slang: "cap" means lie/fake, "no cap" means truth; "factor cap" = testing if something is real or fake; speaking in platform-specific slang builds trust with TikTok's audience |
- Identify multiple customer demographics who want your product (e.g., old men AND young women for teeth whitening).
- For each demographic, recruit or film a UGC creator who looks like that customer.
- Post every video โ do NOT filter out the "ugly" or low-budget ones; the boomer with cat hair got 20M views.
- Boost every post as a Spark Ad immediately after publishing.
- Monitor daily; turn off the Spark Ad on any video that stops gaining traction.
- Never stop. They post multiple videos per day, rarely skipping.
โHe's a boomer, he doesn't know TikTok, he doesn't know what's going on โ literally just making a video and transferring emotion from one human to another human on a dopamine-slashing platform.โ
The "Content Company" Mindset โ Red Bull, Nike, HiSmile
๐บ Where this fits: This is the north-star mental model of the entire Content Creation chapter. Everything else (hooks, UGC, Spark Ads, the blueprint) is a tactic. This is the strategy that makes all tactics worth doing.
You have a great product and a nice store, but sales are flat. You think the problem is the product. The real problem is you're not a content machine yet.
Once you adopt the "I am a production house" identity, your question stops being "what should I sell?" and becomes "how many videos can I produce today?" That shift changes everything.
| Production house | a company whose core business is creating content at high volume; TV studios are production houses; Jordan says e-commerce winners must become production houses |
| Valuation | an estimate of how much a company is worth if someone were to buy it; HiSmile's valuation is ~$300 million |
| Equity stake | owning a percentage of a company; if you own 10% equity and the company sells for $300M, your share is worth $30M |
| Red Bull (as example) | energy drink brand famous for sponsoring extreme sports and making films; they spend more on content than on product R&D |
| Nike (as example) | shoe brand whose advertising tells emotional stories ("Just Do It"); the shoe is secondary to the feeling they sell |
| Amazon (as example) | sells speed (2-day delivery) not products; the product is irrelevant โ the logistics experience is the product |
- Shift identity: "I am a production company that happens to sell [product]."
- Define your content output goal (e.g., 4 posts per day across all platforms).
- Build or hire your content team (UGC creators, editors, scriptwriters).
- Measure your brand's health by videos produced per week, not just revenue.
- Study production houses (HiSmile, Red Bull) monthly to stay at the cutting edge.
โIf you want to win in the game of e-commerce and in branding, you need to be a production company โ a wheelhouse that just spits out videos.โ
Brands to Study & The Natural Hook Principle
๐บ Where this fits: This is the bridge between product selection (earlier chapters) and content creation. The best products are both good to sell AND naturally cinematic โ they make great content just by existing.
You chose a product that's hard to make interesting on camera. Now every video feels forced.
Study these six brands. They all solved the "natural hook" problem. Model how they show the product's visual moment in the first 2 seconds, and replicate that structure for your own product.
| Where Felicity | a real brand Jordan studied and reverse-engineered; sells personalized jewelry (a heart-shaped locket with a tiny photo inside); Jordan generated nearly $1M by mimicking their ad style |
| Tula | a skincare brand (serums, moisturizers) known for clean branding and UGC-heavy TikTok content |
| Aesara (Aserai) | a brand selling a red LED light face mask; the product glows bright red on someone's face โ a natural visual hook |
| LED face mask | a wearable mask that emits red light therapy to help skin; looks dramatic and sci-fi on camera |
| Facebook Ad Library | Jordan's recommended research tool; free at facebook.com/ads/library; search any brand name to see all their active ads |
| Natural hook | when the product's normal use is visually surprising or unusual enough to make a viewer stop scrolling without any extra effort from the creator |
- List the six study brands: Bleam, HiSmile, Squatch, Where Felicity, Tula, Aesara.
- Go to Facebook Ad Library and search each brand name โ view all active ads.
- Identify the "natural hook moment" in each brand's top-performing ads (what visual moment stops the scroll?).
- Ask: "How can I create a similar natural hook moment for my product?"
- Film your product's natural hook moment as the first 2โ3 seconds of every video you make.
โTry to think how can I get my product to be a natural hook โ just simply using the product can be a hook of itself.โ
Content Creation Blueprint โ Strategy โ Production โ Optimization
๐บ Where this fits: The Blueprint is the operational how behind the strategic what (be a production company). It turns the big idea into a daily repeatable workflow any beginner can follow.
You don't know what to make, you don't know if it was good, and you don't know what to do next. The loop answers all three questions systematically.
Strategy gives you direction, Production gives you output, Optimization gives you data. Loop these three and you will always improve. 500 videos in your library is just running this loop 500 times.
| Shot list | a written list of every individual clip you plan to film, like a grocery list for your video shoot; e.g., "clip 1: product on table, close-up; clip 2: hand picking it up; clip 3: using it on skin" |
| Notion | a free online note-taking and planning app (like a digital notebook); Jordan recommends it for organizing shot lists and strategies |
| Narration | the voice speaking over the video while product clips play; it tells the story and explains the product |
| Optimization | the process of reviewing your results and making improvements; in content, this means watching your video analytics and adjusting your next video based on what you learn |
| Feedback loop | a system where the output (video performance) feeds back into the input (your next video strategy) so you keep improving automatically |
| Transfer of emotion | when a viewer feels what the creator feels (excitement, relief, curiosity) through the screen; Jordan says this + a hook = the formula for everything that goes viral |
- STRATEGY: Find one video from a brand you admire that performed well. Write down: exact hook style, voice-over style, clip sequence.
- PRODUCTION: Order the product. Open Notion or a notepad. Write your shot list. Film or recruit someone to film. Record narration or use TikTok voice. Assemble the video.
- POST: Publish on TikTok (and simultaneously on Instagram Reels, YouTube Shorts, Facebook Reels).
- OPTIMIZATION: After 48 hours, check: Did it hook people (watch time in first 3 seconds)? Did people comment, share, save? Show it to 3 real people and ask "what did this make you feel?"
- IDENTIFY WEAK LINK: Was it the hook? The narration? The clips? Zero in on the one thing to fix.
- Return to STRATEGY with your new insight. Repeat.
โIt is easy, it is simple, but it needs to be done at a high level โ it needs to be mass-produced. You need 500 videos that you can throw into your TikTok ads, your Facebook ads. That's the biggest backbone to your success.โ
The "Test More, Win More" Law
๐บ Where this fits: This scene is the "why" behind the 500-video goal. It's not arbitrary โ it's basic probability. More darts, better odds. This connects to the earlier dart-throwing metaphor and closes the loop on the production-house identity.
You feel like testing is wasted effort when videos don't go viral. Every test that fails feels like a loss.
Every failed test is a win โ it eliminates one wrong answer and narrows the search space for what works. Your failures are data, not evidence of failure.
| A/B test | running two (or more) different versions of something simultaneously to see which performs better; in content, posting two different hooks to see which gets more views |
| Scale | to increase something (budget, output, team size) proportionally; "scaling a winner" means putting more ad spend behind the video that's already performing well |
| Monte Carlo simulation | a math technique that runs thousands of random scenarios to estimate probabilities; referenced here as a way to visualize why more tests = better odds (not required knowledge, just context) |
| DMCA claim | a formal copyright complaint filed against your store or social account for using someone else's content without permission; can result in account suspension |
| Flagged | when a platform (TikTok, Shopify) marks your account for policy violations; too many flags can lead to a ban |
- Set a daily minimum: commit to posting at least X videos per day (start with 1, aim for 3โ5 as you build systems).
- Track every post in a spreadsheet: date, hook used, view count at 48h, conversion rate.
- When a video outperforms (e.g., 3ร your average views), immediately boost it with a Spark Ad.
- Analyze why it won (hook? demographic? narration style?) and replicate those elements in 5 new videos.
- Never stop at a win โ a competitor is already copying it. Keep testing.
โThe person who tests the most will win the most. It is that simple. If someone is selling the exact same product and they test 20 ads a day and you test one a day, obviously they have a higher chance of finding that big winner.โ
Feastables Case Study โ Mr. Beast Storytelling on a Budget
๐บ Where this fits: The Feastables case study closes the brand analysis series by showing the storytelling extreme โ when content IS the product. It also reinforces Scene 237's "test more" law by contrast: Feastables posts infrequently and is underperforming relative to their star power.
You can't imagine making exciting content for your "boring" product (a cup, a necklace, a hair tool). The Feastables example shows any product can star in a compelling story.
You don't need MrBeast. You need a $300 budget, one willing person, and a challenge concept that ties to your product. The story does the heavy lifting; the product gets mentioned naturally.
| Feastables | MrBeast's chocolate bar brand; launched 2022; known for story-driven, challenge-format content |
| MrBeast | YouTube's most-subscribed creator (200M+ subscribers); famous for expensive challenge videos, philanthropy stunts, and storytelling; Jordan notes anyone could replicate his format cheaply |
| Equity stake | owning a share (percentage) of a business; Jordan suspects MrBeast has a large equity stake in Feastables (meaning he profits from sales, not just endorsement fees) |
| Challenge format | a video structure where someone is dared or challenged to do something unusual; popularized by MrBeast; generates curiosity ("will they do it?") that drives watch time |
| Quality over quantity | a strategy of posting fewer but more polished videos; Jordan argues this is wrong for most brands โ volume beats polish |
| MacGuffin | a filmmaking term for an object that motivates characters but isn't important in itself (e.g., a briefcase everyone wants but we never see inside); the chocolate bar is a MacGuffin in the skydiving video |
- Pick a challenge or dare that is visually exciting and accessible (skydiving, library prank, street challenge).
- Connect it to your product naturally โ "would you try this [product] while doing [crazy thing]?"
- Budget: $100 to the person + cost of the activity. Target under $300 total.
- Film the challenge. The product is featured during the activity, not in a separate "ad" segment.
- End with a natural mention of what the product does (10 seconds max).
- Post and test as a Spark Ad alongside your regular product clips.
โYou could do this so easy with your brand โ you go 'hey, would you use the smart cupping device for $100?' Right, he's asking someone if they'll eat a chocolate bar but you have to do it while you're skydiving. For like $300 you could potentially get 12 million views.โ
Action Steps & The 80/20 Rule of E-Commerce
๐บ Where this fits: This is the final scene of Chapter 24 and the closing argument: content creation is not one part of the business โ it IS the business. Master this and everything else follows. Weakest at this = weakest in e-commerce.
You've learned all of this but feel overwhelmed and don't know where to start.
Three concrete action steps: (1) Study brands in your space, (2) Start your Strategy โ Production โ Optimization cycle, (3) Make your first videos now. Jordan is doing it with you in the next video โ it's a numbers game, and one video (even a bad one) beats zero.
| 80/20 rule (Pareto Principle) | a real observation that in many systems, 20% of inputs produce 80% of outputs; in business: a few key activities drive most of the results; in content: one viral video can outperform 99 average ones |
| Leverage | getting a big output from a small input; high-leverage actions produce outsized results relative to the effort spent |
| Organic content | free content posted on social media without paying for ads; Jordan will show himself making organic videos for The New Cup in Thailand footage |
| The New Cup | Jordan's example product throughout the course (a silicone cupping therapy device for muscle pain/recovery); used as the live test case for all content creation examples |
| Numbers game | a strategy where success depends on volume rather than any single perfect attempt; the more attempts you make, the better your statistical chance of hitting a winner |
| Action steps | specific to-do items given at the end of a lesson; Jordan's three: (1) study brands in your space, (2) start your SPO cycle, (3) begin making videos immediately |
- ACTION STEP 1: Identify 3โ5 brands in your niche (use TikTok search + Facebook Ad Library). Study their top videos.
- ACTION STEP 2: Enter Stage 1 of the Blueprint โ write your Strategy document: which video to mimic, what hook, what narration style, what clips you'll film.
- ACTION STEP 3: Film your first video this week. Use your phone. Use TikTok voice if you don't want to speak. Do not wait until it's perfect.
- Post it on every platform: TikTok, Instagram Reels, Facebook Reels, YouTube Shorts.
- Review after 48 hours. Identify one thing to improve. Go back to Step 2.
- Watch the next video: Jordan making real organic content for The New Cup using Thailand footage.
โThis is the 80/20 rule โ that 20% of the effort is going to give 80% of the results. It has that leverage. So really go crushed on this. This is a big video. Hope you gained a ton of value. Much love guys.โ
Why Organic Matters + TikTok as the Primary Platform
๐บ Where this fits: Organic content sits at the top of the traffic funnel โ it drives free visitors to the Shopify store without ad spend, making it critical for bootstrapped beginners.
- Switch your TikTok account to Business Account and submit LLC/EIN docs to unlock the link-in-bio.
- Set up Repurpose.io so every TikTok post auto-publishes to Instagram, Facebook, and YouTube Shorts.
- Post at least one video per day for 30 days straight โ volume beats perfection at this stage.
- If views suddenly flatten on every post, check for a shadowban and cycle your device or account.
Beginners don't know which platform to start on, and spreading effort across five platforms kills momentum before the product is even validated.
TikTok is the single best starting point because its algorithm actively pushes new accounts to large audiences โ you do not need followers to go viral.
| Organic | getting traffic/sales by posting free content, not paying for ads |
| Algorithm | the platform's automated system that decides which videos to show to which people |
| Short-form video | a video under ~60 seconds designed for vertical phone screens (TikTok, Reels, Shorts) |
| Viral | when a video spreads far beyond your current followers because the platform keeps recommending it |
| Instagram Reels | Instagram's short vertical video feature, similar to TikTok |
| Facebook Reels | Facebook's version of short vertical video |
| YouTube Shorts | YouTube's short vertical video feature |
- Understand that organic = free traffic through content, no ad budget required
- Recognize TikTok has the highest probability of going viral for new accounts
- Accept that other platforms (Instagram, Facebook, YouTube Shorts) matter but come later
- Focus all initial energy on TikTok until the product is validated
- Expand to other platforms only after seeing traction
โTikTok is our main source of everything โ that's where we're going to really test our videos because its algorithm is most likely to let you go viral.โ
Setting Up Your TikTok Business Account + Link in Bio
๐บ Where this fits: TikTok account setup is infrastructure โ done once, it enables every organic video to drive traffic directly to the store via the link in bio.
New accounts have no link-in-bio by default, meaning viral videos cannot send traffic to your store โ the biggest benefit of organic is blocked until this is resolved.
Switching to a TikTok Business Account and submitting LLC/EIN documents unlocks the link-in-bio immediately, turning the profile into a traffic gateway.
| Link in bio | a clickable website address displayed on your TikTok profile page; viewers tap it to visit your store |
| Business Account | a TikTok account type designed for companies; unlocks analytics, link-in-bio, and advertising features |
| Business Suite | TikTok's dashboard section for business features including registration |
| Business Registration | TikTok's process of verifying you have a real business before granting full business features |
| EIN | Employer Identification Number; a tax ID number issued by the US IRS to identify a business (like a Social Security Number but for a company) |
| LLC | Limited Liability Company; a legal business structure (explained more in Scene 242) |
| Canva | a free online design tool used to create logos and graphics |
| SMS verification | receiving a text message with a code to confirm your phone number |
- Create TikTok account using business email and a birthday
- Claim your brand username (use periods/hyphens if taken)
- Upload brand logo from Canva to the profile
- Go to Settings โ Account โ Switch to Business Account
- Go to Business Suite โ Business Registration
- Upload EIN document and LLC paperwork screenshots
- Verify via SMS; approval takes up to 24 hours
โIf we can register our business then we can get the link in bio day one.โ
LLC and EIN โ Why You Need a Legal Business Entity
๐บ Where this fits: LLC formation is a one-time foundational step that protects the entrepreneur legally and unlocks platform features; it is a prerequisite, not an optional extra.
Running a business without an LLC exposes personal savings, car, equipment, and other assets to lawsuits โ a single legal dispute could wipe out everything earned.
Forming an LLC creates a legal "wall" between personal and business assets; the EIN also acts as the key to unlock TikTok's Business Registration and other business services.
| LLC (Limited Liability Company) | a legal business structure that treats your business as a separate legal entity, protecting your personal belongings from business debts/lawsuits |
| EIN (Employer Identification Number) | the IRS-issued tax ID for your business; acts like a Social Security Number for a company |
| IRS | Internal Revenue Service; the US government tax agency |
| Limited liability | you are only responsible ("liable") up to the money in the business, not your personal wealth |
| Business entity | a legally recognized organization (like an LLC or corporation) that can own property, sign contracts, and be sued separately from its owner |
| Personal assets | things you personally own: car, phone, laptop, savings, home |
| Sue / lawsuit | a legal action where one party takes another to court demanding money or compensation |
- Recognize personal legal exposure without an LLC
- Understand that LLC = separate legal person that owns your business
- Understand that EIN = the business's Social Security Number
- Use recommended website to file LLC (cheapest, quickest route)
- Receive EIN from IRS after filing
- Use EIN document to complete TikTok Business Registration
- Gain link-in-bio and legal protection simultaneously
โA limited liability company is a separate entity that holds your business and is responsible for your business โ it's like a separate person almost.โ
Multi-Platform Setup + Repurpose.io Automation
๐บ Where this fits: Repurpose.io is the distribution layer of the organic engine; without it, multi-platform presence requires 4x the manual effort, which is unsustainable at 3โ5 posts/day.
Without automation, posting the same video on four platforms requires four separate uploads, four captions, and four sets of thumbnails โ most beginners give up or skip platforms entirely.
Repurpose.io removes all of that friction: post once on TikTok, click once, and the video lands on all other platforms without a watermark, letting you build a multi-platform audience effortlessly.
| Repurpose.io | a paid software tool ($15/month) that automatically copies and posts your TikTok videos (without the TikTok watermark) to Instagram, Facebook, and YouTube |
| Watermark | the small TikTok logo/username stamp that appears on downloaded TikTok videos; other platforms penalize videos with TikTok watermarks by reducing their reach |
| One-click post | a single button in repurpose.io that distributes a video to all connected platforms simultaneously |
| Cross-platform | appearing on multiple social media platforms at the same time |
| Variations | slightly different edits of the same video (different hook, different caption, different clip length) treated as separate posts |
| Affiliate link | a special URL that gives the course creator a commission when you sign up through it; how Jordan earns income to offer the course for free |
- Create accounts on Facebook Reels, Instagram, and YouTube Shorts
- Add logos, links, and bios to each profile
- Subscribe to repurpose.io
- Connect TikTok, Instagram, Facebook, YouTube accounts inside repurpose.io
- Post your video on TikTok first
- Use repurpose.io to distribute to all other platforms in one click
- Create 3โ5 variations of the video โ multiply total posts to ~20 per video idea
โGet one video posted four times on four different platforms with one click โ then make four different variations of that one video and now we have like 12 videos.โ
Posting Frequency โ The Dart Game Strategy
๐บ Where this fits: Posting frequency is the engine speed of the organic strategy โ running it slow (1/day) versus fast (3โ5/day) creates compounding differences in learning speed and success probability.
Most beginners post once a day hoping for a viral hit, then give up when it does not come โ they never realize the math requires more attempts, not better luck.
Treating posting like a math game โ more posts = higher probability โ removes the emotional despair of low views and replaces it with a systematic approach where volume is the primary lever.
| Posting frequency | how many times per day/week you upload new videos |
| Double down | to repeat and increase effort on something that is already working |
| Gary Vee | Gary Vaynerchuk, a famous business influencer known for recommending very high posting volume |
| UGC (User-Generated Content) | videos made by real customers or hired creators (not the brand itself) showing or reviewing the product; looks authentic and performs well organically |
| Variation | a slightly modified version of the same video (same product, different intro or angle) that counts as a separate post |
| Data points | each video post generates performance data (views, likes, shares) that teaches you what works |
- Accept that viral videos are a probability game, not a talent game
- Set a target of 3โ5 posts per day
- Film one core video concept each day
- Create 3โ5 variations by changing hook, opening line, or angle
- Post all variations on TikTok
- Use repurpose.io to auto-post across all other platforms
- Review which variation performed best; use that as tomorrow's baseline
โIf you can post three to five times a day you are going to have the highest success rate and math is going to be on your side โ it's just that simple.โ
Timing, Hashtags, and the Comment Trigger Secret
๐บ Where this fits: These three tactical decisions (timing, hashtags, comments) determine how the TikTok algorithm classifies and distributes each video โ getting them right multiplies organic reach with zero extra cost.
Beginners obsess over posting time and load videos with hashtags, unknowingly capping the video's potential reach and missing the comment-triggering techniques that signal quality to the algorithm.
Removing hashtags opens the video to any audience the algorithm chooses; engineering comments (through purposeful "mistakes," controversy, or provocative captions) gives the algorithm proof the video is worth distributing widely.
| Hashtag | a word or phrase preceded by # (e.g. #fitness) that categorizes content; on TikTok, using them can restrict which audiences see your video |
| Algorithm ceiling | an informal term for the maximum reach limit created when you over-specify your target audience through hashtags or topics |
| Caption | the text you write below a video post on social media |
| Comment bait | content or caption designed to provoke viewer responses (disagreement, corrections, reactions) |
| Dopamine | a brain chemical released when we experience excitement, reward, or surprise; social media platforms are designed to trigger it |
| Viral signal | any action (comment, share, rewatch) that tells the algorithm "users love this video, show it to more people" |
| Demographic | a group of people defined by age, location, interests, or other shared characteristics |
- Choose when to post based on readiness, not clock time
- Remove all hashtags from TikTok posts (open the algorithm to any audience)
- Write a caption designed to trigger a comment (question, incomplete thought, bold claim)
- Include a deliberate "mistake" or controversial statement in the video itself
- Let comments accumulate โ each comment signals quality to TikTok's algorithm
- More comments โ wider distribution โ more views โ compounding viral loop
โGetting people to comment is quite literally the biggest influence on your video's ability to go viral โ say something weird, say something off, and people are going to comment.โ
Shadowbans โ What They Are and How to Escape Them
๐บ Where this fits: Shadowban troubleshooting is a maintenance skill for the organic engine โ when reach inexplicably drops, this diagnostic process restores normal distribution and prevents wasted effort on a broken account.
A shadowbanned account wastes all posting effort โ videos reach almost no one, sales dry up, and the creator assumes the product is bad when the real issue is a hidden platform penalty on the account itself.
Recognizing the plateau pattern (consistent identical low views) allows a systematic escape โ create multiple accounts, test which one the algorithm favors, and rebuild on that account.
| Shadowban | a hidden restriction placed by a platform on an account that silently reduces content reach without notifying the creator |
| View plateau / view cap | when every video gets almost the same number of views (e.g., always ~400) with no variation, suggesting an algorithmic ceiling |
| Repressing | when the platform intentionally reduces how widely a video is distributed in the feed |
| Business account (TikTok) | required for business registration; also the account type to use when testing multiple accounts simultaneously |
| Migration | moving from one account to another; transferring the username and email to the new account that performs better |
- Notice if every video consistently gets nearly the same low view count
- Rule out bad video quality first (is the hook weak? Is the story missing?)
- If video quality is verified as good and views are still capped โ diagnose as shadowban
- Create up to 10 new TikTok business accounts with different emails
- Post the same best-performing video on all new accounts simultaneously
- Identify which account achieves the highest organic reach
- Claim the username from the old account, transfer email to the new account
- Integrate the new account into repurpose.io and continue posting
โIf there's a clear cap on your views that you get on every video then that's probably a decent sign that you're shadowbanned โ create multiple accounts, post your best video on all of them, see which one gets the best views, and make that your main account.โ
UGC and Influencers โ Offloading Content Creation
๐บ Where this fits: UGC and influencer strategy is the next evolution of the organic engine โ it offloads volume and adds authentic third-party voices to the content mix, accelerating trust and reach.
A solo founder cannot sustainably film 3โ5 quality videos per day indefinitely; without a content delegation system, organic growth stalls as the founder burns out.
UGC creators handle the filming and on-camera work for low cost, keeping the posting volume high without requiring the founder's daily presence on camera โ influencers are reserved for large-scale, high-budget, dedicated review campaigns.
| UGC (User-Generated Content) | videos made by real people (customers or paid creators) about a product, as opposed to polished brand ads; looks authentic and earns more trust |
| UGC creator | a person (often found on platforms like TikTok or specific UGC marketplaces) who makes product demonstration videos for brands in exchange for payment |
| Influencer | a social media personality with a large following who creates content and charges brands to feature their products |
| ROI (Return on Investment) | how much money you earn back relative to what you spend; high ROI = good deal, low ROI = bad deal |
| Convert | when a viewer takes the desired action (buys something, clicks a link); an influencer post that does not convert means followers saw it but did not buy |
| Bang for your buck | informal phrase meaning the best value for money spent |
| Dedicated video | an entire video focused only on one brand/product, as opposed to a brief mention among other content |
- Recognize that solo filming becomes a bottleneck at 3โ5 posts/day
- Identify UGC creators willing to film for your product
- Ship product to UGC creators with clear video style brief
- Receive authentic-looking video footage from creators
- Post footage through TikTok โ repurpose.io pipeline
- Assess influencer partnerships only when budget allows and only for fully dedicated long-form reviews
- Build a content team (UGC manager) as the brand grows to automate the entire workflow
โUGC people are a better bang for your buck โ just get new faces, try to get pretty faces talking about your brand, showing your product, and doing these videos for you.โ
Mindset, One-Video Success Stories, and the Never-Ending Testing Cycle
๐บ Where this fits: Mindset and the never-ending testing cycle close the organic chapter by connecting the tactical steps (account setup, posting frequency, hashtags, shadowbans, UGC) to the psychological and operational discipline required to sustain them long-term.
Entrepreneurs who master all the tactics still fail if they operate from fear, doubt, and a scarcity mindset โ low-energy posting produces low-energy results, and inconsistency breaks the compounding benefit of volume.
Understanding that one video can generate seven figures (as with Jordan's student Sebastian โ 5.4M views, 13K in sales, multiple seven-figure brand outcome) makes every post feel like a real lottery ticket worth buying. The testing cycle (strategy โ production โ optimize) is the permanent operating rhythm of the business.
| Scarcity mindset | a mental state of fear and lack that assumes there is not enough opportunity, money, or success to go around; leads to hesitation and poor decisions |
| High frequency emotions | positive emotional states (faith, gratitude, excitement) that the instructor argues produce better real-world outcomes |
| Law of Correspondence | a philosophical/metaphysical concept: your outer reality mirrors your inner beliefs and emotional states |
| Vision board | a physical or digital collection of images and goals representing the future you want to create; used as a daily visual reminder of goals |
| Journaling / affirmations | daily writing or speaking of positive statements about your goals as if they are already real; a mindset maintenance practice |
| Identity belief emotion action hierarchy | a framework taught earlier in the course: your identity shapes beliefs, beliefs shape emotions, emotions drive actions |
| NeverEnding testing cycle / Strategy โ Production โ Optimize | the permanent operating loop for organic: plan what to post, make the videos, analyze results, adjust and repeat |
| Double down | to significantly increase effort on something that is proving to work |
| Media buying | the practice of purchasing ad placements (paid ads); done by agencies or in-house as the brand scales |
| Wholesale deal | when a large company buys your product in large quantities to resell or distribute (e.g., Sebastian's deal with Cisco and Richard Mille) |
| Circulation | the instructor's metaphor for content flow: videos are the blood circulating through the business body; stop posting and the business "dies" |
- Anchor to a real success story: Sebastian's 5.4M view video โ 13K sales โ multiple 7-figure brand
- Accept that one video is genuinely capable of changing your financial life
- Set a specific, dated financial goal
- Maintain high-frequency emotional states when filming and posting
- Run the never-ending cycle: Strategy (what to make) โ Production (make it) โ Optimize (analyze and improve)
- Track what works; double down on winning video styles
- Kill off non-performing formats; replace with new experiments
- Scale the team (UGC managers, ad agencies) as revenue allows โ the process continues, just with more people doing it
โIt only takes one video to completely change your life โ one store, one product, one brand, one video ad alone can completely change your life.โ
Pre-Production Mindset โ Copy Before You Create
๐บ Where this fits: Content creation is the top-of-funnel engine that drives organic TikTok traffic โ store visits โ sales, without spending money on ads.
- Pick one competitor video that already performed well and write down its exact hook words and clip order.
- Film at least 10 short product clips, store them in Google Drive, and assemble 3 video variations swapping only the first 3 seconds.
- Record a voiceover or use TikTok text-to-speech so every video has audio narration, not silence.
Beginners waste days filming random content that gets no views because it has no proven hook or story structure behind it.
Copy a proven video's structure, adapt it to your product, then iterate. Your first video is a data point, not a masterpiece.
| Hook | the very first 3โ5 seconds of a video; the moment that either grabs a viewer's attention or causes them to scroll past |
| Story arc / storyline | the narrative flow of the video: problem introduced โ product shown โ benefit delivered |
| Energy transfer | the emotional feeling the video gives the viewer (excitement, curiosity, relief) that keeps them watching |
| UGC | User-Generated Content; videos made by real customers or paid creators who look like regular people, not professional ads |
| Frame-for-frame copy | recreating a video shot by shot, matching the exact clip order and pacing of the original |
| Variation | a version of the same video with one element changed (usually the hook) to test which performs better |
- Identify a competitor or top brand video that already got strong views/engagement.
- Deeply study it: write down the exact hook words, the clip order, the emotional arc.
- List how you can improve the hook and sprinkle your product's unique features in.
- Film your clips with those specific story beats in mind.
- Assemble the video to mirror the original's structure.
- Post it, then make 3โ5 variations changing only the first 3โ5 seconds (the hook).
โWe don't want to just shoot in the dark and make something that we think is good. We want to make a video that is based on something that already did good.โ
Hook Style Catalogue โ 9 Proven Formats
๐บ Where this fits: Hook selection sits at the very top of the content creation decision tree; it determines whether anyone watches the rest of the video.
Most beginners only know one or two hook formats and repeat them until performance dies.
A catalogue of nine proven formats means you always have a creative option and can rotate to prevent fatigue.
| Disrupting hook | a hook that uses a sudden loud sound, dramatic reaction, or shocking visual in the first 1โ2 seconds to stop the scroll |
| Green screen effect | a TikTok/editing feature that puts a video or image behind you while you talk to the camera in the foreground |
| Stitch | a TikTok feature that lets you clip and respond to someone else's public video; your video plays after their clip |
| Organic strategy | posting content for free (no paid promotion) to grow an audience naturally through the algorithm |
| Ad fatigue | when audiences see the same type of ad so often that they stop paying attention to it |
| Viral video | a video that spreads rapidly and gets millions of views, far beyond the creator's normal audience |
| Negative review flip | a hook style where you start by sounding like you're criticizing a product, then reveal it actually works, to create surprise |
- Random/bizarre clip with a curious title-text hook (e.g., "You won't believe what this does").
- Disrupting hook โ loud sound or big reaction in first 1โ2 seconds.
- Attractive person hook โ face very large in frame (proven to increase watch time for unknown reasons).
- How-to guide โ "In this video I'll show you how to relieve neck pain in 30 seconds."
- Random stranger / public interaction โ approach someone, give them the product, film their reaction.
- Challenge-based โ design a challenge that naturally involves your product; give something free to a stranger.
- Green-screen review โ you talk to camera while the product video plays behind you.
- Negative review flip โ open as if exposing a scam, then reveal the product actually works.
- Viral stitch (organic only) โ stitch a viral video where the person has the problem your product solves.
- Skeptic/testing video โ "I've seen this everywhere on TikTok, I think it's bull, let's test it."
โAll of these are pretty much the same clips in different orders with different storylines on them to test things.โ
Real Video Ads Walkthrough โ Jordan's Three Test Videos
๐บ Where this fits: Real-world ad creation is iterative and low-pressure: start rough, post fast, let data guide refinement.
Perfectionism paralyzes beginners โ they never post because the video "isn't good enough yet."
Even blurry, imperfect test videos with bad audio deliver learning data. Post anyway; refine later.
| SmartCupper | the competitor brand Jordan is studying and mimicking for the NewCup product |
| NewCup | Jordan's dropshipping store product: a handheld cupping therapy device |
| Cupping therapy | an ancient wellness technique where suction cups are placed on skin to increase blood flow and relieve muscle pain |
| Trust signals | words or visuals that reduce a buyer's fear: guarantees, warranties, return policies, discounts |
| 30-day money-back guarantee | a promise that if a customer is unhappy within 30 days, they get a full refund |
| Comment engagement | when viewers leave comments on a video, which signals to the algorithm that the video is interesting and causes it to be shown to more people |
| Testimonial | a first-person statement from someone saying the product helped them, used as social proof |
- Study the source video (SmartCupper) to extract hook, script structure, and clip types needed.
- Film ~20 clips that each represent one story beat (pain location, product application, lifestyle reward).
- Build Ad 1: Mirror the source video almost exactly, change a word to provoke comments.
- Build Ad 2: Swap opening to a luxury lifestyle hook ("pool villa") to bait engagement.
- Build Ad 3: Keep the best clips, add trust signals (guarantee, warranty, discount) for a conversion-focused version.
- Post all three and observe which hook/story combination gets the most views and engagement.
โIt's really easy to just get like 80 different videos out of my like 20 clips that I got from Thailand.โ
Inside TikTok Studio โ Clip Selection and Ordering
๐บ Where this fits: TikTok Studio is the assembly line where raw filmed clips become a structured, timed video ad โ it bridges filming and publishing.
Fear of video editing software stops many beginners from ever posting.
TikTok Studio requires no technical skill โ it is drag, trim, and done.
| TikTok Studio | the built-in video editing feature inside the TikTok app, accessible via the top-right corner when creating a video |
| Import | loading video clips from your phone's camera roll into the editing tool |
| Split | a TikTok Studio editing command that cuts a clip at the point where the playhead (the current position marker) is sitting |
| Delete | removing the unwanted section of a clip after splitting it |
| Duration | the total length of the finished video in seconds |
| CapCut | a free mobile/desktop video editing app (owned by TikTok's parent company ByteDance) commonly used for more advanced edits |
- Open TikTok app, tap the center "+" button.
- Select and import all relevant clips from your camera roll.
- Tap the top-right icon to enter TikTok Studio (full editing view).
- Review each clip โ quality appears better in studio than after posting.
- Drag clips into the order that matches your story blueprint.
- Use Split + Delete to trim each clip to the essential seconds only.
- Check that total video length falls between 12 and 20 seconds.
โYou can just kind of order them in whatever way you want to fully mimic the video you're copying, grab it and kind of just cut it up a little bit so it's a little faster.โ
Audio Engineering Inside TikTok โ Voiceover and Text-to-Speech
๐บ Where this fits: Audio engineering is the invisible layer that makes or breaks whether a viewer stays past the first 3 seconds; it is the final assembly step before posting.
Forgetting to mute original clip audio means wind, background noise, or the original creator's voice bleeds through โ destroying credibility.
TikTok's built-in audio tools (voiceover recording + text-to-speech + waveform display) make clean audio achievable in under 5 minutes.
| Original Sound | the audio that was recorded by the camera when the clip was filmed; must be set to zero volume to avoid background noise |
| Audio Editing | TikTok Studio's panel for adding, recording, or adjusting audio tracks on the video |
| Waveform | the visual graph of an audio track; taller peaks = louder sound; the bar lets you see exactly where a voice segment ends |
| Text-to-speech (TTS) | a TikTok feature where you type a sentence and the app reads it aloud in a synthetic (computer-generated) voice |
| Jessie | the name of TikTok's female AI text-to-speech voice option |
| Voiceover | a recorded narration that plays over video without showing the speaker's face |
| Enhance (toggle) | a TikTok Studio processing option that applies automatic adjustments; Jordan suspects it degraded his video quality and recommends avoiding it |
| Waveform alignment | positioning each audio block so it starts exactly where the previous one ends, creating seamless narration |
- Finish clip ordering in TikTok Studio.
- Tap Original Sound slider and drag to zero (mutes all clip audio).
- Tap "Audio Editing" to open the audio track panel.
- Choose your method: record your own voice OR use the Voice/TTS feature.
- If using TTS: type script, select Jessie voice, place the segment at the start of the timeline.
- Use the waveform bar to see where audio ends; drag the next segment to start right after.
- Tap Save, then review before posting.
โYou want to make sure your original sound is down to zero so there's not like the wind and stuff, and then you want to just hit audio editing.โ
Gender Performance Insight and Platform Audio Tips
๐บ Where this fits: Presenter gender and audio choices are conversion-rate levers that exist before you spend a dollar on paid ads โ optimizing them in organic improves paid ad ROI later.
Male creators assume their gender is neutral; it is actually a negative performance variable on most consumer-product TikTok ads.
Acknowledge the variable, plan around it (recruit female creators), and use audio strategically (silent or no audio) rather than randomly.
| Convert | when a viewer takes the desired action (e.g., clicks the link and buys the product), converting from a viewer into a customer |
| High Smile | a major teeth-whitening brand frequently referenced as a benchmark for TikTok organic strategy |
| Trending audio | a song or sound clip that is currently popular on TikTok; videos using it may get a small algorithmic boost from association |
| Algorithm | TikTok's automated system that decides which videos to show to which users based on engagement signals |
| UGC creator | a paid or recruited content creator who films themselves using your product, appearing as an authentic customer rather than a professional actor |
| Organic reach | views and traffic your video gets without paying TikTok to promote it |
- Decide who appears on camera โ self, or a recruited creator.
- If male: plan to compensate with stronger hooks, better trust signals, higher clip quality.
- If female or recruiting a female creator: prioritize her clip quality and authenticity.
- For audio: default to no audio or insert a trending track at zero volume for algorithm signal.
- Never play random trending music at full volume alongside a voiceover.
โFor some reason guys in video ads just don't perform as well. It's kind of wild. So I wouldn't expect these videos to perform insanely well โ girls really do perform so much better.โ
Repurposing, Data Reading, and Coaching UGC Creators
๐บ Where this fits: Analytics from organic posting create a feedback loop that progressively improves all future content, turning every post into an investment in better future videos.
Without reading data, creators repeat the same types of videos forever โ not knowing which ones actually worked and which were ignored.
Even simple view counts reveal which hooks land; two weeks of data is enough to write specific, evidence-based coaching instructions for UGC creators.
| Repurpose.io | a paid web tool that automatically cross-posts your TikTok videos to Instagram Reels, YouTube Shorts, Facebook, Pinterest, and other platforms |
| Analytics | the data TikTok (and other platforms) provide about your videos: views, watch time, likes, comments, shares, follower gain |
| Watch time | how long on average viewers watch your video before scrolling away; longer watch time signals higher quality to the algorithm |
| UGC coaching brief | a written document you send to a UGC creator specifying exactly what hooks, clips, scripts, and talking points have been proven to work for your brand |
| Cross-posting | publishing the same (or slightly adjusted) content on multiple social media platforms at once |
| Instagram Reels | Instagram's short-form vertical video feature, equivalent to TikTok |
| YouTube Shorts | YouTube's short-form vertical video feature, equivalent to TikTok |
- Post finished video on TikTok.
- Repurpose.io auto-distributes to all connected platforms (Instagram, YouTube, Facebook, etc.).
- Let videos accumulate 1โ2 weeks of view data.
- Review analytics: identify top 3 hooks by view count, note which clip types appear in those videos.
- Write a UGC coaching brief with specific instructions based on the data.
- Share the brief with UGC creators and influencers before their next filming session.
โYou can now coach your UGC people, your influencers โ hey, our video ads work really good when you do XYZ. This type of data and coaching you wouldn't get unless you took your time in organic.โ
Action Steps and Organic-to-Paid Transition Strategy
๐บ Where this fits: The organic-to-paid transition is the full content flywheel: learn what works for free โ confirm with data โ invest money only in proven winners โ scale.
Skipping organic means spending money on paid ads without knowing which creative performs โ burning budget on guesswork.
2โ3 weeks of organic content yields first sales AND a library of proven hooks, making the paid ad launch smarter and cheaper.
| Paid ads | advertisements where you pay TikTok (or another platform) to show your video to targeted users who don't already follow you |
| Organic | free content posted to your TikTok profile that reaches viewers through the algorithm without paying for distribution |
| Content calendar | a weekly or monthly schedule listing which videos you will post on which days, ensuring consistent output |
| Hook library | a personal collection of proven opening lines and clip styles, built from your own analytics data |
| Ad spend | the total money you pay a platform to run your ads |
| Flywheel | a self-reinforcing business cycle: good content โ sales โ more budget โ better content โ more sales |
| Repurpose.io | the cross-posting tool that automatically sends each TikTok post to all other connected platforms |
- Plan one full week of content: list 20 reference videos to mimic, 5+ variations each.
- Film clips with story beats planned in advance.
- Edit in TikTok Studio (12โ20 seconds, muted original sound, clean voiceover).
- Post on TikTok โ Repurpose.io distributes to all platforms.
- Repeat daily for 2โ3 weeks.
- Read analytics: rank videos by views; identify common elements in top performers.
- Use early sale revenue to launch paid ads on the top 2โ3 proven videos.
- Coach UGC creators using the data-backed brief.
โOrganic is a really fun, easy way to get a ton of sales if you really know what you're doing. But the best thing it does is it teaches you how to post, teaches you about video ads, teaches you what's good, what's bad โ and it's giving you a very high-level skill set that can transfer into hundreds of thousands, even millions of dollars in sales.โ
Prerequisites โ Why TikTok Organic Must Come First
๐บ Where this fits: This chapter is the bridge between Module 3 (organic + store setup) and Module 4 (paid ad scaling). You cannot reach Module 4 effectively without organic content ready to use as ad creatives.
- Install the TikTok Sales Channel app inside Shopify and connect it to a new TikTok Ads Manager account.
- Add a credit or debit card as your payment method inside TikTok Ads Manager.
- Confirm your TikTok Pixel is firing on the Shopify store before touching any ad campaign settings.
A beginner might think paid ads replace the need for organic content. Jordan corrects this: without a library of TikTok videos, there is nothing to put money behind.
Organic TikTok videos are not just for free traffic โ they are the creative fuel for paid ads. Every video you post now is a potential ad later.
| organic TikTok | posting videos on TikTok for free, without paying for promotion; you grow by people naturally finding and sharing your content |
| paid ads | paying TikTok to show your video to more specific people; like renting billboard space instead of hoping people walk past |
| ad creative | the actual video or image content shown inside an ad |
| module | a section of the course; Module 3 = setup phase, Module 4 = scaling/advertising phase |
- Post TikTok organic videos consistently before touching paid ads
- Track which videos perform well (views, engagement)
- Use today's chapter to set up the TikTok ads technical infrastructure
- In Module 4, bring top-performing organic videos into paid ad campaigns
- Paid ads amplify proven content โ they do not create success from scratch
โTikTok organic as kind of our Lifeline as our kind of like the heart that pumps the blood throughout the businessโ
Installing the TikTok Sales Channel App in Shopify
๐บ Where this fits: Shopify is the store; TikTok Ads is the megaphone. This app is the wire connecting them so you can track which TikTok ads result in Shopify sales.
Without this app, you could run TikTok ads but have no way to know which ads are actually causing purchases โ you would be flying blind.
After installation, Shopify and TikTok share data automatically. You can see "this ad caused 12 sales" directly inside TikTok Ads Manager.
| Sales Channel | an app in Shopify that lets you sell or advertise through an external platform (TikTok, Instagram, Amazon, etc.) while keeping inventory and orders in Shopify |
| integration | connecting two separate software systems so they share data with each other automatically |
| Shopify Apps | an add-on store inside Shopify where you find extra tools, similar to an app store on a phone |
| ad account | a container on TikTok's side that holds your budget, campaigns, and billing info; like a bank account specifically for advertising |
- Log into Shopify admin
- Click "Apps" in the left sidebar
- Search "TikTok" in the app search bar, press Enter
- Select the app labeled "TikTok" (TikTok Sales Channel)
- Click "Add Sales Channel"
- On the next screen, click "Set Up Now"
- Proceed to create or log into your TikTok for Business account
โgo to apps Pull up the search bar and you want to type in Tik Tok hit enter it's going to take you to the little app area and we want to get this one Tik Tok right hereโ
Creating the TikTok Ads Manager Account (Affiliate Link Note)
๐บ Where this fits: This is an optional-but-recommended detour before the actual sign-up. The actual account-creation steps are the same either way; the link just adds a potential bonus credit.
If you hit "Create Account" inside Shopify's interface directly, you may not receive any start bonus that TikTok is offering through the Jordan's Library partnership.
Clicking the link below the video first takes you to the same TikTok sign-up page, but with an affiliate code attached. After creating the account via that link, you return to Shopify and click "Login" (not "Sign Up") to connect the new account.
| affiliate offer | a deal where a third party (Jordan) promotes a service (TikTok ads) and users who sign up through a special link may receive a bonus; Jordan earns a commission |
| start bonus | free ad credit given to new TikTok advertisers; essentially free money to spend on your first ads |
| verification code | a short one-time number TikTok emails you to prove you own the email address |
| TikTok for Business | TikTok's separate platform for advertisers; different login from your personal TikTok account |
- Before clicking "Create Account" in Shopify, open the link below the video
- Enter your business email address on the TikTok sign-up page
- Click to receive verification code, enter it when it arrives in your inbox
- Fill in any additional questions TikTok asks (business type, country, etc.)
- Click "Sign Up" to complete account creation
- Return to Shopify's TikTok setup screen
- Click "Login" (not "Sign Up") to connect the newly created account to your store
โbefore you hit create account there make sure you click the link below this video here it's going to take you to this exact pageโ
Filling In Business Details & Data Sharing Setting
๐บ Where this fits: These settings define how TikTok's algorithm learns about your customers. The "Maximum" data-sharing option is the most important single setting in this scene โ it lets TikTok use purchase event data to find more people like your buyers.
Choosing a lower data-sharing level limits TikTok's ability to optimize, meaning your ads will perform worse and cost more per sale without any benefit to you.
Setting data sharing to Maximum (and confirming your privacy policy covers it) gives TikTok permission to use all available signals to improve your ad targeting automatically.
| TikTok Ads Manager | TikTok's web dashboard where you create, manage, and measure paid ad campaigns; similar to a control room for your ads |
| timezone | your local time zone; important because TikTok's reporting and ad scheduling use this to show you data in your local time |
| data sharing | how much information about visitor actions (page views, add-to-carts, purchases) you allow TikTok to receive from your store |
| privacy policy | a page on your store that tells visitors what data you collect and how you use it; required by law and by TikTok's terms |
| Maximum data sharing | a setting that allows TikTok to receive the most detailed event data from your store for better ad optimization |
- In the TikTok Ads Manager setup form, replace the auto-filled name with your official brand name
- Set the correct time zone for your location
- Enter your personal or business phone number (replace any auto-filled number)
- Choose an industry from the dropdown (exact choice matters less; Jordan picks "Electrical Appliance")
- Click "Sign Up and Connect"
- On the next screen, select the Maximum option for data sharing
- Confirm your privacy policy URL is shown and correct
- Click "Confirm" then "Finish Setup"
โmake sure that all the information is correct this is going to come up with like your Shopify like do my Shopify whatever link so it's going to be like some long random name just put in your official brand nameโ
Adding a Payment Method โ Credit vs Debit Card Advice
๐บ Where this fits: This step activates your ad account's ability to spend money. The card you add is charged every time TikTok delivers your ads. Jordan strongly advises caution with credit but recommends it for the points rewards if you are disciplined.
Business credit cards (especially American Express with effectively no preset limit) can allow you to accidentally spend far beyond your means on ads, creating debt that is nearly impossible to escape.
You can use a debit card now and switch to a credit card later โ TikTok allows payment method changes anytime. There is no reason to delay setup waiting for a credit card.
| payment method | the card TikTok charges when delivering your ads; required before any ads can run |
| ad spend | the total money you pay TikTok to show your ads; charged based on how many people see or click them |
| business credit card | a credit card issued to a business rather than a personal account; often has higher limits and better rewards but also higher risk |
| American Express Business Gold | a specific high-rewards card Jordan uses; has no preset spending limit, meaning charges can go very high |
| points | rewards earned on credit card spending that can be redeemed for flights, hotels, etc.; Jordan has earned 10M+ AmEx points from ad spend alone |
| targeting locations | which countries TikTok shows your ads in; Jordan recommends US + Canada for the dropshipping phase |
- Inside TikTok Ads Manager, go to Settings
- Find the payment method section and click to add a card
- Enter credit or debit card details (debit is safe to start)
- TikTok may send a verification notification to your card's bank app โ confirm it
- Card will show as connected once confirmed
- In the targeting locations section, add Canada alongside the United States
- Note: to allow Canadian checkouts in Shopify, you must also update Shopify's shipping settings to include Canada
โyour credit cards should basically be debit cards that just give you points that's how I look at them I have never ever spent a dollar that I don't have on my ads or excuse me on my credit cardsโ
Accessing TikTok Ads Platform & Verifying the Pixel
๐บ Where this fits: The pixel is the nervous system of your TikTok ads. It reports every meaningful action a visitor takes on your store back to TikTok, which uses that data to find more people who will also buy.
If the pixel is broken or missing, TikTok cannot learn who buys from you. Your ads will be shown to random people with no optimization, wasting budget rapidly.
After the Sales Channel setup, TikTok creates a pixel automatically. The Test Events tool confirms it is sending data correctly by letting you simulate real visitor behavior in real time.
| pixel | a tiny invisible piece of code installed on your website that sends signals to TikTok every time a visitor does something (views a product, adds to cart, buys); it is how TikTok "sees" what happens on your store |
| web events | the specific actions the pixel reports: ViewContent (visited product page), AddToCart, InitiateCheckout, Purchase (completed a sale) |
| test events | a tool inside TikTok Ads Manager that lets you browse your own store and watch whether TikTok receives each event in real time |
| QR code | a scannable square barcode that opens a link on your phone when scanned with the camera; used here to open your store on your phone for testing |
| verify identity | TikTok's one-time check that confirms you are a real person managing this ad account; done via phone or email code |
| assets | a section in TikTok Ads Manager where you manage pixels, audiences, and creative materials |
- Google "TikTok advertising" and click the first result that is not a paid ad
- Log in โ TikTok may auto-login you if the browser is already authenticated
- Navigate to Assets > Events > Web Events
- Click "Verify Identity" and complete the phone or email verification
- Click "Test Events" and paste your store URL into the field
- Click "Generate QR Code" and scan it with your phone
- On your phone, browse the store: visit a product page (ViewContent), tap Add to Cart (AddToCart), go to checkout (InitiateCheckout)
- Watch the TikTok screen โ each event should appear as "Detected" in real time
- Confirm all three events fire; Purchase event will be confirmed when a real sale occurs
โwe basically just want to go through and go all the way to the checkout process and then obviously we're not going to purchase but we want to add to cart real quick go to the checkout processโ
Advanced Matching & Custom Dashboard Columns Setup
๐บ Where this fits: This is the final setup step before the TikTok ads infrastructure is considered complete. These columns will be the lens through which every future ad performance decision is made in Module 4.
Without Advanced Matching, TikTok can track that "someone" bought, but cannot connect that purchase to a specific person โ reducing the algorithm's ability to find similar buyers. Without custom columns, the dashboard is an overwhelming mess that hides the data you actually need.
Advanced Matching links purchase events to real people (via hashed email and phone), making TikTok's targeting smarter over time. Custom columns create a clean, decision-ready view of your ad performance.
| Advanced Matching | a pixel setting that sends additional hashed (scrambled for privacy) customer identity signals (email, phone) to TikTok along with purchase events, helping TikTok match events to real user profiles |
| hashed | scrambled using a one-way mathematical formula so TikTok receives a fingerprint of the email/phone, not the actual value; privacy-safe |
| automatic Advanced Matching | the simpler version of Advanced Matching that works without any extra code changes |
| complete payment | the event TikTok tracks when a customer finishes a purchase; the most important metric for an e-commerce advertiser |
| CPM (Cost Per Mille) | how much you pay for 1,000 people to see your ad; measures how expensive it is to reach people |
| CPC (Cost Per Click) | how much you pay each time someone clicks your ad; measures efficiency of driving traffic |
| CTR (Click-Through Rate) | the percentage of people who see your ad and click it; higher = more compelling ad |
| reach | the number of unique people who saw your ad at least once |
| preset column | a saved layout of dashboard columns you can reuse; Jordan names his "1 million in sales" for motivation |
| ad ID | TikTok's internal identifier for each individual ad; Jordan uses it as the column-list starting point |
- In Web Events, click on your TikTok pixel to open its settings
- Click the "Settings" tab within the pixel
- Enable "Automatic Advanced Matching"
- Toggle ON both "Email" and "Phone Number" fields
- No save button needed โ changes apply automatically
- Navigate to the ad campaign section (Campaigns tab in TikTok Ads Manager)
- Click "Columns" or "Default Columns" to open the column editor
- Delete every column that appears after "Ad ID" to clear the default clutter
- Add columns in this order from "Page Events": Complete Payment (select all sub-metrics) โ Complete Payment (the base metric) โ View Content (all) โ Add to Cart (all) โ Initiate Checkout (all)
- From "Basic Data": CPM โ CPC โ Clicks โ Click-Through Rate โ Reach
- Click "Save as Preset" and name it something motivating (Jordan uses "1 million in sales")
- TikTok ads setup is now fully complete
โwe want to go to our default columns and set up custom columns it's really important to have specific things in here and to kind of get rid of some of the cluttersโ
Module 4 Intro & Credit Card Warning {#scene-264}
๐บ Where this fits: Credit cards are the first "star" tool in Module 4 โ they transform unavoidable business costs (ads, inventory) into free travel rewards, only if financial discipline is already in place.
- Apply for the Amex Business Gold card only after your store has consistent revenue to pay it off monthly.
- Treat the card strictly as a debit card โ never charge more than your current bank balance.
- Redeem points for travel (flights/hotels), not cash back, to extract the highest value per point.
Beginners mistake a credit card for extra funds; at 18โ24% APR, any unpaid balance grows faster than most incomes, permanently derailing the path to financial freedom.
A credit card used like a debit card (always paid off) is a free rewards machine โ same spending, zero added cost, passive travel benefits accumulating in the background.
| APR (Annual Percentage Rate) | the yearly interest rate charged on any unpaid balance; at 18โ24%, a $10,000 debt costs $1,800โ$2,400 extra per year just in interest |
| Credit card debt | money owed to the card company that you haven't paid back; it grows each month due to interest |
| Module 4 / "Reaching the Stars" | the advanced scaling section of the course covering paid ads, teams, influencers, legal, and email/SMS marketing |
| Location freedom / time freedom / financial freedom | the ability to work from anywhere, on your own schedule, without money stress; the lifestyle goal of the course |
- Module 4 opens โ high-leverage scaling tools ahead (credit cards, teams, ads, email/SMS, legal).
- Credit cards introduced as the first and most powerful (and dangerous) tool.
- Warning issued: 18โ24% APR makes unpaid balances a life-altering trap.
- Real example: $20,000 in debt at $15โ$20/hr income = impossible to escape while paying rent, food, car.
- Rule established: treat the card exactly like a debit card โ never spend what you don't have in the bank.
โIf you can't utilize money in a proper way, if you can't successfully use a credit card like a debit card... then you shouldn't be utilizing them at all.โ
Credit Card as a Tool โ Asset vs. Liability {#scene-265}
๐บ Where this fits: Before learning which cards to get or how to earn points, the learner must internalize this single rule: card spend must always be backed by existing bank funds. Everything else in this chapter builds on that.
The default mental model treats a credit card as available funds โ a reframe that creates debt risk the moment any purchase cannot be immediately repaid.
Reframing the card as a rewards-earning debit card proxy eliminates all risk while unlocking every benefit. Jordan's personal system: pay off every 2 days.
| Asset | something that puts money in your pocket or adds value; a card used responsibly earns free rewards at zero net cost |
| Liability | something that costs you money over time; a card with unpaid balances costs interest (18โ24% APR) and grows your debt |
| Pay off the card | paying the full statement balance so you owe $0, meaning no interest charges ever apply |
| Business Platinum Card / Business Gold Card | Jordan's two personal Amex cards (both business cards, not personal); shown on camera |
- Card is held up on camera โ "this card is a tool."
- Tool definition: only spend what you have in the bank. Never cut it close.
- Example: $10,000 in bank โ Jordan would not put anywhere near $10,000 on the card even knowing he can pay it off.
- Personal system: pay off Amex Platinum AND Gold card every 2 days via the app.
- Binary rule: can maintain this discipline? Use cards. Cannot? Don't use cards.
โYour card is essentially a tool... I want to utilize it in a proper way. I don't want to spend money that I don't have. That's not a tool, that's a liability.โ
Best Card for Dropshippers โ Amex Business Gold {#scene-266}
๐บ Where this fits: The Amex Business Gold is the core dropshipping card โ it maximizes rewards on the two largest business expenses (ads + inventory/fulfillment) that a dropshipper pays regardless, turning unavoidable costs into free travel fuel.
Without a targeted card, every dollar spent on ads and fulfillment earns 0 rewards. At $10,000โ$50,000/month in ad spend, that's tens of thousands of points left on the table monthly.
Amex Business Gold auto-assigns 4x points to your top 2 spending categories โ for dropshippers this is always ads and product costs. Jordan has earned millions of points per year from this card alone.
| Points per dollar (4x) | for every $1 spent on qualifying categories, you earn 4 reward points instead of 1; points can later be redeemed for flights, hotels, or statement credits |
| Business categories | types of business spending the card recognizes: advertising (TikTok, Facebook ads) and product/fulfillment costs are the two that matter for dropshippers |
| Annual fee | a once-per-year charge just for having the card; the Gold card is ~$100/year; this is the price of membership, not interest |
| Traction | a store that is already generating consistent sales (organic or paid), proving the business has legs before committing to a card with an annual fee |
| 3PL (third-party logistics) | a fulfillment warehouse that stores and ships your products; costs spent here qualify for 4x points on the Gold card |
- Best card identified: Amex Business Gold (not personal Gold โ business version).
- Core mechanic: 4x points per dollar on top 2 business spending categories.
- Dropshipper's categories: TikTok/Facebook ad spend + product fulfillment costs.
- Annual fee: ~$100/year (not monthly).
- Side bonuses from the card alone typically offset the annual fee.
- When to get it: once your store has traction and you're committed to a specific brand long-term.
- What to put on it: ALL 3PL fulfillment costs + ALL advertising costs.
โThe business gold card is the dropshipper's card. It is your best friend for your e-commerce journey. The fact that you can get four times rewards on product costs and advertising costs is just unreal.โ
Sign-On Bonuses Explained {#scene-267}
๐บ Where this fits: Sign-on bonuses are a one-time leverage event โ a large point grant for spending money you were already going to spend. At scale ($20K+/month), all three card thresholds ($10K, $15K) are hit effortlessly, delivering 300,000+ points ($3,000+) just for switching cards.
Most people use the card company's website to apply and receive the minimum bonus. Referral links from established users unlock the maximum available bonus โ the difference can be tens of thousands of points.
Using Jordan's referral links (linked below the video) guarantees the highest available sign-on bonus because Amex saves on advertising costs and passes that saving to both parties.
| Sign-on bonus | a large one-time reward (in points) given when you first get a card and meet a minimum spend requirement within the first 3 months; it is separate from ongoing rewards |
| Spending threshold / minimum spend | the dollar amount you must charge to the new card within 3 months to unlock the sign-on bonus (Gold = $10,000; Platinum = $15,000) |
| Referral link | a special URL tied to an existing cardholder (Jordan); Amex gives better bonuses through referral links because they save the advertising cost of acquiring a new customer |
| Churning | the advanced strategy of repeatedly applying for new credit cards just to collect sign-on bonuses, then cycling to the next card; requires excellent credit and financial discipline |
| Points equivalent | approximate cash value of points; roughly 1,000 points โ $10 when redeemed for travel (100,000 points โ $1,000) |
- Sign-on bonus = one-time point grant triggered by hitting a spend threshold in the first 3 months.
- Amex Business Gold: $10,000 spend in 3 months โ 70,000 points (via referral).
- Amex Business Platinum: $15,000 spend in 3 months โ 150,000 points (via referral).
- Chase Ink Preferred: 100,000 points (via referral).
- Stack all three: 320,000 points โ $3,200 in travel value.
- Referral links give maximum bonus because Amex saves advertising cost.
- Advanced play: "churning" โ open new cards repeatedly just for sign-on bonuses, with many cards in rotation simultaneously.
โ150 plus 70 plus 100,000 points โ that's over 300,000 points which is equivalent to $3,000 โ it can be used on flights, that can be used on hotels.โ
Chase Ink Preferred โ The Backup Card {#scene-268}
๐บ Where this fits: The Chase Ink Preferred is the secondary card that activates once the Gold card's 4x reward cap is exhausted. It prevents reward leakage for high-volume stores ($200K+/month ad spend) where the $250K annual 4x cap is easily hit.
High-volume stores exhaust the Gold card's 4x cap mid-year, falling to 1x rewards on remaining ad spend. Without a backup card, thousands of points are lost for the rest of the year.
Chase Ink Preferred earns 3x per dollar on ad spend and business expenses โ not as high as Gold's 4x, but captures rewards that would otherwise drop to 1x after the Gold cap is hit.
| Annual cap | the maximum dollar amount of spending that qualifies for the bonus rate (4x) on the Gold card; currently ~$250,000/year; spending above this earns only 1x until the year resets |
| Chase Ink Business Preferred | a business credit card from Chase Bank offering 3x points per dollar on advertising and certain business expenses; a solid backup to Amex cards |
| Calendar year reset | the Gold card's $250K cap refreshes every January 1st; you regain full 4x earning potential at the start of each new year |
| Tax records | the IRS or tax authority wants to see business expenses clearly separated from personal ones; keeping all business spend on business cards simplifies accounting |
- Gold card's 4x rewards cap: ~$250,000 in qualifying spend per year.
- High-volume example: Jordan spent $200K in a single month on ads โ hits the cap in ~1โ2 months.
- Once cap hit, Gold drops to 1x. Switch to Chase Ink Preferred: 3x per dollar.
- Alternate back to Gold when the calendar year resets (January).
- Always keep expenses on business cards only โ clean separation for tax purposes.
- Use a local tax professional to advise on what to categorize on each card.
โI spent like 200k in a month in ads alone on one of my stores, so I had to get that card to be able to juggle spend and to still get bonuses.โ
Amex Business Platinum โ The Level-Up Card {#scene-269}
๐บ Where this fits: The Amex Business Platinum is the advanced-stage card โ relevant once the store is scaling with bulk inventory and international travel. Its credits, lounge access, and 5x flight rewards justify the $600โ$700 annual fee and signal you've reached the "stars" the module promises.
The $600โ$700 annual fee looks like waste until you map the credits: $1,000 Dell + $150 Adobe + lounge access + 30โ35% flight rebates. The card pays for itself before any rewards are counted.
The Platinum card's included credits alone offset the fee annually. On top: 5x points on flights, 30โ35% point rebate on Delta flights, Centurion/Delta lounge access at most major airports, and 5x on bulk purchases over $5,000.
| Centurion Lounge | American Express's exclusive airport lounges with premium food, drinks, and WiFi; Platinum cardholders get free entry; available in most major airports |
| Delta Lounge | Delta Airlines' airport lounge; also accessible with Amex Platinum; quieter, better amenities than the general terminal |
| 5x points on flights | for every $1 spent on a flight charged to the Platinum card, you earn 5 points instead of 1; on a $2,000 flight that's 10,000 points vs. 2,000 |
| 30โ35% point rebate | when you buy a Delta flight with the Platinum card, Amex refunds 30โ35% of the cost back as points (so a $1,000 flight effectively costs $650โ$700) |
| Dell / Adobe credits | Amex gives Platinum cardholders ~$1,000/year in credits to spend at Dell (computers, monitors, hardware) and $150/year at Adobe (Photoshop, Creative Cloud); these are automatic annual credits, not discounts |
| Bulk inventory order | buying a large quantity of product upfront (e.g., 10,000 units of eyelash serum); orders over $5,000 earn 5x points on the Platinum card |
| Black card (Centurion Card) | Amex's ultra-exclusive invitation-only card for very high spenders; having a strong Platinum relationship can lead to an invite |
- Annual fee: ~$600โ$700/year (confirmed not monthly).
- When to get it: regularly traveling + starting to order bulk inventory + business is clearly thriving.
- Delta flights: 30โ35% point rebate + 5x points on the flight cost.
- Lounge access: Centurion Lounges + Delta Lounges โ free entry at most major airports.
- Bulk orders over $5,000: 5x points per dollar (example: 10,000 units of eyelash serum = $5,000+ order).
- Included credits: ~$1,000 with Dell, $150 with Adobe โ redeem these and the annual fee is already covered.
- Sign-on bonus: 150,000 points for $15,000 spend in first 3 months.
- Long-term relationship with Amex via Platinum can lead to invitation to the Centurion (Black) card.
โWith the Platinum Card you get a ton of bonuses like $1,000 credits with Dell, $150 credits with Adobe and if you just simply utilize those you usually can pay off the entire cost of the card each year.โ
Points Redemption Strategy {#scene-270}
๐บ Where this fits: Points accumulation is meaningless without the right redemption strategy. Choosing the wrong redemption method (cash-back, non-partner hotels) can cut point value by 30โ50%. The correct path: always redeem for flights/hotels through preferred Amex partners (Delta + Marriott).
Most beginners redeem points as cash-back on their card bill โ this gives the worst exchange rate. Even in-app booking on the Amex site inflates prices ~10% as a convenience fee.
The highest-value redemption path: buy the flight/hotel with the card, then ask Amex chat support to convert the charge to points retroactively. This gives full par value (1,000 pts = $10) with no markup.
| Points redemption | the act of "spending" your accumulated points in exchange for something of value (flights, hotels, cash-back, merchandise) |
| Partner airline / hotel | companies that have a direct deal with Amex (Delta, Marriott); using points here gives better exchange rates and additional perks like the 30โ35% flight rebate |
| Cash-back redemption | using points to reduce your card bill; gives the worst value because the exchange rate is lower than travel redemption |
| In-app booking | booking flights/hotels directly on the Amex website or app using points; convenient but prices are inflated ~10% as a service fee |
| Chat support method | buying the flight normally on your card, then messaging Amex support asking them to apply your points to that purchase; gives full value with no markup |
| Point value | roughly 1,000 Amex points = $10 when redeemed for travel (100,000 points โ $1,000 in flights/hotels) |
| Float | (advanced) using the card's billing cycle delay to temporarily hold cash in a savings account before paying off the card; covered in a future full credit card course |
- Never redeem points as cash-back on the card statement โ worst exchange rate.
- Always redeem for flights and hotels.
- Amex best partners: Delta (flights) + Marriott (hotels) โ direct relationships = best rates + extra perks.
- Chase best partners: American Airlines + corresponding hotels.
- Redemption Method 1 (best value): buy flight/hotel on card โ contact Amex chat support โ request points conversion. No markup.
- Redemption Method 2 (convenient, small penalty): book directly on Amex website with points. ~10% price inflation vs. real market price.
- Point value benchmark: 1,000 points โ $10 in travel; 100,000 points โ $1,000; 700,000 points โ $7,000.
- Jordan's travel history funded by points: Hawaii, Italy, Thailand, monthly California trips (2 years), constant Pittsburgh flights since 2018.
โI've been flying free since probably 2018... I've been to Hawaii, Italy, Thailand... I still have almost 700,000 points right now just sitting.โ
Card Progression Path & Action Steps {#scene-271}
๐บ Where this fits: The three-card progression (Gold โ Chase โ Platinum) maps directly to business growth stages. Every card recommendation is tied to a real business milestone, making the system self-regulating: you only upgrade when your spending naturally justifies the next card's fee and spending threshold.
Without a clear progression framework, most beginners either skip cards entirely (losing all rewards) or jump to the most premium option too early (paying fees they can't justify with actual spend).
The progression is business-stage gated: Gold = traction, Chase = high-volume (>$250K/year in ad spend), Platinum = bulk inventory + travel. Each card unlocks only when the business has grown enough to make the spending thresholds trivial to hit.
| Business card vs. personal card | business versions of cards (like Amex Business Gold) have higher limits, more category-specific rewards, and far more included benefits than personal versions of the same card; always get the business version |
| Credit score | a number (typically 300โ850) that represents your creditworthiness; a higher score makes it easier to get approved for premium cards; bad credit may block approval |
| Credit pull | when a card company checks your credit report to evaluate your application; Jordan suggests Amex may not do a hard pull, though he is uncertain |
| Churning | the advanced strategy of opening multiple credit cards (20+ at once is possible) purely to collect sign-on bonuses, then cycling to new cards; requires careful management and excellent payment discipline |
| Credit repair | the process of improving a low credit score so you can qualify for premium cards; covered in the upcoming full credit card course |
| Tax professional (CPA) | a certified accountant who can advise on which expenses go on which card, how to categorize them, and how to minimize taxes; Jordan recommends getting one locally |
| Amex Black Card (Centurion Card) | an ultra-exclusive, invitation-only Amex card for top-tier spenders; building a long Platinum card relationship with Amex is the path to receiving an invite |
- Stage 1 โ Store has traction: Get Amex Business Gold. Put all fulfillment + ad costs on it. Pay off every 2 days.
- Stage 2 โ Spending exceeds $250K/year in ads: Add Chase Ink Preferred. Use it when Gold's 4x cap is exhausted for the year. Alternate back to Gold when year resets.
- Stage 3 โ Bulk ordering + regular travel: Add Amex Business Platinum. Redeem Dell/Adobe credits to cover the fee. Use for bulk inventory orders ($5K+) and Delta flights.
- Always: use referral links (below video) for maximum sign-on bonuses.
- Always: business cards only, not personal versions.
- Application tip: credit checks may be minimal for Amex (Jordan's experience); bad credit could be an obstacle.
- Customer service reality: Amex = world-class, Chase = "God awful" long waits and unhelpful agents.
- Tax: consult a local tax professional to correctly categorize card expenses.
- Advanced (future course): churning (20+ cards for sign-on bonuses), credit repair, float strategies.
- Action step: if ready, get Amex Business Gold via referral link below the video.
โUse your gold card on all of your product costs and your advertising costs. If you run out of points on that, if you're balling, get a Chase Preferred one... then if you're really balling, you're ordering bulk inventory, you're flying around the world... then it's time to get the Platinum card.โ
Pre-Launch Requirements โ Budget, Videos & Mindset
๐บ Where this fits: Gate before the entire paid-ads system โ sits between organic proof-of-concept and the first dollar of ad spend.
- Post 30 organic TikToks and pick your top 10 by views before spending a single dollar on paid ads.
- Launch your first campaign at $50โ$100 per day with US + Canada geo and zero interest targeting.
- Add 3 of your top organic videos as Spark Ads inside the campaign, then wait 3 days before making changes.
- Kill any individual video ad that stays below your break-even ROAS after spending enough to judge it.
Spending ad money before you're ready produces noisy data, empty wallets, and false conclusions about your product.
$1,000 budget + 10 qualified organic videos + emotionless mindset = minimum viable launch conditions.
| paid ads | you pay TikTok money to show your video to people (vs. organic = free, algorithmic reach) |
| qualified video | one of your top-performing TikTok organic posts: high views, strong hook, real engagement |
| hook | the first 1โ3 seconds of a video that grabs attention and stops the scroll |
| organic | content posted for free; TikTok distributes it based on quality with no payment |
| pixel | a tiny piece of code on your website that reports back to TikTok who visited, added to cart, or bought |
| shadow ban | TikTok quietly limits a video's reach without telling you; symptom: every video gets the same low view count |
- Gate 1 โ Budget: Have at least $1,000 you could lose without disrupting daily life.
- Gate 2 โ Videos: Post ~30 organic videos; identify your top 10 by views, hook strength, and comments.
- Gate 3 โ Mindset: Commit to looking only at numbers before making any budget change.
- Confirm pixel is installed and firing on your Shopify store.
- Enter TikTok Ads Manager and begin campaign creation.
โYou need at least 10 qualified videos that are extremely good โ they have a good hook, they're getting good views, they're engaging โ before we jump into paid ads.โ
TikTok Ads 101 Rules (Part 1) โ Budgets, Targeting & Audience
๐บ Where this fits: Foundational ad-group configuration โ these settings frame every ad group you will ever create during testing.
$20/day budgets don't generate enough purchase data for TikTok to optimize; narrow targeting shrinks the audience so much that results become meaningless.
$50โ$100/day per ad group + broad open audience + USA/Canada = enough spend for TikTok to find buyers and enough geography to keep shipping feasible.
| ad group | the middle layer of TikTok's three-layer structure: Campaign โ Ad Group โ Ad. The ad group holds your budget, targeting, and the video ads inside it. |
| campaign | the top-level container; you set the campaign objective (e.g., website conversions) here. |
| daily budget | the maximum dollar amount you allow TikTok to spend in one calendar day for one ad group. |
| targeting | instructions telling TikTok who to show your ad to (age, interests, location, etc.); on TikTok, less targeting is usually better. |
| broad audience | giving TikTok zero interest restrictions so it can find buyers across the entire platform. |
| algorithm | TikTok's automated system that decides which videos to show to which people based on behavior data. |
| traffic | the people TikTok delivers to your ad; "high-quality traffic" = people likely to buy. |
- Set campaign objective: Website Conversions.
- Name your ad group (e.g., "testing").
- Set daily budget: start at $100 (minimum $50).
- Geo: add USA and Canada only.
- Age: all ages (18+ optimization comes later if needed).
- Gender: always leave open โ even female-specific products get bought by male gift-givers.
- Interests/hashtags: leave completely empty โ zero targeting.
โYou need to give TikTok the steering wheel and let them do a lot of the targeting based on results, analytics, and data and their algorithms โ when you get into these niche tiny audiences it really does not work well at all.โ
TikTok Ads 101 Rules (Part 2) โ Spark Ads, Scaling Fast & Video Rotation
๐บ Where this fits: Operational rhythm for a live testing campaign โ this is what you do every day once the campaign is running.
One bad video silently consumes most of the budget, starving potentially good videos; leaving it running means you're paying for bad results indefinitely.
Spark Ads format + confident scaling + aggressive video rotation = TikTok's intended usage pattern, which is rewarded with better distribution.
| Spark Ads | a TikTok ad format that boosts your real organic TikTok post rather than uploading a separate dark-post video; TikTok rewards these with better reach and lower costs. |
| dark post | an ad video that only exists in the ad manager, not visible on your public profile (the opposite of Spark Ads). |
| scaling (budgets) | increasing daily spend after a campaign proves it can generate sales profitably. |
| spend allocation | how TikTok divides the ad group's daily budget among the individual video ads inside it; one video often captures 60โ80% of spend. |
| video rotation | removing videos that absorb budget without producing sales, and adding fresh videos to replace them. |
- All ads must be Spark Ads โ never standard upload.
- Load 3 videos minimum, 5 videos ideal into the ad group.
- After 24โ48 hours check spend distribution across all videos.
- Identify the video absorbing the most budget.
- If that video has zero/few sales โ turn it off immediately.
- Watch whether spend shifts to other videos.
- Swap in a new video to replace the removed one; repeat the cycle.
โThat's the dartboard game โ if we have a thousand darts and we're standing in front of the dartboard eventually one's going to hit and when one hits we want to turn it into a paid ad because then we can milk it ten times more.โ
TikTok 101 Rules (Part 3) โ Breaking Even & The Guessing Game
๐บ Where this fits: Philosophical operating system for the entire testing phase โ sets expectations for what is and isn't in your control.
Turning off break-even ads wastes pixel data. Believing a secret formula exists leads to chasing tactics instead of building fundamentals.
Break-even keeps pixel learning alive. There is no secret โ success = best video + best product + willingness to read data + most money deployed.
| break-even | when your advertising cost exactly equals your profit per sale; you make $0 net profit but lose nothing either. |
| pixel data | behavioral information (who viewed, who clicked, who bought) that your TikTok pixel sends back to TikTok's algorithm to improve future targeting. |
| credit card points | reward points earned on your card for every dollar of ad spend; a real secondary benefit even when ads break even. |
| COGS | Cost Of Goods Sold; what you pay the supplier for the product before you mark it up. |
| CPA | Cost Per Acquisition; how much you spent in ads to get one customer to buy. |
| ROAS | Return On Ad Spend; revenue generated per dollar spent on ads (e.g., ROAS 3 = $3 revenue per $1 ad spend). |
- Calculate break-even: (sale price โ COGS) = your profit per sale.
- If ad cost per sale โค profit per sale โ break-even or better โ keep running.
- If ad cost per sale > profit per sale โ losing money โ pause and reassess.
- While break-even: collect pixel data, earn credit-card points, build brand awareness.
- Accept that identical setups on different accounts produce different results โ this is normal and expected.
โIf I have a $30 product that I sell, I get $10 profit per sale and my advertising costs are $10 then I'm breaking even โ I'm building data on my pixel, I'm getting credit card points, and I'm building brand data. Keeping ads on that are breaking even is really important.โ
Rotating Ad Variables When Ads Underperform
๐บ Where this fits: Troubleshooting layer on top of the testing framework โ used reactively when the baseline setup isn't delivering results.
Undefined response to underperformance leads to random changes, duplicate ad groups (which TikTok penalizes), and wasted spend.
A concrete ordered list of variables to try one at a time keeps troubleshooting scientific and unemotional.
| optimization event | the action you tell TikTok to optimize for: "complete payment" (purchase), "add to cart," "view content," or "click." TikTok's algorithm targets people most likely to perform that exact action. |
| bid strategy | how you instruct TikTok to bid in the ad auction: "Lowest Cost" (spend your budget and get cheapest results) vs "Cost Cap" (set a maximum CPA you'll pay). |
| cost cap | a bid strategy where you tell TikTok the maximum you're willing to pay per conversion; TikTok only bids up to that ceiling. |
| billing event | when TikTok charges you: standard (steady daily pace) or accelerated (spends budget as fast as possible). |
| CPC | Cost Per Click; how much you pay each time someone taps your ad. |
| CPM | Cost Per Mille (per 1,000 impressions); how much it costs to show your ad 1,000 times. |
| CTR | Click-Through Rate; percentage of people who saw your ad and clicked it. |
| duplicate ad group | copying an existing ad group; TikTok's algorithm handles this poorly and can cause spend to stall. |
- Audience size/location: separate USA-only and Canada-only into separate campaigns, or widen/narrow audience.
- Age: try restricting to 18+ if 13โ17 is suspected of inflating impressions without purchases.
- Budget: test $50/day, $100/day, $200/day to see which spend level the algorithm responds to best.
- Optimization event: switch from "complete payment" to "add to cart" or "view content" temporarily.
- Video duration: trim a 20-second video to 15 seconds to improve hook retention.
- Hook swap: change the first 3 seconds of the video entirely.
- Bid strategy: switch from "Lowest Cost" to "Cost Cap" (or vice versa).
- Do NOT duplicate ad groups excessively โ TikTok penalizes this.
โDon't clog up your ad account with a ton of duplicated ad groups โ this is horrible, it's going to mess up your spend and TikTok has openly said that they don't like when people duplicate.โ
Mindset โ The Endless Staircase & Rough Draft Philosophy
๐บ Where this fits: Meta-layer above all tactical chapters โ shapes how the learner interprets results across their entire e-commerce career.
Fear-of-failure mindset turns every setback into confirmation that success is impossible, causing premature abandonment.
Viewing each store as a rough draft removes the pressure of "this must work" and turns failures into tuition.
| scarcity mindset | a fear-based belief that resources (money, opportunity) are limited, which causes poor decisions like spending too little or quitting too early. |
| frequency | the instructor's spiritual metaphor for mental/emotional state; high frequency = positive, confident, clear-headed; low frequency = fearful, doubtful, reactive. |
| rough draft | an early imperfect version of something, expected to be improved; here applied to stores and business attempts. |
- Internalize: this store is Draft 1, not the final product.
- Run it fully โ organic first, then paid ads when ready.
- Collect everything you learn (what video worked, what product got traction).
- If it doesn't profit โ document lessons, move to store #2.
- Switching stores costs $12 (new domain) + existing Shopify โ nearly zero cost.
- Repeat: each store is exponentially better than the last.
โThe only time you fail in life is when you give up. We are trying to learn a skill โ paid advertisements and e-commerce and running stores and creating teams and businesses and brands โ it's a really big deal.โ
Campaign Setup โ Website Conversions Campaign & Ad Group Creation
๐บ Where this fits: Entry point to the live campaign build โ translates all the 101 rules into actual platform clicks.
Simplified mode auto-fills settings that conflict with the broad-audience, high-budget strategy; you lose control of key levers.
Custom mode + Website Conversions objective + naming conventions = a clean, readable, controllable campaign structure.
| TikTok Ads Manager | TikTok's web dashboard (ads.tiktok.com) where you create, manage, and analyze all paid campaigns. |
| campaign objective | the goal you declare to TikTok at the campaign level; "Website Conversions" tells TikTok to optimize for people likely to complete purchases on your site. |
| website conversions | TikTok's campaign type for driving purchase actions on an external website (your Shopify store). |
| custom mode | TikTok Ads Manager's advanced creation flow that shows all settings; the opposite of "simplified mode" which auto-fills many choices. |
- Go to ads.tiktok.com โ click "Create."
- Select "Custom Mode" (not simplified).
- Objective: "Website Conversions."
- Campaign name: "[Brand] Test" (e.g., "New Cup Test").
- Do NOT set a campaign-level budget โ leave it off.
- Click "Continue" to reach the Ad Group screen.
- Ad group name: "testing."
- Verify your pixel appears in the pixel dropdown.
โWe hit website conversions, campaign name โ I'll just call it 'the new cup test' โ and we're not going to hit any of these, we don't have to declare anything.โ
Ad Group Settings โ Pixel, Placements, Geo, Age & Budget
๐บ Where this fits: Core ad group configuration โ the direct translation of the 101 rules into platform-level controls.
Partial-day budgets (starting mid-afternoon) compress spend into a few hours, distorting performance data and rushing the algorithm.
Midnight start time gives the campaign a clean, full 24-hour day on its first run, producing fair first-day data.
| complete payment | the TikTok optimization event that corresponds to a successful purchase on your store; the most valuable event to optimize for. |
| Pangle | TikTok's advertising network that places your ads on third-party apps and websites (NOT the TikTok app itself); generally lower quality traffic for e-commerce. |
| placements | the specific platforms/apps where your ad can appear (TikTok app, Pangle network, etc.). |
| video download | a TikTok setting that allows viewers to download your ad video; turning it off offers minor creative protection. |
| schedule / start time | when your ad group begins spending; midnight start = full clean 24-hour day of data from day one. |
| learning phase | a period (usually the first 7 days) during which TikTok's algorithm tests different audiences to find who converts best; needs ~50 purchases/week per ad group to exit. |
- Optimization event โ "Complete Payment."
- Placements โ "Select Placement" โ uncheck Pangle โ keep TikTok only.
- Video download โ optional off.
- Geography โ United States + Canada.
- Age โ all (or test 18+ later).
- Gender โ open (male + female).
- Interests, hashtags, targeting expansion โ none / off.
- Daily budget โ $100.
- Schedule โ start date = tomorrow; start time = 00:00 (midnight).
- Optimization goal (bottom) โ "Conversion." Bid strategy โ "Lowest Cost."
โI'm going to throw in $100 โ you can start with $50 but I really recommend starting with $100 for this testing โ we want to schedule for the next day and we want to scroll all the way up and go 00:00 so this starts tomorrow at midnight so it has a full day of spending.โ
Creative Setup โ Spark Ads & Authorizing TikTok Posts
๐บ Where this fits: Creative layer of the campaign build โ the final piece before the campaign can be submitted.
Standard non-Spark ads look like ads; Spark Ads look like organic content in the feed, which reduces ad-aversion and improves click-through rates.
Authorization code system takes 2 minutes per video and unlocks all Spark Ad benefits: native look, social proof retention, TikTok algorithmic preference.
| Spark Ad | a TikTok ad format that runs as your actual public TikTok post (not a separate hidden upload); TikTok gives Spark Ads preferential distribution. |
| video code | a one-time alphanumeric code generated in TikTok's mobile app that authorizes a specific organic post to be used as a Spark Ad. |
| 365-day authorization | setting the code to be valid for one year so the same organic post can be promoted for up to 365 days. |
| dynamic call to action | TikTok automatically tests different call-to-action button text (e.g., "Shop Now," "Learn More") to find which drives more clicks. |
| call to action (CTA) | the button on the ad that the viewer taps to go to your website (e.g., "Shop Now"). |
| social proof | visible engagement metrics (likes, comments, shares, views) on a post that signal to new viewers that the content is worth watching. |
- Creative section โ toggle "Spark Ad" ON.
- Click "Use Authorized Post" โ "Authorize a TikTok Post."
- On TikTok mobile app: find the post โ "..." โ "Ad Settings" โ "Ad Authorization" โ toggle ON.
- Tap "Video Code" โ "Generate" โ select 365 days โ "Save."
- Tap "Manage" โ "Copy" the code.
- Email code to yourself (to transfer to desktop).
- In Ads Manager: paste code โ confirm post loads in preview.
- Website field: paste direct product page URL (not homepage).
- Custom Call to Action โ keep on "Dynamic."
- Check the pixel/website event box.
โWe want to use an authorized post โ so we want to click to authorize a post and now it's saying we need to enter a TikTok post code. We're going to jump into TikTok and authorize this post.โ
Adding 3 Videos & Submitting the Campaign
๐บ Where this fits: Completion of the campaign build โ the moment the testing machine is switched on.
Forgetting to add the website URL or pixel checkbox on videos 2 and 3 (it resets each time) means those ads generate clicks with no conversion tracking.
A per-video checklist (URL + pixel box) prevents the most common setup error in multi-ad campaigns.
| ad review | TikTok's internal approval process that checks ads for policy compliance before they run; typically 1โ24 hours. |
| spend distribution | how TikTok divides the ad group's daily budget among its individual ads; naturally uneven, favoring whichever creative its algorithm predicts will perform best. |
| ad group budget | the total daily dollar amount shared by all ads within that ad group (not per ad). |
- Video 1 done โ click "Add" (to add another ad).
- Repeat Spark Ad authorization for video 2 (get code from TikTok app, paste).
- Add website URL for video 2 โ check pixel box.
- Click "Add" again โ repeat for video 3.
- Verify: 3 ads visible, all Spark, all with URL and pixel.
- Click "Submit."
- Wait for review approval (a few hours to overnight).
- Campaign set to begin at midnight โ first full 24-hour data window starts.
โThis is going to be spending $100 a day and it's going to divvy that $100 a day into the three videos โ so one video is probably going to get majority of the spend and one's probably going to get like $10 and spend max out of the whole hundred.โ
When Ads Won't Spend โ The View Content Warm-Up Trick
๐บ Where this fits: Troubleshooting sub-routine within the broader testing framework โ used only when the baseline strategy stalls on new accounts.
New ad accounts optimizing for purchases can sit at $0 spend indefinitely because TikTok hasn't built enough purchase history to bid confidently in the auction.
A temporary $20/day "view content" campaign gives TikTok a cheap win (view events are easy to generate), activates the ad account, and primes it for purchase optimization.
| view content | a TikTok pixel event that fires when someone views a product page on your site; easier/cheaper to optimize for than purchases. |
| cold start | the initial period for a new ad account or campaign where TikTok has insufficient data to spend your budget confidently; results in very slow or zero spend. |
| warm-up campaign | an intentionally cheap, low-bar campaign designed to get the ad account spending so the main campaign can follow. |
| impression | a single instance of your ad being shown to one person (whether or not they interact with it). |
- Wait 24 hours โ main campaign not spending.
- Go to "Create" โ Custom Mode.
- Objective: Website Conversions (or Traffic).
- Ad group optimization event: "View Content."
- Daily budget: $20.
- Add same Spark Ad videos.
- Launch and monitor.
- Once warm-up has spent ~$10 โ pause/turn off warm-up.
- Check if main purchase campaign begins spending.
- This is a one-time fix; do not leave warm-up running.
โInstead of complete payment you can optimize for view content and this one you'll set at a $20 daily budget โ run it, let it spend like $10 and once it's spent $10 turn it off and that should kind of wake up your ad account.โ
Reading Data, What to Watch & What Comes Next
๐บ Where this fits: Closes the testing chapter and bridges to the analytics/reading-data chapter; this is the flywheel that runs indefinitely until a winning creative is found.
Not knowing which metric to look at first leads to either paralysis (too much data) or wrong decisions (optimizing a vanity metric).
Start with spend distribution โ check sales โ cut the bad โ cycle in the new. The full analytics deep-dive is in the next video.
| custom columns | a TikTok Ads Manager feature that lets you choose exactly which metrics appear in your dashboard table; the instructor uses a saved preset called "1 million in sales." |
| impressions | total number of times your ad was displayed to users (can show to the same person multiple times). |
| CPM | Cost Per Mille; dollars paid per 1,000 impressions; high CPM means you're paying a lot just to be seen. |
| CPC | Cost Per Click; how much each tap on your ad costs; high CPC with few sales = landing page or product problem. |
| CTR | Click-Through Rate; percentage of people who saw the ad and clicked; low CTR = weak hook or creative. |
| ROAS | Return On Ad Spend; revenue รท ad spend; ROAS 3 means every $1 in ads brought back $3 in sales. |
| conversion rate | percentage of people who visited your product page and actually bought; low conversion = store or product problem. |
| kill rule | a pre-set decision rule (e.g., "if a video spends $30 with zero purchases, turn it off") that removes emotion from the decision. |
- Wait full 24-hour cycle before touching anything.
- Open Ads Manager โ apply custom "1 million in sales" columns preset.
- Sort by "Spend" descending โ highest-spend video first.
- Check: does the highest-spend video have purchases? No โ turn it off.
- Check lowest-spend video: any impressions at all? No โ remove it.
- Add a replacement fresh video.
- Repeat this cycle daily.
- When a video gets purchases profitably โ that's your winner โ next chapter: scaling.
โAll we can really do is sit back, wait for some analytics, have our custom column set up, and start understanding what each of these numbers mean โ and we're going to be going over all of that: what do all these numbers mean, what are they telling me, how can I make proper decisions based off these numbers.โ
First Sale โ What a $60 Order Reveals
๐บ Where this fits: AOV sits at the very start of the profit math chain โ before you can compute break-even or target ROAS you must know how much each customer actually pays you.
- Calculate your break-even ROAS before launch: divide your sale price by (sale price minus cost of goods).
- Read ROAS at the individual video level, not the overall campaign total, to find which specific ad is winning.
- Give every new campaign at least 3 full days of data before killing or scaling anything.
- When one video hits above break-even ROAS, immediately increase its budget or boost it as a Spark Ad.
Seller sees "$60 sale" and feels vague happiness but cannot judge whether the ad campaign is working.
AOV of $60 (with warranty + shipping) sets the ceiling for ad spend per sale and defines what a "winning" ad looks like numerically.
| AOV (Average Order Value) | the average dollar amount a customer pays per order; if one customer pays $55 and another pays $65, AOV is $60 |
| Upsell | an offer shown after or during checkout to get the customer to spend more (e.g., "Add a lifetime warranty for $5") |
| Warranty upsell | a popup that offers protection coverage for the product at a small extra fee, raising the total order amount |
- Customer encounters ad on TikTok.
- Clicks through to product page (view content event fires).
- Adds product to cart.
- Popup appears: "Lifetime warranty for only $5."
- Customer accepts; cart value rises.
- Flat shipping charge added at checkout.
- Final order = $60 โ this is the AOV recorded.
โIt's a $60 order which is really nice cuz that shows that our AOV is going to be really high โ a $60 AOV is super nice, it's going to help you so much in the long term with getting like healthy advertising results.โ
ROAS and Break-Even Math โ Live Numbers
๐บ Where this fits: ROAS translates raw spend/revenue numbers into a single ratio that instantly shows profit or loss โ it is the scoreboard of the entire ad operation.
Campaign-level math shows a loss ($140 spent, $60 revenue) and triggers panic; the seller misses that one individual video is already profitable.
Evaluate ROAS at the video-ad level, not the campaign level. One video with ROAS 2.0 vs. break-even 1.38 is a confirmed profitable asset.
| ROAS (Return on Ad Spend) | for every $1 you spend on ads, how many dollars come back in sales; ROAS of 2 means you get $2 back for every $1 spent |
| Break-even ROAS | the minimum ROAS where you neither profit nor lose money; formula: sales price รท (sales price โ cost of goods) |
| COG / Cost of Goods | what you pay the supplier for each unit you sell |
| COG Sheet | a spreadsheet Jordan set up in a prior chapter that stores sales price, COG, and break-even numbers for quick reference |
| Campaign | the top-level container in TikTok Ads that holds your budget and all your ad groups and individual ads |
| Ad group | the middle layer inside a campaign; sets targeting options; contains individual video ads |
- Open TikTok Ads Manager โ Campaign โ Ad Group โ individual video ads.
- Locate the ROAS column for each video.
- Open your COG sheet; note your break-even ROAS (Jordan's = 1.38 base, 1.3 with shipping included).
- Compare each video's ROAS to break-even ROAS.
- ROAS above break-even โ profitable video โ keep running / increase budget.
- ROAS at or below break-even โ unprofitable โ kill and replace.
โWe have a two ROAS hereโฆ if you remember in our COG sheet where I gave our break-even numbersโฆ our break-even is 1.38 and we're at a two ROAS so that video is already making a profit.โ
COG Scenarios โ Retail vs. Wholesale Math
๐บ Where this fits: COG reduction is the long-term scaling lever โ it turns marginally profitable ads into highly profitable ones without touching targeting or creative.
Seller thinks the current thin margins are permanent and loses motivation to keep going.
At $5โ$7 wholesale COG with $60 AOV, you have $53+ per sale to spend on ads and only need a 1.09โ1.13 ROAS โ "unbelievably easy to achieve."
| Wholesale | buying inventory in large quantities directly from the manufacturer at a lower per-unit price, as opposed to dropshipping one unit at a time |
| Warehousing | renting storage space (usually in the US) to hold your bulk inventory before shipping to customers |
| Break-even point (dollar) | the exact dollar amount you can spend on ads per sale without losing money; formula: sales price โ COG |
| Ad budget per sale | same as break-even point in dollars; the ceiling for cost-per-purchase before you lose money |
- Retail scenario: COG = $14, sales price = $60 โ ad budget per sale = $46 โ break-even ROAS = 1.3.
- Wholesale scenario A: COG = $5 โ ad budget per sale = $55 โ break-even ROAS = 1.09.
- Wholesale scenario B: COG = $7 (with warehousing) โ ad budget per sale = $53 โ break-even ROAS = 1.13.
- Same winning video ad runs in all scenarios โ economics just improve automatically as COG drops.
โIf we have a $5 cost of goods we can spend 55 bucks on ads and we only need to get a 1.09 ROAS โ like this is insanely dirt cheap, easy, crazy easy to achieve.โ
The $100 Daily Budget and the Ad Cycling Rule
๐บ Where this fits: The fixed-budget + cycling rule is the operational heart of the testing phase โ it creates a controlled experiment where video quality is the only variable.
Seller panics at early losses and slashes the daily budget or kills the whole campaign, destroying the data-gathering process.
$100/day is non-negotiable. Swap video ads, not budgets. One winning video more than compensates for the cost of the losing ones.
| Daily budget | the maximum amount TikTok is allowed to spend on your campaign in a single day |
| Cycling in | replacing a video ad that has been turned off with a fresh new video ad inside the same ad group |
| Ad group | the container inside a campaign that holds multiple individual video ads; the budget flows through the ad group to whichever videos TikTok favors |
| Algorithm | TikTok's automatic system that decides which users see your ad and how much of your budget to spend on each video |
- Set campaign to $100/day โ never touch this number.
- Monitor daily: which video ad is consuming the most spend?
- Check that video's ROAS against break-even.
- If it's spending heavily but ROAS is below break-even โ kill that video.
- Create and upload 2 new video ads to the same ad group.
- Remaining videos (that weren't getting spend) may now get budget and could emerge as winners.
- Repeat until you identify consistent winners โ then enter scaling phase with higher budgets.
โThe name of the game is anytime a video ad is taking up all the spend and it's not getting good analytics you need to kill that off and you need to cycle in at least one more video โ you should cycle in two more videos.โ
When to Kill a Video Ad โ The Break-Even Trigger Rule
๐บ Where this fits: The break-even kill rule is the atomic unit of testing discipline โ it sets the minimum standard a video must meet to earn continued ad spend.
Sellers keep bad-performing ads running because they "feel" like they might work, burning money past the point of recovery.
Spend past break-even = confirmed loss on that video. $46 is the line; $5 grace period for late conversions; $10 over = mandatory kill.
| Break-even dollar amount | the maximum you can spend on ads per sale before you start losing money (equal to sales price โ COG); Jordan's = $46 |
| Cost per purchase / Cost per complete payment | how much you actually spent in ads to generate one sale; must stay below your break-even dollar amount |
| Trickle-in sale | a purchase that arrives slightly after the ad has spent past break-even, possibly from a user who clicked earlier but bought later |
| Pixel data | information TikTok's tracking code collects about who bought from your store; even break-even sales improve the pixel's ability to find future buyers |
| Credit card points | rewards points earned on ad spend; a small bonus that makes even break-even sales slightly positive |
- Know your break-even dollar amount from the COG sheet (Jordan's = $46).
- Watch each video ad's "Total Cost" in the dashboard.
- Cost < break-even โ continue running, no action.
- Cost = break-even to +$5 โ grace period; watch for a late-arriving sale.
- Cost = break-even +$10 or more โ kill the video ad immediately.
- After killing, cycle in 2 fresh video ads.
- Never make this decision emotionally โ only the numbers trigger the kill.
โI usually let it spend $5 over the break-even just to see if one trickles inโฆ if it's spent like $10 over then definitely turn it off and then it's time to cycle in a new video.โ
The 10-Video Rule Before Quitting a Product
๐บ Where this fits: The 10-video rule is the minimum viable experiment for product validation โ it separates "creative failure" from "product failure."
Sellers misattribute video failures to the product, or product failures to the videos, and make wrong decisions either way.
10 quality video attempts = fair test. Still no sales? Pivot to niche audiences before giving up on the product entirely.
| Niche targeting | directing ads at a very specific group of people with a shared interest (e.g., boxers, football players) rather than a mass "everyone with pain" audience |
| Mass market targeting | showing ads to a very broad audience without specifying who they are; lets TikTok's algorithm decide who to show it to |
| Resonance | how strongly the ad connects emotionally with the viewer; a niche ad resonates more deeply because it speaks directly to that person's specific experience |
| Creative quality | how well-made, engaging, and strategically sound a video ad is; low creative quality makes test results meaningless |
- Every time a video ad spends past break-even without a sale โ log it as a failed test.
- Count only videos that genuinely followed best practices (script, hooks, storytelling โ not slideshows).
- After 10 quality failures โ do not immediately quit.
- Try niche pivot: create videos targeted at specific audiences (boxers, footballers, nurses, etc.).
- If niche videos also fail โ consider switching the product.
- If niche videos succeed โ you found the right audience; double down.
โI would say keep cycling them till you've at least tried 10 videos โ and when I say tried 10 videos you need to make sure that you tried 10 really good videos.โ
Reading Every Dashboard Column โ What Each One Means
๐บ Where this fits: Dashboard literacy is the translation layer between raw numbers and correct business decisions โ without it every data point is equally meaningless or equally alarming.
Information overload causes analysis paralysis or, worse, action based on the wrong metric.
Categorize columns: profitability (ROAS, cost per purchase), funnel (view content โ add to cart โ checkout), ad quality (CPM, CPC, CTR). Each category answers a different question.
| CPM (Cost Per Mille / Cost Per Thousand Impressions) | how much you pay for 1,000 people to see your ad; a measure of how expensive the audience is to reach |
| CPC (Cost Per Click) | how much you pay each time someone clicks on your ad |
| CTR (Click-Through Rate) | the percentage of people who saw your ad and then clicked it; higher CTR = ad is more compelling |
| Impressions | the number of times your ad was shown (including to the same person multiple times) |
| Reach | the number of unique people who saw your ad (each person counted only once) |
| Complete payment | TikTok's term for a completed purchase; same as "conversion" or "sale" |
| Cost per complete payment | how much ad spend it cost to generate one sale; must be below your break-even dollar amount |
| Complete payment rate | what percentage of people who saw the ad went on to purchase; Jordan's = 4.55% |
| Value per complete payment | how much the purchasing customer spent (AOV); Jordan's recorded $55 (missing shipping; real was $60) |
| View content | a person who clicked your ad and landed on your product page; top of the website funnel |
| Cost per view content | how much it cost to send one person to your product page |
| View content rate | percentage of ad viewers who clicked through to the product page; Jordan's = 95% (unusually high) |
| Add to cart | a person who placed your product into the shopping cart |
| Cost per add to cart | how much it cost to generate each add-to-cart action |
| Add to cart rate | percentage of video viewers who added to cart |
| Initiate checkout | a person who proceeded from the cart to the checkout page |
| Cost per initiate checkout | how much it cost to get one person to start checking out |
| Initiate checkout rate | percentage of viewers who began checkout |
| Value per initiate checkout | dollar value in the cart when checkout was initiated (can reveal multi-unit orders) |
- Total Cost โ confirms how much of budget was spent.
- ROAS / Complete Payments / Cost per Purchase โ profitability verdict.
- Value per Complete Payment โ confirms AOV is what you expected.
- View Content + View Content Rate โ are people clicking to the product page?
- Add to Cart + Rate โ are people engaging with the product?
- Initiate Checkout + Rate โ are people reaching the payment stage?
- CPM / CPC / CTR / Reach โ ad-level diagnostics (usually informational, not action-drivers).
โComplete payment rate โ this is basicallyโฆ 4.55% of the Watchers purchased, that's what it means right. So how many people saw this ad and then how many people purchased.โ
The Funnel Interpretation Framework
๐บ Where this fits: The funnel framework is how every professional e-commerce operator reads data; it is the lens that converts a wall of numbers into a specific, actionable to-do list.
Seller sees low sales and rewrites every ad, not realizing the ads are fine โ the checkout page is scaring people away with unexpected shipping costs.
Funnel analysis points to the exact stage where customers are leaving. Fix that one stage, retest, and measure the improvement.
| Funnel | the journey a potential customer takes from first seeing your ad to completing a purchase; called a funnel because the number of people shrinks at each step |
| Top of funnel | the widest part; the most people โ everyone who sees your ad |
| Middle of funnel | people who clicked the ad and are now on your website browsing or adding to cart |
| Bottom of funnel | the narrowest part; people who actually complete the purchase |
| Drop-off | the percentage of people who stop progressing at a particular funnel stage; a large drop-off signals a problem at that stage |
| Checkout friction | anything that makes it harder or more uncomfortable for a customer to complete a purchase (unexpected shipping fees, too many form fields, no trusted payment logos) |
| Abandon | when a customer starts a process (like adding to cart or initiating checkout) but doesn't finish it |
- Start at the top: how many people viewed the ad? (Impressions/Reach)
- How many clicked to the product page? (View Content) โ if very low, the ad itself is the problem.
- How many added to cart? โ if big drop from view content, the product page isn't convincing.
- How many initiated checkout? โ if big drop from add to cart, something in the cart or early checkout is causing doubt.
- How many purchased? โ if big drop from initiate checkout, checkout process or shipping cost is the barrier.
- Identify the biggest single drop-off point โ that is your one thing to fix.
- Change one variable only (e.g., add free shipping) โ retest โ measure.
โIf we think of this like a funnel we can see view content is the biggest top of the funnel then it gets into smaller numbers of people that added to cartโฆ and we can understand on this kind of slope down to the funnel ending where are people getting stuck.โ
The Two Columns That Matter Most in Scaling
๐บ Where this fits: The two-metric focus is the operational simplification that makes daily ad management fast, clear, and consistent โ it is the end-state skill this entire analytics chapter was building toward.
Information overload in the dashboard causes decision fatigue; sellers either ignore data or obsess over irrelevant columns.
Lock eyes on Total Cost and ROAS. Total Cost shows if you're losing money on this video. ROAS shows how much you're making per dollar spent. Combine them to make every scaling decision.
| Total Cost | the cumulative amount spent on a specific video ad; compare to break-even dollar to judge if a sale at this spend level is profitable |
| Complete ROAS / ROAS column | the actual return on ad spend for a video; if one customer spent $300, ROAS could be high even if Total Cost looks scary |
| Scaling phase | the stage after testing where you increase budgets on proven winning video ads to grow sales volume |
| Break-even ROAS | minimum ROAS to not lose money (Jordan's = 1.3โ1.38 depending on whether shipping is included) |
| Break-even dollar | maximum cost per sale before you lose money (Jordan's = $46 retail, improves to $53โ$55 at wholesale) |
- Open TikTok Ads Manager each day.
- Navigate to the ad group view (individual video ad level).
- Look at Total Cost for each video โ compare to break-even dollar amount.
- Look at ROAS for each video โ compare to break-even ROAS.
- Video passes both? โ Keep running; consider adding more video ads to scale.
- Video fails Total Cost (spent past break-even with no sale)? โ Kill it, cycle in new.
- Video has a sale but low ROAS? โ Investigate via funnel metrics or niche targeting.
- Keep the $100/day budget fixed; only adjust video mix until ready for full scaling phase.
โIn the end of the day especially when we're in a scaling process all we want to do is come into our video ad section, check our total costs, complete ROAS โ am I making money or am I losing money.โ
What Is UGC and Why It Matters
๐บ Where this fits: UGC slots into the Ads layer of the dropshipping stack โ after product selection and store setup, before or alongside paid ad scaling.
- Find 2โ3 UGC creators on TikTok Creator Marketplace, Twitter/X, or Fiverr who match your target customer's demographic.
- Brief each creator with 2 reference videos you want them to model โ do not give them total creative freedom on the first order.
- Get 10โ20 raw video clips from one creator before rotating to the next to build a remix library.
Beginners run out of video ad ideas, can't film themselves forever, and don't know how to delegate content creation professionally.
UGC is a structured marketplace: you hire people to make videos, you own the footage, you run it as ads โ and it scales.
| UGC (User-Generated Content) | videos made by real everyday people (not a brand's marketing team) showing or talking about a product, designed to feel natural and trustworthy |
| Creator | a person who films UGC videos for money; they are not necessarily a famous influencer |
| Video ad | a short video (usually 15โ60 seconds) that runs as a paid advertisement on platforms like TikTok or Facebook |
| Organic TikTok | posting videos on TikTok for free without paying to promote them; relies on the algorithm to spread them |
| Paid ads | paying a platform (TikTok, Facebook) to show your video to specific people |
- Recognize that making your own videos forever is not scalable.
- Understand UGC = paying someone else to make the videos for you.
- Decide what you are paying for: just the video file, or also a post on the creator's account.
- Budget: $40โ$500 per video depending on creator size and deliverable.
- Source creators (5 platforms covered in this chapter).
โThis is very valuable information, this is very important information so make sure you're paying good attention to this one.โ
TikTok Creator Marketplace & Spark Ads Strategy
๐บ Where this fits: TikTok Creator Marketplace is the first of five sourcing platforms โ appropriate at any stage but creator costs are high.
You don't know whether to pay for a video or pay for an actual post, or how to turn a creator's post into your own ad.
The spark ad workflow: creator posts โ you request a spark code โ you paste it into TikTok Ads Manager โ their post runs as your ad under their name.
| TikTok Creator Marketplace | TikTok's official website where brands can browse and hire creators directly |
| Spark ads | a TikTok ad format where you boost an existing organic post (from your account or a creator's account) rather than uploading a new ad; it feels more native because it shows the original poster's name |
| Spark code | a short code the creator copies from their TikTok post settings and sends to you; you paste it into TikTok Ads Manager to link their post to your campaign |
| Native feeling | an ad that looks like a normal TikTok post rather than a polished commercial; audiences respond better because it does not feel like an ad |
| Whitelisting | giving a brand permission to run ads from the creator's account or using their content; the brand gets the benefit of the creator's face and credibility |
- Find a creator on TikTok Creator Marketplace with a relevant audience.
- Decide whether you want video-only (cheapest) or for them to post it (most expensive).
- If they post it, ask them to copy the spark code from the post.
- Paste the spark code into TikTok Ads Manager.
- Their post now runs as your ad โ viewers see the creator's handle and face, not a brand logo.
- Result: ad feels organic, achieves higher trust and click-through.
โWhen you hover a video you can see how it has that in there โ it's going to have their face and it would say their name and it doesn't come off as like a super busy ad so that's a big asset.โ
Audience Frequency Resonation & Demographic Matching
๐บ Where this fits: Sits inside the UGC sourcing decision โ filters which creators to approach after finding them on any platform.
Running a UGC ad and getting poor results without understanding that the creator's identity mismatch with the audience caused the failure.
Intentionally cast your creator the same way a director casts an actor โ for the audience, not for personal preference.
| Frequency resonation | the unconscious feeling a viewer gets when they see someone like themselves using a product; they feel "this is for me" |
| Demographic | statistical group characteristics: age, gender, location, interests โ used to describe who your buyers are |
| Buyer persona | a detailed profile of your ideal customer (e.g., "women 25โ40 interested in fitness recovery") |
| Target audience | the specific group of people you are trying to show your ad to |
| Conversion rate | the percentage of people who see your ad and actually buy; a high-resonance creator raises this number |
- Look at your existing orders โ what names (gender signals), locations, and demographics appear?
- Define the buyer persona: age range, gender, lifestyle interests.
- Decide what creator identity mirrors that persona (e.g., fit woman in gym clothes for female fitness buyers).
- Source and hire creators matching that description.
- Run ads; track which creator-audience combinations produce sales.
- Double down on winning combinations; replace underperformers.
โMaking sure that whoever you use for your UGC is someone that's going to be in a frequency resonation with the viewer is extremely big and you don't really really know until you test it.โ
Twitter/X as a UGC Sourcing Channel
๐บ Where this fits: Second sourcing platform in the progression โ free to use, direct access, good for early-stage with limited budget.
Not knowing where to find creators outside of formal platforms; paying too much because you don't know the market rate.
Market rate benchmark: $40 on the low end for a no-following creator, up to $500 for a video-only deliverable (more for posting on their account).
| Hashtag (#ugc) | a searchable keyword tag on social media; clicking or searching #ugc shows all public posts that used that tag |
| Portfolio | examples of past work a creator has done; used to evaluate their video quality and style before hiring |
| Hook variation | a different opening few seconds for the same video; testing multiple hooks on the same video content to find which one grabs attention best |
| Market rate | the typical price people are currently paying for a service; knowing it prevents overpaying |
- Go to Twitter/X.
- Search "#ugc" or "#ugccontentcreator" โ switch to Latest tab to find active creators.
- Click a creator's profile โ check their media/portfolio tab.
- Find their website or pricing sheet (many creators link it in bio).
- Evaluate: does their style/look match your target audience?
- Reach out via DM โ negotiate price, agree on deliverable (video-only vs. hook variations).
โThis is a little bit surprising โ it's Twitter. You can go on Twitter, type in #ugc and search up people and you can see people that do ugc like she's probably more than fine for a video depending on your brand.โ
Fiverr & UGC Portfolios as Product Research
๐บ Where this fits: Third sourcing platform โ great for beginners; also introduces the "portfolio-as-research" mindset that applies to Billow and Incense too.
Starting with no idea what a good UGC video looks like, or what video formats are currently converting.
Creator portfolios on Fiverr show real working ads for real brands โ study the hooks, formats, and products used.
| Fiverr | a website where freelancers list services (called "gigs") starting at various price points; buyers browse, compare, and purchase directly |
| Gig | a single service listing on Fiverr; a UGC creator's gig might say "I will make a 30-second UGC video for your product โ $75" |
| Portfolio | a collection of past work samples; on Fiverr creators upload video examples so you can judge their skill before buying |
| Competitive intelligence | researching what competing brands are doing (their ads, products, pricing) to learn from their successes |
| Winning product | a product that is already selling well in the market; seeing a brand pay for UGC videos signals their product is likely profitable |
- Go to Fiverr and search "UGC creator" or "UGC video."
- Browse profiles โ filter by reviews, delivery time, and price range.
- Watch the example videos โ evaluate production quality, hook style, energy.
- Note any brand names mentioned in their videos.
- Search those brand names on TikTok and Facebook Ad Library โ study their ads.
- Decide if this creator's aesthetic matches your target audience.
- Purchase the gig; ship your product to the creator.
โWhen you're looking for a UGC creator, their portfolios you can use as insight on what videos are working, what ads are working โ and you can go look up the brands they worked with and go search up the ads they make.โ
Billow & Incense โ Paid UGC Platforms by Scale
๐บ Where this fits: Fourth and fifth sourcing platforms in the progression โ reserved for businesses already making consistent revenue; using them too early wastes money.
At scale you have too many creator relationships to manage manually; quality inconsistency and time cost become bottlenecks.
Billow vets creators (they understand hooks, algorithms, short-form best practices) and Incense adds full management including posting, optimization, and creator selection advice.
| Billow | a paid UGC platform that vets its creators; you access their creator pool and manage the work yourself; more professional than Fiverr but more expensive |
| Incense | the most premium UGC platform in this chapter; offers both self-service and fully managed options; $500/month platform fee just to access it |
| Vetting | checking and approving creators before they can join the platform; ensures a baseline quality standard |
| Self-service | you do the work yourself (browse creators, send briefs, review videos) using the platform as a directory |
| Managed service | the platform assigns a team (project managers, creative specialists) to handle everything for you; you pay more but spend less time |
| Post-production | editing and finalizing video content after filming (adding text overlays, cutting clips, adjusting audio) |
| SaaS (Software as a Service) | software you pay a monthly subscription to access, hosted online; Incense is described as a "Boutique agency SaaS" |
- Start with free/low-cost platforms (Twitter, Fiverr, TikTok Marketplace).
- Once you have consistent sales and need 10+ videos regularly, explore Billow.
- Send creator briefs, receive vetted video submissions, review and approve.
- When doing $3Kโ$5K/day and need a hands-off solution, upgrade to Incense.
- Incense pricing tiers: ~$3,500/month for 18 UGC videos (self-managed) up to ~$5,000/month for fully managed with organic posting included.
- Incense assigns project managers and creative specialists who optimize creator selection over time.
โIncense is my top one โ everything that I showed you guys is kind of from like beginner to intermediate. I'd recommend Incense the most when it comes to like really high-level, getting really big stuff done, large production.โ
Briefing Creators and Building Relationships
๐บ Where this fits: Sits inside the "working with creators" phase โ after sourcing, before running ads; bridges sourcing to production.
Not knowing what to tell a creator to film; wasting money on a video that looks great but does not match what your audience responds to.
Let your own organic testing reveal what works, then replicate the winning formula through hired creators โ replace your face, keep the framework.
| Brief | a document or message you send to a creator explaining what the video should include: hook style, key product benefits to mention, tone, length, call-to-action |
| Hook | the first 2โ3 seconds of a video; the part that stops someone from scrolling; the single most important element of a short-form ad |
| Hook variation | filming the same video with three or more different opening lines or scenes to test which hook performs best |
| Creative freedom | letting the creator improvise or add their own ideas within the boundaries of the brief; often produces unexpectedly strong content |
| Framework | a repeatable video structure that has already proven it gets sales (e.g., "problem โ product reveal โ result โ CTA") |
| Call-to-action (CTA) | the ending instruction to the viewer: "click the link in bio," "shop now," "use code X for 10% off" |
| Shipping to creator | physically mailing your product to the creator's home address so they can film themselves using it |
- Run organic TikTok first โ post your own videos for free until you find a format that drives sales.
- Screenshot or save the top-performing videos as reference examples.
- Find a creator (via any of the 5 platforms) โ ship your product to them.
- Send a brief: include the example videos, key messages, and request 3 hook variations.
- Optionally get on a short call to align on tone, energy, and ideas.
- Receive the videos โ test each hook as a separate ad.
- Identify the winning hook โ order more variations from the same creator.
โI've already found some frameworks that work. I can show them โ hey, these are our top performing ads, can you create something similar โ and give them a little bit of creative freedom because some of these people are going to be creative.โ
Building a UGC Empire & UGC as the Lifeblood of the Business
๐บ Where this fits: This is the operational endgame for UGC โ a repeatable system that feeds the paid ads machine indefinitely and scales with the business.
Video ads "going dry" (ad fatigue โ audiences stop responding) with no fresh content to replace them, causing revenue to collapse.
A roster of 3โ10 active creators producing ongoing content means you always have new ads to test and rotate in before old ones fade.
| Ad fatigue | when an audience has seen the same ad too many times; they start ignoring it, click-through rates drop, and sales decline |
| Video library | a folder of dozens or hundreds of video ad files you have accumulated; you rotate new ones in as old ones fatigue |
| Roster | your active list of UGC creators you regularly work with; like a team you manage |
| Conversions | purchases made as a direct result of seeing an ad; the only metric that decides if a creator relationship is worth keeping |
| Scaling | growing the volume of something (here: video production) in a systematic, repeatable way without proportionally increasing your personal time |
| Hook change | asking a creator to re-film only the opening 2โ3 seconds of an existing video; cheaper than a full new video; refreshes an ad that was performing but has slowed down |
- Hire first creator โ test their video as a paid ad โ measure conversions.
- If it converts: overpay them, build a relationship, order 2โ3 videos/week.
- If it does not convert: stop, find a new creator immediately.
- Repeat until you have 3โ5 reliable producers.
- Start requesting hook variations on proven videos ($40โ$100 per variation).
- When managing 5+ creators becomes time-consuming, move to Billow or Incense.
- Keep growing the video library โ aim for hundreds of videos over time.
- Never let the library run dry โ treat video production as an ongoing operational cost, not a one-time project.
โUGC and video ads are the lifeblood that keeps your business pumping. If your video ads go dry then your whole business goes dry.โ
Facebook's Leniency Cycles & Prerequisites
๐บ Where this fits: Facebook is the second pillar of paid traffic (after TikTok). Before spending a dollar, you must understand the platform's enforcement climateโentering during a crackdown can end the business entirely.
- Go to business.facebook.com and create a Business Manager account linked to your existing Facebook profile.
- Create a Facebook Page for your brand, then connect your Instagram account inside Business Manager.
- Install the Facebook Pixel through the Shopify Facebook Sales Channel app and verify it fires on your store.
Beginners assume Facebook is a stable platform. In reality it swings between periods of heavy enforcement (bans, ad rejections) and leniency (almost anything goes). Not knowing which phase you are in causes wasted setup effort or permanent bans.
Facebook operates in cycles. As of this recording we are in a leniency phase. If you were previously banned, check your account NOWโmany bans were quietly lifted. If you were banned on a specific brand, create a new brand to run new ads; do not try to revive the old one on the same brand name.
| Business Manager | Facebook's dashboard where you manage all your ad accounts, pages, and team members in one place; think of it as the "control room" for all your Facebook advertising |
| Ad account | a sub-account inside Business Manager that actually spends money on ads; you can have more than one |
| Leniency phase | a period when Facebook enforces its advertising rules loosely; most things get approved easily |
| Strict phase | a period when Facebook enforces rules aggressively; accounts get banned for minor or even imaginary violations |
| Permanently banned | Facebook closes your account and says you can never advertise again; as of this recording some of these bans have been quietly reversed |
| Proxy / VPN | software that disguises your internet location; used by advanced sellers to run ads after a ban (covered in a separate video, not this one) |
| Circumventing policy | creating a new Facebook personal account to get around a ban; Facebook allows only ONE personal account per person and flags this behavior |
- Check current enforcement climate โ search community groups or ask in the course community whether Facebook is strict or lenient right now.
- If you were previously banned โ log in and check; many bans from the 2020 US election period have been silently lifted.
- If banned on a brand (e.g., "The New Cup") โ create a completely new brand name to run Facebook ads again; do NOT try to run under the same brand name.
- If you want to run under an existing Facebook account โ use it; creating a brand-new Facebook personal profile just to get a fresh Business Manager risks being flagged for circumventing policy.
- If you have no Facebook account at all โ create one now; this chapter walks through the full setup.
- Confirm you have a VA and 3PL integrated before moving into Facebook ads (prerequisite from previous chapters).
โFacebook's really tricky they go through waves of high strictness and waves of very high leniency where they'll let you get away with a lot of stuff and right now we're in a leniency phase which is very good.โ
Business Manager Setup & Facebook Page Creation
๐บ Where this fits: Business Manager is the administrative backbone. Without it you cannot run ads. The Facebook Page is the brand's public storefront on Facebookโevery ad is linked to it.
There are multiple ways to create a Business Manager (brand new vs. existing account) and multiple options inside it. Clicking the wrong option wastes time and can trigger policy flags.
If you already have a Facebook account, go to business.facebook.com and use "Create Account" with your business name, your real name, and your business email. The email confirmation link will attach the new Business Manager to your existing personal Facebook profile. Then inside Business Manager go to Pages โ Create a New Page โ Brand or Product โ enter your brand name โ category "Brand."
| business.facebook.com | the web address for Facebook's Business Manager; different from your personal Facebook feed |
| Pages (in Business Manager) | the section where you create or connect your brand's public Facebook page |
| Brand or Product (page category) | the correct page type for a dropshipping store; tells Facebook what kind of business you are |
| Username (Facebook Page) | the @handle for your page (e.g., @thenewcup); appears in the page URL and in ads |
| Cover photo | the wide banner image at the top of your Facebook page; recommended to create in Canva using the "Facebook Cover" template |
| Profile picture | the small square logo image that appears on all posts and ads from your page |
- Go to business.facebook.com โ click "Create Account."
- Enter: business name, your real name, your business email address โ submit.
- Check email for confirmation link โ click it; this attaches the Business Manager to your existing Facebook account.
- Inside Business Manager, go to Pages โ "Create a New Page."
- Select "Brand or Product" โ enter your brand name โ category: "Brand" โ create.
- Click "View Page" to open the new page and begin populating it.
โIf you already have a Facebook account business manager ad account already set up I'm pretty sure the best thing to do is just create a new ad account within that business manager and just run with that one.โ
Populating the Facebook Page
๐บ Where this fits: A populated Facebook Page signals legitimacy to both Facebook's algorithm and potential customers. Incomplete pages increase ad rejection risk.
After creating the page, it looks empty and unprofessional. Facebook's system treats sparse pages as suspicious, and customers who click an ad and land on an empty page lose trust.
Fill every "About" section field: username, location (use a real major city like Salt Lake City, Utah), business hours (or hide them), price range (low or medium), website URL (use your product page URL, not the homepage), phone number, email, and a short description. Upload a logo profile photo and a cover photo (use Canva's "Facebook Cover" template). Add a "Shop on Website" call-to-action button. Delete or hide the auto-generated posts Facebook creates when you change settings. Important: avoid making product claims in the description (e.g., "will cure your pain") โ Facebook is far stricter than TikTok about health claims. Also: set up a virtual phone number and virtual address before going live.
| About section | the part of your Facebook page where you enter business details; visible to anyone who visits the page |
| Call-to-action button (CTA button) | a clickable button at the top of your page (e.g., "Shop on Website") that sends visitors directly to your store |
| Auto-generated posts | posts Facebook creates automatically when you update your page (e.g., "The New Cup changed their cover photo"); these look unprofessional and should be hidden or deleted |
| Virtual phone number | a phone number you can get online (e.g., through Google Voice) that is not tied to your personal cell; used for business listings |
| Virtual address | a real mailing address you rent from a service; used so your page shows a business location without revealing your home address |
| Health claims | statements saying a product treats, cures, or prevents a condition; Facebook bans these and will reject your ads or ban your account |
- Click your page username field โ enter your brand handle (e.g., "newcup" or "thenewcup") โ save.
- Upload profile photo: your brand logo (if transparent background, use black or white version for visibility).
- Create cover photo in Canva using "Facebook Cover" template โ download โ upload to page โ crop/position within Facebook.
- In the About section fill: location (major city), hours (or check "don't show hours"), price range, website (product page URL), phone (virtual number), email, description (no health/cure claims).
- Add CTA button: click "Add a Button" โ select "Shop on Website" โ paste your store URL โ save.
- Delete or "hide from my page" all auto-generated update posts.
โWhen it comes to like making claims like this product will do this you need to be very careful with Facebook they'll shut you down very fast.โ
Instagram Account Setup & Connection to Business Manager
๐บ Where this fits: Meta (the company) owns both Facebook and Instagram. When you run Facebook ads you can also show them on Instagram. To do that you need an Instagram account connected in Business Manager.
Many beginners skip Instagram setup, then later find their ads are only showing on Facebook and they are missing millions of potential customers who are only on Instagram.
Go to instagram.com โ Sign Up โ enter your business name, business email โ verify the email code sent to your inbox. Set up the profile: upload your logo (use the black-logo version if your logo has a transparent background), add a bio, add your website link on mobile (desktop Instagram does not allow website links during signup). Then go back to Business Manager โ Instagram Accounts โ Connect an Account โ enter your Instagram login โ save. Finally, convert the Instagram account to a Business Account: inside the Instagram app go to Settings โ Account โ Switch to Professional Account โ Shopping and Retail โ Done โ choose not to show contact info publicly.
| Meta | the parent company that owns both Facebook and Instagram; their ad system (Meta Ads) lets you run ads on both platforms from one place |
| Instagram Business Account | a type of Instagram account designed for brands; required to connect to Facebook Business Manager and to run ads |
| Instagram Accounts (in Business Manager) | the section in Business Manager where you link your Instagram profile so ads can run on Instagram too |
| Ad placement | where on the internet your ad actually appears (e.g., Facebook feed, Instagram feed, Instagram Stories, Facebook Stories) |
| Bio | the short text description on an Instagram profile visible to anyone who visits |
- Go to instagram.com โ Sign Up โ enter business email and brand name โ verify with email code.
- Upload logo as profile photo (use black or dark version if logo has transparent background).
- On mobile: open Instagram app โ add website URL โ add bio text.
- In Business Manager โ Instagram Accounts โ "Connect an Account" โ enter Instagram username and password โ save.
- Inside Instagram app: Settings โ Account โ Switch to Professional Account โ category: Shopping and Retail โ Done โ "Don't use contact info" when prompted.
โWe want to make sure that the business account we have or the Instagram account we have set up is a business account that is something I forgot to mention.โ
Creating the Ad Account & Payment Method
๐บ Where this fits: The ad account is the engine room โ it holds the budget, the payment method, and all the campaigns. One Business Manager can hold multiple ad accounts.
The ad account creation screen has a tricky question: "Is this for your business or a client?" Beginners who misread it and choose "client" end up with wrong ownership settings and may struggle to run ads.
In Business Manager go to Ad Accounts โ "Create New" โ name the account (your brand name) โ select your time zone (must be your exact local time zone โ this is critical; wrong time zone causes your campaign budget cycles to reset at the wrong times) โ on the ownership question ALWAYS select the first option: "This ad account is for my business" (never choose the second option for a different client unless you are an agency running someone else's ads) โ give yourself all privileges โ add payment method.
| Ad account | a sub-account inside Business Manager that holds your campaigns, budget, and billing information; think of it as the "wallet" for your ads |
| Time zone (ad account) | the timezone Facebook uses to decide when your daily budget resets; if it is wrong, your $100/day budget might reset at 3am your time instead of midnight |
| Privileges (ad account) | the level of access someone has; "all privileges" means you can do everything including change billing and create campaigns |
| AMX Gold Business Card (American Express Gold Business Card) | a business credit card that earns points on ad spend; instructor recommends it for responsible spenders because Facebook and TikTok ad costs accumulate a large number of reward points |
| Debit card | a card that spends money directly from your bank account; lower risk than credit if you are not confident about managing credit |
- In Business Manager โ Ad Accounts โ "Create New."
- Enter account name (your brand name, e.g., "The New Cup").
- Select your exact local time zone โ do not guess, look it up.
- On the "Who is this account for?" screen โ select the FIRST option: "My business" (not "A different business or client").
- Set all privileges to yourself.
- Add payment method: recommended = American Express Gold Business Card (business version, not personal) if you are disciplined with credit; otherwise use your debit card. Never overspend money you do not have.
- Complete all questions Facebook asks during setup.
- Click "Open Ads Manager" to confirm the account is live.
โIt's actually really really important to be on your exact time zone and make sure you hit this first option if you made a new ad account โ this is like my business it's not for a different client.โ
Installing the Facebook Pixel via Shopify
๐บ Where this fits: The Facebook Pixel is the bridge between your store and Facebook's ad system. It tells Facebook exactly who visited your store, what they looked at, and whether they bought. This data is what Facebook uses to find more people like your buyers.
Without the pixel installed and firing correctly, Facebook has no data. It cannot optimize for purchases, cannot build lookalike audiences, and your ad spend is wasted. Manual pixel installation requires editing website code, which scares beginners.
Use the partner integration method through Shopify โ no manual code editing required. In Business Manager go to Data Sources โ Pixels โ "Create a Pixel" โ the new pixel appears (name it after your brand) โ click "Partner Integration" โ Shopify is listed there. Meanwhile in Shopify: go to Sales Channels โ click the "+" to add a channel โ find "Facebook and Instagram" โ add it โ hit "Start Setup" โ connect your Facebook account โ on the data sharing screen select "Maximum" data sharing (Facebook says your privacy policy covers this) โ agree to terms โ connect โ all green checkmarks should appear confirming the pixel code has been injected into your store automatically.
| Facebook Pixel | a small piece of invisible code that sits on your website and reports visitor actions (page views, add to cart, purchases) back to Facebook; named "pixel" because originally it was a 1ร1 invisible image |
| Data Sources (in Business Manager) | the section of Business Manager where you create and manage your pixel |
| Partner Integration | a connection method where Shopify and Facebook talk directly to each other; no manual code editing needed |
| Data sharing level | how much visitor behavior information you let Facebook receive; "Maximum" sends the most data, which gives Facebook the best information to optimize your ads |
| Sales channel (Shopify) | an extension you add to your Shopify store that connects it to an external selling or advertising platform (e.g., Facebook, TikTok, Amazon) |
| Green checkmarks | visual confirmation inside the Shopify Facebook setup that each required connection step has been completed successfully |
| View content event | the pixel fires this signal when a visitor views a product page |
| Add to cart event | the pixel fires this signal when a visitor adds a product to their cart |
| Purchase event | the pixel fires this signal when a visitor completes a purchase; the most valuable signal for Facebook's optimization |
- In Business Manager โ Data Sources โ Pixels โ "Create a Pixel" โ name it (your brand name) โ done.
- Click the new pixel โ "Partner Integration" โ select Shopify from the list.
- In Shopify: Admin โ Sales Channels โ "+" โ search "Facebook and Instagram" โ Add โ Start Setup.
- Connect your Facebook account when prompted.
- On the data sharing screen: select "Maximum" โ save.
- Accept terms and conditions โ connect.
- Confirm all green checkmarks appear (pixel is now auto-installed in your store's code).
โWe obviously want to do the maximum and they say that this is what they they check and we should have our privacy policies should cover this so we should be fully safe.โ
Domain Verification & Pixel Testing
๐บ Where this fits: Domain verification proves to Facebook that you actually own the website your pixel is tracking. Without it, Facebook may restrict which conversion events you can optimize for.
After installing the pixel, Facebook asks you to "verify your domain." It provides a meta-tag code snippet and says to paste it into your site's HTML. For a beginner, "edit the HTML" sounds terrifying, and even after following instructions the verification can fail because the tag was placed in the wrong file.
In Business Manager โ go to the pixel โ click "Review Events" โ "Manage Domains" โ "Add Domain" โ enter your domain (without www, just yourdomain.com). Facebook provides a meta verification tag. Copy it. In Shopify Admin go to Online Store โ Themes โ click the three dots โ "Edit Code." Try pasting the tag in two locations (try one, if it fails try the other): first try header.liquid, then try theme.liquid โ find the opening <head> tag โ paste the meta tag just below it โ save. Come back to Facebook and click "Verify Domain." If it still does not verify immediately, it is normal โ Facebook states verification can take up to 72 hours. You can confirm the tag is actually on your site by going to your website URL and using "View Page Source" in your browser โ search for the meta tag text and if it appears, the tag is there and Facebook simply has not crawled it yet.
| Domain verification | a process where you prove to Facebook that you own your website by placing a special code snippet on it; like showing your ID to prove you live at a certain address |
| Meta-tag | a line of invisible code placed inside the <head> section of a webpage; it carries information for browsers and external services but is not visible to visitors |
| header.liquid | one of Shopify's theme code files; it controls the HTML header section of your store pages |
| theme.liquid | the master template file in a Shopify theme; it wraps every page; if a code change needs to affect every page, it goes here |
| <head> tag | the opening HTML tag for the "head" section of a webpage; code placed here runs before the visible page content loads |
| View Page Source | a browser function (right-click โ "View Page Source" or Ctrl+U) that shows you the raw HTML code of any webpage; useful for confirming a tag was placed correctly |
| 72-hour verification window | Facebook's stated processing time for domain verification; the tag may be correct but Facebook just has not checked yet |
- In Business Manager โ Pixels โ your pixel โ "Review Events" โ "Manage Domains" โ "Add Domain" โ enter domain without www โ save.
- Facebook shows a meta verification tag โ copy the entire tag.
- In Shopify: Online Store โ Themes โ three dots โ "Edit Code."
- First attempt: open header.liquid โ find <head> โ paste meta tag below it โ save โ return to Facebook โ click "Verify Domain."
- If verification fails: open theme.liquid โ find <head> โ paste meta tag below it โ save โ return to Facebook โ click "Verify Domain."
- If still not verified: go to your website โ right-click โ "View Page Source" โ search for the tag text to confirm it is present.
- Wait up to 72 hours for Facebook to crawl and confirm โ this is normal and expected.
โAfter doing a little searching it looks like they want it in the theme.liquid so let's go under head right here give some spaces to it and this one should for sure work now.โ
Pixel Troubleshooting, Test Events & Triple Whale
๐บ Where this fits: Installing the pixel is step one; confirming it fires correctly for the right events (view content, add to cart, purchase) is step two. Bad pixel data corrupts all ad optimization. Triple Whale is an advanced upgrade for scaling sellers.
After installation, the pixel may fire multiple times for a single action (e.g., one page view triggers 5 page view events). This inflates data and confuses Facebook's optimization. Or events simply do not appear at all.
Use Facebook's built-in Test Events tool: in Business Manager โ Pixels โ your pixel โ "Test Events" tab โ enter your website URL โ browse your site (view a product, add to cart, start checkout) โ watch the events appear in real time. If events are duplicated or missing, go to facebook.com/business/help โ "Contact Support" โ "Get Started" โ explain the issue (e.g., "My pixel is firing multiple times for a single page view" or "My events are not appearing"). Facebook support can walk you through fixes. Before running any ads the pixel must be confirmed: correct events firing, correct counts (1 purchase = 1 purchase event, not 5). Triple Whale: a third-party tracking service (~$400/month) that provides more accurate and detailed data than Facebook's native pixel. Recommended once you are doing $500โ$1,000+/day in sales. Consolidates data from multiple ad platforms.
| Test Events (Facebook tool) | a live testing mode inside Business Manager where you browse your site and watch what events the pixel sends to Facebook in real time |
| Event | a specific action a visitor takes on your site that the pixel reports to Facebook (e.g., "ViewContent," "AddToCart," "Purchase," "InitiateCheckout") |
| Misfiring pixel | a pixel that sends events at the wrong times or sends duplicate events; causes Facebook to have bad data about your store's performance |
| Events Manager (Facebook) | the section of Business Manager where you see all events your pixel has recorded over time |
| Triple Whale | a paid analytics platform (~$400/month) that tracks data from all your ad platforms (Facebook, TikTok, Google) in one dashboard and is more accurate than each platform's native tracking |
| Lookalike audience | a Facebook feature that finds new people similar to your buyers; it relies entirely on accurate pixel purchase event data to work |
- In Business Manager โ Pixels โ your pixel โ "Test Events" tab.
- Enter your website URL โ open your website in the same browser.
- Perform actions: view a product page, add to cart, begin checkout.
- Watch the Test Events panel โ each action should trigger exactly one corresponding event.
- If events are missing or duplicated โ go to facebook.com/business/help โ "Contact Support" โ "Get Started."
- Explain: describe which events are wrong and what behavior you performed (e.g., "I viewed one product and got 5 ViewContent events").
- Do NOT run purchase-objective ads until the pixel is confirmed working correctly.
- At $500โ$1,000/day+ revenue: evaluate Triple Whale for advanced tracking (link in the video description).
โBefore we run ads we have to ensure the events are organized the pixel is firing correctly and we really need to just kind of reach out to Facebook and see if they can help us.โ
Ad Account Warm-Up, Dos & Don'ts, and Safeguarding Access
๐บ Where this fits: After the pixel is working, the final preparation before running real purchase campaigns is warming up the new ad account. Facebook's algorithm treats brand-new accounts as suspicious โ small trust-building steps reduce the risk of early bans.
Jumping straight into purchase-objective ads with a $100/day or higher budget on a brand-new ad account looks like aggressive, bot-like behavior to Facebook's system. This can trigger an immediate account review or ban before you even get real results.
Two protective actions before launching real campaigns. (1) Warm up the account: upload one of your TikTok or Reels videos to your Facebook Page โ run it as a page engagement ad (not a purchase campaign) โ set budget to $5/day โ run for 2โ3 days. This tells Facebook's system "this is a real business with a real page running small normal ads." After 2โ3 days you can move into the first purchase-testing strategy (covered in the next chapter). (2) Safeguard the account: in Business Manager โ People โ "Add Person" โ enter a trusted person's Facebook profile (friend or family member) โ give them admin access. If your main account gets restricted or banned, this person can access the Business Manager and potentially help you recover it. Important caveat: even with $4M+ in lifetime ad spend and a personal Facebook rep, the instructor got permanently banned without warning โ safeguarding helps but is not a guarantee.
| Warm-up (ad account) | running small low-stakes ads on a new account for a few days to build trust with Facebook's system before running high-budget purchase campaigns |
| Page engagement ad | a type of Facebook ad whose goal is to get people to like, comment on, or share your post; not trying to get purchases; cheap and easy to get approved |
| Purchase-objective campaign | a Facebook ad campaign set up specifically to find people most likely to buy your product; requires a working pixel with purchase event data; more expensive and higher risk on a new account |
| $5/day budget | the minimum meaningful daily ad spend for a warm-up engagement campaign; enough for Facebook to run the ad and gather some data |
| Admin access (Business Manager) | the highest level of access you can give another person in your Business Manager; lets them manage everything including billing |
| People (Business Manager section) | where you add other Facebook profiles to your Business Manager and assign their access level |
- Confirm pixel is verified and firing correctly before doing anything else.
- Upload one of your existing TikTok/Reels videos to your Facebook Page as a regular post.
- Create a page engagement campaign (not purchase objective) โ select that post โ set budget to $5/day โ run for 2โ3 days.
- After 2โ3 days of warm-up, proceed to the first Facebook purchase-testing strategy (next chapter).
- To safeguard the account: Business Manager โ People โ "Add Person" โ enter trusted person's Facebook email โ assign "Admin" role โ send invite.
- Remind that trusted person to accept the invite so they have active access before anything goes wrong.
โThe best thing that um others have told me and things that I've done in the past on new ad accounts is just warm it up with like a $5 a day page engagement ad or something โ do like $5 a day for like 2 three days and then you should be good to kind of jump into our first testing strategy.โ
Facebook Ads Mindset โ Targeted Guessing & Platform Differences
๐บ Where this fits: Mental-model entry point for the entire Facebook testing chapter. Establishes why Facebook requires more scenes than TikTok and why the "try things" philosophy is not laziness but the actual professional approach.
- Launch a Reels campaign first at $50/day with open targeting and 3โ5 vertical video creatives.
- Create separate campaigns for Reels, Stories, and Feed images โ never mix placements in one campaign.
- Steal ad copy structure (emojis, benefit bullets, CTA) from a competitor's Facebook Ad Library before writing your own Feed image copy.
- Wait the full 3-day window before judging results; only kill or scale after seeing stable spend data.
Learner wants a guaranteed recipe; the reality that advertising is probabilistic feels defeating.
Proven structures plus willingness to test equals the professional approach. No one "knows" what will work; they just fail faster and smarter.
| Campaign | the top container in Facebook Ads Manager; sets the overall goal (e.g., get sales) |
| Ad set | the middle container inside a campaign; sets the audience, budget, schedule, and placement |
| Creative | the actual video, image, or carousel that people see in their feed |
| Carousel ad | an ad that shows multiple images or videos that users can swipe through; works well for multi-product stores |
| Reels | short vertical full-screen videos on Instagram/Facebook (equivalent to TikTok videos) |
| Feed | the main scrollable timeline on Facebook or Instagram where posts and ads appear |
| Stories | full-screen vertical content (photo or video) that disappears after 24 hours; ads appear between stories |
| Algorithm | the platform's automated system that decides who sees which content or ad |
- Accept advertising is "targeted guessing" โ no formula is guaranteed.
- Learn proven structures (placement-specific campaigns, minimal targeting, good creatives).
- Apply to your product and niche โ carousel for multi-product, single creative for one-product store.
- Test broadly, measure results, kill what fails.
- Scale what works; repeat.
โFacebook ads and any form of advertising at all is basically just targeted guessing โ like you're really not going to know anything that works.โ
Pixel Event Priority Setup
๐บ Where this fits: Pre-flight checklist before any campaign goes live. Feeds directly into the campaign's conversion goal setting (Scene 315).
Pixel fires on every page but Facebook does not know which action to chase without explicit instruction.
Five-minute Events Manager setup tells the algorithm "optimize for purchases" โ the highest-value action.
| Pixel | a small piece of code on your website that reports visitor actions back to Facebook so it can optimize and measure ads |
| Events Manager | the Facebook tool where you manage what the Pixel tracks and how those actions are ranked |
| Conversion event | the specific action (Purchase, Add to Cart, etc.) you want Facebook to optimize for |
| Funnel | the sequence of steps a visitor takes from first seeing your site to buying; each step is an "event" |
| View Content | Pixel event fired when someone views a product page |
| Initiate Checkout | Pixel event fired when someone clicks "checkout" |
| Add Payment Info | Pixel event fired when someone enters credit card details |
- Ads Manager โ Account Overview โ look for any "event configuration" warning banner.
- Navigate to Events Manager.
- Click "Manage Prioritize Events."
- Select your Pixel โ Edit.
- Add five events in order: Purchase (1st) โ Add Payment Info โ Initiate Checkout โ Add to Cart โ View Content (5th).
- Save โ Facebook now knows your funnel shape and optimizes for purchases.
โYou want to make sure that your purchase is your highest priority followed by add payment info, initiate checkout, add to cart, view content.โ
Campaign Structure โ One Campaign Per Placement
๐บ Where this fits: Core architectural decision for the entire Facebook ads account. Every subsequent scene (budgets, audiences, creatives) lives inside this structure.
One campaign for everything = messy data, algorithm confusion, inability to diagnose which placement is working.
Separate campaigns per placement = clean signal, independent scaling, reuse of TikTok videos immediately.
| Placement | where on Facebook/Instagram your ad actually shows up (Reels, Stories, Feed, etc.) |
| ABO (Ad set Budget Optimization) | you set a fixed budget on each individual ad set; the default and recommended approach here |
| CBO (Campaign Budget Optimization) / Advanced Campaign Budget | you set one budget at the campaign level and Facebook splits it across ad sets automatically; not recommended for this strategy |
| Ad set | the middle layer where you set budget, audience, and placement for one group of ads |
| Feed video | a square (1:1) video that appears in the Facebook/Instagram main feed; not full-screen like Reels |
- Identify available placements: Reels, Stories, Feed (image), Feed (video/square), Carousel.
- Start with Reels campaign โ repurpose TikTok vertical videos directly.
- Structure: 1 campaign โ 1 ad set (minimal targeting) โ all creatives inside.
- Budget: $50/day (platform cap for new accounts) up to $100/day when limit lifts.
- Later add Stories campaign with same structure.
- Later add Feed campaign (square images/videos from Canva).
- Eventually add angle-based campaigns (one per marketing angle/demographic).
โYou want to have one campaign for each placement โ that's kind of the only difference [from TikTok].โ
Cold, Warm, and Hot Traffic Funnel
๐บ Where this fits: The theoretical framework that justifies why multiple campaigns exist and why different creative messages are used for different audiences. Maps directly to the ad types shown in Scene 314.
Same ad to all audiences wastes spend on wrong messages; leaving warm/hot traffic unretargeted loses near-buyers.
Three-temperature funnel with distinct messages, creative styles, and budgets for each stage.
| Cold traffic | people who have never interacted with your brand or seen your ads |
| Warm traffic | people who have visited your website or engaged with one of your posts/videos |
| Hot traffic | people with high purchase intent: added to cart or began checkout but did not buy |
| Retargeting | showing ads specifically to people who have already interacted with your brand (warm or hot traffic) |
| Brand awareness | ads whose primary goal is just getting people to know your brand exists, not to immediately sell |
| ROAS (Return On Ad Spend) | revenue earned for every dollar spent on ads; e.g., ROAS 3 means $3 revenue per $1 ad spend |
| Scarcity | urgency tactics like "sale ends today" or "only 3 left" that push near-buyers to act immediately |
- Cold campaign: broad hook ad โ goal = awareness + initial sales โ largest budget.
- Warm retargeting: people who watched cold video โ message = benefits, 1-year warranty, 30-day money-back, lifetime guarantee โ medium budget.
- Hot retargeting: people who added to cart / initiated checkout โ message = scarcity + discount code (e.g., code SAVE, 20% off, expires 24 hours) โ smallest budget.
- Also email/SMS hot traffic with discount codes.
- Rule: never give discount codes to cold traffic โ they might buy at full price anyway.
โCold traffic is people that have never interacted with your brand. Warm traffic is people that have interacted with your brand โ they've either gone to your website, engaged on one of your posts. And hot traffic is something that's like added to cart, they've initiated the checkout process but they haven't purchased.โ
Ad Creative Types โ Feed, Stories, Reels Examples
๐บ Where this fits: The "what goes inside each campaign" answer. Connects creative format to placement type and funnel stage, completing the campaign structure picture.
Not knowing what a feed post or story ad looks like (vs. a Reels ad) creates a mental gap when setting up campaigns.
Simple Canva templates at the right pixel dimensions, mapped to the correct funnel stage, cover all Facebook/Instagram placement types.
| 1080x1080 | square pixel dimensions used for Instagram/Facebook feed images and feed videos |
| Canva | free online design tool used to create ad images and short animated videos without design skills |
| Animation (Canva) | subtle movement effect applied to a static image to convert it into a short video for feed video placement |
| CTR (Click-Through Rate) | percentage of people who see your ad and actually click it; higher CTR = more traffic for same spend |
| CPC (Cost Per Click) | how much you pay each time someone clicks your ad |
| Ad copy | the text that appears alongside or on your ad image/video |
- Feed creative: Open Canva โ 1080x1080 frame โ paste product images + website copy โ add animation โ export as video.
- Story creative: Canva โ 1080x1920 frame โ solid background (e.g., red) โ large product image + minimal text (5 words max).
- Cold ad copy example: "Do you have knots, aches, tension, pain? Try cupping therapy."
- Warm ad copy example: "Buy two, get 40% off."
- Hot ad copy example: "Use code SAVE for 20% off โ expires in 24 hours." Add scarcity: "Sale ends today."
- Rule: one message per ad โ the ad's job is a click, the website's job is the sale.
โThe only goal of the advertisement is to get them to the website. The only goal of the website is to get them to add to cart. The only goal of the add to cart is to get them to purchase.โ
Creating the First Campaign in Ads Manager
๐บ Where this fits: First click in Ads Manager โ establishes the top of the campaign tree before moving into ad-set and ad-level settings.
Too many options at campaign creation overwhelm beginners; CBO in particular creates false urgency to use it.
For a single ad-set structure, campaign level requires only two decisions: objective (Sales) and name. Everything else left as default or off.
| Ads Manager | Facebook's dashboard for creating, managing, and measuring ad campaigns |
| Objective | the campaign-level goal you tell Facebook you want (Sales, Traffic, Awareness, etc.); determines how Facebook optimizes delivery |
| CBO (Campaign Budget Optimization) | optional setting where one budget is shared across all ad sets in a campaign; Facebook decides the split |
| ABO (Ad Set Budget Optimization) | the default; you set the budget on each individual ad set yourself |
- Ads Manager โ green "Create" button โ select "Sales" as objective.
- Name campaign: "Reels Test Campaign" (or any descriptive label).
- Advanced Campaign Budget (CBO) โ leave OFF.
- Click Next.
โAdvanced campaign budget โ if you're familiar with old Facebook ads, this is basically CBO which is campaign budget optimization. We don't really need to use it right now because our strategy is we have one campaign, one ad group.โ
Ad Set Settings โ Budget, Dates, Countries, Age/Gender
๐บ Where this fits: The configuration layer that determines spending, timing, and audience breadth. Gets most of the strategic attention in this chapter.
Too many optional fields (cost-per-goal, dynamic creative, ROAS target) tempt beginners to over-configure and accidentally limit Facebook's optimization.
Leave optionals blank/off. The five mandatory settings are: destination = website, goal = max conversions, event = purchase, budget = $50, start = tomorrow.
| Performance goal | the specific metric Facebook tries to maximize when deciding who to show your ad to |
| Maximum number of conversions | goal setting telling Facebook to get as many purchases as possible within your budget |
| Maximum ROAS | goal setting telling Facebook to find high-spending customers; less useful early when data is thin |
| Cost per goal (Target CPA) | optional ceiling on how much you are willing to pay per conversion; leaving it blank gives Facebook more freedom |
| Dynamic creative | Facebook feature that auto-mixes different headlines, images, and descriptions to find the best combination; off here because manual creative testing is already planned |
| CPA (Cost Per Acquisition / Cost Per Purchase) | how much you paid in ads to get one customer to buy |
| 3PL (Third-Party Logistics) | the warehouse/shipping company fulfilling your orders |
| Broad targeting | deliberately NOT filtering by interests or demographics so the algorithm finds buyers on its own |
- Conversion location: Website.
- Performance goal: Maximum Number of Conversions.
- Conversion event: Purchase.
- Cost per goal: leave blank.
- Dynamic creative: OFF.
- Daily budget: $50 (hard cap for new accounts; aim for $100 when account matures).
- Start date: tomorrow at 12:01 AM; no end date.
- Countries: USA only (brand/pixel quality) OR add Canada, UK, NZ, Australia after confirming 3PL shipping times.
- Age/gender: no restrictions.
- Interests: none โ maximum broad targeting.
โI would always just do maximum number of conversions. I wouldn't mess with the ROAS one. Pixel โ you want to make sure that is in your IDs up there. Conversion event โ add to cart? We're not going to focus on add to carts, we want purchases.โ
Manual Placements โ Reels Only
๐บ Where this fits: The final ad-set-level decision before moving to the ad/creative level. Locks in which section of Facebook/Instagram this campaign lives in.
Default "Advantage+ Placements" serves a vertical video everywhere, creating format mismatches that hurt performance.
Manual Placements โ Reels only โ creative and context perfectly matched โ better results.
| Advantage+ Placements | Facebook's default setting that automatically shows your ad in the placement it thinks will perform best across all available slots |
| Manual Placements | you hand-pick exactly which placements receive your ad |
| Instagram Reels | the short vertical video section of Instagram (equivalent to TikTok on Instagram) |
| Facebook Reels | the short vertical video section of Facebook |
| Audience Network | a network of third-party apps and websites where Facebook can show your ads; generally lower quality for e-commerce |
- Ad-set Placements section โ switch from "Advantage+ Placements" to "Manual Placements."
- Uncheck all placements.
- Check: Instagram Reels.
- Check: Facebook Reels.
- Leave everything else (Feed, Stories, Messenger, Audience Network) unchecked.
- Click Next to proceed to ad/creative level.
โYou want to hit manual placements, basically turn everything off. The only thing I want on this one is Instagram Reels, Facebook Reels โ that's the only placement I want.โ
Downloading TikTok Videos Without Watermark (SnapTick)
๐บ Where this fits: A brief but critical operational step between ad-set configuration and creative upload โ without clean video files the campaign cannot be published.
TikTok watermark on Meta ads = unprofessional look + potential platform rejection; fake download buttons on SnapTick = malware risk.
Deliberate two-click sequence on SnapTick delivers clean MP4 files ready for Meta upload.
| Watermark | a semi-transparent logo or text overlay that a platform (TikTok) stamps on downloaded videos to show where the content originated |
| MP4 | the standard video file format compatible with all major ad platforms |
| SnapTick | a third-party website (snaptick.app) that removes TikTok watermarks from downloaded videos |
- TikTok.com โ open your video โ copy the video URL.
- Go to snaptick.app.
- Paste URL โ initiate download.
- Ignore all ad/fake download buttons.
- Click "MP4 without Watermark."
- In the popup that appears, click the real Download button.
- Repeat for every TikTok video you want to run on Facebook/Instagram.
- Confirm each file plays correctly and has no watermark before uploading.
โGo to snaptick.app โ paste it in and you want to hit download โ this is whenever you do services like this there's always little ads that are sketchy โ you want to hit download here, MP4 without watermark, then it does a popup and you can click right here and hit download.โ
Spark Ads โ Posting to Facebook/Instagram & Publishing the Campaign
๐บ Where this fits: The final step โ from strategy to live campaign. Closes the loop on Scenes 310โ318 and delivers the first running Facebook Reels ad.
Direct ad uploads create invisible ads with zero social proof; Facebook UI bugs during publishing create confusion.
Spark Ads via existing posts + systematic duplication for each creative + "Shop Now" + product URL = fully configured and published Reels campaign mirroring TikTok structure.
| Spark Ad | a Meta ad that runs from an existing organic post on your Facebook/Instagram page; engagement (views, likes, comments) accumulates publicly on that post |
| Use Existing Post | the Ads Manager option that links an ad to an already-published organic post instead of uploading a new video |
| Shop Now | a call-to-action button on Meta ads that links directly to your product page; preferred over "Learn More" for e-commerce |
| Call-to-action (CTA) | the button text on an ad that tells viewers what to do next (Shop Now, Learn More, Sign Up, etc.) |
| Social proof | visible evidence that other people like or engage with your content (views, likes, comments); makes new viewers more likely to trust and click |
| Ad copy | the text written alongside the video in the post/ad (e.g., "Save 30% today") |
| Duplicate (ad) | copying an existing ad configuration to create a new one so you only need to swap the video; saves time re-entering all settings |
- Facebook Page โ Reels โ upload first video โ ad copy (e.g., "Save 30% today") โ Publish as organic post.
- Repeat for all 5-6 videos; vary copy slightly; be cautious with health claims.
- Ads Manager โ ad level โ "Use Existing Post" โ Refresh page list โ select Video 1 post.
- CTA: Shop Now. URL: direct product page (not homepage). Click "Update Post."
- Name ad "Video Ad 1."
- Duplicate ad โ same campaign, same ad set โ change existing post to Video 2 โ rename "Video Ad 2."
- Repeat until all videos are in as separate ads within the same ad set.
- Verify all ads: correct URL, Shop Now CTA, Pixel connected.
- Review and Publish. If Facebook shows CTA errors โ publish ads individually one by one (known bug).
- Campaign goes live at 12:01 AM next day. One campaign, one ad set, all creatives inside โ Reels only, $50/day, no targeting restrictions.
โWe want to have our exact link โ directly to our product, not our homepage or anything like that. Put that in, update post. And there we go โ we have this one fully set up.โ
Three Campaign Structures and Ad Format Rules
๐บ Where this fits: This is the launch phase of the Facebook testing funnel. Before you can read data, you must have the right structure deployed.
Putting a square image in Stories looks broken; one campaign for all placements dilutes data and looks unprofessional.
Three separate test campaigns (Reels / Stories / Feed images), each with 3โ5 native creatives, launched sequentially when on a $50/day limit.
| Placement | where the ad appears: Reels feed, Stories full-screen, or regular Feed scroll |
| Creatives | the actual ad media files (videos, images, GIFs) |
| Native content | content that looks like it belongs naturally in that spot (vertical for Stories, square for Feed, etc.) |
| Open targeting | no age, gender, or interest filters; let Facebook find buyers automatically |
| Existing posts | ads that are linked to real posts on your Facebook/Instagram page (gives social proof via likes/comments) |
- Decide budget for the day (e.g., $50 = one format test at a time).
- Launch Reels campaign first โ already set up in part 32a.
- Next day: create 3โ5 Story-format creatives in Canva, launch Stories campaign.
- Following day: create 3โ5 single-image Feed creatives, launch Feed campaign.
- Each campaign: open targeting, auction, purchase conversion, existing posts.
- Expand to multiple simultaneous campaigns as Facebook raises your daily budget limit.
โEvery placement you do you need native content for it โ that's why I separate all my campaigns by placement.โ
Ad Copy for Single-Image Feed Ads
๐บ Where this fits: Copy is only needed for Feed image placements; Reels and Stories are visual-first with no long text read.
Blank page syndrome when writing ad copy; or copy that looks amateur next to polished competitors.
Facebook Ads Library is a free swipe file โ study competitor copy structure (emojis + bullets + verified signals) and model it for your own product.
| Ad copy | the written text in an advertisement (not the image itself) |
| Facebook Ads Library | a public database where you can see all active ads from any brand on Facebook/Instagram |
| Warm traffic ad | ad shown to people who already know the brand (vs. cold traffic = total strangers) |
| CTA (Call to Action) | the button/link telling people what to do next (e.g., "Shop Now") |
| Emojis in copy | small icons (โ โญ) used to break up text and draw attention to key benefits |
- Open Facebook Ads Library (free, public โ facebook.com/ads/library).
- Set filter to "All Ads," search your competitor's brand name.
- Identify ads with: emoji bullet points, star ratings, key benefit list, a link or CTA phrase in the text.
- Note the structure: hook line โ benefit bullets (each with emoji) โ social proof โ CTA.
- Write your version substituting your product's benefits into that structure.
- Keep Reels and Stories copy-free (visual-only); only Feed images get this treatment.
โWhen it's a product that you're trying to sell you you shouldn't do 'learn more' โ I just do 'shop now,' throw the link in, that is it.โ
Story Ad Setup: Day 2 Budget Unlock
๐บ Where this fits: Budget limits are a Facebook policy mechanism, not a permanent cap โ they lift automatically with clean spending history.
Getting stuck at $50/day and not knowing when or how to increase it.
Spend Day 1 cleanly at $50; Facebook typically raises the cap to $100 by Day 2 without any manual action needed.
| Daily budget cap | the maximum Facebook will let you spend per day; starts low for new accounts |
| Ad account trust | Facebook's internal score of how trustworthy/legitimate your account appears |
| Budget unlock | the automatic process of Facebook raising your spending limit over time |
- Day 1: Run Reels campaign at $50/day. Let it spend fully without interference.
- Morning of Day 2: Log into Facebook Ads Manager, check if you can set a higher budget.
- If yes (raised to $100): update Reels campaign to $100/day.
- Create new Stories campaign targeting only Instagram Stories + Facebook Stories placements.
- Set Stories campaign to $50/day (separate campaign budget).
- Continue this pattern โ add one new campaign format each day as budget allows.
โFacebook is allowing me to up my budgets already after that first day so I can now do $100 daily budget on that one ad account.โ
Story Ad Creative Walkthrough and Campaign Settings
๐บ Where this fits: Third campaign structure in the three-pronged test strategy (Reels โ Stories โ Feed). Settings are nearly identical to Reels except placement is locked to Stories.
Story ads using GIF format sometimes fail to preview correctly; wrong placement setting bleeds spend into non-Story placements.
Export as MP4 (no sound), use "single image" upload slot, manual placement locked to Stories only, CTA = Shop Now, no text/headlines.
| GIF | a short looping animation file; can have preview issues in Facebook Ads Manager |
| MP4 | standard video file format; more reliable than GIF inside Facebook's ad system |
| Manual placement | you personally choose WHERE the ad shows (vs. letting Facebook pick) |
| CTA button | the clickable button on the ad (Shop Now / Learn More / etc.) |
| Pixel | a small tracking code on your website that tells Facebook when someone buys |
| Auction | the way Facebook decides which ads to show; you compete with other advertisers for eyeballs |
- Create 3 Story creatives in Canva โ animated images, vertical format.
- Export each as MP4 video (not GIF โ GIF has preview bugs).
- Create new campaign: name = "Stories," objective = Sales.
- Ad group: Auction, Purchase conversion, pixel connected, $50/day budget.
- Targeting: US, New Zealand, Canada, UK, Australia. No age filter, no gender filter.
- Placement: Manual โ select ONLY Instagram Stories and Facebook Stories.
- Ad level: Manual upload, "single image" slot, upload MP4. No headline text, no body text.
- Set CTA to "Shop Now." Paste website URL.
- Shift+click to select all ads โ Publish.
โNo text, no headlines, call to action โ make sure you're always doing 'shop now.' I've heard rumors that if you do 'learn more' they'll try to flag you.โ
Early Reels Data โ Reading Spend vs. Sales
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "read the early data" step in the testing cycle โ the hardest discipline is patience when money is flowing out with no return yet.
Seeing $67 spent and 0 sales triggers panic; killing the campaign too early wastes all setup time and data.
Hold until spend reaches ~1โ2x break-even (~$46โ$92 here). Initiated checkouts and ATCs are positive signals โ keep running.
| Break-even | the cost-per-purchase at which you make $0 profit (revenue = ad cost + product cost). Here ~$46. |
| Initiated checkout | a visitor who clicked "checkout" but did not complete the purchase; strong buying intent signal |
| Add to Cart (ATC) | visitor added product to cart; weaker signal than initiated checkout but still positive |
| Spend | total money Facebook has charged you so far for showing the ads |
| Impression | one display of your ad to one person (doesn't mean they clicked) |
- Open Ads Manager โ check total spend on the Reels campaign.
- Compare spend to your break-even CPP (cost per purchase).
- Count initiated checkouts and ATCs โ any > 0 means the audience is interested.
- If spend < break-even: let it run, no action needed.
- If spend is 1โ2x break-even with positive signals: let it run, watch closely.
- If spend is 2x break-even with zero signals at all: pause and reassess creative.
- Note which ad creative Facebook is allocating most spend to โ that's your emerging winner.
โI could let this spend up to $80 and if it didn't get a purchase then turn it off โ but it's only spent $67 and it's trying to find customers within its base of hundreds of millions of users.โ
Cross-Platform Comparison โ Tik Tok vs. Facebook Ad Behavior
๐บ Where this fits: Platform diversification is a risk-reduction strategy โ Shopify shutdowns, ad account bans, or algorithm changes on one platform won't kill the whole business.
Wasting budget by scaling an ad on Platform B that already proved itself a failure on Platform A; or killing a potential winner based on wrong-platform data.
Each platform is an independent experiment. Run them in parallel, read results separately, scale winners on each platform independently.
| ROAS (Return on Ad Spend) | revenue generated per $1 spent on ads. 3.0 ROAS = $3 back for every $1 in. |
| Algorithm | the automated system each platform uses to decide who sees which ads |
| Winner creative | the specific video or image that generates profitable purchases |
| Duplicate | making an exact copy of a campaign or ad group to test at a different budget |
| Profitable | the campaign is generating more revenue than it costs (ROAS > break-even ROAS) |
- Take your top 5โ10 video creatives from Tik Tok testing.
- Upload the same creatives to Facebook Reels campaign as existing posts.
- Run both platforms simultaneously, each at their budget limits.
- After 3+ days, review which creatives each platform spent the most on and which generated purchases.
- Scale winners on each platform independently โ don't assume Platform A winner = Platform B winner.
- Cycle in new creatives on whichever platform is not spending well on current ones.
โTik Tok didn't like this ad, it really didn't, and now Facebook likes it โ and what's weird is Tik Tok now likes the foot ad. Data's all over the place at the start.โ
The 3-Day Rule and Calm Decision-Making
๐บ Where this fits: This is the highest-leverage behavioral habit in the entire Facebook ads strategy โ more impactful than any specific setting or budget number.
Constantly turning ads on/off and tweaking budgets resets Facebook's optimization learning, making costs higher and results worse.
3-Day Rule: access the account only twice a week. Spend 30 minutes in dedicated "thinking time" per review session. Make one deliberate decision, then step away.
| Optimization | Facebook's process of learning which users are most likely to buy and showing them your ads more |
| Learning phase | the period where Facebook is gathering data to optimize (typically first 50 purchase events); disrupting it restarts the clock |
| ROAS floor | the minimum ROAS at which you're profitable; below this = losing money |
| Thinking time | a structured practice of sitting quietly with a journal and specific questions, no distractions, before making decisions |
- After launching campaigns, set a calendar reminder for 3 days later.
- On review day: open Ads Manager, set date filter to last 3 days ONLY.
- Write down specific questions before looking at numbers (e.g., "Which creative has lowest CPP? Did Facebook allocate spend fairly?").
- Spend 30 minutes reading the data โ no rushing, no reacting.
- Make one deliberate decision: pause a losing creative, increase a winning budget, or add new creatives.
- Set the next calendar reminder for 3 days later. Close Ads Manager.
- Repeat. Never make emotional, same-day changes unless a true emergency.
โDon't make a change in your ad account unless 3 days have passed โ come in twice a week, read the data, sit on it for a couple hours, and make very calculated decisions.โ
Day 10+ Results โ Tik Tok Profits, Facebook Slow Start
๐บ Where this fits: This real-data snapshot is the proof of concept for the entire testing method: launch, read, find the winner, scale it.
Aggregate ROAS numbers hide both winners and losers; beginner looks at 1.5 overall ROAS and thinks "barely profitable," missing the 3.26 winner inside.
Drill to ad-level data. The foot-video creative: $392 spend โ $1,280 revenue (3.26 ROAS, 18 purchases). That specific ad is the asset to scale. AOV = $71, ~1 in 4 customers buys 2 units.
| ROAS (Return on Ad Spend) | $revenue รท $adspend. 3.26 ROAS = $3.26 back per $1 in. |
| CPP (Cost Per Purchase) | total ad spend รท number of purchases. Lower = better. |
| AOV (Average Order Value) | average $ amount per order. Here $71. |
| Asset | in business, something that generates ongoing return (the winning ad is an "asset" because it reliably produces revenue when funded) |
| Conversion rate | % of website visitors who make a purchase. 2% is the benchmark here. |
| Payment hold | Shopify temporarily holds your payout (common for new stores, risk management) |
- Open Shopify dashboard โ note total revenue ($3,100 in 10 days).
- Open Facebook Ads โ campaign level โ $148 total spend, 0 purchases. Note: slow, not dead.
- Open Tik Tok Ads โ campaign level โ $1,800 spend, 1.5 overall ROAS.
- Click into ad group level โ find the foot-video creative: $392 spend, 18 purchases, 3.26 ROAS = $1,280 revenue.
- Flag that creative as your proven winner.
- Plan test-scaling: duplicate the winning ad group at $500/day starting at midnight.
- Note AOV ($71), conversion rate (2%), and that 1 in 4 orders = 2 units.
โ3.26 ROAS on 18 purchases โ I spent $392 to get $1,280 in sales. This is super profits. I have an asset, a video ad that's working really good.โ
Scaling Strategy and Store Analytics
๐บ Where this fits: This is the bridge from "testing phase" to "early scaling phase" โ the point where the store transitions from finding a winner to growing it.
Scaling too fast blows budget on a campaign that hasn't adjusted to the new budget level; or scaling with too few creatives causes spend to concentrate on one video and burn it out.
Incremental budget increases + all available creatives + midnight start + 3-day wait before next change. Validate with Shopify: 2% conversion rate, $57+ AOV, $1+ revenue per visitor.
| Test scaling | early-stage budget increases to prove the winning creative can handle more spend profitably |
| Duplicate | copying a campaign/ad group to create a new one at a higher budget without touching the original |
| Midnight start | setting a new campaign to begin at 12:00 AM so the full daily budget is available from the start of Facebook's billing day |
| Conversion rate | % of website visitors who purchase. 2% = industry-standard benchmark |
| Revenue per visitor | total revenue รท total sessions. $1/visitor is the target benchmark |
| Lifetime customer value | the total revenue a single customer generates across all future orders (not just the first) |
- Identify your profitable winning creative (e.g., 3x+ ROAS, 10+ purchases).
- Duplicate the winning ad group, set budget to the next level (e.g., $100โ$300โ$500).
- Load ALL creatives you have that ever performed โ not just the top 3.
- Schedule start time: midnight (so the full daily budget is fresh from midnight).
- Don't touch it for 3 days (follow the 3-day rule).
- Check Shopify Analytics โ Sessions, Conversion Rate (aim 2%), AOV (aim $57+), revenue per visitor (aim $1+).
- If metrics hold or improve โ duplicate again at the next budget level.
โI'm scaling up to $500 a day on these budgets โ you need to be a little bit slow through the process, let it collect data, don't just throw thousands of dollars a day in.โ
Wrap-Up โ Feed Images, Carousel Ads, and Always Post First
๐บ Where this fits: This is the final checklist and handoff for the Facebook testing chapter. The next chapter will cover full funnel architecture (cold/warm/hot + retargeting).
Not knowing when to add Carousel ads, what to do after a platform shutdown, or what "post it first" actually means in practice.
Sequential rollout (Reels โ Stories โ Feed โ Carousel if multi-product). Shutdown protocol: turn off ads โ fix issue โ duplicate and relaunch. Post organic first โ promote as existing post (gets social proof likes/comments attached to the ad).
| Carousel ad | a swipeable ad showing multiple images or products in a horizontal row; best for multi-product or multi-variant stores |
| Existing post | using a post already published on your Instagram/Facebook page as an ad (vs. creating a dark post that only runs as an ad with no organic presence) |
| Spark Ad | Tik Tok's equivalent of using an existing organic post as an ad (Facebook's version is "use existing post") |
| Cold traffic funnel | ads shown to complete strangers who've never heard of your brand |
| Warm/hot traffic funnel | ads shown to people who've already visited your site or engaged with your content (retargeting) |
| Retargeting | showing ads specifically to people who showed interest but didn't buy (e.g., cart abandoners) |
- Launch Reels campaign first (already covered โ video creatives, open targeting, $50/day).
- Add Stories campaign (animated images as MP4, Stories-only placement, $50/day).
- Add Feed single-image campaign (with ad copy, image creative, $50/day).
- If you sell multiple products or variants: add Carousel campaign.
- Before any ad: post the creative organically on your Facebook/Instagram page first.
- In Ads Manager: select "Use existing post" to attach the ad to that organic post (inherits likes/comments = social proof).
- If platform shuts you down: turn off all ads โ resolve the issue โ duplicate campaigns and relaunch fresh.
- Next step (future chapter): build cold/warm/hot funnel + retargeting system.
โTo test Facebook all you really want to do is come in and try all your reels, make some story posts, start testing stuff โ and I always recommend when you're making any ad, go post it on your Facebook or Instagram account first and then use an existing post.โ
Why You Need a Virtual Assistant Before Scaling
๐บ Where this fits: This is a business operations step that sits between TikTok profitability and Facebook scaling. The VA layer is infrastructure โ like laying pipe before turning on the water.
- Hire a VA once you hit 5-10 support emails a day so you stop doing low-value work.
- Create a limited-permission Shopify staff account for the VA โ never give full admin access.
- Hand off customer replies, chargeback responses, and comment moderation before scaling ads.
- Track VA quality weekly for the first month; delegate more tasks only after trust is established.
Every support email you answer is 5โ15 minutes stolen from growth tasks. At 100 emails/day that is 8โ25 hours of founder time lost.
Delegate all inbound customer communication and administrative tasks to a VA so the founder's calendar becomes growth-only.
| Virtual Assistant (VA) | a remote worker (not in your office) who handles tasks for your business online, usually paid by the month |
| Contractor | a worker who is not a permanent employee; you pay them for services but do not owe them benefits like health insurance |
| Scaling | growing your advertising spend and sales volume intentionally and systematically |
| High-leverage skill | a task where one hour of your time produces a large financial result (e.g., writing a winning ad vs. answering a refund email) |
| Chargeback | when a customer disputes a charge with their bank and the bank forces the money back to the customer; the store owner must fight it or lose the sale |
| TikTok โ Facebook pipeline | the course's strategy: prove products on TikTok first, then scale them with bigger Facebook ad budgets |
- Store gets traction on TikTok; orders come in.
- Customer issues begin โ lost packages, defective items, refund requests.
- Daily email volume grows beyond what one person can handle alongside their ad work.
- Owner hires a VA to absorb all inbound communication.
- Owner's schedule is now free for ads, branding, and product testing.
- Business scales faster because the right person is doing each type of work.
โYou want to focus on those high-leverage skills that are going to give you very large outcomes.โ
What a VA Actually Does (Full Task List)
๐บ Where this fits: This is the job description layer. It defines the exact scope of the VA role before money is exchanged or access is granted.
Vague delegation leads to poor results, wasted money, and frustration on both sides.
Five specific task categories give a complete and actionable handoff list from day one.
| Customer support | answering emails, messages, and complaints from people who bought your product |
| Chargeback handling | responding to bank disputes when a customer says "I didn't authorize this charge" or "I never got my item"; the VA writes the defense response |
| PayPal disputes | same as chargebacks but through PayPal's own system instead of a bank |
| Admin access | giving someone a login to your PayPal or Shopify account with limited permissions so they can do specific tasks without full control |
| Data entry | typing information into spreadsheets or databases; e.g., logging order numbers, tracking refunds, recording ad spend |
| Comment moderation | reading comments on TikTok, Facebook, YouTube and deleting harmful ones or replying professionally to complaints |
| Shopify store development | making changes to the website: updating product descriptions, changing images, editing page layouts |
| UGC (User-Generated Content) | videos or photos made by real customers or creators, used as ads because they look authentic |
- Customer support: respond to all inbound emails within 24 hours, resolve complaints, process refunds.
- Chargeback and PayPal dispute handling: write defense responses to bank/PayPal disputes to recover revenue.
- Data entry: maintain spreadsheets tracking orders, returns, and other backend records.
- Social media comment moderation: monitor TikTok, Facebook, YouTube comment sections; delete scam accusations; reply to complaints with support link.
- Shopify store development and design: update product pages, descriptions, images, and layout elements.
- (Optional add-on) Product importing: watch a training video, then import products to the store at a set daily rate (e.g., 10 products/day).
โHe can also manage all of your comment sections on Facebook, TikTok, YouTube โ if your brand is making content and people are starting to hammer you down or they're saying 'this is a scam,' he can help monitor those, delete them, or reply.โ
Introducing Omar โ The Trusted VA Source
๐บ Where this fits: This is the sourcing and vetting step. It answers "where do I get a VA?" with a specific, named answer rather than a generic platform recommendation.
Searching for a VA cold (Fiverr, Upwork, etc.) requires vetting dozens of strangers with no guarantee of trust or quality โ a costly and time-consuming process.
A single pre-vetted referral with a 5-year track record and agency-level quality assurance removes the vetting burden entirely.
| Agency | a small company where one person (Omar) manages a team of trained workers; quality is checked by the owner before delivery |
| Eight-figure store | a store doing $10,000,000+ in annual revenue; managing one requires handling very high volumes of orders and customer issues |
| Quality assurance | a process where finished work is checked against a standard before it is delivered to the client |
| Discord | a chat app (originally for gamers, now widely used for communities and business) where you can message someone directly; format is Username#XXXX |
| a free messaging app (owned by Meta) used globally for personal and business communication; common for international business contacts | |
| Fiverr / Upwork | popular websites where freelancers advertise their services; anyone can sign up, so quality and trustworthiness vary widely |
- Instructor works with Omar since ~2016โ2017 across multiple stores.
- Omar expands into an agency, training sub-agents and checking their output personally.
- Omar's team manages stores up to eight-figure revenue scale.
- Instructor negotiates exclusive lower pricing for course students.
- Contact details shared: Discord = Omar#7590; WhatsApp number shown on screen and in video description.
- Students reach out, describe their store volume, and receive a custom price quote.
โI thankfully came across him and we've been working together ever since โ that was borderline 2016, potentially 2017. He shares pictures of his kids with me; we've become very close over the years.โ
Pricing Tiers and What You Get
๐บ Where this fits: This is the budget and ROI layer. It gives concrete numbers so the founder can make a rational hire/wait decision.
Uncertainty about cost causes founders to delay hiring and continue losing founder-hours to support tasks.
Three fixed price points with clear volume thresholds make the hiring decision straightforward and budgetable.
| Tier | a level of service with a specific price; moving up a tier means more volume handled and higher monthly cost |
| MondayโFriday service | the VA works on weekdays only; weekend emails are answered on the next business day |
| 24-hour response time | the VA will reply to any customer email within one business day of receiving it |
| 8 hours/day | the VA works an 8-hour shift each workday handling your store's tasks |
| Add-on service | an extra task (beyond the base package) that you agree on separately with a custom price; e.g., daily social media checks |
| ROI (Return on Investment) | how much value you get back compared to what you paid; e.g., $500/month VA recovers $1,000 in chargebacks = positive ROI |
- Small store tier: 10โ30 emails/day โ $500/month โ includes customer support + chargeback handling, MonโFri, 8h/day, 24h response.
- Medium store tier: 30โ60 emails/day โ $750/month โ same inclusions at higher volume.
- High-volume store tier: 60โ100 emails/day โ $1,000/month โ same inclusions at highest standard volume.
- Custom add-ons (e.g., social media monitoring, product importing) โ negotiated separately, quoted by Omar case by case.
- Trigger point: reach out to Omar at 5โ10 emails/day โ early enough to set up before volume grows.
- Payment grows with volume; pricing is described as "course-exclusive" and lower than market rate.
โIf you have a small store getting around 10 to 30 emails a day, that's going to be around $500 a month โ which is unbelievably cheap and fair. He's responding within 24 hours, you get 8-hour-a-day service Monday through Friday, and he's also taking care of the chargebacks within that pricing.โ
How to Onboard a VA Into Your Shopify Store
๐บ Where this fits: This is the technical onboarding step. It translates the business decision (hire VA) into a concrete 5-click action inside Shopify.
Fear of giving access stops founders from delegating โ understanding the permission system removes that fear.
A specific, step-by-step path (Settings โ Users โ Add User โ assign permissions) makes onboarding safe and reversible.
| Shopify admin | the backend dashboard of your store at yourstorename.myshopify.com/admin where you manage everything |
| Staff account | a secondary login in Shopify that you create for a team member; you control what they can see and do |
| Permissions | specific on/off switches in Shopify that control which parts of the store a staff account can access (e.g., "View orders" but not "Edit billing") |
| Full admin | complete unrestricted access to the store including payment settings, billing, and the ability to delete the store; never give this to a VA |
| Discord handle | a unique username on the Discord chat app; format is Name#XXXX (e.g., Omar#7590) |
- Contact Omar via Discord (Omar#7590) or WhatsApp (number in video description).
- Omar sends you the email address he uses for store access.
- Log in to your Shopify admin dashboard.
- Go to Settings โ Users โ Add user (or "Staff").
- Enter Omar's email address.
- Check only the permission boxes Omar specifies (he will tell you exactly which ones).
- Save โ Omar now has access and can begin working immediately.
โYou go to your store, you go to users, you go to add user, you add him in and you give him a couple simple permissions โ he'll tell you what permissions he needs, and I can assure you that he is extremely trustworthy.โ
Working ON the Business, Not IN It
๐บ Where this fits: This is the mindset and vision layer. It reframes delegation not as laziness but as the correct strategic posture for a growing business.
Founders who stay in operational tasks cap their own growth โ they can only do so much in a day, and the business cannot grow beyond their personal bandwidth.
Delegating to a VA is not optional at scale โ it is the mechanism that breaks the personal bandwidth ceiling and allows compounding growth.
| Working IN the business | doing the day-to-day operational tasks yourself (answering emails, packing orders, handling complaints) |
| Working ON the business | making strategic decisions that change the business's direction, growth rate, or structure |
| Self-sustaining ecosystem | a business where the systems and team run daily operations without the founder needing to be involved every day |
| Delegation | officially handing a task to another person and trusting them to do it well; requires clear instructions and periodic monitoring |
| SOP (Standard Operating Procedure) | a written step-by-step guide for how to do a specific task; used to train a VA so they do it the same way every time (term implied by "send a video of how to import products") |
- VA is onboarded and handling: customer support, chargebacks, data entry, comment moderation, store development.
- Founder's calendar is now cleared of all operational tasks.
- Founder focuses exclusively on: TikTok/Facebook ads, UGC creator partnerships, product selection, branding decisions.
- Business grows faster because growth tasks receive full founder attention.
- As revenue increases, additional team members are hired (more VAs, ad specialists, etc.).
- Eventually the business runs as a self-sustaining ecosystem โ founder monitors and steers, does not operate.
โYou don't want to be working in the business, you want to be working on the business. You don't want to be the chess pieces โ you want to be the player moving the chess pieces. And this is your first step towards that reality.โ
What Is Omnipresence & The 7-12 Touchpoint Rule
๐บ Where this fits: Omnipresence is the capstone of the brand-building phase โ it explains WHY all the earlier ad, video, and audience work must be multiplied across platforms and funnel stages rather than left as single one-shot ads.
- Build all four funnel tiers (ice-cold hook, interest, hard-sell, discount) before you call yourself omnipresent.
- Create custom audiences in Facebook Ads Manager for video viewers and site visitors with exclusions for buyers.
- Write a separate ad script for each demographic you target โ gamers get gamer language, moms get mom language.
- Set a 10-15% discount code for Tier 4 hot-traffic ads targeting cart abandoners only.
Most dropshippers throw up one ad, get no instant sale, and quit โ they never understood that buying decisions require repeated exposure.
Build a tiered funnel of 4+ ad campaigns that "trap" a prospect, showing them increasingly persuasive ads until they finally purchase โ matching the psychological reality that people need 7โ12 brand encounters before buying.
| omnipresence | being everywhere at once; making sure your brand shows up on every platform a potential customer uses so they keep seeing you |
| touchpoint | any single moment a customer sees or interacts with your brand (one ad view = one touchpoint) |
| funnel | a step-by-step path that guides a stranger from never hearing of you to becoming a buyer; named because it's wide at the top (many strangers) and narrow at the bottom (fewer actual buyers) |
| net | the instructor's metaphor for a single ad campaign; one net = one chance to catch a fish (customer) |
| tier | a level or stage of the funnel, each targeting people who are a bit warmer (more interested) than the last |
| ecosystem | a self-sustaining system of connected parts; here, all your ad campaigns working together to keep customers inside your brand's world |
- Reality check: on average a customer needs to see your brand 7โ12 times before making a purchase decision.
- Most sellers cast one ad ("one net") and give up when there is no instant sale.
- Solution: build a layered system of 4+ campaigns, each targeting people who already saw the previous tier.
- Each tier shows a different ad with a different goal (hook โ interest โ sell โ close with discount).
- The system "traps" the prospect inside an ecosystem โ they keep seeing your brand on Facebook, TikTok, YouTube, etc.
- Result: you recoup sales from people who would have ignored a single-ad approach.
โYou need to have a layer of 7 to 12 nets that the fish has to try to swim through all of them and that's where you start really making money.โ
Tier 1 โ Ice Cold Traffic: Hook & Grab Attention
๐บ Where this fits: Tier 1 is the entry gate of the omnipresence funnel. All the Facebook/TikTok ad strategies taught in earlier chapters feed INTO this tier โ broad targeting and UGC hooks are your Tier 1 weapons.
Throwing a generic "does your shoulder hurt?" ad at everyone results in low relevance; most people scroll past because it does not feel personal.
Test multiple hyper-specific demographic hooks (gamers, moms, blue-collar workers, gym people) to find which audience responds best โ then double down and even rebrand slightly for that niche (e.g., rename product "the blue collar cup").
| ice cold traffic | people who have never heard of your brand or product; total strangers |
| blank targeting | running ads with no specific interest filters; Facebook/TikTok's algorithm decides who sees it; also called broad targeting |
| interest targeting | choosing a category (e.g., "weightlifting") so only people who follow related pages see your ad |
| hook | the very first line or visual of an ad designed to stop someone's scroll and make them pay attention |
| demographic | a specific group of people defined by shared characteristics (age, job, hobby, pain point, etc.) |
| hyper-specific | extremely focused on one narrow group rather than everyone |
| UGC (user-generated content) | videos that look like a real customer filmed them on their phone rather than a polished studio ad |
| pixel | a tiny piece of code on your website that tracks visitor behavior and reports it back to Facebook/TikTok for targeting |
- Ice cold traffic = total strangers โ this is Tier 1 of your funnel.
- Two targeting approaches: (a) blank/broad targeting at $100/day budget; (b) interest-based (e.g., weightlifting audience).
- Both are still ice cold โ the prospect has zero rapport with your brand.
- Goal of Tier 1 ad: grab attention with the HOOK โ speak the exact language of the viewer's pain or lifestyle.
- Example: "Hey gamer โ are you sick of being hunched over your computer 8 hours a day?" immediately hooks anyone in that situation.
- Start mass-market to find initial sales (~$10k), then identify your top demographic and narrow your hook and branding to them.
- Failure trap: throwing one generic ad, getting no instant sale, and quitting โ the product and audience may be perfect; you just never tested properly.
โYou threw one net out there and a fish didn't immediately get entangled in it so you gave up on the fishing spot thinking there's no fish here โ meanwhile there's probably millions of dollars worth of fish.โ
Tier 2 โ Cold Traffic: Build Interest & Sell Certainty
๐บ Where this fits: Tier 2 is the second net in the funnel. It targets people who already saw a Tier 1 ad โ they showed early interest by watching โ and now need a deeper reason to care before they visit your site.
Sellers list product specs and features (heating modes, size, etc.) assuming that information convinces people. But people buy outcomes, not specs, so feature-heavy ads fail to convert.
Lead with certainty โ confidently state that the product WILL solve their specific problem. Sales is a transfer of certainty: the seller's belief that the product works must be so strong it transfers to the prospect.
| cold traffic | people who have seen at least one of your Tier 1 ads but have not yet visited your website; they know you exist but aren't deeply interested yet |
| build interest | the goal of Tier 2 ads: deepen curiosity from "I noticed that" to "I want to know more" |
| features | technical specs or characteristics of a product (e.g., "6 heating modes", "fits in a bag") โ what the product HAS |
| benefits | what the product DOES for the customer (e.g., "removes muscle knots", "stops your headaches") โ what the customer GETS |
| certainty transfer | the concept that a buyer's confidence to purchase is directly borrowed from the seller's confident belief in the product |
| custom audience | a list of specific people (defined by actions like watching 50% of your video) that you upload into Facebook/TikTok to target |
| rapport | a feeling of trust or familiarity between two people; here, early brand recognition |
- Tier 2 targets: people who engaged with (watched) your Tier 1 ads โ they are "cold" but at least aware.
- Ad goal: build deeper interest โ reinforce why this product exists and who it is for.
- You CAN acknowledge: "We saw you checked out one of our ads" โ creates a knowing, personalized feel.
- AVOID: listing features. Nobody buys because of "6 heating modes."
- DO: sell certainty โ "I am certain this product will remove your knots and take away your headaches."
- Lead with results and solutions, not specifications โ answer the buyer's real question: "Will this actually work for me?"
- Stay within platform ad policy compliance while conveying strong, confident benefit claims.
โSales is a transfer of certainty โ you need to say I am certain this product will change your life, this is why I'm recommending it.โ
Tier 3 โ Warm Traffic: Sell Harder to Visitors Who Didn't Buy
๐บ Where this fits: Tier 3 is the third net. These people physically demonstrated interest (they clicked to your site) โ they are not just passive viewers. This tier bridges consideration into near-purchase readiness.
A visitor who browsed your site but left is on the fence โ they are interested but not confident enough to commit. Without a targeted follow-up ad, they drift away and are lost.
Hit them with a harder, more persuasive ad that specifically addresses purchase hesitation: guarantees, warranties, proof that the product is real, and strong benefit reminders. Make them feel it is a smart, safe, risk-free decision.
| warm traffic | people who clicked through to your website from an earlier ad but did NOT add anything to their cart; they showed active interest |
| add to cart | the act of clicking "Add to Cart" on a product page โ signals strong buying intent |
| guarantee | a promise by the seller (e.g., "30-day money-back") that reduces the buyer's risk |
| warranty | a commitment to repair or replace a product if it breaks; builds trust in product quality |
| social proof | evidence that other real people bought and liked the product (reviews, testimonials); reduces fear of being scammed |
| fence-sitter | a buyer who is interested but cannot commit; sitting on the "fence" between buying and not buying |
| retargeting | showing ads specifically to people who already interacted with your brand (visited your site, watched your video) โ NOT showing ads to total strangers |
- Tier 3 audience: people who visited your website but did NOT add to cart (exclude purchasers).
- This group already proved interest with a physical action โ they deserve your most persuasive ad.
- Ad goal: sell harder โ use the depth you built in Tier 2 but amplify it.
- Lead with: guarantees ("we stand behind this product"), warranties ("it won't break on you"), and authenticity ("this is not a scam product").
- Speak to them like a human: "Hey weightlifter, you came to our site โ here's why this is worth your confidence."
- Make the purchase feel safe, smart, and logical โ remove emotional friction.
- Do NOT go full late-night infomercial cheesy โ be persuasive but natural and genuine.
โThese are people that showed interest โ they physically showed it, they went to the website โ so really want to dial in the main things like hey we have guarantees, hey we have warranties.โ
Tier 4 โ Hot Traffic: Cart Abandoners & Discount Close
๐บ Where this fits: Tier 4 is the final net โ the last catch attempt after the most expensive part of the funnel. It also introduces the idea of post-purchase retention (email/SMS) as a fifth tier for repeat buyers.
Someone added your product to their cart and even started entering their credit card number โ then something in real life interrupted them. Without a targeted follow-up, that near-sale evaporates permanently.
Target these highest-intent people with a direct, personalized ad offering a 10โ15% discount code and a clear nudge to complete their purchase. Because you have already spent ad money on tiers 1-3, this final push is relatively cheap per conversion and the discount is justified.
| hot traffic | people who added a product to their cart OR began entering payment information; the highest buying intent of any audience group |
| cart abandonment | when a shopper adds items to their online shopping cart but leaves the website before completing the purchase |
| discount code | a short text code (e.g., "SAVE10") a customer types at checkout to receive a percentage off the price |
| ad cost / ad spend | the money you have already paid to platforms (Facebook, TikTok) to show ads to this person through all previous tiers |
| email & SMS retargeting | re-engaging past buyers or near-buyers through email or text messages instead of paid ads; used for tier 5 (repeat purchase) because you already have their contact info |
| repeat purchase | when an existing customer buys from you again; far cheaper to convert than finding a new customer |
| CTA (call to action) | the instruction at the end of an ad telling the viewer exactly what to do next (e.g., "Buy now with code CUP10") |
- Hot traffic audience: people who added to cart OR entered payment info but DID NOT complete purchase.
- Real-life cause: distractions (dog barked, phone call, "I'll come back later") โ not necessarily disinterest.
- Ad goal: close the sale NOW and be direct about it.
- Offer a 10โ15% discount code (not 20% โ you have already spent on three prior tiers, margin matters).
- Ad copy example: "Hey, we know you're interested โ here's 10โ15% off to complete your order today."
- Be hyper-personalized: mention their demographic ("Hey weightlifter, you visited our siteโฆ").
- Post-purchase (Tier 5): switch to email and SMS โ no more paid ads needed; offer a 30% discount to buy again for a friend or replacement.
โWe know you're interested in this product โ maybe you need a little bit of a kick in the butt to purchase โ so here it is, here's your 10 to 15% off discount code to buy your new cup today.โ
Setting Up Retargeting Audiences on Facebook & TikTok
๐บ Where this fits: This scene is the technical implementation bridge โ it converts the abstract four-tier funnel model into concrete steps inside ad platforms. It connects the strategy taught in scenes 337-340 to actual ad-account configuration.
Understanding the funnel tiers conceptually is useless without knowing HOW to tell Facebook and TikTok "show my Tier 2 ad only to people who watched 50% of my Tier 1 video in the last 7 days."
Both Facebook and TikTok have an "Audiences" section (Facebook) / "Custom Audience" section (TikTok) where you define exactly which user actions trigger inclusion โ video watch %, website visits, add-to-cart, purchase โ with date windows you control. TikTok has copied Facebook's system almost identically.
| custom audience | a specific list of people defined by their past behavior (watched your video, visited your site) that you save and reuse in ad targeting |
| lookalike audience | a new group of strangers that Facebook/TikTok finds who statistically look similar to your existing customers or custom audience โ extends your reach |
| video view percentage | what fraction of your video someone watched (e.g., 25%, 50%, 75%, 95%); higher % = more interested viewer |
| date window | the time period you look back when building an audience (e.g., "last 7 days" = only people who took the action within the past week) |
| exclude | telling the platform to REMOVE certain people from a target audience (e.g., exclude anyone who already purchased so you don't waste money re-advertising to buyers) |
| ad group | the layer inside an ad campaign where you set your audience, budget, and schedule; each tier of your funnel = one ad group or campaign |
| engagement | any action a user takes on your content: watching, liking, clicking, commenting, sharing |
- Open Facebook Ads Manager โ All Tools โ Audiences โ Create Audience.
- Choose audience type: "Video" for view-based (Tier 2) OR "Website Traffic" for site-visit-based (Tiers 3 & 4).
- Video audience: select "People who viewed at least 50% of your video" โ set date window to last 7 days โ choose the specific video(s).
- Website audience (Tier 3): select "Add to Cart" event โ date window โ then EXCLUDE "Purchase" so buyers aren't re-targeted with Tier 3 ads.
- Name the audience clearly (e.g., "Added to Cart โ No Purchase โ Last 7 Days") for easy reference.
- TikTok: identical process under "Custom Audience" โ Engagement on Content OR Website Traffic.
- Advanced option: per-demographic funnels (e.g., a separate Blue Collar funnel, a Moms funnel) using specific videos tied to each demographic.
โYou can create these funnels very easily โ and even hyper-target specific videos they've watched โ so you can have that funnel system of hey this is our funnel for blue collar, this is our funnel for moms, this is our funnel for weightlifters.โ
Full Omnipresence at Scale โ Multi-Platform, Teams & Seven Figures
๐บ Where this fits: This is the capstone scene of the entire chapter and a preview of the endgame for the full course. It shows that everything taught so far โ products, ads, branding, funnels โ multiplies into a multi-platform machine when combined with the right team and systems.
Running 50 funnels across Facebook, TikTok, YouTube, and Google simultaneously sounds impossibly complex for one person, causing analysis paralysis and inaction.
The system is not built all at once โ it grows organically. You hire or partner with media buyers per platform, an email/SMS agency, and UGC creators. Your role shifts to brand direction and scaling decisions. The same four-tier funnel logic replicates on every platform. With buying power (hundreds of thousands of units), your cost per unit drops to ~$3โ5 landed; at a $50 selling price, margins fund the team.
| media buyer | a specialist whose job is to manage paid ads on one platform (e.g., a Facebook media buyer only runs Facebook campaigns); frees the founder to focus on brand |
| agency | a company that handles a specific marketing function for you (e.g., an email/SMS agency manages all your email marketing) |
| UGC system | a repeatable process for continuously recruiting and briefing content creators to produce new ad videos on a regular cadence |
| ad cycle / ad rotation | the practice of regularly replacing old ads with fresh ones to prevent "ad fatigue" (audiences becoming blind to an ad they have seen too many times) |
| ad fatigue | when an audience has seen the same ad so many times that they start ignoring it; click rates drop |
| scale | in business, increasing revenue without proportionally increasing costs; running more ad spend profitably |
| six figures / seven figures | $100,000+ / $1,000,000+ (revenue or profit); "multiple six figures a week" = $200k-$900k per week |
| branded level | the stage where your dropshipping business operates as a real brand with custom packaging, loyal customers, and premium pricing |
| dirty pixel data | when too many mixed audiences (moms + gamers + blue-collar workers) all feed into one Facebook pixel, confusing the algorithm about who to optimize for |
- Visualize: 50+ different hook ad campaigns running simultaneously across Facebook and TikTok, each feeding a four-tier funnel for its demographic.
- Add a second platform: the same entire funnel system runs on TikTok, then YouTube ads, then Google paid ads.
- Continuously cycle fresh ads into every funnel (new UGC every 1โ3 weeks per platform) to prevent ad fatigue.
- Hire specialists: Facebook media buyer, Google media buyer, TikTok media buyer, email/SMS agency, UGC system manager.
- Founder's role: oversee brand image, work with influencers, make strategic scaling decisions.
- Unit economics at scale: buy hundreds of thousands of units โ cost drops to ~$3โ5 per unit (with branding + packaging + warehousing); sell at $50 โ large margin funds the team.
- Result: multiple six figures per week in profit becomes achievable; the "seven-figure framework" in action.
- Practical next step: build audiences, create custom videos per tier, set up discount codes โ start executing, not just planning.
โWhen you're doing all of this effort โ this is just TikTok, then you have Facebook, then you have Google โ guys it is incredibly easy to be profiting multiple six figures a week when you're running it at scale like this.โ
Influencer Tier List
๐บ Where this fits: Influencer marketing is a scaling tool that plugs into the top of your funnel after the store is proven profitable โ it generates both sales AND reusable ad content (UGC).
- Search TikTok and YouTube for your product's pain (e.g., "neck pain relief") to find pre-qualified influencer candidates.
- Run a Social Blade follower-growth check on every influencer before sending a single dollar.
- Start with micro influencers (under 10K followers): offer free product first, then a small flat fee if results are good.
- Set up one automated post-purchase email offering a 50-100% refund in exchange for a customer UGC video.
You don't know who counts as an "influencer" or how to compare a 10K-follower account to a 5M-follower account โ the space feels like a black box.
There is a clear tier ladder from micro (โค10K) โ small (โค50K) โ standard (โฅ100K) โ big (โฅ500K) โ large (โฅ1M) โ low-tier celebrity (5โ10M) โ celebrity (15โ20M+). Each rung has different pricing expectations and audience dynamics.
| influencer | a person who has built an audience online (on TikTok, Instagram, YouTube, etc.) who pays attention to them and often acts on their recommendations |
| micro influencer | someone with a small but loyal following (roughly up to 10,000โ15,000 followers); think a local semi-famous person rather than a national star |
| small influencer | roughly 10Kโ50K followers; starting to have genuine reach beyond their immediate circle |
| standard influencer | roughly 100K+ followers; recognizable in their niche |
| big influencer | roughly 500K+ followers; significant reach, often commands real fees |
| large influencer | 1M+ followers; near-celebrity status online |
| low-tier celebrity | 5โ10M followers; very well known on the internet |
| celebrity | 15โ20M+ followers; mainstream fame |
| UGC (user-generated content) | video or photo content made by real people (not the brand) showing the product; used as authentic-looking ads |
| organic post | a regular, non-paid post that appears naturally in someone's feed (as opposed to a paid advertisement) |
| follower count | the number of people subscribed to someone's social media account; a rough measure of audience size, but NOT a reliable measure of influence alone |
- Confirm your store is profitable and ads are working โ influencers are a scaling tool, not a fix for a broken store.
- Learn the tier ladder: micro (โค10K) โ small (โค50K) โ standard (โฅ100K) โ big (โฅ500K) โ large (โฅ1M) โ low-tier celebrity (5โ10M) โ celebrity (15โ20M+).
- Recognize that pricing cannot be set by follower count alone โ too many variables exist.
- Start your influencer experiments at the micro and small tiers where cost and risk are low.
- Understand that even a post from a micro influencer yields two assets: an organic post AND a UGC video you can run in paid ads.
โThere's a lot of levels to it, there's a lot of complexities, nuances, and it's kind of like the wild west of educated guessing which is the theme of all advertising and all marketing.โ
Resonance Over Follower Count
๐บ Where this fits: Resonance is the underlying selector variable that determines influencer ROI โ it must be evaluated before any deal is made, regardless of follower count or price.
You see a big follower number and assume it equals big sales, so you overpay for a celebrity who doesn't fit your product and get almost nothing back.
Evaluate four resonance factors โ (1) content theme, (2) influencer's personal passions/pains, (3) audience lifestyle overlap with your product, (4) how deeply the audience trusts and follows the influencer's recommendations. High resonance on all four beats raw follower count every time.
| resonance | how naturally a match it is between the influencer's world (their content, identity, audience) and your product; high resonance = audience believes the endorsement is real, not just paid |
| conversion rate | the percentage of people who see an ad or post and actually buy; e.g., 2% conversion rate means 2 out of every 100 viewers purchase |
| endorsement | when a public figure publicly recommends a product or brand |
| niche alignment | the degree to which an influencer's topic area matches your product category (e.g., a fitness influencer promoting a muscle-recovery cup = high niche alignment) |
| paid promotion | content an influencer creates in exchange for money (as opposed to organic, unpaid content) |
| identity-level fandom | when a person's loyalty to a figure becomes part of their self-image (e.g., being an "Andrew Tate fan" as an identity); creates very high persuasion power |
- Identify your product's core user: what pain do they have, what activities do they do, what do they care about?
- Ask: does this influencer personally have or relate to that pain/interest? (e.g., an influencer with documented neck pain promoting a neck-relief device = perfect resonance)
- Check content theme: is every video they make about topics your product belongs in?
- Assess audience overlap: are the influencer's followers the same type of person as your ideal customer?
- Gauge trust depth: does the audience buy what this person recommends, or do they just watch for entertainment?
- Only after all five checks pass does follower count become a factor in pricing.
โEven if that influencer has a very low following you can get very high level results from it because there is a resonance between the audience and the brand and the product you're selling.โ
Assessing Engagement Quality and Fake Followers
๐บ Where this fits: Engagement quality vetting is the due-diligence step that sits between identifying a candidate influencer and making any payment offer โ skipping it wastes budget.
An influencer's profile looks impressive (big numbers, lots of posts) but after you pay them you get almost zero sales because their audience either isn't real or doesn't trust their recommendations.
Run a two-part audit: (1) Use Social Blade (free account) to check follower growth graph โ a sudden spike means they bought followers. (2) Manually check comments (are they real conversations or generic spam like "nice post"?), likes-to-follower ratio, and whether the content style matches your product. Also ask: does this person do paid promotions constantly? If so, their audience has learned to ignore them.
| engagement rate | the percentage of an influencer's followers who actively interact (like, comment, share) with a given post; a high engagement rate signals a genuine, attentive audience; formula: (likes + comments) รท followers ร 100 |
| Social Blade | a free website (socialblade.com) that tracks historical follower growth for social media accounts; used to detect suspicious spikes that suggest bought followers |
| bought followers | fake accounts or bots that someone paid a service to add to their follower count to make them look more popular than they are |
| bot comments | automated, generic comments posted by fake accounts (e.g., "Great content!" "Amazing!") that inflate comment numbers without real engagement |
| shock-value content | videos made purely for surprise or outrage reactions (pranks, stunts) โ audiences watch for the spectacle, not for advice, so product endorsements from these creators are ignored |
| spam comments | repetitive, irrelevant comments often posted by bots or paid accounts to fake social proof |
- Go to Social Blade, create a free account, search the influencer's username.
- Look at their follower growth graph โ smooth steady growth is healthy; a sudden cliff-like spike means bought followers.
- Open their TikTok, Instagram, and YouTube manually.
- Read the comments โ are they real sentences from real-sounding people, or generic single-word praise from bot-looking accounts?
- Check likes relative to follower count โ an account with 1M followers getting 200 likes per post has a dangerously low engagement rate (~0.02%).
- Watch a few videos โ is the content aligned with your product, or is it shock/prank entertainment that has nothing to do with what you sell?
- Check if they do frequent paid promotions โ audiences of heavy promoters develop "ad blindness" and ignore recommendations.
โHonestly the best thing you can do is just naturally with your own eyes go check out all of their social media platforms, see how people comment, do they look like fake spam bot comments, how much likes do they get.โ
Finding the Right Influencers
๐บ Where this fits: Influencer discovery is the top-of-funnel action for influencer marketing โ it feeds the pipeline of candidates who then get audited (Scene 345) and negotiated with (Scene 347).
You don't know where to look for influencers or how to tell if the ones you find are actually relevant to your product.
Think like your customer, not like a brand manager. Search on TikTok, Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube for content about the pain your product solves (e.g., "how to get knots out of your neck," "body recovery tips"). The creators making those videos ARE your influencer pool. Start micro and small, send free product first, and use a VA (virtual assistant) to scale the outreach. Platforms: TikTok, Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, YouTube โ all valid. YouTube is especially powerful because videos live forever.
| hashtag | a word or phrase preceded by # on social media (e.g., #neckpain) that groups related posts together; searching a hashtag shows you all content about that topic and the creators making it |
| VA (virtual assistant) | a remote worker (often overseas, lower cost) who handles repetitive tasks like finding influencer contacts, sending outreach messages, and collecting videos; Jordan recommends his connection "Omar" as a VA source |
| outreach | the act of contacting someone (an influencer) to propose a deal or partnership |
| customer journey | the path a potential customer takes from first feeling a problem to buying a solution; mapping this tells you where they search and who they trust |
| content creator | anyone who regularly makes and posts videos, photos, or written content online; all influencers are content creators, but not all content creators are influencers (yet) |
| organic post | unpaid content posted normally to a feed (not run as an ad); influencer organic posts can reach thousands without the brand paying ad fees |
- Write down the top 3โ5 pains your product solves (e.g., neck pain, poor sleep, slow muscle recovery).
- Open TikTok, Instagram, YouTube, Facebook, and Twitter one by one.
- Search each pain phrase (not your product name, not "influencer") on each platform.
- Identify creators who make frequent, credible content on those topics and have real engagement (apply Scene 345 audit).
- Start with micro and small influencers โ offer free product (cost ~$15) in exchange for an organic post and video.
- Hire a VA to systematize: find contacts, send outreach, collect content, track responses.
- Scale up: weekly micro outreach (bulk), monthly reach-out to one larger influencer.
- YouTube special note: a dedicated YouTube video about your product from a 100K-subscriber channel with high engagement is worth $5Kโ$10K โ it lives forever and drives long-term organic traffic.
โAct like a consumer, act like you have this problem โ and it's best if you're selling a product you probably should have the problem. I have this problem so it's really easy for me to think of the customer journey.โ
Pricing, ROI, and Negotiation
๐บ Where this fits: Pricing and ROI measurement is the decision-making layer that determines whether influencer marketing is worth continuing or scaling โ it converts "interesting" into "profitable action."
There is no price list for influencers, so you either refuse to engage (losing opportunity) or guess wildly and overpay/underpay.
Use a four-factor pricing framework: (1) Compare to your daily ad budget โ an influencer with ~500K followers might be worth 1โ2 days of ad spend ($2Kโ$4K). (2) Price by content format: 30-second mention in a video = lowest; single Instagram post = medium; full dedicated YouTube video = highest ($20Kโ$30K for 500K+ subscribers with engaged audience). (3) Negotiate test deals โ offer lower price for the first post, promise to double it if results are good. (4) Remember the dual asset: the fee buys both the organic post AND the video you can run in paid ads indefinitely. Also: join the community group and ask Jordan directly for pricing help on specific influencers.
| flat fee | a one-time fixed payment to an influencer for a specific piece of content (e.g., "$5,000 for one post"), as opposed to paying per sale |
| affiliate deal | an arrangement where the influencer earns a percentage of every sale they generate (using a special link or code), rather than a flat upfront fee; lower risk for the brand, but influencers often prefer flat fees |
| ROI (return on investment) | how much money you got back relative to what you spent; if you paid $5K for an influencer and made $20K in sales, your ROI is 300% ($15K profit / $5K cost ร 100) |
| ad asset / creative asset | any video, photo, or piece of content you own and can reuse in paid advertisements; influencer videos become ad assets |
| test deal | a first collaboration at a reduced rate to measure results before committing to a bigger spend; standard practice in influencer negotiations |
| dedicated video | a full video entirely focused on reviewing or showcasing your product (as opposed to a brief mention in a video about something else) |
| 30-second mention | a brief shoutout inside a longer video (like a YouTube sponsor segment); cheaper than a full dedicated video but less impactful |
- Determine your current daily paid-ad spend (your benchmark budget unit).
- Identify the influencer's tier and engagement quality (Scenes 343โ345).
- Decide on content format: 30-sec mention, single post, or full dedicated video.
- Price guideline anchors: 500K followers + genuine audience + $5K = reasonable for one post; 500K YouTube subscribers + full dedicated video = $5Kโ$10K; 500K+ with top engagement + full YouTube video = potentially $20Kโ$30K.
- Start with a test-deal offer: lower rate now, double if results are strong.
- Always negotiate for the video rights โ you need to be able to run it as a paid ad.
- Post-deal: track sales spikes on the day/week of the post, compare to ad spend efficiency, decide whether to repeat or scale up.
โYou can pay them 2, 3, 4,000 like your daily ad budget and just see how it works that day โ did you get a ton of sales โ and then now you also have this asset of the video of them talking you can use on your paid ads forever.โ
Post-Purchase UGC Email Hack
๐บ Where this fits: The post-purchase UGC email is a near-zero-cost content acquisition system that runs automatically inside your email marketing flow โ it feeds both ad creative and social proof.
Getting authentic, high-quality UGC videos is expensive ($200โ$300 each from agencies) and slow โ you can't scale ad creative at that cost.
Set up one automated post-purchase email. Offer: "If you make a vertical TikTok video showcasing how much you love the product, we'll refund 50% of your purchase. If the video is excellent, we'll refund 100%." The product costs ~$14โ$15, so losing one refund to gain a usable UGC video is massively profitable compared to paying $200โ$300 per video to a content agency. The customer's authentic enthusiasm (they bought it themselves) makes the video more credible than paid creator content.
| post-purchase email flow | a series of automated emails that go out to a customer after they complete a purchase; can be set up once and run forever without manual effort |
| email flow | a sequence of pre-written emails that are sent automatically based on triggers (e.g., "someone just bought" triggers email #1, then email #2 three days later, etc.) |
| refund incentive | offering money back (partial or full) as a reward for completing an action (here: making a video); a form of performance-based compensation |
| vertical video | a video filmed in portrait orientation (phone held upright, taller than wide) โ the format used for TikTok, Instagram Reels, and YouTube Shorts |
| social proof | evidence that real people use and like a product (reviews, photos, videos); builds trust in new potential customers who haven't bought yet |
| content agency | a company you pay to create marketing videos/photos for you; UGC agencies can charge $200โ$300 per video |
- Set up a post-purchase automated email in your email marketing tool (Klaviyo or equivalent).
- Trigger: fires after a customer's order is confirmed.
- Email body: thank them warmly, explain the offer โ "Make a vertical TikTok video showing how you use the product and what you love about it. If we like the video, we'll refund 50% of your order. If it's excellent, we'll refund 100%."
- Provide simple submission instructions (a link, a DM address, or an email to send the video to).
- Review incoming videos โ select the ones with good lighting, genuine enthusiasm, and clear product demonstration.
- For approved videos: process refund + download the video + add to your ad creative library.
- Run top UGC videos as paid ads on Facebook/TikTok.
โRefunding them the $14 order cost โ losing one purchase for a free video โ is unbelievably worth it.โ
Building a Self-Sustaining Brand Ecosystem
๐บ Where this fits: The self-sustaining ecosystem is the final form of a successful dropshipping brand โ it integrates paid ads, organic content, influencers, email, SMS, and retargeting into one compounding machine where each channel feeds the others.
You're running paid ads, posting organically, and dabbling with influencers but they feel disconnected โ results are inconsistent and you can't figure out why some weeks are great and others are dead.
Connect all channels deliberately: (1) Influencers and organic content bring in new eyeballs. (2) Facebook retargeting captures anyone who watched your video but didn't buy โ show them multiple different ads. (3) Email captures buyers and nurtures them with new offers, UGC videos, and discount single-image ads. (4) SMS is an additional direct touch. (5) Micro influencers run weekly at scale; bigger influencers monthly. (6) All of this creates a closed loop โ new people in, nurture, convert. Timing note: start custom packaging + wholesale inventory before scaling influencers hard; the packaged product looks legit and converts better when an influencer holds it up.
| retargeting | showing ads specifically to people who have already visited your store, watched your video, or engaged with your content but did not buy; they are "warm" leads already familiar with your brand |
| ecosystem | in business, a set of interconnected systems (channels, tools, processes) that work together and feed each other; a brand ecosystem means no single channel is isolated |
| SMS marketing | sending promotional text messages directly to customers' phones; a high open-rate channel (most texts are read within minutes) used alongside email |
| single-image ad | a Facebook/Instagram ad that uses one static photo instead of a video; typically used for discount offers to warm audiences who already know the product |
| warm audience | people who have already seen or interacted with your brand (watched a video, visited the site) โ they need less convincing than cold strangers |
| cold audience | people who have never heard of your brand; they need education and trust-building before they'll consider buying |
| scaling | deliberately increasing your spending and activity in a channel because it's proven to work; the opposite of testing |
| funnel | the path from first seeing your brand to making a purchase; wide at the top (many people see you), narrow at the bottom (fewer actually buy) |
- Confirm baseline: store is profitable, ads are working, product is validated (Jordan: $8K+ consistent sales).
- Brand up: get custom packaging + brand name on product before scaling influencer efforts.
- Order wholesale inventory to get costs down and enable bulk product gifting.
- Layer in micro influencers at scale (weekly, VA-managed) + monthly outreach to one larger influencer.
- Run Facebook retargeting: anyone who watched your content or visited the site sees follow-up ads.
- Email flow: post-purchase UGC request (Scene 348) + ongoing nurture sequence + discount single-image ads.
- Add SMS for direct reach to existing customers.
- Result: new eyes in (influencers/organic) โ nurture loop (ads/email/SMS) โ convert โ repeat. Your only ongoing job: keep filling the top of the funnel with new eyeballs.
โOnce people kind of get sucked into the world of your brand you kind of don't let them go โ you keep throwing ads at them, you keep targeting them on Facebook, you keep emailing them, you keep sending them text messages and you really create this little ecosystem that's self-sufficient.โ
What Scaling Is and Why There Is No Single "Right" Way
๐บ Where this fits: Sits at the top of the ad-management funnel โ after testing is complete and winning creatives are identified, scaling is how you multiply those wins into maximum revenue.
- Confirm at least 50-100 pixel purchases and 5 new video ads per week before starting any real scaling.
- Raise ad budgets by duplicating the ad group โ never edit the budget on a live, performing campaign.
- Follow the exact vertical ladder: $100 โ $200 โ $500 โ $750 โ $1K โ $2K โ $3.5K โ $5K.
- Check 1-day, 3-day, 5-day, and 7-day ROAS together before killing or scaling any ad group.
People think there is one secret scaling trick. Not knowing there are many valid approaches causes paralysis.
Scaling = a set of reusable tools (vertical, horizontal, lookalike, creative cycling). Use whichever your data supports.
| Scaling | deliberately increasing how much you spend on ads (and on how many audiences) to grow sales proportionally |
| Vertical scaling | increasing the daily budget of a single ad group that is already working |
| Horizontal scaling | adding new ad groups that target new demographics or new angles, rather than spending more on the same one |
| CBO (Campaign Budget Optimization) | a setting where Facebook/TikTok decides automatically how to split your total campaign budget across all ad groups inside it |
| Ad group | one "targeting box" inside a campaign; has its own budget, audience, and set of video ads |
| Campaign | the top-level container in Facebook/TikTok Ads; holds all your ad groups |
| Lookalike audience | a list of new people that Facebook/TikTok builds by finding users who "look like" your best existing customers |
| ROAS (Return On Ad Spend) | how many dollars you earn in sales for every dollar you spend on ads; e.g., ROAS 3 = $3 revenue per $1 ad spend |
| Pixel | a small piece of code on your website that reports back to Facebook/TikTok every time someone views a product, adds to cart, or buys |
- Understand there is no single correct scaling method.
- Learn the two main categories: vertical (raise budget) and horizontal (add audiences/angles).
- Learn supporting tools: lookalike audiences, creative cycling, CBO.
- Apply each tool only when the prerequisite data exists.
- Test, observe, and iterate โ keep what works, drop what doesn't.
โThere's a million different ways to do it so what I want to do is go through the layouts and the foundations and give you guys all of the tools and proper understandings.โ
Prerequisites Before Full Scaling
๐บ Where this fits: Gate that separates the testing phase from the true scaling phase โ you must pass through it before the methods in the rest of this chapter apply.
People try to scale on day 3 with 10 purchases and 2 videos, lose money, and blame the product.
50โ100 purchases on the pixel + 5 videos/week + comfort at $2Kโ$4K/day spend = you are ready to scale.
| Pixel data | purchase events recorded on your website and sent to Facebook/TikTok so the algorithm can learn who your buyers are |
| 50โ100 purchases | the minimum number of sales the algorithm needs to reliably identify and find more people like your existing buyers |
| UGC (User-Generated Content) | video ads made by real people (customers, friends, influencers) rather than polished studio production; more authentic and usually performs better |
| Creative pipeline | your ongoing system for getting new video ads made every week without stopping |
| $2Kโ$4K/day ad spend | the daily budget range you need to be mentally and financially ready for when in full scaling mode |
| $1K days | hitting $1,000 in store revenue in a single day; the recommended baseline before aggressive scaling |
| Lookalike audience | Facebook/TikTok builds this from your pixel purchase data; needs ~1,000 events for most audience types |
- Verify pixel has 50โ100 purchases recorded.
- Establish a weekly creative delivery system โ UGC, friends, girlfriend, mom, influencer, self โ minimum 5 videos/week.
- Confirm store is already at ~$1K/day revenue.
- Confirm you can mentally and financially handle $2Kโ$4K/day ad spend.
- Basic early scaling is still allowed before full prerequisites: duplicate one ad group and raise from $100 to $200/day to practice.
- When all three prerequisites are met, proceed to full scaling methods.
โYou need to have 50 to 100 purchases at least โ that really shows TikTok or really shows Facebook hey, this is our customer base we're looking for.โ
Vertical Scaling โ Raising Budgets Step by Step
๐บ Where this fits: The core growth engine โ vertical scaling is how a $100/day test turns into a $10K/day revenue machine over weeks.
Not knowing how much to raise budgets or whether to keep old ad groups leads to either timid under-scaling or reckless over-spending.
Follow the ladder: $100 โ $200 โ $500 โ $750 โ $1K โ $2K โ $3.5K โ $5K. Duplicate each step; keep all working steps live.
| Duplicate | make an exact copy of an ad group; the copy starts fresh and the original keeps running |
| Daily budget | the maximum amount you allow Facebook/TikTok to spend on one ad group in a single day |
| Learning phase | the period (usually a few days after a big budget change) when the algorithm is re-optimizing; performance is often unstable |
| $100/day starting budget | the recommended budget for a new ad group during the scaling phase |
| Monitoring | actively watching the ad manager dashboard within the first 1โ2 hours of a new high-budget ad group to ensure spend is going to good videos, not bad ones |
| Cycle out | removing a low-performing video from an ad group and adding a fresh one |
- Confirm ad group is profitable at current budget.
- Duplicate the ad group.
- Set duplicate to next budget level (roughly double, then less aggressive steps higher up).
- Turn on the duplicate; keep the original running.
- Sit with it for first 1โ2 hours โ refresh to check spend distribution across creatives.
- Cycle out any video that is absorbing spend but not converting.
- If new level performs for 3+ days, duplicate again to next rung.
โYou're doing the $100 you're doing the 200 you're doing the 350 you're doing the 500 you're still spending that โ that's like $1,500 right there โ so every time you scale up you're still spending the lower ones.โ
Horizontal Scaling โ Expanding Into New Demographics and Angles
๐บ Where this fits: Complements vertical scaling โ while vertical scaling goes deeper on proven audiences, horizontal scaling goes wider to find new ones; together they multiply revenue.
Relying only on one audience eventually exhausts it; CPMs rise and performance falls.
Constantly test new demographics and angles with dedicated 5-video ad groups at $100/day. Use one isolated variable per group.
| Demographic | a specific group of people defined by shared characteristics (age, gender, interests, occupation) e.g., "football players aged 18โ35" |
| Marketing angle | the specific reason or hook you use to convince a person to buy; e.g., "shoulder pain relief" vs. "improves posture for desk workers" |
| Pain point | a specific problem the customer has that your product solves |
| Blank targeting | an ad group with no audience restrictions; you let Facebook/TikTok show the ad to whoever they think will buy |
| Targeted ad group | an ad group where you specify an audience (interests, hashtags, demographics) to narrow who sees the ad |
| Isolated variable | changing only one thing at a time so you know which change caused the result (borrowed from the scientific method) |
| Interest group | targeting based on topics people have shown interest in (e.g., CrossFit, bodybuilding, running, yoga) |
- Choose one new demographic or angle to test (e.g., "moms with back pain").
- Produce 5 videos specifically for that audience (ideally featuring someone from that demographic).
- Create a new ad group; set budget to $100/day.
- Use targeting that matches (or use blank targeting and let the video self-select the audience).
- Run for 3 days; identify the 1โ2 winning creatives.
- Kill losing creatives; keep winners for future scaling campaigns.
- Launch next demographic/angle test with a new batch of 5 videos.
โHorizontal scaling โ we're scaling into different demographics. We're not scaling up our budgets, that's vertical scaling.โ
Lookalike Audience Scaling โ Going Deeper Down the Funnel
๐บ Where this fits: The mid- and lower-funnel scaling layer โ works alongside cold traffic (top of funnel) to reach warm audiences with higher purchase intent.
Not knowing when you can use lookalikes, or trying them too early and getting no results.
Each lookalike type needs ~1,000 events of that type. Climb the ladder: View Content โ Add to Cart โ Initiate Checkout โ Purchase.
| View Content | when someone visits your product page; the first and most common pixel event |
| Add to Cart | when someone adds your product to their shopping cart; stronger buying signal than View Content |
| Initiate Checkout | when someone reaches the checkout page; even stronger signal |
| Purchase | when someone actually buys; the strongest signal; 1,000 purchases unlocks the best lookalike |
| 180-day view content audience | Facebook can look back 180 days at everyone who viewed your content and build a lookalike from that large pool |
| Lookalike scaling campaign | a dedicated campaign where every ad group uses a different lookalike audience type as its targeting |
| ~1,000 events | the minimum Facebook/TikTok needs for any given pixel action before it can build a reliable lookalike audience |
- Begin collecting pixel events from day one of running ads.
- Once View Content hits ~1,000, create a View Content lookalike audience and launch an ad group against it ($100/day, 5 creatives).
- Once Add to Cart hits ~1,000, create that lookalike and launch another ad group.
- Repeat for Initiate Checkout.
- Once Purchases hit ~1,000, launch the Purchase lookalike โ best performance expected.
- At each stage, use the vertical scaling ladder to grow budget on winners.
โThe best is the purchase lookalike audience โ once you have a thousand purchases you can start scaling on this like crazy and the data is so good.โ
Creative Test Cycling โ Five Videos Every Week
๐บ Where this fits: The operational heartbeat of the entire scaling system โ without fresh creatives, every other scaling method eventually stalls.
Letting ads run until they're completely dead, then having no replacements ready and losing days or weeks of revenue.
Build a non-stop creative pipeline: 5 videos/week minimum, always tested, best ones inserted into live campaigns, losers retired.
| Creative fatigue | when an audience has seen the same ad so many times that they stop engaging with it; clicks and purchases drop |
| Fizzling out | informal term for creative fatigue; performance is declining gradually |
| Creative pipeline | your ongoing system for getting new video ads produced and ready to test every week |
| Lifeblood | Jordan's metaphor for video ads; the business "bleeds out" if the creative supply stops |
| UGC (User-Generated Content) | authentic-looking videos made by real people (not professional studios) |
| Content creator / influencer | someone paid to make video ads for you, often with their own audience |
| 5 videos/week | the absolute minimum creative output to sustain scaling; more is better |
- Every week, produce or commission 5 new video ads.
- Create a "Creative Test" campaign with a $100/day ad group containing all 5 videos.
- Run for 1โ3 days.
- Identify winners (creatives getting spend AND generating purchases).
- Move winners into live scaling campaigns (cold traffic, lookalike, interest-based).
- Remove losers from the test group.
- Begin next week's batch of 5.
โCreatives, video ads, content โ all that stuff is the lifeblood of your business. So you need to be cycling out your lifeblood once a week minimum.โ
How to Structure Each Creative Test Campaign
๐บ Where this fits: The quality-control gate between "new video" and "live scaling campaign" โ only battle-tested creatives move forward.
Scaling a video that only performed well in one narrow test context; or discarding a video that would have been great in a different context.
Test every batch of 5 videos in 3 ad group types simultaneously (blank, lookalike, interest). Use the same 5 per group. Keep max 5 per ad group.
| Creative test campaign | a dedicated campaign whose only purpose is to identify which new videos work before inserting them into scaling campaigns |
| Blank ad group | an ad group with no audience targeting; the algorithm finds buyers on its own |
| Interest-based targeting | choosing specific topics (CrossFit, yoga, gaming) or behaviors (hashtag interactions, video watch history) to narrow the audience |
| Hashtag interaction (TikTok) | targeting people who have interacted with content tagged with a specific hashtag (e.g., #neckpain) |
| Video interaction (TikTok) | targeting people based on what type of videos they watch most |
| Target expansion | a TikTok setting that allows the algorithm to show your ad beyond your chosen targeting if it finds better results outside; can be toggled on or off |
| Grouped interests | putting several related interest categories together (CrossFit + bodybuilding + running) to make the audience broad enough for the algorithm to work effectively |
| 5 creatives per ad group | the sweet spot; fewer than 5 limits data, more than 5 confuses the algorithm and dilutes spend |
- Receive 5 new videos for a specific angle/demographic.
- Create campaign: "Creative Test โ [Angle]".
- Ad group A (Blank, $100/day): insert all 5 videos, no targeting.
- Ad group B (Best Lookalike, $100/day): use historically best-performing lookalike; same 5 videos.
- Ad group C (Interest/Hashtag, $100/day): build a broad grouped interest; same 5 videos.
- Monitor for 1โ3 days; cycle out videos absorbing spend without converting.
- Record which videos won in which contexts.
- Graduate winners to cold traffic / lookalike / interest scaling campaigns.
โSomething could flop on the blank testing ad group but on the lookalike audiences it does really good on interests it does really good as well โ so that's why I recommend doing that.โ
Tiered Ad Funnels Per Demographic
๐บ Where this fits: The advanced scaling layer that multiplies revenue by running parallel mini-funnels for each customer type, not just a single funnel for everyone.
Cold traffic ads bring in new viewers but if there are no follow-up tiers for specific demographics, those viewers leave without buying.
Every demographic you scale into needs all four tiers (hook, interest, sell, discount). Start simple, add complexity gradually.
| Tier 1 ads | hook ads designed for people who have never heard of you (ice-cold); goal is to stop the scroll and generate awareness |
| Tier 2 ads | interest-building ads for people who watched Tier 1 but didn't buy; goal is to deepen curiosity and desire |
| Tier 3 ads | hard-sell ads for warm viewers who have shown multiple signals of interest; goal is to push them to purchase |
| Tier 4 ads | discount ads (e.g., "10% off today only") for people who are close to buying but need a final push |
| Tiered funnel system | a sequence of ads that matches message intensity to the viewer's level of familiarity with your brand |
| Omnipresence | the strategy of having your brand visible at every stage of the buyer journey so no potential customer slips through |
| Miro board | the whiteboard tool the instructor uses to map out these funnel systems visually (shared with students via a link) |
- Build Tier 1โ4 for mass-market (general) cold traffic first.
- Once stable, replicate the tier structure for your first specific demographic.
- Ensure Tier 1 videos for that demographic feature people from that demographic.
- Launch Tier 1 cold traffic for demographic โ let pixel accumulate data.
- Launch Tier 2 retargeting for Tier 1 viewers who didn't buy.
- Launch Tier 3 for warm viewers.
- Launch Tier 4 discount for near-buyers.
- Repeat tier build for each new demographic.
โEvery time we try an ad group demographic that's like very different โ like moms โ we need to have a mom-only tiered system with the ice cold traffic, build interest tier 2.โ
Budget Duplication Ladder โ Exact Numbers for Vertical Scaling
๐บ Where this fits: The tactical number layer of the vertical scaling method โ moves from concept to concrete dollar amounts so you always know exactly what to do next.
Not knowing how much to raise budgets (too little = slow growth, too much = algorithm reset and wasted spend).
Use the exact ladder for cold/lookalike/interest. Use tiny increments for retargeting. Never duplicate retargeting.
| Vertical scaling ladder | the sequence of budget levels: $100 โ $200 โ $500 โ $750 โ $1K โ $2K โ $3.5K โ $5K |
| Retargeting | showing ads specifically to people who already visited your site or watched your content but didn't purchase |
| Retargeting audience | a small, finite pool of people (only your past visitors); it can't scale like a cold traffic audience can |
| Audience ceiling | the point where you've reached nearly everyone in a retargeting audience and performance drops because Facebook is forced to show ads to less relevant people |
| $5/day retargeting start | the recommended starting budget for a retargeting ad group because the audience is small |
| Duplicate vs. raise | for cold traffic you duplicate (copy the ad group and set a new budget); for retargeting you just edit the existing budget upward |
- Identify ad group type: cold/lookalike/interest OR retargeting.
- If cold/lookalike/interest: duplicate โ apply next rung of the ladder ($100โ$200โ$500โ$750โ$1Kโ$2Kโ$3.5Kโ$5K).
- Keep all profitable rungs running simultaneously.
- If retargeting: raise existing budget directly, small increments ($5โ$8โ$10โ$20).
- Watch retargeting ROAS; when it drops sharply, you've hit the ceiling โ hold there.
- Never try to aggressively duplicate retargeting ad groups.
โUsually the best thing to do is like โ if I'm retargeting people that have viewed content in the last 30 days but they didn't purchase โ let's just start that at $5 a day and we will be able to see where our ceiling's at.โ
Managing Ads โ The 3-Day Rule and When to Turn Things Off
๐บ Where this fits: The operational discipline layer โ without this rule, all the scaling methods above fall apart due to reactive decision-making.
Emotional decision-making destroys good campaigns prematurely and wastes money on bad ones for too long.
The 3-day rule. Only make structural changes (turn on/off, duplicate) every 3 days. Creatives can be cycled daily. Never turn off anything that is currently working.
| 3-day rule | the discipline of waiting at least 3 days before making any major structural decision on an ad group (turn off, duplicate, major budget change) |
| Ad level | the individual video/image creative inside an ad group; can be added or removed at any time |
| Ad group level | the container holding your creatives and targeting; structural changes should be infrequent |
| Break-even | the cost at which you make zero profit; e.g., if your product costs $15 and your other costs total $20, your break-even cost per purchase is $35 |
| Cost per purchase | total ad spend divided by number of purchases; tells you how much you're paying to acquire each customer |
| ROAS (Return On Ad Spend) | revenue earned per dollar of ad spend; above your break-even ROAS = profitable |
| "Killing" an ad group | turning it off permanently; after being off it rarely returns to its previous performance level |
| "Nurturing" an ad group | keeping it alive by continuously cycling in fresh video ads that match its targeting angle |
| Resource allocation | deciding how many videos you have in inventory and whether you have enough to feed all active ad groups |
- Launch ad group; set starting budget.
- Daily: monitor creative spend distribution; cycle out non-converters; add fresh videos.
- Every 3 days: evaluate break-even, cost per purchase, ROAS across the 3-day window.
- If performing: keep running; consider duplicating to next budget rung.
- If underperforming despite fresh creatives: cycle in more videos and wait another 3 days.
- If still poor after exhausting creative options: turn off.
- Never turn off a working ad group.
โEvery ad group has its own like personality โ it's like its own little entity โ and if you turn it off it's never going to really work the same.โ
Reading Time-Frame Data to Make Smart Decisions
๐บ Where this fits: The decision-making framework that governs every action in the scaling system โ without it, all the methods above are applied blindly.
Single-window analysis leads to two errors: scaling dying ads (looked at 7-day only) or cutting winning ads (looked at 1-day only).
Always check 1-day, 3-day, 5-day, and 7-day time frames. Combine them to read the trend. Let the trend, not any single number, drive your decision.
| Time frame | the date range you select in the ad manager to view performance data (e.g., last 7 days, last 3 days) |
| 7-day time frame | shows the last week of performance; good for seeing overall trends but can mask recent decline |
| 5-day time frame | a middle view; helps identify if performance shifted in the past two days relative to the week |
| 3-day time frame | a recent view; shows the current momentum of the ad |
| 1-day time frame | today's (or yesterday's) data; the most sensitive view; can be volatile |
| Steep decline | when an ad's ROAS or purchase rate drops sharply over the most recent days; a signal the creative is fatiguing |
| Break-even number | the cost per purchase at which you make zero profit; the floor below which you're losing money |
| Cost per purchase | ad spend รท purchases; the primary profitability metric at the creative and ad group level |
| ROAS | revenue รท ad spend; for this business the break-even ROAS is approximately 1.2โ1.3 |
- Open ad manager; select the ad or ad group to evaluate.
- Check 7-day: note cost per purchase and ROAS. Is it above break-even ($35 example)?
- Check 5-day: is performance improving, stable, or declining vs. 7-day?
- Check 3-day: same question โ momentum check.
- Check 1-day: is today good or bad relative to the trend?
- Combine: all windows good โ hold or scale. Declining trend โ cycle out the fading creative. All windows bad โ consider turning off.
- Remember: in the testing phase it's normal to be unprofitable โ the goal is finding the 1โ2 winning creatives (ROAS 4+), not instant profitability on day one.
โYou could have a video ad that has been performing so good but it's on a steep decline โ if we just look at the 7-day time frame the ROAS could still be huge โ then you go check the 3-day and it's doing really bad.โ
Why Tracking Tools Are Non-Negotiable
๐บ Where this fits: Chapter 38 in the mega-course โ this is the analytics infrastructure layer required before scaling ad spend beyond the testing phase.
- Install BeProfit to see true daily profit after factoring in ad spend, product cost, and Shopify fees.
- Add Triple Whale Full Whale plan once you reach a few thousand dollars profit per day.
- Use Creative Cockpit inside Triple Whale to rank all your ad videos by performance across every platform.
- Learn Triple Whale by taking the free Triple Whale University course before relying on its numbers.
You can be profitable but look unprofitable (or vice versa) because the data you're reading is wrong, causing you to kill winning ads or keep losing ones.
BeProfit centralizes all cost data; Triple Whale centralizes all attribution data. Together they give an accurate picture of both profit and ad performance.
| Traction | your store is consistently making sales and your ads are spending money daily, not just occasionally |
| Testing phase | the early period where you're spending small amounts trying to find which ads and products work |
| Ad spend | the total money you pay to platforms (TikTok, Facebook) to show your ads to people |
| Attribution | figuring out which specific ad or action caused a customer to buy; like detective work for sales |
| Profit margin | the percentage of revenue left over after paying for everything (product cost, ads, fees, shipping) |
| Analytics | organized data and numbers that help you understand what's happening in your business |
- Store gains traction and hits consistent daily sales.
- Ad spend increases across multiple platforms (Facebook, TikTok).
- Costs multiply: product cost, payment fees, platform fees, Shopify subscription.
- Native platform dashboards show conflicting or incorrect data.
- Without centralized tools, decisions are based on bad data.
- Install BeProfit (profit) + Triple Whale (attribution) to see reality.
โIt's extremely extremely important to have the two things that I'm going to be going over in this video and that's going to be Data Tracking through Triple Whale and profit tracking through B profit.โ
BeProfit โ Profit Margin Tracking Setup
๐บ Where this fits: This is the profit-side of the two-tool tracking stack. It answers "Am I actually making money?" before Triple Whale answers "Which ads are making me money?"
Revenue numbers in Shopify look good but don't account for ad costs, product costs, payment fees, and platform fees โ so a store can appear profitable while actually losing money.
BeProfit aggregates every cost source in one dashboard and shows real profit per day and per month, including Shopify's $30 monthly fee automatically.
| BeProfit | a paid Shopify app (also written "B profit" or "bofit" in the transcript) that centralizes all profit data; think of it as your real-time accountant |
| COGS (Cost of Goods Sold) | the price you actually pay for the product before selling it; in this example $15 for the product + $0 warranty = $15 total |
| Payment processing fees | the small percentage taken by payment processors (like Stripe or Shopify Payments) every time a customer pays |
| OAuth / "log into your Facebook account" | a secure way to let BeProfit read your ad data without giving it your password; you click "authorize" and it gets read-only access |
| 3PL (Third-Party Logistics) | an outside warehouse and shipping company; instructor doesn't recommend using one for beginners |
| Shopify $30/month | Shopify's basic monthly subscription fee that BeProfit automatically factors into costs |
| Analytics dashboard | a visual screen with charts and numbers showing business performance at a glance |
| Google Sheets integration | BeProfit can also import cost data you've manually tracked in spreadsheets |
- Click affiliate link below the video to open BeProfit signup.
- Answer onboarding questions: industry (e.g., Electronics), ad platforms (Facebook + TikTok), inventory type (Other), shipping setup (Other).
- Log into Facebook โ BeProfit pulls all ad spend data automatically.
- Log into TikTok โ BeProfit pulls all TikTok ad spend data automatically.
- Enter COGS per product (example: $15 product cost).
- Select "auto Shopify" for payment/transaction fees โ BeProfit reads Shopify's fee structure.
- Optionally connect Google Sheets for any additional cost data.
- BeProfit dashboard now shows real profit per day and per month including Shopify's $30 subscription.
โThis app is absolutely amazing and it's extremely essential to understand how much you're actually making โ it's going to grab all of the data from your different advertising channels, product costs, your payment processing fees even, and it's going to tell you in a very nice analytic dashboard what your profits are each day, each month.โ
Triple Whale โ Why Platform Pixels Lie
๐บ Where this fits: This is the attribution-side of the tracking stack, answering "which ad caused this sale?" โ the complement to BeProfit's "how much profit did I make?"
Facebook and TikTok pixels are notoriously inaccurate (made worse after Apple's iOS 14 update which restricted tracking). They over-report their own performance and mislabel which ad caused each sale.
Triple Whale's independent pixel and tracking system sees across platforms and gives an accurate, unbiased view of which ads drove which purchases, preventing you from killing profitable campaigns.
| Triple Whale | a third-party analytics and attribution platform for e-commerce; costs ~$400/month; designed to replace reliance on Facebook/TikTok's own reporting |
| Pixel | a tiny invisible piece of code installed on your website that fires when something happens (like a purchase) and reports it back to the ad platform; called a "pixel" because it was originally a 1ร1 pixel image |
| Facebook pixel | Facebook's version of this tracking code; notoriously unreliable post-iOS 14 |
| TikTok pixel | TikTok's version of the same tracking code; same reliability issues |
| iOS 14 | Apple's 2021 iPhone software update that required apps to ask permission before tracking users; most users said "no," which broke how Facebook and TikTok count conversions |
| Attribution | deciding which ad "caused" a sale; like a judge deciding which evidence led to a verdict |
| "Data gets meshed together" | when multiple ads all claim the same sale, the numbers add up to more than 100% of actual sales |
| Conversion | a desired action the customer completes, typically a purchase; the goal of every ad |
- Customer sees multiple ads across Facebook and TikTok before buying.
- Facebook pixel fires and claims the sale as its own.
- TikTok pixel also fires and claims the same sale.
- Both dashboards show inflated numbers; total reported sales exceed actual sales.
- iOS 14 made this worse by preventing platforms from tracking users who opt out.
- Triple Whale installs its own pixel + tracks independently across platforms.
- Triple Whale resolves duplicate claims and shows which ad genuinely influenced the purchase.
- You now make decisions based on true data โ keeping profitable ads that false data would have killed.
โThe Facebook pixel, the TikTok pixel and their forms of like algorithms and tracking and data is extremely bad โ they're going to tell you that this ad made the sale when it really was something else and data gets all meshed together it's not really correct and I can promise you seeing your data and analytics from TikTok versus seeing it from Triple Whale is just a night and day difference.โ
Triple Whale โ Full Whale Plan & Creative Cockpit
๐บ Where this fits: Creative Cockpit represents the cross-platform creative intelligence layer โ it connects the creative production work (ad videos/images) back to actual revenue outcomes.
When running ads on both Facebook and TikTok with multiple creatives, there is no native tool that shows unified creative performance โ you must compare manually across two separate dashboards.
Full Whale's Creative Cockpit is the first product to unify cross-platform creative analytics into one custom dashboard, ending guesswork about which ad visuals drive sales.
| Full Whale | Triple Whale's top-tier plan (~$400/month); includes all features including the proprietary pixel and Creative Cockpit |
| Dashboard plan | Triple Whale's basic tier; instructor says not worth it |
| Attribution plan | Triple Whale's mid-tier; instructor says not worth it |
| Creative Cockpit | a dashboard within Triple Whale that shows the performance analytics for each of your ad creatives (videos, images) across all platforms simultaneously; Triple Whale claims to be first to build this |
| Ad creative | the actual visual content of an ad: the video or image the customer sees; separate from the targeting or budget |
| Post-purchase survey | a short questionnaire shown to customers after they complete a purchase asking how they heard about you; provides data that tracking pixels miss |
| Full expense management | Triple Whale tracks not just ad costs but all business expenses for a complete profit picture |
| Real-time | data updates live as events happen, not with a 24-hour delay |
- Sign up for Triple Whale Full Whale plan (~$400/month).
- Install Triple Whale's own pixel on your Shopify store.
- Connect all ad platforms (Facebook, TikTok, and others from the integrations list).
- Navigate to Creative Cockpit within the Product section of Triple Whale.
- View all active creatives ranked by performance across all platforms.
- Identify best-performing creative โ allocate more budget there.
- Identify worst-performing creative โ pause or replace it.
- Use post-purchase surveys to capture attribution data that pixels miss entirely.
โThey have a creative cockpit which if you go to product you can see is a creative dashboard โ they're the first people to do this โ that shows you the analytics of your specific creatives over all of the platforms showing you hey this creative is your best, this is your worst, so we don't have to make these guest decisions we can see it with very deep analytics.โ
Triple Whale โ Blended ROAS, Multi-Touch Attribution & Real Cost of a Sale
๐บ Where this fits: This scene addresses the most nuanced concept in the chapter โ multi-touch attribution โ which is what separates sophisticated e-commerce operators from beginners who trust platform dashboards blindly.
Last-click attribution (what every ad platform uses by default) systematically undervalues top-of-funnel ads that introduce customers to your brand, causing advertisers to kill essential ads and over-invest in bottom-funnel ads.
Real-time Blended ROAS and multi-touch attribution from Triple Whale gives the true return across all channels and shows the full cost of acquiring each customer, enabling decisions worth potentially $10,000โ$100,000+ per choice at scale.
| Blended ROAS | Return On Ad Spend calculated across ALL platforms combined (Facebook + TikTok + any others), not just one platform's isolated view; "blended" means mixed together |
| ROAS (Return On Ad Spend) | for every $1 you spend on ads, how many dollars in revenue you get back; a ROAS of 3 means you make $3 in revenue per $1 in ad spend |
| Last-click attribution | the default method most platforms use: give 100% credit to the last ad the customer clicked before buying, ignoring everything that came before |
| Multi-touch attribution | a smarter method: spread credit across every ad the customer interacted with on their path to purchase |
| "3D tracking to 4D tracking" | instructor's metaphor for moving from single-platform attribution (3D) to full cross-platform customer journey attribution (4D), where the extra dimension is time and sequence of ad exposures |
| Touchpoint | any moment a customer interacts with your brand (sees an ad, clicks, visits the site) before eventually purchasing |
| Funnel | the path a customer takes from first hearing about you to purchasing; top of funnel = awareness, bottom of funnel = purchase |
| Paid ad funnel | all the ads and clicks in sequence that collectively led to a sale |
- Customer exposed to multiple ads across platforms before purchase (common at scale).
- Each platform's pixel fires at purchase and claims full credit independently.
- Total attributed sales across platforms far exceeds actual sales โ numbers are fictionally inflated.
- Triple Whale's pixel tracks the customer's full journey across all platforms.
- Multi-touch attribution distributes credit proportionally across all touchpoints.
- Blended ROAS calculated: total revenue / total ad spend across ALL channels.
- You see the true cost per acquisition and the true value of each ad in the sequence.
- Decisions made on this data preserve profitable ad groups and prevent waste.
โIf someone first saw this ad but then they later saw another ad and purchased from this ad it's going to let you know that โ it's going to give you the data of saying hey you had to pay for two ads to get this guy to purchase and it's going to analyze that stuff which is just crazy โ this is like going from 3D tracking to like 4D tracking.โ
Triple Whale University, Integrations & Scaling Context
๐บ Where this fits: This scene closes the analytics infrastructure section of the course. From here, the store has proper profit visibility (BeProfit) and proper attribution visibility (Triple Whale) โ the two prerequisites for responsible scaling.
Buying a powerful tool and not knowing how to use it is nearly as bad as not having it. Triple Whale's depth of features requires dedicated learning, and you can't get that from a casual YouTube video.
Triple Whale University is a free, company-built course that teaches every feature in depth. Combined with Triple Whale's strong customer support, you have expert-level resources available without extra cost beyond the subscription.
| Triple Whale University | a free online course hosted by Triple Whale, built by the company's own team, that teaches users how to use every feature of the platform; accessed by Googling "Triple Whale University" |
| User interface / UI | the visual design of software: the buttons, menus, charts you see on screen |
| User experience / UX | how it feels to use the software: whether it's intuitive, fast, and logical |
| Integrations | connections between Triple Whale and other software tools (like Klaviyo, Google Ads, Shopify, etc.) that allow data to flow between them automatically |
| Catalyst | the thing that caused something big to happen; instructor uses it to mean Triple Whale is what enables a brand to reach $10M/year |
| Scaling | growing the business by increasing ad spend and revenue deliberately, using data to guide each step |
| $10M/year brand | a store doing approximately $833K/month in revenue; the instructor uses this as an example of where Triple Whale's data value becomes enormous |
- Subscribe to Triple Whale Full Whale (~$400/month).
- Install pixel, connect ad platforms and Shopify.
- Google "Triple Whale University" โ navigate to their free course site.
- Take the full course built by Triple Whale's own team.
- Use in-app support for questions about specific features.
- Apply correct blended ROAS and creative analytics to daily ad decisions.
- Over time, correct decisions compound โ preventing killing winners and removing losers faster.
- Result: data infrastructure becomes the foundation of a potentially $10M+/year brand.
โIf you're running a brand that's doing 10 million a year and you have Triple Whale that's giving you all of this perfect data and information that's going to be like the catalyst as to why you made it to 10 million because you got the correct data to make the correct decisions.โ
When to Handle Legal Structures
๐บ Where this fits: Legal is the "root layer" of the business stack; everything else (ads, products, suppliers) sits on top of it. Ignoring it works until it doesn't.
- Wait for consistent sales traction, then form an LLC through a service like Northwest Registered Agent (~$280).
- Search "[your city] business license e-commerce" on a .gov site and pay the small annual fee (often under $100).
- Start a Google Sheet today with columns for Date, Vendor, Amount, and Category โ log every business expense.
- Hire a local CPA with e-commerce experience once monthly profit makes the $300-$500 fee clearly worth it.
Sellers don't know when or how to start, so they either procrastinate forever or rush too early and waste money.
Wait for traction, then execute three concrete tasks in order; the chapter gives a full walkthrough of each.
| LLC | Limited Liability Company; a legal business shell that separates your personal money/assets from business debts and lawsuits. |
| Business license | A permit from your city/state government that legally allows you to operate a business in that location. |
| CPA | Certified Public Accountant; a licensed tax professional who prepares your tax returns and advises you on how to pay less tax legally. |
| Traction | Consistent, repeatable sales; proof the store is working before you invest in overhead. |
| Legal structure | The official legal form your business takes (sole proprietorship, LLC, corporation, etc.). |
- Assess traction: are you making consistent sales?
- If yes โ proceed to legal setup.
- Task 1: form an LLC.
- Task 2: obtain a business license.
- Task 3: hire a CPA once revenue justifies the monthly cost.
- After all three are done, return focus to scaling.
โit's a topic that you can kind of wait to handle until you're at least getting some traction you're getting some salesโ
Forming Your LLC
๐บ Where this fits: LLC is the legal container. Think of it as a separate "person" the government recognizes โ it owns the business, not you personally.
DIY filing risks errors that require expensive corrections; picking a flashy LLC name wastes mental energy on something no customer ever sees.
Outsource the filing for ~$280, use a plain holding-company name, and move on โ paperwork arrives by mail, nothing left to worry about.
| LLC (Limited Liability Company) | A legal wrapper around your business. If the business gets sued or owes money, your personal bank account and home are protected. |
| Liability | Legal responsibility for a debt or harm. "Limited liability" means your personal exposure is limited to what you put into the business. |
| S-Corp (S-Corporation) | An advanced tax status where you pay yourself a salary from the business, which can lower the total taxes you owe. Step up from LLC, done later with a CPA's guidance. |
| Registered agent | A person or service that officially receives legal mail on behalf of your LLC. Northwest Registered Agent plays this role. |
| Holdings LLC | A generic, neutral LLC name used as a "container" company; it owns other assets or businesses inside it. |
| Affiliate link | A special URL that tracks referrals; clicking it may unlock discounts and the referrer earns a small commission at no extra cost to you. |
| AMEX card | American Express business credit card; one of the few places your LLC name actually appears publicly. |
- Open Northwest Registered Agent via affiliate link.
- Select "Start an LLC" โ "Hire us โ we'll do it for you."
- Choose your state from the dropdown.
- Skip 2-day rush processing; standard is fine.
- Name the LLC: [YourLastName] Holdings, LLC (or any neutral name).
- Enter required info (address, member names, etc.).
- Pay ~$279; receive completed paperwork by mail.
- File away paperwork; LLC is active.
โyou want to make sure that you're filing for an LLC and not like an es Corp or anything you'll get into an es Corp later down the line if you have a good CPA they will Coach youโ
Business License
๐บ Where this fits: Business license = permission from local government to operate. LLC = legal entity at the state level. You need both to be fully compliant.
Online sellers assume an internet-based business doesn't need a physical-world license. Most cities disagree.
Cheap, fast, one-time annual task. Don't overthink it โ Google your city, find the .gov page, pay the small fee.
| Business license | Official government permission to operate a business within a city or county. Different from the LLC (state-level entity); this is local. |
| .gov link | A website ending in .gov is operated by a government agency; always use these for official forms instead of third-party sites. |
| Renew | Pay the license fee again each year to keep it valid. |
- Search Google: "[Your City] business license e-commerce online store."
- Click the official .gov result (city or county government site).
- Find the business license application section.
- Fill in your business info (use your LLC name and address).
- Pay the fee (often $20โ$100/year).
- Receive license; save the renewal date.
- Repeat annually.
โI think mine cost like 28 bucks for my business license and I just have to renew it every year really not that big of a dealโ
Tracking Expenses
๐บ Where this fits: Expenses tracking is the data layer under your P&L (profit and loss). Without it, you're flying blind on whether you're actually making money.
Sellers rely solely on revenue numbers from Shopify/Triple Whale and forget that expenses reduce profit โ and that many expenses lower their tax bill if documented.
A two-column Google Sheet started today captures enough for your first tax year; the habit of logging saves hundreds in CPA hours and tax overpayments.
| Business expense | A cost you pay to run the business (ads, software, equipment). Many are tax-deductible, meaning they reduce the income you're taxed on. |
| Tax-deductible | An expense the government lets you subtract from your income before calculating how much tax you owe. Spend $100 on ads โ taxable income drops by $100. |
| P&L (Profit and Loss) | A summary of income minus expenses. If revenue is $5,000 and expenses are $3,000, profit is $2,000. |
| TrueProfit / Triple Whale | Analytics tools for Shopify that automatically track revenue, ad costs, and profit margins in real time. |
| Categorize | Label each expense by type (advertising, software, equipment) so a CPA can quickly find deductions at tax time. |
- Open a new Google Sheet; title it "Business Expenses [Year]."
- Create columns: Date | Vendor | Description | Amount | Category.
- Log every business spend immediately when it occurs (or weekly at minimum).
- Categories to use: Ads, Software/SaaS, Product/Samples, Equipment, Professional Services.
- At month end, sum each category.
- When you hire a CPA, share the sheet as a starting point.
- Transition to CPA's automated system once set up.
โgo create a Google sheet really quick I'm telling you guys it can be this basic it will help things out and it will help you mentally just understand what's going onโ
Hiring a CPA
๐บ Where this fits: CPA = the financial co-pilot. LLC + business license make you legal; the CPA makes you tax-efficient. Together, these three complete the "legal foundation" layer of the dropshipping business stack.
Most new sellers either ignore taxes entirely (then face a huge unexpected bill) or overpay because they don't know which expenses are deductible.
One qualified CPA, ~$500/month, handles filing, advises on deductions, flags S-Corp upgrade timing, and runs automated expense categorization โ effectively paying for themselves in tax savings.
| CPA (Certified Public Accountant) | A licensed tax and accounting professional. "Certified" means they passed a national exam and are legally authorized to prepare tax returns and represent you before the IRS. |
| Tax bill | The total amount of income tax you owe to the government for the year. |
| Deduction | An expense that reduces your taxable income, which shrinks your tax bill. |
| S-Corp (S-Corporation) | A special IRS tax election. You pay yourself a "reasonable salary" from the business; money above that salary is taxed at a lower rate (no self-employment tax on it), saving money at higher income levels. |
| Self-employment tax | Extra tax (15.3%) that solo business owners pay to cover Social Security and Medicare. An S-Corp can reduce how much income is subject to this. |
| IRS | Internal Revenue Service; the U.S. government agency that collects federal taxes. |
| Onboard | The process of getting a new professional (CPA, employee) set up with your information and accounts so they can start working. |
| Accounting | Recording and organizing all money flowing in and out of the business; the raw data a CPA uses to file taxes. |
- Wait until the store has consistent revenue (traction) โ hiring too early wastes money.
- Google "[Your City] CPA" โ look at star ratings and number of reviews.
- Call the top 2โ3 results.
- Ask: "Do you have e-commerce or dropshipping clients? Do you handle sales tax for online businesses?"
- Confirm monthly rate (~$300โ$1,000; Jordan pays ~$500).
- Choose someone local so you can meet in person.
- Provide them with: LLC docs, expense spreadsheet, Shopify/bank login access.
- Let CPA set up automated expense tracking and advise on S-Corp transition when income warrants it.
โyou want someone that can advise you in these things and you want someone local that you can go meet up with get on the phone with easy and build a relationship withโ
Payment Holds & Store Suspension โ The Crisis Explained
๐บ Where this fits: Platform compliance sits at the operational risk layer โ above day-to-day ad management but below brand/legal structure. It can erase all momentum built at the ads layer.
- When a payment hold email arrives, gather all requested documents and respond within 24-48 hours โ not 5 days.
- Never turn off ads during a suspension unless your cash cannot cover the ongoing spend without the held payout.
- Submit documents fast, then reply directly to Shopify's legal email to escalate โ do not rely on chat support.
- After a suspension resolves, duplicate your best campaigns at a conservative budget instead of reactivating old ones.
Seller does not know what a payment hold is, why it happens, or that it can escalate to a full shutdown if they move slowly.
Payment holds are triggered by Shopify's fraud-prevention system and require fast action โ delay escalates to store suspension.
| payment hold | Shopify temporarily freezes the money from your sales so they can verify you are a legitimate seller before releasing it to you |
| inactive store | Shopify has turned your store completely off; no one can visit or buy from it |
| tracking codes | unique numbers assigned to each shipped package so you (and Shopify) can prove the orders were actually sent |
| compliance | following the rules and providing proof that your business is operating legally and honestly |
| 3PL | "third-party logistics"; a warehouse and shipping company that stores your products and ships orders for you |
| legal info | business registration documents, ID, or other official paperwork proving your business exists |
- Shopify detects a flag (rapid scaling, high revenue, new account) and places a payment hold.
- Shopify emails the seller requesting: all order tracking codes, inventory photos, legal business documents.
- Seller must gather these from suppliers/3PL โ Jordan says it took him ~5 days including a weekend.
- Because the seller did not submit fast enough, Shopify marks the store inactive (completely taken down).
- Seller is now locked out of the store with ads still spending money to a dead link.
- Key lesson: submit every requested document ASAP โ do not wait for everything to be perfect; partial fast responses are better than slow complete ones.
โthey shut down my store they fully made it inactive it's completely taken down because I didn't get the information fast enough to themโ
The Real Cost of a Suspension โ Ads, Lost Money, Lost Momentum
๐บ Where this fits: This is the downstream consequence layer โ what happens when platform compliance fails. It connects upward to cash reserves and downward to ad optimization strategy.
Seller thinks turning off ads during a crisis is the safe move; they do not know it permanently damages the ad algorithm's performance.
Turning off ads kills their optimization permanently โ so every hour of downtime is a double loss (wasted spend + destroyed momentum), which is why responding to compliance requests within hours, not days, is critical.
| ad spend | the money you pay Facebook or TikTok each day to show your ads to potential customers |
| scaling | increasing your ad budget significantly because the ads are profitable and you want to earn more |
| optimized | the ad platform's AI has learned exactly who to show your ads to in order to get the most sales; turning ads off erases this learned targeting |
| chat support | the live chat window on Shopify's website where you can message their customer service team |
| payment processors | companies like Stripe and PayPal that handle the actual transfer of money from customers to you; they can also ban sellers |
- Store goes inactive while ads are scaling at $2,000/day.
- Ads keep running โ each click goes to a store that shows an error page.
- Seller faces the dilemma: keep ads on (losing cash) or turn off (losing optimization).
- Jordan spends 2 days hounding Shopify chat support โ they are largely unresponsive.
- After ~$4,000 in projected losses, Jordan turns off ads โ accepting the optimization loss.
- Lesson: Shopify support chat is nearly useless during suspensions; the resolution comes by email only, and you just have to wait.
โI spent like 2K yesterday on ads that were running to a store that doesn't exist because they took it downโ
Resolution โ What Actually Got the Store Back
๐บ Where this fits: Recovery process sits at the operational triage layer โ it is what you do after platform compliance fails. Understanding it prevents secondary delays (like restarting ads before payments are actually restored).
Seller assumes getting the store back means everything is fixed; they don't know Shopify Payments is a separate system that can remain disabled even when the store is live.
Full recovery requires two separate confirmations: (1) store active again AND (2) Shopify Payments re-enabled. Submit documents fast, escalate via legal email, and accept that only email resolution (not chat support) will actually fix it.
| Shopify Payments | Shopify's built-in system for accepting credit card payments from customers; separate from the store itself and can be disabled independently |
| legal email | the email address used by Shopify's compliance or legal department, which you can reply to directly to push for faster resolution |
| escalate | to request that a low-level support agent passes your case to a higher-level decision-maker who can actually fix it |
| business days | weekdays only (MondayโFriday), not counting weekends or holidays; relevant because Shopify's review teams work on business-day timelines |
- Submit all compliance documents (tracking codes, inventory images, legal info) as fast as possible.
- Store access is restored once documents are accepted (4 business days in Jordan's case).
- Check immediately: is Shopify Payments also restored? (It may not be โ separate system.)
- Reply directly to Shopify's legal email, referencing your case, asking for Payments to be re-enabled.
- Also open a chat support ticket and explicitly ask them to "escalate" to the payments team.
- Accept that support chat likely cannot directly fix it โ the email response is what counts.
- Once Shopify Payments email confirmation arrives, verify in the dashboard that payments are live, then restart ads.
โI really had to hassle them on the email like just replying to their legal email and then also jumping in the Shopify support and begging with them to escalate it... I don't think support's going to help you at all but I want to talk about what to do once you get backโ
Restarting After Suspension โ TikTok & Facebook Ad Recovery
๐บ Where this fits: Ad recovery sits at the execution layer, directly downstream of platform compliance recovery. It connects to ad optimization fundamentals (why paused campaigns lose data) and platform-specific rules (Facebook's verification tiers).
Seller turns old paused campaigns back on expecting them to resume where they left off; instead performance is erratic because the algorithm's optimization data is now stale and mixed with gap-period signals.
Duplicate the best-performing campaigns rather than reactivating old ones. On Facebook, use Manual Setup (not automated) and complete business verification immediately to bypass the $50/day cap.
| duplicate (a campaign) | make an exact copy of an existing ad campaign and launch the copy as a brand-new campaign, leaving the original untouched |
| de-optimized | the ad platform's AI has lost its learned targeting data, so the ads perform worse than before, as if they were brand new |
| Reels | short vertical video ads on Facebook/Instagram, similar to TikTok videos |
| Stories | full-screen ads that appear between people's Instagram or Facebook Stories; a different ad format from Reels |
| business verification | Facebook's process of checking official documents to confirm you are a real business, which unlocks higher daily ad budgets |
| manual setup | choosing to configure your Facebook ad campaign yourself step by step, rather than letting Facebook's automated system make decisions for you; gives you more control |
| AdSet | the middle layer of a Facebook ad campaign (Campaign โ AdSet โ Ad); this is where you set your budget, audience, and schedule |
- Confirm both store AND Shopify Payments are fully restored before touching any ads.
- TikTok โ identify the two or three campaigns that were performing best before suspension.
- Duplicate each one; do not re-enable the originals.
- Set a conservative combined budget (~$300/day) and launch the duplicates as fresh campaigns.
- Facebook โ try to create a new campaign using Sales objective and Manual Setup (not automated).
- At the AdSet level, set your target daily budget (e.g., $100); Facebook will show a "Verify Business" popup if you exceed the $50 cap.
- Click "Verify Business," submit required documents (business ID, personal ID, other data Facebook requests).
- Approval takes ~2 business days; in the meantime, restart Reels only at the $50/day cap.
- Do not run Stories simultaneously โ they compete with Reels for the same budget and dilute results.
- Once Facebook approves verification, scale budgets past $50/day and add Stories back if desired.
โwhen you tick these back on they are never going to get the same results and the data is very all over the place... the past data does not apply anymore once you retick something onโ
What a Payment Hold Looks Like (and Why It Happens)
๐บ Where this fits: This is the "Putting Fires Out" phase of the dropshipping journey โ not a setup step, but an ongoing operational skill. Scaling triggers verification; verification is a business-legitimacy test you should be ready for from Day 1.
- Keep LLC docs, recent tracking numbers, and supplier invoices always accessible so you can submit them within hours.
- The moment a hold notice arrives, calculate your liquid cash vs. weekly burn rate before deciding whether to keep ads on.
- Submit documents then email Shopify support every 1-2 days until the hold lifts โ the 180-day maximum is rarely enforced.
- Never charge ad spend to a credit card when the held payout may not arrive for weeks.
You did everything right โ ads worked, customers bought, product shipped โ and now your money is frozen. Why?
Shopify automatically holds payouts when a new store scales fast. It is a verification checkpoint, not a permanent penalty. Submit the right documents and the hold lifts.
| Payment processor | The company that moves money from the customer's credit card to your bank account. Shopify Payments is one processor; PayPal, Stripe, and others also exist. |
| Shopify Payments | Shopify's built-in payment processor. Because it is run by Shopify itself, Shopify can pause your payouts instantly if it suspects risk. |
| Payout | The transfer of collected sales money from Shopify's system into your personal or business bank account. A hold means this transfer is paused. |
| Hold | A freeze on your payout. Your customers' money is sitting inside Shopify but has not moved to your bank yet. |
| Account review | A process where Shopify's risk team manually checks whether your store is a legitimate business before releasing held funds. |
| Scaling | Growing your ad spend and sales volume rapidly. Example: going from $0 to $1,000 in sales in one week is "scaling fast." |
| Risk flag | An automatic alert Shopify's system sends itself when a store's behavior (fast growth, new account, no verification on file) matches patterns associated with fraud or chargebacks. |
- Store starts running ads and gets lots of orders in a short time
- Shopify's automated risk system detects rapid scaling on a new account
- A hold banner appears on the Shopify admin dashboard
- All future payouts are frozen โ money collects inside Shopify, not your bank
- Shopify sends an email listing the exact documents they need
- You gather and submit documents as fast as possible
- Shopify reviews and (if satisfied) releases the hold
โIt's a good day and a bad day when you log into your Shopify and it looks like this.โ
The Three Documents Shopify Demands
๐บ Where this fits: Business verification is a recurring cost of running a real business. The LLC setup chapter earlier in the course directly prevents the worst-case scenario here (being unable to prove business legitimacy at all).
You don't know what Shopify actually wants, and you're afraid that even if you send something, it won't be enough.
Shopify needs three things: proof your business is real, proof you have product to sell, and proof you've actually shipped orders. Every piece of evidence is obtainable โ some in minutes.
| LLC (Limited Liability Company) | A legal business structure you register with your state government. Having one proves to Shopify (and banks) that you are running a real business, not a personal side operation. |
| Business license | A permit from your city or county that legally allows you to operate a business. Faster to obtain than an LLC in many cities. |
| Tax filing records | Documents showing you've reported business income to the government. Proves you are a legitimate, compliant business. |
| 3PL (Third-Party Logistics) | A warehousing and shipping company that stores your products and ships them to customers on your behalf. They can quickly send proof of inventory and shipping records. |
| DSers | A dropshipping app that connects your Shopify store to AliExpress suppliers. If you use DSers instead of a 3PL, your "inventory proof" comes from DSers order invoices or credit card statements. |
| Zendrop | Another dropshipping fulfillment platform. Same idea as DSers โ invoices and payment records serve as inventory proof. |
| Proof of inventory | Any document showing that real products exist for your store: invoices from a supplier, warehouse receipts, or payment records showing you purchased goods. |
| Tracking numbers | The unique codes assigned to each shipped package. They prove orders were actually sent to customers. |
| Google Doc | A free online document from Google. Jordan recommends compiling your social media links into one and submitting it as the "social media file" Shopify asks for. |
- Shopify emails you requesting documents โ read the email carefully
- Gather Bucket 1 (Business proof): pull LLC docs, business license, or at minimum your LLC filing confirmation
- If no LLC yet: apply for a city business license immediately (faster) or show your LLC application pending notice
- Gather Bucket 2 (Inventory proof): ask your 3PL for an inventory statement OR pull invoices/credit card receipts from DSers/Zendrop
- Gather Bucket 3 (Shipping proof): export the 10 most recent tracking numbers; if you have fewer, send all of them and note your store age
- Create a Google Doc with all your social media profile links; export or share as a file
- Submit all four items and write plain-language comments explaining your situation
โShopify is pretty easily satisfied with you giving them stuff โ the hardest thing is proof of business association if you don't have an LLC set up.โ
How Long They Hold Your Money and How to Fight Back
๐บ Where this fits: This is an operational negotiation skill โ understanding that stated policies are maximums, not guarantees, and that active engagement changes outcomes. Applies across every vendor, processor, and platform relationship in business.
Shopify says they might hold your money for 180 days and you don't know what to do.
The 180-day figure is a legal ceiling, not a standard timeline. Send documents immediately, then persistently follow up with Shopify support. In Jordan's experience it always resolves faster when you stay engaged.
| 180-day hold | The legal maximum period Shopify can freeze your payouts as stated in their terms of service. It is a worst-case number; typical holds are much shorter when the seller cooperates. |
| Chargeback | When a customer tells their bank "I didn't authorize this charge" or "I never got this product" and the bank forcibly takes the money back from the seller. Processors hold funds partly to cover potential chargebacks. |
| Rolling reserve | (Related concept) Some processors withhold a percentage of every sale for weeks or months as a buffer against chargebacks. Shopify may use similar logic during a hold. |
| Hounding | Jordan's term for sending repeated, persistent follow-up messages to Shopify support to demand action. Not aggressive or rude โ just consistent and frequent communication. |
| Email support | Shopify's written support channel. During a hold, this is your primary tool for escalating and resolving the issue. |
| Payout release | The moment Shopify lifts the hold and transfers your accumulated sales revenue to your bank account. |
- Read Shopify's hold notice carefully โ note what they say they need
- Submit all documents within 24โ48 hours of receiving the notice
- Immediately email Shopify support confirming submission and asking for a review timeline
- Follow up every 1โ2 days if you hear nothing
- If they ask for more information, respond same day
- If they confirm receipt but still hold funds without explanation, escalate โ cite that verification is complete
- Expect release within days to a few weeks of active engagement
โThey try to hold your money for 180 days but it's usually not the case โ if you hound them they always work it out, it's always worked out for me.โ
The Financial Danger Zone: Credit Cards, Debt, and Turning Off Ads
๐บ Where this fits: Cash flow management is a foundational business concept. Many businesses fail not because they aren't making money but because the timing of when money arrives vs. when bills are due creates a fatal gap. This chapter is a real-world example of exactly that risk.
Your store is technically profitable but you're tempted to take on credit card debt to keep scaling while your money is frozen โ and you don't know if that's safe.
If you can't cover ad spend from your existing cash, stop the ads. The pain of pausing is far smaller than the risk of compounding interest debt with an unknown payback date. Only keep spending if you can survive financially without the held payout arriving at all.
| Ad spend | The money you pay to platforms like Facebook or TikTok to run your advertising campaigns. This is a recurring daily cost; it does not pause automatically when your payout is held. |
| Fulfillment cost | The money you pay to your supplier or 3PL to actually produce and ship each order to the customer. Even if your payout is held, you still owe fulfillment costs for every order that came in. |
| Cash flow | The movement of actual money in and out of your business in real time. "Positive cash flow" means more is coming in than going out right now. A payout hold can make cash flow negative even when your store is profitable. |
| Liquid cash | Money you can spend right now โ in a bank account or debit card. Held Shopify payouts are NOT liquid; you cannot access them. |
| Burn rate | How fast you spend money to operate the business. If your ads cost $200/day and fulfillment costs $100/day, your burn rate is $300/day. |
| Credit card debt | Money you've borrowed from a credit card company that you must pay back, plus interest, if not cleared by the due date. Interest rates on business credit cards can be 20โ30% per year. |
| Interest rate | The percentage of your unpaid credit card balance charged as a fee each month. If you carry a $2,000 balance at 25% annual interest, that's ~$42 extra per month added even if you never charge another cent. |
| Re-optimization | After you turn off Facebook or TikTok ads and restart them, the algorithm has to re-learn your audience from scratch. The ads often perform worse than before the pause. |
| Paper profit | Revenue that appears in your sales reports but hasn't actually landed in your bank yet. A held payout means your profits are paper profits only. |
- The moment you discover the hold, stop and calculate your liquid cash balance
- Calculate your daily/weekly burn rate (ad spend + fulfillment costs)
- Estimate a conservative hold duration (assume 4โ8 weeks without payout)
- Multiply burn rate by estimated hold duration โ can your liquid cash cover it?
- If yes: keep ads running, hound Shopify aggressively for fast release
- If no: turn ads off immediately, regardless of how good they were performing
- After ads are off: focus 100% energy on document submission and Shopify follow-up to shorten the hold
- When payout arrives: restart ads only after rebuilding a cash buffer
โThe worst thing you can do is say 'no I can handle it' and keep putting it on credit cards when you don't have the money โ do not do that, it is not worth the financial risk.โ
Payment Holds: What Just Happened to Your Store
๐บ Where this fits: This is the risk-management layer of the business model. All the prior chapters (ads, suppliers, customer service) feed revenue into the payment processor; payment reserves are the choke point where that revenue can get stuck.
- Expect a 10-20% rolling reserve on payouts after your first hold is lifted โ budget for this gap from day one.
- Find the original Shopify legal-team email in your store inbox and reply to that exact thread, not a new one.
- In your reply, describe the personal financial impact clearly: reserve percentage, dollar amount frozen, bills due.
- Follow up on the legal email every 2-3 business days until the reserve is released; persistence is the only lever.
You scaled successfully, money was flowing โ then without warning your payouts stopped. You have no idea if your business is over or just paused.
This is Shopify's standard protocol for high-growth stores. It is not permanent, and there are specific actions you can take to resolve it.
| Payout | the transfer of money Shopify sends to your bank account after customers buy from your store |
| Payment hold | Shopify freezes your payouts entirely; you cannot access any of your revenue until the hold is lifted |
| Rolling reserve | after a hold is lifted, Shopify withholds a percentage (10โ20%) of each future payout and releases it months later instead of immediately |
| Reserve percentage | the slice of each payout Shopify keeps back (e.g., 10%, 20%) |
| LLC documents | legal paperwork proving your business is a registered company (LLC = Limited Liability Company) |
| Tracking numbers | proof that you actually shipped orders to customers |
| Deactivate | Shopify completely shuts down your store so it stops taking orders |
- You scale rapidly โ high transaction volume triggers Shopify's risk system
- Shopify freezes all payouts and sends a legal email requesting documentation
- You gather: shipping tracking records, LLC documents, any other requested proof
- You submit everything promptly (delays can lead to full store deactivation)
- Shopify reviews and restores your account
- Shopify immediately applies a 10โ20% rolling reserve to all future payouts
- Reserved funds are scheduled for release months later (March earnings released in July in the instructor's example)
โif you scaled up really quick there is a 90% chance that Shopify shut down your payouts and basically stopped your storeโ
Living with a Reserve: The Painful Reality
๐บ Where this fits: This scene sits at the cash-flow management layer. Profit margin (from the pricing chapters) is only real money when it actually lands in your bank account; reserves delay that landing.
Even knowing the hold is "normal" doesn't pay your ad invoices today. The abstract concept becomes concrete when you see your own $2,500 frozen for four months.
Naming the exact numbers ($2,500, ~20%, July release date) turns a vague fear into a specific, manageable problem.
| Cash flow | the timing of when money moves in and out of your business; separate from profit (you can be profitable but cash-poor if payments are delayed) |
| Hold amount | the total dollar value currently withheld (in the example: $2,500) |
| Scheduled release date | the future date when Shopify will finally send the withheld funds (in the example: July, from a March hold) |
| Profit margin | the money left after subtracting all costs (ads, product, fees) from revenue; if the reserve equals your profit margin, you effectively earn zero usable income that period |
- Open Shopify admin โ navigate to Shopify Payments dashboard
- Locate the payment hold section โ note the dollar amount held ($2,500 in the example)
- Note the release date (July in the example, with the hold placed in March)
- Estimate the reserve percentage (~20% in the example)
- Accept that this is standard Shopify protocol โ "sadly a normal process"
- Proceed immediately to action steps (chat support + legal email)
โthey're holding $2,500 for a pretty long time just to ensure that we're not scamming anyone and this is sadly a normal process this is what happensโ
Navigating Shopify Support (and Why It Fails You)
๐บ Where this fits: This is platform-relationship management. Beyond building ads and products, you must know how to navigate the internal structure of the platforms your business depends on.
You expected Shopify's own support team to have the power to unfreeze your money. They don't โ and finding that out through wasted chat sessions is demoralizing.
Front-line chat support is informational only. The Shopify legal team that originally emailed you is the only team with authority. Go directly to them.
| High-risk order | an order Shopify flags because the card, address, or behavior pattern looks suspicious (potential stolen card or fraud) |
| Virtual assistant (VA) | a remote worker (like Omar mentioned in earlier chapters) who handles customer service tasks including verifying suspicious orders |
| Fraud order | a purchase made using someone else's stolen card information; the real cardholder did not authorize it |
| Legal team | Shopify's internal department that handles account compliance, fraud investigations, and payment reserves; separate from customer support |
| Ticket ID | a reference number assigned to your original support issue; used to track your case and reply to the right email thread |
| Chat support | first-level help via live chat on Shopify's website; they can explain policies but cannot release reserves |
- Open Shopify chat support and explain the reserve situation
- Agent confirms hold, attributes it to high-risk order(s) triggering the flag
- Clarify your high-risk order protocol: VA contacts customer โ customer confirms or denies โ if unverified, refund immediately
- Agent acknowledges they cannot release the reserve from their end
- Agent refers you to the original legal-team email
- Log into the email account registered with your store (e.g., hello@yourbrand.com)
- Search "Shopify" โ find the original legal-team email โ reply directly to that thread
โthe Shopify support chat is plebs bro it is just straight like kids that have no clue about business no clue what's going on they're just told to say certain things to certain responsesโ
The Only Real Strategy: Hound the Legal Team + Closing Words
๐บ Where this fits: This scene closes the entire course. It reframes every prior chapter: all the work building a store, finding products, running ads, and serving customers culminates here โ at the point where the platform itself becomes the obstacle, and your only tool is human persistence and communication.
25% of revenue withheld = 100% of your profit margin gone, meaning you literally cannot afford to keep running ads, which means the store stops growing, which means income drops further โ a death spiral if not resolved quickly.
This is a one-time rite of passage. Every successful dropshipper goes through it. Once resolved, the reserve is gone and the business runs smoothly at scale โ "processing millions in sales a month with zero issues."
| Hound | to persistently follow up, sending repeated emails or messages until you get a response; the instructor's word for aggressive-but-professional persistence |
| Revenue | total money customers pay you before any costs are subtracted |
| Profit margin | what remains after subtracting all costs (ads, product cost, fees, etc.) from revenue; in dropshipping this is often 20โ30%, which can match the reserve percentage exactly |
| Ticket ID / thread | the original email chain Shopify opened when your issue began; replying to this thread keeps your case in one place and on record |
| Business days | working days (MondayโFriday), excluding weekends and holidays; relevant because Shopify legal takes 2โ3 business days to reply |
| Community group | the private group (Discord, Facebook group, or similar) run by the course instructor where students help each other |
| Smooth sailing | informal phrase meaning the business runs without major disruptions; the instructor's description of life after the reserve is resolved |
- Find the original legal-team email in your store's registered inbox (hello@yourbrand.com โ search "Shopify")
- Reply to that exact thread (never open a new ticket โ the ticket ID keeps your case tracked)
- Ask clearly: "What documentation do you need to release this reserve?"
- Provide all proof proactively: tracking numbers, LLC documents, shipping records
- Add your personal financial story: main income, bills due, 25% withheld = entire profit margin gone, cannot sustain ad spend
- Wait 2โ3 business days โ then reply again if no response
- Repeat until the reserve is lifted; once cleared, it does not return
โonce you have handled your reserve you got past it the reserve is done it's pretty much smooth sailing forever like you can start processing millions in sales a month and it's not going to have zero issues but this is just something we all have to go throughโ
Complete Shopify Store Setup: From Account to Optimization
A full ~1h56m walkthrough of building a real Shopify store end-to-end, using Shopify's AI assistant 'Sidekick' throughout.
Open full video on YouTube โWhat This Video Teaches โ The Full Shopify Roadmap
๐บ Where this fits: Bird's-eye view of the entire Shopify store-building journey โ sets context before any details
The beginner feels overwhelmed because they don't know what all the pieces are or what order to tackle them
There is a clear sequence: account setup โ products โ design โ payments โ shipping โ launch โ marketing โ optimization
| Shopify | a paid platform (like renting a ready-made shop space online) that handles the website, shopping cart, checkout, and payments for you; you pay a monthly fee |
| Dropshipping | selling products online without ever storing them yourself; the supplier ships directly to your customer |
| Tutorial | a step-by-step instructional walkthrough |
| Episode / Part | this video is structured in chapters (the narrator calls them episodes or parts); Parts 1-4 are covered in this single video |
- Understand the 4-part structure: setup โ operations โ launch & marketing โ optimization
- Gather what you need before starting: Shopify account, business name/address, product ideas, a logo idea, and high-quality images (or use AI to generate them)
- Note the example used throughout: a fictional matcha (green tea powder) drinks brand called "Zooie's Matcha" โ use your own product but follow the same steps
- Bookmark or note each major section so you can revisit the part you need
- Accept that not every setting shown will match yours โ adapt to your own business
โA beautiful store with zero visitors is just an expensive hobby.โ
Creating Your Shopify Account and Dashboard
๐บ Where this fits: The very first physical action โ getting through the front door of Shopify
Beginners stare at the Shopify homepage and don't know what to click, what information is needed, or where everything lives after signing up
Sign-up is just filling in an email, choosing "online store," and answering a few business questions; the dashboard has a predictable layout once you know where to look
| Free trial | Shopify lets you use the platform for a limited period without paying, so you can build and test before committing to a monthly subscription |
| Dashboard | the main control panel screen you see when you log into Shopify; think of it as the manager's office with all controls in one place |
| Admin | another word for the dashboard/control panel (short for "administrator area") |
| Navigation menu | the list of links on the left side of the screen (Products, Orders, Marketing, etc.) that takes you to different sections |
| Settings icon | a gear/cog icon at the bottom-left of the screen that opens all the behind-the-scenes configurations for your store |
| Legal business name | your officially registered name exactly as it appears on government documents |
- Go to shopify.com (or click the link in the video description) and enter your email address, then click "Start free trial"
- Choose your preferred sales method โ select "Online store"
- Answer: is it a new or existing business? What products will you sell? What is your business name?
- Complete sign-up โ you will land on the Shopify home dashboard
- Locate the left navigation menu (your main tool for getting around)
- Click the Settings icon (bottom-left) โ click General โ click the pencil icon โ enter your legal business name and address
- Save โ your store's basic identity is now registered
โYou don't need to be a coding expert or a design expert. You just need someone to show you where to start.โ
Sidekick โ Shopify's AI Assistant
๐บ Where this fits: Cross-cutting tool โ Sidekick is used in almost every other scene, so understanding it early unlocks everything else
New users get stuck searching through menus or documentation when they can't find something; they waste hours on what should be a 10-second task
Sidekick is a built-in AI chat assistant (top-right corner of the admin) that can find settings, write copy, generate images, answer questions, and even make changes directly in your store โ just type plain English
| AI assistant | a software program that uses artificial intelligence to understand your questions in plain language and give helpful answers or take actions; you don't need to type code or know technical terms |
| Prompt | the question or instruction you type to the AI; the better your prompt, the better the response |
| Voice mode | an option in Sidekick that lets you speak your questions out loud instead of typing them |
| Admin | again, the Shopify control panel; Sidekick lives inside the admin |
| Conversation history | Sidekick saves all your past chats at the bottom of the left navigation, so you can scroll back and re-read previous answers |
- Find Sidekick: look for the small chat icon in the top-right corner of your Shopify admin screen
- Click it to open the chat panel
- Type a plain-English question or request โ example: "Hey Sidekick, introduce yourself and give me a tour of your capabilities in 50 words"
- Read the response; if unsatisfied, refine your prompt and ask again
- For voice: click the microphone/voice button inside the Sidekick panel
- Pro tip: if you can't find a setting mentioned in a tutorial, ask "Sidekick, where is [setting name]?" and it will navigate you there
- Access past conversations: scroll to the bottom of the left navigation bar in the admin
โIf you can't find something I mentioned, ask Sidekick where it is and it will guide you there.โ
Adding Your First Product
๐บ Where this fits: The heart of your store โ no products means nothing for customers to buy
Beginners freeze when staring at a blank product form with many fields; they don't know what's required, what order to fill things in, or how good the description needs to be to start
You only need a few fields to start: a clear title, a short description, at least one image, a price, and inventory count; everything else can be improved later; Sidekick can write the description for you
| Product title | the name of the item as it appears on your store; make it descriptive (e.g., "Natural Matcha Pre-Workout Drink 12oz") not vague (e.g., "Green Drink") |
| Product description | a paragraph or bullet points explaining what the product is and why someone should buy it; this persuades the customer |
| Media section | the area on the product form where you upload photos, videos, or 3D model files of the item |
| Price | what customers pay; you set this number |
| Inventory stock | how many units you currently have available to sell; Shopify tracks this number and reduces it each time someone orders |
| Product weight | the physical weight of the item; needed to calculate accurate shipping costs |
| Location | which warehouse or physical address the product ships from |
| Dimensions | the height, width, and depth of the product; needed for some shipping calculations |
- From your home dashboard, click "Add your first product"
- Enter a descriptive product title โ include what it is and key attributes (e.g., size, flavor, material)
- In the description box, write what the product is and why to buy it; or ask Sidekick: "Write a professional description for my product [describe it briefly]"
- Scroll to the Media section โ click "Upload" โ select your product image from your computer โ save
- Fill in the Price field โ the amount in your local currency that customers will pay
- Enter your Inventory stock number (how many you have)
- Enter the product weight (needed for shipping) and location it ships from
- Click Save โ your product is now in your store
โYour products are the heart and soul of your Shopify store.โ
Using AI to Create and Edit Product Images
๐บ Where this fits: Solves a common practical blocker โ most beginners don't have professional product photos
You have a product but only a mediocre photo on a messy background; professional photography costs money and time, and you don't know what to do
Sidekick can take your existing photo and generate new variations โ placing it in natural lighting, lifestyle settings, or with different backgrounds โ all for free, directly inside Shopify; you get up to 5 new images per conversation
| AI image generation | an artificial intelligence tool that creates or modifies photos based on a text description you provide; no camera or Photoshop skills needed |
| Lifestyle setting | a photo that shows the product being used in a real-life scene (e.g., a drink on a kitchen counter with sunlight) rather than just isolated on a white background |
| Prompt (for images) | the text instruction you give the AI to describe the image you want (e.g., "Place this product on a marble counter in natural morning light") |
| Conversation limit | Sidekick allows up to 5 image generations per chat conversation; start a new conversation to generate more |
| Refine | to tweak your prompt and ask the AI to try again with adjustments |
- While on a product page in your Shopify admin, open Sidekick (top-right icon)
- Make sure your product image is already uploaded to the product
- Type a prompt such as: "Take this product image and create multiple variations. Place it on a counter in natural lighting and in a lifestyle setting."
- Wait a few seconds โ Sidekick generates new image options
- Review the results; if unsatisfied, type a follow-up refining the description (e.g., "Make it brighter" or "Add a plant in the background")
- Select the image you want and save it to your product
- To get more images: start a new conversation with Sidekick and repeat the process
โI love how you can just generate free AI images directly in the admin. No need to pay for additional image generator tools.โ
Product Details โ Price, Inventory, SEO Listing
๐บ Where this fits: The invisible but critical layer โ these settings determine if people can find your product AND if you get paid correctly
Beginners focus on visuals and forget the technical details (inventory, weight, SEO) that make the store function; empty fields cause shipping errors, missed orders, and Google invisibility
Each remaining field on the product page has a specific job: price captures money, inventory prevents overselling, weight calculates shipping, and the SEO listing makes Google show your product in search results
| SEO (Search Engine Optimization) | the process of making your store show up higher in search engines like Google or Bing when people search for products like yours; good SEO = more free traffic |
| Search engine listing | the small preview text that Google shows under a blue link in search results; it includes a clickable title, a URL (web address), and a meta description (a 1-2 sentence summary) |
| Meta description | the short sentence shown in Google search results describing what's on the page; it does not directly affect rankings but affects whether someone clicks |
| URL (Uniform Resource Locator) | the web address of a specific page, e.g., yourstore.com/products/matcha-drink |
| Inventory | the count of units you have available; Shopify deducts 1 each time someone places an order |
| Overselling | accidentally selling more units than you have in stock, leading to unfulfillable orders |
- On the product page, fill in the Price field with the amount you want to charge
- Fill in the Inventory stock number โ how many units you actually have
- Enter the product weight (in your preferred unit: lbs or kg) and the location it ships from
- Scroll to the bottom of the product page to find "Search engine listing"
- Either let Shopify auto-populate it from your product description, or ask Sidekick: "Create a search engine listing for my product" โ it will generate a title, URL, and meta description
- Edit the listing if needed โ make sure the title includes key words customers would actually search for
- Click Save when all fields are complete โ repeat this entire product-adding process for each item in your store
โAfter all, we want to make sure people can find your product.โ
Collections โ Organizing Products for Customers
๐บ Where this fits: Store organization layer โ turns a pile of products into a structured, shoppable catalog
A store with 10 unorganized products is confusing to browse; customers can't find what they want and leave without buying; the store looks unprofessional
Collections are groups of products (like aisles in a grocery store) that make browsing easy; Shopify offers two types โ manual (you pick which products go in) and smart (Shopify automatically adds products that match rules you set); Sidekick can build an entire collection and write its description in seconds
| Collection | a named group of products displayed together on your store, e.g., "Summer Flavors" or "Best Sellers"; customers click the collection name in navigation to see all products in it |
| Manual collection | you hand-pick exactly which products belong in the collection; more control, more work |
| Smart collection | you set rules (e.g., "all products tagged 'matcha' priced under $30") and Shopify automatically adds matching products now and in the future |
| Collection image | a single photo that represents the whole collection (like an aisle sign with a photo); customers see this on your homepage or collections page |
| Featured on homepage | a setting that puts a collection on your store's front page so it's the first thing visitors see |
- In the left sidebar of your admin, go to Products โ Collections โ click "Add collection"
- Choose collection type: Manual (you select products) or Smart (set rules)
- Add a title (e.g., "Classic Matcha Flavors") and description
- Add an SEO title and description in the search engine listing section
- For manual: search and select which products to include; for smart: set the rules (e.g., tag = "matcha")
- Shortcut with Sidekick: type "Make a collection of my [describe products]; I want it featured on my homepage" โ Sidekick creates the entire collection with details pre-filled
- Click "Add photo" to upload a collection image or ask Sidekick to generate one; then click Save
โCollections are basically how you organize your products into groups on your website that make sense for your customers.โ
Store Design โ Themes and the Theme Editor
๐บ Where this fits: The visual identity layer โ this is where your store starts looking like a real brand
Beginners don't know what a "theme" is, feel intimidated by design, and don't know if they need to pay for one or write any code
A theme is a pre-made website template you apply with one click; Shopify has free themes; you can generate one with AI by just describing your store in a sentence; the theme editor has visual sliders and dropdowns โ no coding required; changes preview in real time before you save
| Theme | a pre-built visual template that controls how your entire store looks (layout, fonts, spacing, color scheme); think of it as the "skin" of your website |
| Theme store | Shopify's marketplace of themes, some free and some paid, that you can browse and apply to your store |
| Theme editor | the screen inside Shopify where you customize a theme's appearance; you click on sections and adjust settings using menus, sliders, and color pickers |
| Generate theme | a Shopify feature where you type a description of your store (e.g., "health-inspired eco-chic matcha energy drink") and AI generates a matching theme for you automatically |
| Horizon theme | a specific free Shopify theme used as the example in this video; known for being modern and fast |
| Toggle buttons | small on/off switches in the theme editor that enable or disable specific features |
| Real-time preview | changes you make in the editor appear instantly on a side-by-side preview of your store, so you can see results before saving |
- From your admin, click Online Store โ Themes
- Option A (AI generate): type a description of your store in the text box โ click "Generate theme" โ Shopify creates a theme matching your description
- Option B (browse): scroll down โ click "Visit theme store" โ filter by Free โ select a theme โ click "Try theme" โ it appears in your theme library
- In your theme library, click "Edit theme" โ the theme editor opens
- Click any section in the preview to open its settings on the left panel
- Use the sliders, dropdowns, and color pickers to adjust settings; the preview updates instantly
- When happy, click Save โ your design changes are live on your store
โThis is where all those products and collections that you just set up finally start to feel real.โ
Colors, Fonts, Logo, and Favicon
๐บ Where this fits: Brand identity micro-decisions โ colors and fonts are what make strangers recognize and trust your store before they've read a word
Beginners feel paralyzed by color and font choices; they don't know what looks professional, fear making the wrong choice, or don't have a logo yet
Sidekick gives you a complete design roadmap with specific color codes (hex codes like #2E8B57) and font names; you can implement its suggestions with a single command; Sidekick can also create your favicon; the only rule is consistency
| Color palette | a set of 3-5 specific colors that represent your brand and are used consistently across your store |
| Color code (hex code) | a six-character code like #2E8B57 that precisely identifies a specific color so computers display it exactly the same way everywhere; you paste this into Shopify's color picker |
| Font (typography) | the style of lettering used on your website; like handwriting styles โ serif fonts feel traditional, sans-serif fonts feel modern |
| Headings | large text used for titles and section headers; your most prominent font |
| Body text | the smaller paragraph text on your pages; needs to be easy to read |
| Logo | your brand's symbol or wordmark image that appears in the top-left of your website header and on emails |
| Favicon (favorite icon) | a tiny icon (16x16 or 32x32 pixels) that appears in the browser tab next to your page title; customers see it when they have multiple tabs open |
| Inverse logo | a version of your logo designed to be visible on dark backgrounds (if your normal logo is dark, you need a light-colored version for dark headers) |
| PNG format | a type of image file that supports transparent backgrounds; best for logos and icons so they don't have a white square around them |
| Pixels wide | a unit of digital size; for logos Shopify recommends 200-300 pixels wide |
- In the theme editor, go to Theme settings โ Colors; ask Sidekick: "Help me design a store that feels professional, clean, and organized. Give me color palettes with color codes, font recommendations, and layout tips."
- Ask Sidekick to apply the suggested palette directly: "Apply the color palette you suggested to my theme" โ it fills in the color settings with option to review
- Go to Theme settings โ Typography; apply the font recommendations to headings, body text, subheadings, and accents
- Go to Theme settings โ Logo; click "Select image" to upload your logo file; use the width slider to size it; click Save
- Upload an inverse (dark-background-safe) version of your logo in the Inverse logo slot
- For favicon: upload a small square PNG (32x32 pixels) of your logo/icon, or ask Sidekick to generate one
- Pro tip: use high-quality PNG files with transparent backgrounds for logos; keep logos 200-300 pixels wide for desktop display
โYour font choice tells customers what to expect before they even read a word.โ
Content Sections, Mobile View, and Page Editing
๐บ Where this fits: Completing the visual layer โ filling in the actual content areas and making sure the store looks good on a phone
Beginners build their store on a computer and forget that most shoppers will visit on a mobile phone; a desktop-only design can look broken on small screens and lose sales
The theme editor has a phone-preview icon that instantly shows how your store looks on mobile; you can add and rearrange content sections by clicking plus signs and dragging; roughly 2/3 of all online retail orders come through mobile
| Hero banner | the large image at the very top of your homepage that greets visitors first; like the window display in a physical store |
| Section | a distinct block of content on a page (e.g., the hero banner, a product grid, a testimonials row, a contact form); you can add, remove, and rearrange sections |
| Carousel | a section that shows multiple images or products in a slideshow that visitors can scroll through |
| Contact form | a section with fields (name, email, message) that visitors fill in to contact you |
| Mobile view | a preview mode in the theme editor that simulates what your store looks like on a smartphone screen |
| Template | a pre-set layout for a type of page (product page, collection page, blog post) that you customize; you switch between page templates using the dropdown menu at the top of the theme editor |
| 2/3 of all online retail orders | approximately 66% of purchases happen on mobile phones, not desktop computers; this number is from the video and is the reason mobile optimization matters |
- In the theme editor, hover your mouse over any area of the store preview โ a blue outline appears
- Click the section (e.g., hero banner) to open its settings on the left panel; upload or change images here
- To add a new section: hover between sections โ click the "+" (plus) sign โ a menu of preset options appears (contact form, carousel, image gallery, etc.) โ select and add
- To edit other pages (product page, collections page, blog): use the dropdown menu at the top of the theme editor (where it says "Homepage") โ select the page type โ edit its default template
- Click the phone icon in the top-right corner of the theme editor to switch to mobile view
- Review every section in mobile view โ ensure text is readable, images aren't cut off, and buttons are large enough to tap
- Also test mobile navigation on your actual phone after publishing; do the same on a tablet if possible
โRoughly two-thirds of all online retail orders come through mobile, so make sure your store looks good on a mobile device.โ
Navigation Menus and Domain Name
๐บ Where this fits: The wayfinding layer โ navigation and domain make your store findable and navigable; without them the store exists but nobody can find or return to it
A store with confusing navigation loses visitors who can't find products; a default ".myshopify.com" address looks unprofessional and is hard to remember; beginners don't know they need to both SET UP menus AND connect a real domain
Navigation is built from a simple list of links you name and order however you want; nested submenus keep the main menu clean; a custom domain (yourstore.com) can be bought through Shopify in a few clicks and is automatically connected to your store
| Navigation menu | the set of links (usually at the top of the website) that visitors click to move between pages; like signs in a store pointing to "Electronics," "Clothing," "Checkout" |
| Main menu | the primary set of links visible on every page at the top of your website |
| Menu item | a single link in the navigation menu; can point to a page, collection, product, or external URL |
| Nested submenu (dropdown submenu) | a second level of menu items that appears when a visitor hovers over or clicks a top-level menu item; like "Shop" revealing "T-Shirts," "Hoodies," "Accessories" underneath |
| Domain name | the unique web address of your store (e.g., zoiesmatcha.com); the part after "www." and before ".com" or ".co" or other endings |
| URL (web address) | the full address typed in a browser bar, e.g., https://www.zoiesmatcha.com |
| myshopify.com address | the default free address Shopify gives your store when you first sign up (e.g., your-store-name.myshopify.com); still works but looks unprofessional |
| Primary domain | the main address customers use to reach your store; you set which domain is "primary" in Shopify Settings โ Domains |
| DNS records | behind-the-scenes internet settings that connect a domain name to a specific website; Shopify handles these automatically when you buy a domain through them |
- From admin, click Content (left sidebar) โ Menus; you'll see preset menus (main menu, catalog, contact) from your theme
- Click a menu to edit it; click "Add menu item" โ type a name and choose what it links to (collection, product, page, or external URL)
- Drag items using the vertical dots button to reorder; drag slightly to the right under another item to create a nested submenu
- Example: rename "Catalog" to your collection name, add sub-items for each sub-collection; Save
- Test navigation: from your dashboard hover over Online Store โ click the eye icon โ test all links in the live preview
- For domain: go to Settings โ Domains; click "Connect existing" if you already own one, or click "Buy new domain"
- Type your desired domain name โ check availability โ if available, click "Buy" next to it โ enter payment info โ Shopify automatically connects it
- Test your domain in a browser; update the primary domain in Settings โ Domains if needed
โYour navigation menu is like a road map for your store. It needs to be clear and intuitive.โ
Setting Up Shopify Payments
๐บ Where this fits: The money layer โ without this, the store looks open but can't actually collect payment
Beginners build a beautiful store and forget they can't take money until they've verified their identity and connected a bank account; the verification form is intimidating and document mismatches cause delays
Shopify Payments is built in โ no separate service to sign up for; identity verification is straightforward once you know exactly what documents and name format are required; the most common mistake (name mismatch) is easily avoided; verification takes hours, rarely days
| Shopify Payments | Shopify's own built-in payment processor; the system that securely collects money from customers' credit cards and deposits it into your bank account; available in most countries |
| Payment processor / payment gateway | the technical system that handles the transaction between a customer's bank and your bank when they pay; Shopify Payments is one example; PayPal and Stripe are others |
| Two-step authentication (2FA) | a security feature that requires TWO things to log in: your password PLUS a second verification (like a code texted to your phone); required before activating Shopify Payments |
| Authenticator app | a phone app (like Google Authenticator or Duo) that generates a rotating 6-digit code every 30 seconds; you enter this code as your second login step |
| Recovery codes | backup codes given during 2FA setup; store them in a secure place (not your phone notes app); used to regain access if you lose your phone |
| Individual (business type) | select this if you're a solo person with no registered business number; Shopify will ask for personal ID documents |
| LLC / Corporation | legal business structures that require registration with the government and come with a business registration number; if you have one, select "Business" not "Individual" |
| SSN (Social Security Number) | a US government ID number for individuals, used for tax and identity verification |
| ITIN (Individual Taxpayer Identification Number) | a US tax ID for people who don't have an SSN (common for non-US residents running stores that serve US customers) |
| TIN (Tax Identification Number) | a general term for tax ID numbers; different countries have different versions |
| VAT registration number | a tax ID used in Europe for businesses that charge Value Added Tax (a sales tax common in EU countries) |
| Account representative | the person (usually the store owner) who is responsible for the Shopify Payments account; their legal information must match their government-issued ID exactly |
| ACH transfer | the standard way US bank accounts receive electronic money transfers; your Shopify Payments payouts go to your bank via this method |
| EFT (Electronic Funds Transfer) | the Canadian equivalent of ACH; used for bank-to-bank transfers in Canada |
| SWIFT | the international bank transfer system used in Europe, Asia, and Africa for receiving Shopify payouts |
| Becs | the bank transfer system used in Australia for Shopify payouts |
- First, enable two-step authentication: Profile โ Security โ Turn on two-step โ follow on-screen steps โ save recovery codes securely
- Go to Settings โ Payments โ click the prompt to "Finish setting up your account"
- Choose business type: "Individual" if you have no business registration number; "Business" if you have a registered business number
- For Individual: enter your legal name exactly as it appears on your ID, date of birth, SSN/ITIN/TIN, email, phone, home address; upload a government ID document
- Critical: use your FULL legal name (e.g., "Robert" not "Rob"); name mismatches are the #1 cause of verification delays
- Verify your bank account: confirm your bank supports ACH (US), EFT (Canada), SWIFT (Europe/Asia/Africa), or Becs (Australia)
- Set payment capture: Settings โ Payments โ scroll to "Payment capture method" โ select "Automatically at checkout" (money is captured the moment an order is placed)
- Enable wallets: click Manage next to Shopify Payments โ Manage payment methods โ toggle on Shop Pay, Apple Pay, Google Pay
- Set checkout contact preference: Settings โ Checkout โ Customer contact method โ check "Show order tracking link with Shop" โ check marketing consent box to start building your email list
โIf your driver's license says Robert, but you go by Rob, use Robert. Mismatches like that are the number one reason people get held up in verification.โ
Shipping Zones and Rates
๐บ Where this fits: The logistics layer โ determines where you ship and how much customers pay for delivery
Shipping settings feel technical and abstract; beginners don't know the difference between flat rate, calculated rate, or free shipping, and worry they'll either charge customers too little (losing money) or too much (losing sales)
Shopify pre-creates two zones (domestic and international) so you're not starting from scratch; you can set simple flat rates or let Shopify calculate dynamically; the proven strategy is to bake shipping costs into product prices and offer "free shipping" โ it converts better; Sidekick can walk you through every rate calculation
| Shipping zone | a geographic group (e.g., "United States," "Europe," "Canada") that you assign its own set of shipping prices; think of it as a pricing bucket for each destination |
| Domestic zone | shipments within your own country |
| International zone | shipments to other countries (the default Shopify sets up automatically) |
| Shipping rate | the price you charge customers for delivery; can be a flat fee, free, or calculated automatically based on weight and distance |
| Flat rate | a single fixed shipping price (e.g., $5.95) charged regardless of the order size or destination within that zone |
| Calculated rate | shipping price that Shopify calculates in real-time based on the package weight, dimensions, origin, and destination using real carrier (UPS, USPS, FedEx) prices |
| Carrier | a shipping company that physically transports packages, e.g., UPS, FedEx, USPS (United States Postal Service), DHL |
| Free shipping | offering delivery at $0 to the customer; your business absorbs the shipping cost, usually by building it into the product price |
| Market | in Shopify, a geographic market (e.g., "UK Market," "Australia Market") you create to give specific countries their own shipping rates and pricing |
| "Build shipping into product price" strategy | instead of charging $30 + $5 shipping, you charge $35 with free shipping; psychologically better because customers dislike seeing shipping added at checkout |
- Go to Settings โ Shipping and delivery; you'll see pre-set Domestic and International zones
- Click "Add rate" under your domestic zone to set your domestic shipping price โ choose flat rate (e.g., $5.95), calculated, or free
- To add a specific country as its own zone: first remove it from the International zone (three dots โ Edit zone โ uncheck the country โ save)
- Then scroll to the bottom of shipping page โ "Start shipping to more places" โ Go to markets โ Create market โ name it โ select the country โ save
- Click "Add rate" for the new market/zone โ set flat rate, calculated, or free shipping
- Strategy tip: offer free shipping and raise product prices by the average shipping cost instead; customers respond much better to "free shipping" than "$5.95 shipping fee"
- For dropshipping/print-on-demand: check your supplier's shipping costs first before setting your rates to avoid losing money
โA lot of successful stores offer free shipping and just build the cost into their product prices.โ
Package Weights, Shipping Labels, and Insurance
๐บ Where this fits: The physical accuracy layer โ ensures you don't silently lose money on every shipment due to wrong weights or forgotten costs
A product might weigh 0.5 lbs but when packed it weighs 1.2 lbs; if you set the wrong weight in Shopify, calculated shipping charges the customer too little and you pay the difference; beginners also don't know they can buy discounted shipping labels right inside Shopify
You define your packaging sizes/weights in Settings โ Packages; Shopify uses those to calculate accurate shipping; you buy discounted labels directly in the admin (label costs are charged separately to your Shopify account, not taken from your sales); insurance is built-in on higher Shopify plans
| Package weight | the total weight of the product PLUS the box, bubble wrap, tape, and all packing materials; this is what the carrier actually weighs and charges you for |
| Saved package | a defined box size and empty-weight profile you save in Shopify so it applies to shipping calculations automatically; named things like "Small Box" or "Standard Mailer" |
| Shipping label | a printed sticker (bought from the carrier or Shopify) that goes on the outside of your package with the recipient's address, a tracking barcode, and your return address; required for every shipment |
| Discounted rates | Shopify has pre-negotiated bulk deals with carriers (UPS, USPS, etc.) and passes those discounts to you when you buy labels through the admin; you pay less than the walk-in rate at a post office |
| Billing threshold | a spending limit on your Shopify account; when your accumulated label costs hit this threshold, Shopify automatically charges your credit card on file |
| Billing cycle | the monthly period for which Shopify totals all your charges (subscription + any label costs that didn't hit the billing threshold); billed at the end of each month |
| Shipping insurance | protection that pays you out if a package is lost or damaged in transit; automatically included up to $200 per label on Grow/Advanced/Plus Shopify plans; Basic plan can purchase it for up to $5,000 |
| Packing slip | a printed paper document that goes INSIDE the box listing the order details (items, quantities, customer info); the customer receives this; it's not the shipping label |
| After Ship / Ready to Ship | example third-party apps available in the Shopify App Store that handle shipping labels if Shopify's built-in labels aren't available in your country |
- Go to Settings โ Shipping and delivery โ scroll down to "Packages" section โ click "Add package"
- Select package type (box, soft pack, envelope), enter the outside dimensions and the weight of the EMPTY packaging material
- Name it (e.g., "Small Box," "Large Mailer") and check "Set as default" if all your products use the same packaging โ Save
- For products with different packaging: go to Products โ select product โ click "Add variant" โ scroll to Shipping section โ choose the correct saved package from the dropdown โ Save; also verify the product weight
- To buy shipping labels: when you have an order, open it in the Orders tab โ click "Print shipping label" โ Shopify purchases the discounted label and adds the cost to your account balance
- Check your billing threshold/charges: Settings โ Billing โ look under "Bills"
- Regarding insurance: Grow/Advanced/Plus plans get up to $200 automatic coverage per label; Basic plan can purchase up to $5,000; Canadian/European merchants should check carrier insurance or third-party apps
โIf your weights aren't accurate, you could end up undercharging for shipping and quietly losing money on every order.โ
Fulfillment Workflow and Customer Email Notifications
๐บ Where this fits: The day-to-day operations layer โ what you actually DO each time someone buys something
Beginners don't know the step-by-step process of what happens after an order comes in; they worry about managing multiple orders efficiently; they also don't know how to personalize the customer confirmation emails
Fulfillment is a repeatable 6-step process (check order โ pick items โ print packing slip โ print label โ ship โ Shopify auto-marks fulfilled and emails customer); for multiple orders you can batch-print all packing slips and labels at once; email templates are fully customizable and Sidekick can help personalize them
| Fulfillment | the complete process of taking a placed order and getting it physically delivered to the customer: picking, packing, labeling, and handing to a carrier |
| Orders tab | the section in your Shopify admin (left navigation) that lists all incoming orders in real time |
| Approved order | an order where payment has been successfully collected and it's ready for you to process |
| Packing slip | the printed paper document placed INSIDE the shipment box listing the items, quantities, and order details; the customer's record of what was sent |
| Back order | a product that is temporarily out of stock; Shopify lets you ship available items now and mark the out-of-stock item for fulfillment later when it's restocked |
| Bulk print | a Shopify feature that lets you select multiple orders simultaneously and print all packing slips or labels in one action, saving time when you have many orders |
| Shopify Fulfillment Network | Shopify's own warehousing and shipping service where they store your inventory and handle packing/shipping for you (third-party fulfillment option) |
| Third-party fulfillment app | a software integration (from the Shopify App Store) that connects your store to an external fulfillment service like ShipBob or Amazon FBA |
| Customer email template | the automated email Shopify sends to customers at each stage (order confirmation, shipping notification, delivery confirmation); can be customized with your logo and brand colors |
| "Order has shipped" email | the automatic notification sent to the customer with tracking information once you mark an order as fulfilled |
- When an order arrives, go to Orders tab โ click the order to open it
- Review customer details and items ordered; gather items from inventory and prepare packaging
- In the top-right of the order: click "Print packing slip" โ print it โ place inside box
- Click "Create shipping label" โ print label โ attach to outside of box
- Drop package at carrier or schedule pickup; Shopify automatically marks the order "Fulfilled" and emails the customer their tracking number
- For multiple orders: select the checkbox next to each order โ bulk print all packing slips โ bulk create shipping labels โ mark all as fulfilled
- Customize email templates: ask Sidekick "Show me where I can edit my customer email templates" โ click the navigate link โ add your logo, update accent colors, and make it feel on-brand โ Save
โSet this up like future you is about to be busy.โ
Returns, Taxes, and Running Test Orders
๐บ Where this fits: The legal and accuracy layer โ makes your store compliant, trustworthy, and verified before real customers arrive
Taxes sound terrifying; beginners either ignore them and get in trouble later, or overthink them and get paralyzed; they also don't know how to test whether payments actually work without charging a real card
Shopify automatically calculates most taxes based on your location and the customer's location; you just need to input your tax ID in the right place; return policies use a Shopify template; test mode lets you simulate a complete checkout with fake credit card numbers โ no real money involved; Sidekick can explain anything confusing
| Return policy | a written statement on your store explaining the rules for customers who want to return products (e.g., "Returns accepted within 30 days if items are unused") |
| Refund policy | the rules for when and how you give money back to customers; often combined with the return policy |
| Self-serve returns | a Shopify setting that lets customers initiate their own return request online without emailing you first; reduces customer service workload |
| Return window | the number of days after purchase during which a return is accepted; you set this number |
| Restocking fee | an optional charge you can impose when someone returns an item; covers the cost of inspecting and re-shelving it |
| Final sale items | products marked as non-returnable; customers cannot return these even if they change their mind |
| Sales tax | a government-required percentage added to the sale price of goods; the rate varies by country, state, or province |
| Tax ID number / Sales tax ID | the number your government assigns to your business for tax collection; required to collect and remit (pay) sales tax |
| Duties and import taxes | extra fees that governments charge on products crossing international borders; Shopify can calculate and collect these at checkout so your customer doesn't face surprise fees upon delivery |
| Tax-inclusive pricing | displaying prices with tax already included in the number shown (e.g., showing $110 total instead of $100 + $10 tax); legally required in many countries including EU, Japan, Australia |
| Dynamic tax-inclusive pricing | Shopify automatically shows tax-included prices to customers in countries where it's expected (UK, EU) and tax-excluded prices to customers elsewhere (US) |
| Test mode | a setting in Shopify Payments that lets you simulate real purchases using fake credit card numbers; no actual money is charged; used to verify your store works correctly before going live |
| Test credit card numbers | fake card numbers provided by Shopify specifically for test mode transactions; ask Sidekick for the current official test numbers |
- Return policy: Settings โ Policies โ Return and refund policy โ click "Insert template" โ customize to your preferences (return window, conditions) โ click Publish
- Enable self-serve returns: Settings โ Customer accounts โ toggle on "Self-serve returns" โ go back to Policies โ set return rules (window in days, return shipping cost, restocking fee, final sale items) โ Save
- Tax setup: Settings โ Taxes and duties โ select your country โ click "Collect in a new region" โ select your state/province โ enter your sales tax ID โ click "Collect sales tax"
- Scroll to "Duties and import taxes" โ click Set up โ select applicable markets โ Save
- For tax-inclusive pricing (required in some countries): scroll to Global settings โ check "Include sales tax in product price and shipping rate"
- Test your store: Settings โ Payments โ click Manage โ toggle on "Use test mode" โ click the eye icon on Online Store to enter your store as a customer โ add a product to cart โ checkout โ ask Sidekick for official Shopify test credit card numbers โ complete checkout โ verify tax, shipping, and fulfillment trigger correctly
- Turn test mode OFF after testing; keep records of all tax registrations; consult a local tax professional
โAlways keep records of your tax registrations and always consult a local tax professional. Rules change constantly and expert advice is so worth it.โ
Pre-Launch Checklist and Going Live
๐บ Where this fits: The launch gate โ separates "store in progress" from "store open for business"
Beginners launch too early (bugs, missing policies, broken links) or never launch because they're afraid it's not ready; they also don't know that their store is hidden behind a password by default, or how to announce the launch effectively
Shopify has a password-protection mode that keeps your store invisible until you're ready; going live is one click (uncheck the password); Sidekick can scan your store for missing information; essential trust pages (contact, privacy policy, return policy, terms of service) can be drafted by Sidekick in minutes; a simple email and social post to your network is enough to get your first visitors
| Password protection | a Shopify setting that hides your entire store behind a password page so the public can't see it; active by default when you first create your store; you turn it off when you're ready to go live |
| Pre-launch checklist | a list of things to verify before removing password protection; includes products, pricing, policies, navigation, checkout, payment, and mobile view |
| Trust pages | website pages that build customer confidence: Contact page (how to reach you), Shipping policy (delivery details), Return policy (how returns work), Privacy policy (how you handle customer data), Terms of service (legal rules of using your site) |
| Privacy policy | a legal document required by law in most countries that explains what data you collect from visitors (e.g., email addresses, browsing behavior) and how you use it |
| Terms of service (Terms and conditions) | a legal document outlining the rules customers agree to when using your website or purchasing from you |
| "Password" preference | the specific Shopify setting you uncheck to make your store publicly visible; found at Online Store โ Preferences โ uncheck password protection |
| Launch announcement email | a short, personal email you send to your contacts (friends, family, social connections) announcing that your store is open, featuring your best product and a "Shop Now" button |
| Social media boost | paying a small amount ($20-$50) to have a social platform (Instagram, Facebook) show your post to more people beyond your existing followers |
- Use Sidekick for a pre-launch audit: ask "Can you scan my product list for any missing descriptions or prices?" and "Verify all contact, shipping, and return policies are set up correctly"
- Create trust pages you haven't set up yet: ask Sidekick "Help me create a shipping policy for my store" or "Draft a return policy with a 30-day return window" โ customize โ publish each page
- Do a full manual walkthrough: navigate your store as if you're a first-time visitor โ add something to cart โ go all the way through checkout using test mode (fake credit card numbers from Sidekick)
- Check mobile: repeat the entire walkthrough on your actual phone
- Verify: shipping rates display correctly, payment options load, policy links are visible at checkout
- To go live: admin โ Online Store โ Preferences โ uncheck "Password protection" โ Save
- Send a launch email: ask Sidekick "Draft a launch announcement email for my store" โ go to Apps โ Messaging โ create campaign โ paste your copy โ send or schedule
- Post a 3-part social media series (teaser โ behind-the-scenes โ launch announcement); consider a $20-$50 boost on your launch post on Instagram or Facebook
โFinding a broken link or payment issue now is infinitely better than losing a sale later.โ
SEO Basics and Google Analytics Setup
๐บ Where this fits: The discoverability layer โ without SEO and analytics you're invisible to Google and flying blind with no data
Beginners don't know what SEO means, think it requires coding, or don't realize they need to connect Google Analytics to know if their store is working; they can't improve what they can't measure
SEO means using the right words in your titles and descriptions so Google shows your store when people search for products like yours; Shopify has built-in SEO fields; Sidekick can audit your entire store and fix meta descriptions in bulk; Google Analytics (free tool) shows you where your visitors come from; Google Search Console (also free) shows how Google sees your site โ both connect in minutes
| SEO (Search Engine Optimization) | the practice of making your web pages more likely to appear in Google/Bing search results without paying for ads; done by using accurate, descriptive language that matches what people type into search |
| Search engine | a website (Google, Bing) that finds and ranks web pages based on what users search for |
| Keywords | the specific words or phrases people type into Google to find products; you want your pages to include these naturally in titles and descriptions |
| Meta description | the 1-2 sentence summary that appears under your link in Google search results; doesn't directly affect ranking but affects whether people click |
| Alt text (alternative text) | a written description of an image that you add in Shopify; helps Google understand what the image shows AND helps visually impaired users who use screen readers; example: "coconut matcha pre-workout drink in a 12oz aluminum can" |
| Google Analytics 4 (GA4) | Google's free tool that tracks and reports on website traffic: how many visitors, where they came from, which pages they viewed, how long they stayed, and whether they bought anything |
| Google Search Console | Google's free tool that shows how your website appears in search results: what keywords bring people to your site, whether Google has indexed your pages, and any technical errors Google found |
| Index / indexed | when Google has discovered and catalogued a page so it can show up in search results; an un-indexed page is invisible to Google |
| Google and YouTube app | a Shopify app (available in the App Store) that connects your store to Google Analytics and enables Google Shopping; install it to link Google and Shopify |
| GA4 property | your store's specific Google Analytics account/profile; you either create a new one or connect an existing one when you install the Google and YouTube app |
| Bulk SEO audit | asking Sidekick to check all your products and pages at once and report which ones have weak or missing SEO elements |
- Sidekick SEO audit: ask "Audit my entire store for SEO issues and improve meta descriptions for all my product pages"; ask "Optimize SEO for my homepage and about page"; ask "Optimize SEO for all my products and add titles and descriptions"
- Fix image alt text: go to Products โ select a product โ click on the product image โ find the "Alt text" field โ replace file names like "image_1234.jpg" with descriptive text like "coconut matcha pre-workout drink 12oz" โ repeat for all product images (or ask Sidekick to generate alt text for you)
- Install Google Analytics: in Shopify admin search bar, type "Google and YouTube" โ install the app from App Store โ click "Connect Google account" โ sign in โ find the banner for "Google Analytics 4" โ click "Get started" โ select your GA4 property or click "Create new" โ click Connect
- Set up Google Search Console: go to search.google.com/search-console in a new browser tab โ add your store URL โ verify ownership by following Google's prompts
- Both tools should be connected on launch day so you start collecting data from day one
- Pro tip: keep SEO natural โ don't stuff descriptions with keywords; write for humans first, Google second
โIt's much easier to set up your SEO at the launch of your store than try and fix it later.โ
Shopify Marketing Hub โ Campaigns, Attribution, and Automations
๐บ Where this fits: The marketing command center โ a single place inside Shopify to run, track, and automate all your marketing activities
Marketing feels like a chaotic mess of separate tools (email, Instagram, Facebook, Google) with no way to know what's actually working; beginners don't know what a "campaign" means in a marketing context or how to tell if a source is actually driving sales
Shopify's Marketing Hub is a single tab in the admin that organizes all marketing in 4 sections: Overview (how are we doing?), Campaigns (track multi-channel efforts), Attribution (which channel gets credit for a sale?), and Automations (automated messages); Sidekick can report on everything so you don't have to dig through data manually
| Marketing hub | a dedicated section in Shopify admin (left navigation) that centralizes all marketing tools, reports, and automations in one place |
| Campaign | in marketing, an organized effort to promote your store around a specific goal or time period (e.g., "Summer Launch Campaign" or "Black Friday Sale"); Shopify tracks all traffic and sales generated by each campaign |
| Campaign ID | a unique identifier Shopify assigns to each campaign to track its performance across all channels |
| UTM tags (UTM parameters) | short codes added to the end of URLs (web addresses) that tell Shopify where a visitor came from; example: ?utm_source=instagram&utm_campaign=blackfriday tells Shopify "this person clicked from Instagram as part of the Black Friday campaign" |
| UTM source | the specific platform (e.g., Instagram, Facebook, email, TikTok) that sent the visitor to your store |
| UTM campaign | the campaign name (e.g., "blackfriday," "launchwk") that groups related traffic together |
| Auto-match rules | a Shopify feature that automatically groups traffic into campaigns based on rules you set (e.g., "any link with utm_campaign=blackfriday belongs to my Black Friday campaign"); saves you from manually tracking every link |
| Attribution | the process of deciding which marketing activity (Instagram post, email, Google ad) deserves credit for causing a sale; important because one customer might see your ad on Facebook, click a link in your email, and then buy โ which "gets credit"? |
| Last non-direct click (default attribution model) | the default Shopify attribution setting; gives full credit for the sale to the most recent marketing channel the customer clicked before buying (excluding when they typed your URL directly) |
| Last click model | gives credit to the absolute last thing clicked before purchase (including direct visits) |
| First click model | gives credit to the very first marketing touch that introduced the customer to your brand |
| Any click model | gives credit to every single marketing touchpoint; useful for seeing the full picture |
| Linear model | splits credit equally among ALL marketing touchpoints in the customer journey |
| Automations (marketing) | pre-programmed messages that send automatically when triggered by customer behavior; e.g., a welcome email when someone subscribes, or a cart recovery email when someone abandons their cart without buying |
| Abandoned cart | when a shopper adds items to their cart but leaves the website before completing the purchase; the #1 recovery opportunity in e-commerce |
| Shopify Flow | Shopify's automation builder; lets you create custom "if this โ then that" workflows using triggers (events) and actions (responses) |
- Find Marketing hub in left navigation of your admin โ click it
- Overview tab: see key metrics (sessions, sales, conversion rate) and which channels are driving traffic
- Campaigns tab โ click "Create campaign" โ name it something specific (e.g., "Black Friday 2025") โ define tracking via shareable links, auto-match rules (UTM tags), or campaign activities
- Set UTM tags for each post/email: add ?utm_campaign=yourname&utm_source=instagram (or facebook, email, tiktok) to every link you share; Shopify groups all traffic with matching UTM tags under the same campaign
- Attribution tab: choose the attribution model that fits your analysis goal; ask Sidekick "Which attribution model should I use for my store?" for personalized guidance
- Automations tab: click "Create automation" โ browse pre-built templates โ select "Abandoned cart recovery" (already enabled by default) โ customize timing and message
- Pro tip: ask Sidekick "Give me a report of my marketing section" each morning to see what's working without digging through data yourself
โYou can truly juggle multiple tools in one place faster and more efficiently than ever before.โ
Email Marketing with Shopify Messaging
๐บ Where this fits: The direct-revenue channel โ email is the highest-ROI marketing channel and it's free for up to 10,000 emails per month inside Shopify
Beginners think email marketing is complicated, requires a separate paid service, or don't realize how powerful it is; they also don't know what makes a good email campaign or how to set up automated messages that run without manual effort
Shopify Messaging is built into every plan (Basic/Grow/Advanced/Plus) with 10,000 free emails per month; it includes drag-and-drop email templates that automatically match your store's brand colors and fonts; you can send to specific customer segments (e.g., only customers who bought twice); abandoned checkout emails are always free and recover lost sales automatically
| Shopify Messaging | Shopify's built-in email AND SMS marketing tool (previously called "Shopify Email"); lets you create, send, and track campaigns directly from the admin |
| Email campaign | a single targeted email sent to a selected group of subscribers; can be scheduled or sent immediately |
| Email template | a pre-designed email layout with placeholder content; you pick one that fits your goal (announcement, promotion, newsletter) and customize the text and images |
| Segment | a filtered group of customers who share something in common (e.g., "customers who have purchased at least once," "all subscribers," "customers who haven't ordered in 90 days"); you choose which segment receives each email |
| Subject line | the first line of text recipients see in their email inbox before opening; the #1 factor determining whether someone opens the email |
| Preview text | the short sentence shown next to the subject line in email inboxes on most email clients; gives a second chance to entice the reader to open |
| Static product block | all email recipients see the same products in the email regardless of their history |
| Dynamic product block | each recipient sees different products in the email based on their purchase history and browsing behavior; more personalized, higher click rates |
| Domain authentication | a technical setup where you add DNS records (text entries in your domain settings) that prove to email servers that your Shopify store is authorized to send emails from your domain; prevents emails going to spam; takes up to 48 hours |
| Quick verification | a faster email verification option where Shopify sends a confirmation email to your sender address; you click the link and can start sending immediately without DNS changes |
| Sender email address | the "From" email address recipients see (e.g., hello@yourstore.com); must be verified before sending |
| 10,000 free emails per month | the included email allowance on all Shopify plans; email campaigns + email automations count toward this total; abandoned checkout emails are EXCLUDED (always free) |
| SMS (Short Message Service) | text messages sent to customers' mobile phones; a separate optional feature within Shopify Messaging in select countries; priced separately based on messages sent; 98% open rate |
| Klavio | a third-party email/SMS marketing app recommended for when you've outgrown Shopify Messaging's basic features (more advanced automations, AI-powered features); has a steeper learning curve but stronger for scaling beyond 10,000 emails/month |
- Access Shopify Messaging: admin โ Apps โ Messaging โ click "Create campaign"
- Choose a template matching your goal (announcement, newsletter, promotion) โ click Select
- Customize: drag-and-drop content blocks, edit text by clicking each block, add/change images, change the product block between Static and Dynamic
- The email automatically uses your store's colors and fonts โ minimal styling needed
- At the top, click "Select segment" to choose who receives the email (all subscribers, one-time buyers, repeat customers, or a custom segment)
- Add a subject line (ask Sidekick for catchy options: "Help me write a fun email subject line for [campaign description]") and preview text
- Verify your sender email address: either Quick verification (click link in verification email, send immediately) or Domain authentication (add DNS records, takes up to 48 hours, better long-term)
- Click Review (top right) โ Shopify flags anything missing โ choose send immediately or schedule for later โ Confirm
- Set up automations: Messaging โ Create automations โ browse pre-built templates โ select Welcome email with discount or Abandoned cart โ click "Use template" โ turn on
โEmail marketing dominates as the most effective channel according to 72% of brands.โ
Paid Ads and Organic Social Media
๐บ Where this fits: The traffic engine โ the two main ways to get people to your store (paid = fast but costs money; organic = free but takes time and consistency)
A new store has no visitors โ paid ads feel expensive and confusing; organic social feels slow and like shouting into a void; beginners don't know where to start, what to post, or how to connect their store to Facebook/Instagram
Paid ads on Facebook and Instagram are the fastest way to get traffic from day one โ even $20-$50 can reach thousands of people; organic content built on a 3-4 posts/week schedule with a mix of content types (product shots, behind-the-scenes, testimonials, educational) builds a loyal audience that doesn't require ongoing ad spend; both work better together
| Paid ads (paid advertising) | you pay a platform (Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, Google) to show your content to specific audiences who may not follow you; charged per click or per 1,000 views |
| Organic social media | free content you post on social platforms; only shown to your existing followers and occasionally the algorithm's recommended feed; costs time and creativity, not money |
| Meta | Facebook's parent company; runs both Facebook and Instagram; the "Facebook and Instagram by Meta" app in Shopify connects your store to both platforms for shopping and ads |
| Pixel | a tiny piece of code that Meta installs on your website to track visitor behavior (what pages they viewed, what they added to cart, whether they bought); used to target ads at people who visited your store; connected through your Meta ad account |
| Meta Ads Manager | Facebook/Instagram's tool for creating and managing paid ads; you choose an objective (traffic, sales), a daily budget, an audience, and upload your ad creative (image or video) |
| Business Manager | Meta's central account management area where you control your Facebook Page, Instagram account, ad account, and Pixel all in one place; you need owner or admin access |
| Ad account | the account within Business Manager that is authorized to run and pay for ads; separate from your personal Facebook account |
| Daily budget | the maximum amount you're willing to spend per day on a paid ad; Meta won't exceed this amount |
| "Stop the scroll" | a phrase meaning your ad visual or first frame should be immediately attention-grabbing enough that someone scrolling through their feed pauses; the job of your image or video thumbnail |
| Content pillars | 3-5 recurring themes your social media content consistently revolves around (e.g., for a health brand: "health tips," "customer stories," "behind the scenes," "product showcases"); gives your feed coherence |
| Call to action (CTA) | a clear instruction telling your audience what to do next: "Shop now," "Click the link in bio," "Grab yours before we sell out" |
| User-generated content (UGC) | photos or videos created by customers showing them using your product; when reposted (with permission), it acts as powerful social proof |
| Reels | short-form vertical videos on Instagram (and Facebook); the most effective format for reaching NEW audiences outside your existing followers |
| Stories | short-lived vertical content on Instagram/Facebook that disappears after 24 hours; great for behind-the-scenes, quick tips, and driving direct traffic via link stickers |
| Link sticker | a clickable link element you add to an Instagram Story that sends viewers directly to a product or page |
| Hashtags | keywords preceded by # on social media; help new people discover your posts when they search for or follow those topics; use 5-10 specific, relevant hashtags (not generic ones like #instagood) |
- Connect Meta (Facebook/Instagram): admin โ Settings โ Sales channels โ search "Facebook and Instagram" โ install the app โ click "Get started"
- Prerequisites for Meta: have an established Facebook account (not brand new), owner/admin access on Business Manager + Facebook Page + Instagram account, an Instagram professional (business) account
- In the app: connect Facebook account โ add business assets (page, Instagram) โ add data sharing (pixel) โ add business details (customer contact email, return window) โ agree to terms โ submit for review
- Once approved: access Meta Ads Manager from your Shopify admin to create ads; set objective (traffic/sales), daily budget, let Meta's AI suggest audience, upload scroll-stopping image or video
- For organic: commit to 3-4 posts per week; alternate between: product shots (Monday), behind-the-scenes (Wednesday), customer testimonial (Friday), educational/tips (bonus)
- Every post needs 3 things: a link to your store (bio, tagged product, or link sticker in Stories), a clear call to action ("Shop now," "Grab yours"), and 5-10 targeted relevant hashtags
- Prioritize Reels for reaching NEW audiences; use Stories for nurturing existing followers and driving direct traffic via link stickers
- After 24-48 hours of running Meta ads: admin โ Marketing โ ask Sidekick "Pull up my Facebook ad attribution data" to see which ads are driving traffic
โBuilding an organic presence is the key to creating a sustainable brand and a loyal community that you don't have to keep paying for.โ
Store Optimization โ Product Pages, Speed, Checkout, and A/B Testing
๐บ Where this fits: The growth layer โ converting existing visitors into buyers without spending more on ads; this is where stores plateau vs. scale
Traffic is coming in but people aren't buying; the store owner doesn't know why, where the problem is, or what to fix first without guessing randomly; 70% average cart abandonment rate means most stores are leaving huge revenue on the table
Shopify's analytics โ conversion rate breakdown report shows exactly where in the funnel people drop off; the three biggest fixes are product pages (images, descriptions, CTAs), checkout friction (surprise shipping costs, too many form fields), and site speed (every 1-second delay = 7% fewer conversions); Sidekick diagnoses problems and suggests fixes; abandoned cart recovery emails are already set up by default and recover lost sales automatically
| Conversion rate | the percentage of visitors who actually make a purchase; if 100 people visit and 2 buy, your conversion rate is 2%; industry average for e-commerce is 1-4% |
| Conversion rate breakdown report | a Shopify analytics report that shows your funnel: how many sessions โ how many added to cart โ how many reached checkout โ how many completed purchase; shows where the biggest drop-off is |
| Funnel | the staged path a customer takes from first visiting your site to completing a purchase; visualized as wide at top (many visitors) narrowing to a small bottom (few buyers) |
| Bounce rate | the percentage of visitors who leave your site after viewing only one page without clicking anything; a bounce rate above 60% may indicate a speed or relevance problem |
| Cart abandonment | when a shopper adds products to their cart but leaves without completing the purchase; 70% average rate across e-commerce |
| Abandoned cart recovery email | an automated email Shopify sends a few hours after someone abandons their cart; includes a direct link back to their cart; enabled by default; always free |
| Product page conversion killers | the top 3 reasons a product page fails to sell: (1) weak/insufficient images, (2) generic descriptions with no storytelling, (3) price vs. perceived value mismatch |
| Trust signals | elements on a page that make customers feel safe to buy: customer reviews, SSL padlock, payment logos, clear return policy link, delivery date estimates |
| SSL padlock | the small lock icon in the browser address bar that indicates the website uses HTTPS encryption (secure connection); tells customers their payment info is protected; Shopify provides this automatically |
| Sticky add-to-cart button | an "Add to Cart" button that follows the customer as they scroll down a product page, always visible; increases purchases |
| FOMO (Fear Of Missing Out) | the psychological discomfort of potentially missing something desirable; used in e-commerce with "Only 3 left in stock" messages to create urgency |
| Guest checkout | allowing customers to complete a purchase without creating an account; Shopify has this enabled by default; forcing account creation kills conversions |
| Page speed | how quickly your store's pages load; measured in seconds; a 1-second delay reduces conversions by approximately 7% |
| CDN (Content Delivery Network) | a global network of servers that stores copies of your store's images and files; when a customer visits your store, files load from the server physically closest to them, making the site faster; Shopify uses a built-in CDN |
| Bounce rate 60% threshold | if your analytics show bounce rate above 60%, it's a likely indicator of a speed or relevance problem worth investigating |
| Google PageSpeed Insights | Google's free online tool where you paste your store URL and receive a performance score plus specific recommendations to improve speed |
| Image compression | reducing the file size of an image without visible quality loss; use free tools like TinyPNG or Squish; aim for under 200KB per image |
| JPEG format | the recommended file format for product photos (good quality, smaller file size) |
| PNG format | the recommended format for logos and graphics with transparent backgrounds; slightly larger file size than JPEG |
| Mega menu | a large dropdown navigation menu that shows multiple categories, subcategories, and featured products all at once when you hover over a navigation item; helps customers see options without clicking through multiple pages |
| Breadcrumb navigation | the trail of links at the top of a page showing "Home > Category > Product"; helps customers understand where they are and navigate back; many Shopify themes include this automatically |
| Predictive search | when your store's search bar shows product suggestions as the customer types; e.g., typing "coco" shows "Coconut Matcha" immediately; the Shopify "Search and Discovery" app enables this for free |
| Search synonyms | alternative words or misspellings that still return the right products; set in the Search and Discovery app (e.g., "trainers" and "tennis shoes" both return your sneaker products) |
| A/B testing (split testing) | showing version A of a page to half your visitors and version B to the other half; comparing which version gets more purchases; the scientific way to improve without guessing; critical rule: change only ONE element at a time; run tests for at least 2 weeks |
| Heat map | a visual overlay on your website pages showing where visitors click (hot = many clicks = red/orange), how far they scroll, and what they ignore; tools like Lucky Orange or HotJar provide this; like watching over a customer's shoulder |
| Personalization | tailoring your marketing and store experience to specific customer groups based on their behavior; e.g., showing VIP customers an exclusive discount email, or showing returning customers products related to their past purchases |
| VIP customers | your highest-value customers; typically defined as those with 2+ orders or total spend over a threshold (e.g., $200); worth sending exclusive offers to retain their loyalty |
| Customer segment | a defined group of customers filtered by shared attributes (purchase history, spending level, location); you create segments in Customers โ Segments; used to target specific emails |
| Discount code | a short text code customers enter at checkout to get a price reduction (e.g., "VIP10" for 10% off); you create these in Discounts in your admin |
| Klavio | advanced email marketing platform for scaling beyond Shopify Messaging |
| Postscript / Attentive | third-party SMS marketing apps that send promotional texts to opted-in customers; 98% open rate; highly effective for flash sales and time-sensitive offers |
| Judge.me / Loox / Yotpo | review collection apps that automatically send post-purchase review requests, display star ratings and photos on product pages, and sync reviews to Google Shopping; critical for social proof |
| Privy / Justuno | pop-up apps that capture email and SMS subscribers with targeted offers; useful for building your list |
| Referral Candy | a referral program app where existing customers earn rewards for referring friends; runs automatically |
- Find the biggest drop-off: admin โ Analytics โ Reports โ filter by Behavior โ open "Conversion rate breakdown" report โ identify the biggest gap (e.g., 100 visitors but only 5 added to cart = fix product pages)
- Fix product pages (if that's the leak): add 3-5 images with multiple angles + at least one lifestyle shot; rewrite descriptions to lead with benefits not features; add a sticky add-to-cart button; show "Only X left" when stock is low; install a review app (Judge.me or Loox) and collect reviews; ensure return policy link is visible
- Fix navigation: confirm every product is reachable in 2-3 clicks from homepage; ask Sidekick "Show me my navigation structure and how many clicks to reach products" โ simplify based on feedback; consider mega menus for large catalogs; enable breadcrumbs; ensure mobile search bar is prominent
- Fix site speed: check bounce rate in Analytics (above 60% = potential speed problem); use Google PageSpeed Insights to test your store URL; uninstall apps you're no longer using (each adds load time); compress all images to under 200KB using TinyPNG or Squish; avoid autoplay videos on mobile
- Fix checkout: ensure Shop Pay, Apple Pay, Google Pay are enabled (one-click checkout); make company name and phone number optional in Settings โ Checkout; show shipping costs early (add "Free shipping over $X" to the announcement bar via Sidekick); check that abandoned cart recovery automation is ON in Marketing โ Automations
- Build trust at checkout: verify SSL padlock is active (Shopify provides automatically); install a trust badge app; add estimated delivery dates (Settings โ Shipping โ Estimated delivery dates)
- Personalization (advanced): go to Analytics โ Reports โ Sales by product to find bestsellers; ask Sidekick to create a smart collection called "Best Sellers VIP"; go to Customers โ Segments โ create a segment for customers with 2+ orders or $200+ spend; ask Sidekick to create a discount code "VIP10" with eligibility limited to that segment; send a targeted email to only that segment featuring the VIP collection
- A/B testing: change ONE element at a time; options include product page layout, headline copy, "Add to Cart" vs. "Buy Now" button text, or homepage hero image; run for at least 2 weeks; install Lucky Orange or HotJar for heat maps to see what customers ignore
โOptimization is the fastest and cheapest way to increase sales of the products and services you're already selling.โ